You are on page 1of 746

CS 3050ci CS 3550ci CS 4550ci CS 5550ci

SERVICE MANUAL
Published in March 2011 2LCSM941 Rev. 1

CAUTION RISK OF EXPLOSION IF BATTERY IS REPLACED BY AN INCORRECT TYPE. DISPOSE OF USED BATTERIES ACCORDING TO THE INSTRUCTIONS. It may be illegal to dispose of this battery into the municipal waste stream. Check with your local solid waste officials for details in your area for proper disposal.

ATTENTION IL Y A UN RISQUE D’EXPLOSION SI LA BATTERIE EST REMPLACEE PAR UN MODELE DE TYPE INCORRECT. METTRE AU REBUT LES BATTERIES UTILISEES SELON LES INSTRUCTIONS DONNEES. Il peut être illégal de jeter les batteries dans des eaux d’égout municipales. Vérifiez avec les fonctionnaires municipaux de votre région pour les détails concernant des déchets solides et une mise au rebut appropriée.

Notation of products in the manual For the purpose of this service manual, products are identified by print speed at A4 and black and white modes. TASKalfa 3050ci: 30 ppm model TASKalfa 3550ci: 35 ppm model TASKalfa 4550ci: 45 ppm model TASKalfa 5550ci: 55 ppm model

Revision history
Revision 1 Date March 14, 2011 Replaced pages Safety precautions, 1-2-12 Remarks

This page is intentionally left blank.

Safety precautions

This booklet provides safety warnings and precautions for our service personnel to ensure the safety of their customers, their machines as well as themselves during maintenance activities. Service personnel are advised to read this booklet carefully to familiarize themselves with the warnings and precautions described here before engaging in maintenance activities.

Safety warnings and precautions

Various symbols are used to protect our service personnel and customers from physical danger and to prevent damage to their property. These symbols are described below:

DANGER: High risk of serious bodily injury or death may result from insufficient attention to or incorrect compliance with warning messages using this symbol. WARNING: Serious bodily injury or death may result from insufficient attention to or incorrect compliance with warning messages using this symbol. CAUTION: Bodily injury or damage to property may result from insufficient attention to or incorrect compliance with warning messages using this symbol.

Symbols The triangle ( ) symbol indicates a warning including danger and caution. The specific point of attention is

shown inside the symbol.

General warning.

Warning of risk of electric shock.

Warning of high temperature.

indicates a prohibited action. The specific prohibition is shown inside the symbol.

General prohibited action.

Disassembly prohibited.

indicates that action is required. The specific action required is shown inside the symbol.

General action required.

Remove the power plug from the wall outlet.

Always ground the copier.

1. Installation Precautions
WARNING • Do not use a power supply with a voltage other than that specified. Avoid multiple connections to one outlet: they may cause fire or electric shock. When using an extension cable, always check that it is adequate for the rated current. ..................................................................................................... • Connect the ground wire to a suitable grounding point. Not grounding the copier may cause fire or electric shock. Connecting the earth wire to an object not approved for the purpose may cause explosion or electric shock. Never connect the ground cable to any of the following: gas pipes, lightning rods, ground cables for telephone lines and water pipes or faucets not approved by the proper authorities. ..........................................................................................................................................

CAUTION:

• Do not place the copier on an infirm or angled surface: the copier may tip over, causing injury. .........

• Do not install the copier in a humid or dusty place. This may cause fire or electric shock. ................. • Do not install the copier near a radiator, heater, other heat source or near flammable material. This may cause fire. ................................................................................................................................... • Allow sufficient space around the copier to allow the ventilation grills to keep the machine as cool as possible. Insufficient ventilation may cause heat buildup and poor copying performance. ............

• Always handle the machine by the correct locations when moving it. ................................................. • Always use anti-toppling and locking devices on copiers so equipped. Failure to do this may cause the copier to move unexpectedly or topple, leading to injury. .............................................................. • Avoid inhaling toner or developer excessively. Protect the eyes. If toner or developer is accidentally ingested, drink a lot of water to dilute it in the stomach and obtain medical attention immediately. If it gets into the eyes, rinse immediately with copious amounts of water and obtain medical attention. ..................................................................................................................................................... • Advice customers that they must always follow the safety warnings and precautions in the copier’s instruction handbook. .........................................................................................................................

2. Precautions for Maintenance
WARNING

• Always remove the power plug from the wall outlet before starting machine disassembly. ................ • Always follow the procedures for maintenance described in the service manual and other related brochures. .......................................................................................................................................... • Under no circumstances attempt to bypass or disable safety features including safety mechanisms and protective circuits. ........................................................................................................................

• Always use parts having the correct specifications. ............................................................................ • Always use the thermostat or thermal fuse specified in the service manual or other related brochure when replacing them. Using a piece of wire, for example, could lead to fire or other serious accident. ...................................................................................................................................................

• When the service manual or other serious brochure specifies a distance or gap for installation of a part, always use the correct scale and measure carefully. ..................................................................

• Always check that the copier is correctly connected to an outlet with a ground connection. ............... • Check that the power cable covering is free of damage. Check that the power plug is dust-free. If it is dirty, clean it to remove the risk of fire or electric shock. ................................................................. • Never attempt to disassemble the optical unit in machines using lasers. Leaking laser light may damage eyesight. ............................................................................................................................... • Handle the charger sections with care. They are charged to high potentials and may cause electric shock if handled improperly. ...............................................................................................................

CAUTION • Wear safe clothing. If wearing loose clothing or accessories such as ties, make sure they are safely secured so they will not be caught in rotating sections. ......................................................................

• Use utmost caution when working on a powered machine. Keep away from chains and belts. ..........

• Handle the fixing section with care to avoid burns as it can be extremely hot. .................................. • Check that the fixing unit thermistor, heat and press rollers are clean. Dirt on them can cause abnormally high temperatures. ...........................................................................................................

• Do not remove the ozone filter, if any, from the copier except for routine replacement. ...................... • Do not pull on the AC power cord or connector wires on high-voltage components when removing them; always hold the plug itself. ........................................................................................................ • Do not route the power cable where it may be stood on or trapped. If necessary, protect it with a cable cover or other appropriate item. ................................................................................................

• Treat the ends of the wire carefully when installing a new charger wire to avoid electric leaks. ..........

• Remove toner completely from electronic components. .....................................................................

• Run wire harnesses carefully so that wires will not be trapped or damaged. ...................................... • After maintenance, always check that all the parts, screws, connectors and wires that were removed, have been refitted correctly. Special attention should be paid to any forgotten connector, trapped wire and missing screws. ....................................................................................................... • Check that all the caution labels that should be present on the machine according to the instruction handbook are clean and not peeling. Replace with new ones if necessary. .......................................

• Handle greases and solvents with care by following the instructions below: ...................................... · Use only a small amount of solvent at a time, being careful not to spill. Wipe spills off completely. · Ventilate the room well while using grease or solvents. · Allow applied solvents to evaporate completely before refitting the covers or turning the power switch on. · Always wash hands afterwards. • Never dispose of toner or toner bottles in fire. Toner may cause sparks when exposed directly to fire in a furnace, etc. ........................................................................................................................... • Should smoke be seen coming from the copier, remove the power plug from the wall outlet immediately. ...................................................................................................................................................

3. Miscellaneous
WARNING • Never attempt to heat the drum or expose it to any organic solvents such as alcohol, other than the specified refiner; it may generate toxic gas. ........................................................................................ • Keep the machine away from flammable liquids, gases, and aerosols. A fire or an electric shock might occur. ........................................................................................................................................

This page is intentionally left blank.

2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC

CONTENTS
1-1 Specifications
1-1-1 Specifications ........................................................................................................................ 1-1-1 1-1-2 Parts names .......................................................................................................................... 1-1-6 (1) Machine ............................................................................................................................ 1-1-6 (2) Option ............................................................................................................................... 1-1-8 (3) Operation panel ................................................................................................................ 1-1-9 1-1-3 Machine cross section ......................................................................................................... 1-1-10

1-2 Installation
1-2-1 Installation environment......................................................................................................... 1-2-1 1-2-2 Unpacking and installation..................................................................................................... 1-2-2 (1) Installation procedure ....................................................................................................... 1-2-2 (2) Setting initial copy modes............................................................................................... 1-2-18

1-3 Maintenance Mode
1-3-1 Maintenance mode ................................................................................................................ 1-3-1 (1) Executing a maintenance item ......................................................................................... 1-3-1 (2) Maintenance modes item list ............................................................................................ 1-3-2 (3) Contents of the maintenance mode items ...................................................................... 1-3-10

1-4 Troubleshooting
1-4-1 Paper misfeed detection ........................................................................................................ 1-4-1 (1) Paper misfeed indication .................................................................................................. 1-4-1 (2) Paper misfeed detection condition ................................................................................... 1-4-2 1-4-2 Self-diagnostic function ....................................................................................................... 1-4-26 (1) Self-diagnostic function .................................................................................................. 1-4-26 (2) Self diagnostic codes...................................................................................................... 1-4-27 1-4-3 Image formation problems ................................................................................................... 1-4-87 (1) No image appears (entirely white).................................................................................. 1-4-88 (2) No image appears (entirely black).................................................................................. 1-4-89 (3) Image is too light. ........................................................................................................... 1-4-90 (4) The background is colored. ............................................................................................ 1-4-90 (5) White streaks are printed vertically................................................................................. 1-4-91 (6) Black streaks are printed vertically. ................................................................................ 1-4-91 (7) Streaks are printed horizontally. ..................................................................................... 1-4-91 (8) One side of the print image is darker than the other. ..................................................... 1-4-92 (9) Spots are printed. ........................................................................................................... 1-4-92 (10) Image is blurred.............................................................................................................. 1-4-92 (11) The leading edge of the image is consistently misaligned with the original. .................. 1-4-93 (12) The leading edge of the image is sporadically misaligned with the original. .................. 1-4-93 (13) Paper is wrinkled. ........................................................................................................... 1-4-93 (14) Offset occurs. ................................................................................................................. 1-4-94 (15) Part of image is missing. ................................................................................................ 1-4-94 (16) Fusing is loose................................................................................................................ 1-4-94 (17) Image is out of focus. ..................................................................................................... 1-4-95 (18) Image center does not align with the original center. ..................................................... 1-4-95 1-4-4 Electric problems ................................................................................................................. 1-4-96 1-4-5 Mechanical problems......................................................................................................... 1-4-104 1-4-6 Send error code ................................................................................................................. 1-4-106 (1) Scan to SMB error codes ............................................................................................. 1-4-106 (2) Scan to FTP error codes .............................................................................................. 1-4-107

2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC (3) Scan to E-mail error codes ........................................................................................... 1-4-108 1-4-7 Error codes ........................................................................................................................ 1-4-109 (1) Error code..................................................................................................................... 1-4-109 (2) Table of general classification ...................................................................................... 1-4-110 (2-1) U004XX error code table: Interrupted phase B ................................................... 1-4-112 (2-2) U006XX error code table: Problems with the unit ............................................... 1-4-112 (2-3) U008XX error code table: Page transmission error............................................. 1-4-112 (2-4) U009XX error code table: Page reception error .................................................. 1-4-112 (2-5) U010XX error code table: G3 transmission......................................................... 1-4-113 (2-6) U011XX error code table: G3 reception .............................................................. 1-4-114 (2-7) U017XX error code table: V.34 transmission ...................................................... 1-4-115 (2-8) U018XX error code table: V.34 reception............................................................ 1-4-115

1-5 Assembly and disassembly
1-5-1 Precautions for assembly and disassembly........................................................................... 1-5-1 (1) Precautions....................................................................................................................... 1-5-1 (2) Drum................................................................................................................................. 1-5-1 (3) Toner ................................................................................................................................ 1-5-1 (4) How to tell a genuine Kyocera Mita toner container ......................................................... 1-5-2 1-5-2 Paper feed section................................................................................................................. 1-5-3 (1) Detaching and refitting the primary feed unit.................................................................... 1-5-3 (2) Detaching and refitting the forwarding pulley, paper feed pulley and separation pulley. [30 ppm model / 35 ppm model] ...................................................................................... 1-5-7 (3) Detaching and refitting the forwarding pulley, paper feed pulley and separation pulley. [45 ppm model / 55 ppm model] ..................................................................................... 1-5-10 (4) Detaching and refitting the MP tray paper feed unit ....................................................... 1-5-11 (5) Detaching and refitting the MP forwarding pulley, MP paper feed pulley and MP separation pulley ...................................................................................................... 1-5-14 1-5-3 Optical section ..................................................................................................................... 1-5-19 (1) Detaching and refitting the exposure lamp ..................................................................... 1-5-19 (2) Detaching and refitting the ISU....................................................................................... 1-5-22 (3) Detaching and refitting the LSU...................................................................................... 1-5-25 (4) Color registration adjustment.......................................................................................... 1-5-31 1-5-4 Image formation section ...................................................................................................... 1-5-34 (1) Detaching and refitting the inner unit.............................................................................. 1-5-34 (2) Detaching and refitting the developer unit and drum unit ............................................... 1-5-36 (3) Detaching and refitting the charger roller unit................................................................. 1-5-38 1-5-5 Transfer section ................................................................................................................... 1-5-39 (1) Detaching and refitting the conveying unit...................................................................... 1-5-39 (2) Detaching and refitting the transfer belt unit................................................................... 1-5-41 (3) Detaching and reffiting the transfer roller ....................................................................... 1-5-43 1-5-6 Fuser section ....................................................................................................................... 1-5-45 (1) Detaching and reffiting the fuser unit.............................................................................. 1-5-45 (2) Detaching and reffiting Fuser IH unit .............................................................................. 1-5-47 1-5-7 PWBs................................................................................................................................... 1-5-49 (1) Detaching and refitting the main PWB............................................................................ 1-5-49 (2) Detaching and refitting the engine PWB......................................................................... 1-5-54 (3) Detaching and refitting the power source PWB.............................................................. 1-5-56 (4) Detaching and refitting the high voltage PWB 1 ............................................................. 1-5-59 (5) Detaching and refitting the high voltage PWB 2 ............................................................. 1-5-60 (6) Detaching and refitting the operation PWB .................................................................... 1-5-61 (7) Detaching and refitting the fuser IH PWB....................................................................... 1-5-65

2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC 1-5-8 Drive section ........................................................................................................................ 1-5-70 (1) Detaching and refitting the drum drive unit K and the drum drive unit MCY................... 1-5-70 (2) Detaching and refitting the main drive unit ..................................................................... 1-5-73 (3) Detaching and refitting the fuser drive unit, transfer drive unit and feed drive unit......... 1-5-74 (4) Detaching and refitting the lift motor 1 and 2.................................................................. 1-5-80 1-5-9 Others .................................................................................................................................. 1-5-81 (1) Detaching the eject filter ................................................................................................. 1-5-81 (2) Detaching and refitting the toner filter............................................................................. 1-5-82 (3) Detaching and refitting the fan filter................................................................................ 1-5-83 (4) Detaching and refitting the transfer belt filter.................................................................. 1-5-84 (5) Detaching and refitting the DU filter................................................................................ 1-5-85 (6) Detaching and refitting the left filter ................................................................................ 1-5-86 (7) Detaching and refitting the hard disk unit ....................................................................... 1-5-87 (8) Direction of installing the principal fan motors ................................................................ 1-5-89

1-6 Requirements on PWB Replacement
1-6-1 Upgrading the firmware ......................................................................................................... 1-6-1 1-6-2 Remarks on main PWB replacement..................................................................................... 1-6-2 1-6-3 Remarks on engine PWB replacement ................................................................................. 1-6-4

2-1 Mechanical Construction
2-1-1 Paper feed/conveying section ............................................................................................... 2-1-1 (1) Cassette paper feed section............................................................................................. 2-1-1 (2) MP tray paper feed section............................................................................................... 2-1-3 (3) Paper conveying section .................................................................................................. 2-1-5 2-1-2 Drum section ......................................................................................................................... 2-1-8 2-1-3 Developer section ................................................................................................................ 2-1-10 2-1-4 Optical section ..................................................................................................................... 2-1-12 (1) Image scanner section ................................................................................................... 2-1-12 (2) Laser scanner section .................................................................................................... 2-1-14 2-1-5 Transfer/Separation section ................................................................................................ 2-1-16 (1) Intermediate transfer unit section ................................................................................... 2-1-16 (2) Secondary transfer roller section.................................................................................... 2-1-18 2-1-6 Fuser section ....................................................................................................................... 2-1-20 2-1-7 Eject/Feedshift section ........................................................................................................ 2-1-22 2-1-8 Duplex conveying section .................................................................................................... 2-1-24

2-2 Electrical Parts Layout
2-2-1 Electrical parts layout ............................................................................................................ 2-2-1 (1) PWBs................................................................................................................................ 2-2-1 (2) Switches and sensors....................................................................................................... 2-2-4 (3) Motors............................................................................................................................... 2-2-6 (4) Fan motors ....................................................................................................................... 2-2-8 (5) Others............................................................................................................................. 2-2-10

2-3 Operation of the PWBs
2-3-1 Main PWB.............................................................................................................................. 2-3-1 2-3-2 Engine PWB ........................................................................................................................ 2-3-12 2-3-3 Power source PWB ............................................................................................................. 2-3-38 2-3-4 ISC PWB ............................................................................................................................. 2-3-46 2-3-5 Operation PWB 1................................................................................................................. 2-3-51 2-3-6 Front PWB ........................................................................................................................... 2-3-56 2-3-7 Feed PWB 1 ........................................................................................................................ 2-3-65

2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC 2-3-8 Feed PWB 2 ........................................................................................................................ 2-3-75 2-3-9 Relay PWB .......................................................................................................................... 2-3-81 2-3-10 Motor control PWB .............................................................................................................. 2-3-87 2-3-11 LSU relay PWB.................................................................................................................... 2-3-91

2-4 Appendixes
2-4-1 Appendixes ............................................................................................................................ 2-4-1 (1) Maintenance kits............................................................................................................... 2-4-1 (2) Repetitive defects gauge .................................................................................................. 2-4-3 (3) Firmware environment commands ................................................................................... 2-4-4 (4) Chart of image adjustment procedures .......................................................................... 2-4-11 (5) Wiring diagram ............................................................................................................... 2-4-13

INSTALLATION GUIDE
DOCUMENT PROCESSOR PAPER FEEDER LARGE CAPACITY FEEDER 1000-SHEETS FINISHER ATTACHMENT KIT HOLE PUNCH UNIT FAX System

Preprinted. Bond. Labels. Postcards. Recycled. A5R. Color (Colour). Thick. Oficio II. Vellum. A4R. B6R. 16KR A3. Youkei 2. Prepunched. B4. Book. B5R. Ledger. B4. Custom 1 to 8 (Duplex: Same as simplex) Plain. Statement. Envelope. B5. Letterhead. Rough. 16KR. Envelope DL. Color (Colour). 3-dimensional objects (maximum original size: A3/Ledger) Fixed 60 to 220 g/m2 60 to 300 g/m2 60 to 256 g/m2 60 to 300 g/m2 35 ppm 45 ppm 55 ppm Plain. Ledger. B5R. Prepunched. Custom 1 to 8 A3. Bond. Oficio II. Envelope #9 (Commercial #9). Transparency (OHP film). Envelope #6 (Commercial #6 3/4). LetterR. 12 × 18". 16K. A5R. Preprinted. Return postcard. LetterR. Envelope C4. Recycled. 1% increments Auto mode : Preset Zoom A4 Letter A4R LetterR A3 Ledger B4 Legal B5 A4 Letter A4R LetterR A3 Ledger B4 Legal B5 : 30 ppm : 30 ppm : 21 ppm : 21 ppm : 15 ppm : 15 ppm : 18 ppm : 18 ppm : 30 ppm : 30 ppm : 30 ppm : 21 ppm : 21 ppm : 15 ppm : 15 ppm : 18 ppm : 18 ppm : 30 ppm A4 Letter A4R LetterR A3 Ledger B4 Legal B5 A4 Letter A4R LetterR A3 Ledger B4 Legal B5 : 35 ppm : 35 ppm : 24 ppm : 24 ppm : 17 ppm : 17 ppm : 21 ppm : 21 ppm : 35 ppm : 35 ppm : 35 ppm : 24 ppm : 24 ppm : 17 ppm : 17 ppm : 21 ppm : 21 ppm : 35 ppm A4 Letter A4R LetterR A3 Ledger B4 Legal B5 A4 Letter A4R LetterR A3 Ledger B4 Legal B5 : 45 ppm : 45 ppm : 24 ppm : 24 ppm : 22 ppm : 22 ppm : 27 ppm : 21 ppm : 45 ppm : 45 ppm : 45 ppm : 24 ppm : 24 ppm : 22 ppm : 22 ppm : 27 ppm : 21 ppm : 45 ppm A4 Letter A4R LetterR A3 Ledger B4 Legal B5 A4 Letter A4R LetterR A3 Ledger B4 Legal B5 : 55 ppm : 55 ppm : 24 ppm : 24 ppm : 27 ppm : 27 ppm : 33 ppm : 21 ppm : 55 ppm : 50 ppm : 50 ppm : 24 ppm : 24 ppm : 25 ppm : 25 ppm : 30 ppm : 21 ppm : 50 ppm Cassette Paper size MP tray Zoom level B/W Copying speed Color 1-1-1 . A4. A4. A4R. High Quality. Vellum. Envelope C5. Folio. 16K. Letter. Youkei 4. Coated. 8K. Folio. Envelope Monarch. ExecutiveR. Statement. Thick. Legal. Rough. A6R. Letter. Envelope #10 (Commercial #10). B5. tandem drum system Sheet. High Quality. Legal. Custom Manual mode : 25 to 400%.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC 1-1-1 Specifications 1-1 Specifications Machine Item Type Printing method Originals Original feed system Paper weight Cassette MP tray Cassette Paper type MP tray Specifications 30 ppm Desktop Electrophotography by semiconductor laser. 12 × 18". Letterhead. Cardstock. 8K. ISO B5.

1 s or less 8. feed from cassette) Warm-up time (22 °C/71.4 s or less 30 s or less 20 s or less 30 s or less Item First copy time (A4.7 s or less 7.0 s or less 25 s or less 15 s or less 20 s or less 35 ppm 5. more than Letter/A4) 250 sheets (80 g/m2) with inner 30 sheets (80 g/m2) job separator with right 100 sheets (80 g/m2) job separator Continuous copying Light source Scanning system Photoconductor Image write system Charging system Developing system 1 to 999 sheets LED Flat bed scanning by CCD image sensor a-Si (drum diameter 30 mm) Semiconductor laser Charger roller Touch down developing system Developer: 2-component Toner replenishing: Automatic from the toner container Primary: Transfer belt Secondary: Transfer roller Small diameter separation.6 °F.8 s or less 30 s or less 20 s or less 30 s or less 55 ppm 4. Cleaning roller Transfer belt: Fur brush Exposure by cleaning lamp (LED) Belt fusing Heat source: IH Abnormally high temperature protection devices: thermostat PowerPC 750CL/600 MHz PowerPC 750GL/800 MHz 2048 MB 2048 MB 160 GB or more 320 GB (160 GB x 2) or more Transfer system Separation system Cleaning system Charge erasing system Fusing system CPU Main memory Standard Maximum Hard Disk 1-1-2 .1 s or less 5. Separation electrode Drum: Counter blade. 60% RH) Paper capacity 550 sheets (64 g/m2) 500 sheets (80 g/m2) 100 sheets (80 g/m2. A4/Letter or less) 50 sheets (80 g/m2.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Specifications 30 ppm B/W Color Power on Low Power Sleep Cassette MP tray Top tray Output tray capacity 6.5 s or less 5.3 s or less 25 s or less 15 s or less 20 s or less 45 ppm 4.

50/60 Hz.5 °C/50 to 90. SMT paper feeder*. Side feeder.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Specifications 30 ppm Standard Interface Option Resolution Humidity Altitude Brightness Dimensions (W × D × H) machine only with paper feeder 35 ppm 45 ppm 55 ppm Item USB Interface Connector: 1 (USB Hi-Speed) USB Port: 2 (Full-Speed USB) Network interface: 1 (10 BASE-T/100 BASE-TX/1000 BASE-T) Fax slot: 2 Network interface: 1 (10 BASE-T/100 BASE-TX/1000 BASE-T) 600 × 600 dpi 15 to 80% RH 2. Paper feeder. Inner job separator. Side paper feeder*. Data security kit.2 A Document processor. Internet fax kit (A). Right job separator. Punch unit. Side large capacity feeder*. Large capacity feeder.500 m/8.500 lux or less 668 × 767 × 747 mm 26 5/16 × 30 3/16 × 29 3/8” 668 × 767 × 1053 mm 26 5/16 × 30 3/16 × 41 7/16” 977 × 767 mm (using MP tray) 38 7/16 × 30 3/16” (using MP tray) 140 kg / 308. 1000-sheet finisher. Printed document guard kit and document table *: 45 ppm/55 ppm model only Temperature 10 to 32.5 °F Operating environment Space required (W × D) Weight Power source Options 1-1-3 . Center-folding unit. more than 7. Key counter. Expansion memory. 4000-sheet finisher.202 ft or less 1. 60 Hz. Fax kit. Key card.240 V AC. more than 12 A 220 . Original cover. Mailbox.6 lb (with toner container) 120 V AC.

4 s or less 6.5 s or less 600 x 600 dpi Windows 2000 (Service Pack 2 or later).8 s or less 45 ppm 5.x USB interface connector: 1 (USB Hi-speed) Network interface: 1 (10BASE-T/100BASE-TX/1000BASE-T) PRESCRIBE 35 ppm 6.3 s or less 9. Windows Vista. Windows 7. Windows Server 2008.2 s or less 7. Windows XP.2 s or less Same as copying speed.9 s or less 6.6 s or less 55 ppm 4. feed from cassette) Resolution Operating system B/W Color Specifications 30 ppm 7. Apple Macintosh OS 10. Windows Server 2003.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Printer Item Printing speed First print time (A4. Interface Page description language 1-1-4 .

FTP over SSL E-mail transmission SNTP Scan to E-mail TWAIN scan*1 WIA scan*2 Transmission system *1 Available operating system: Windows 2000 (Service Pack 2 or later). Windows Server 2008 NOTE: These specifications are subject to change without notice. Windows Vista. 400 dpi. 1-1-5 . 300 dpi. Windows 7. PDF (MMR/JPEG compression). 200 ×100 dpi. Windows 7. 200 dpi. 300 dpi. PDF (high compression) B/W : 70 images/min Color: 70 images/min B/W : 100 images/min Color: 80 images/min B/W : 80 images/min Color: 80 images/min B/W : 140 images/min Color: 110 images/min Simplex Duplex Ethernet (10 BASE-T/100 BASE-TX/1000 BASE-T) TCP/IP PC transmission SMB Scan to SMB FTP Scan to FTP. JPEG. Windows Server 2003. Image quality: Text/Photo original) Interface Network protocol Specifications 30 ppm 35 ppm 45 ppm 55 ppm CPU: 600 Mhz or higher RAM: 128 MB or more 600 dpi. Windows XP.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Scanner Item System requirements Resolution File format Scanning speed (A4 landscape. 200 × 400 dpi TIFF (MMR/JPEG compression). XPS. Windows Server 2008 *2 Available operating system: Windows Vista.

Slit glass 3. Toner container K 4. Indicators 11. Handles 12. Network interface connector 18. Option interface 1-1-6 .2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC 1-1-2 Parts names (1) Machine 1 7 8 17 18 19 20 3 4 5 6 2 9 10 16 11 Figure 1-1-1 12 13 14 15 1. Release button 13. USB interface connector 20. Front cover 16. Toner container M 5. Waste toner box 14. Platen (Contact glass) 8. Toner container release lever 17. Original size indicator plate 2. Clip holder 9. USB port 19. Toner container C 6. Operation panel 10. Toner container Y 7. Waste toner tray 15.

Main power switch 1-1-7 . Original cover 24. Paper conveying unit 31. Duplex cover 34. Paper width adjusting tab 30. Paper conveying unit lever 32. Paper width guide 29. Inner tray 22. Guide lock lever 28.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC 23 28 26 27 28 21 22 24 30 40 31 32 33 34 29 35 36 37 38 25 Figure 1-1-2 39 21. MP (Multi-Purpose) tray 37. MP support Tray 36. MP paper width guide 35. Handle 40. Paper length guide 27. Duplex cover lever 33. Cassettes 26. Paper conveying cover lever 38. Paper conveying cover 39. Document processor (option) 23. USB port 25.

Side paper feeder 9. Paper feeder 5. 9 Figure 1-1-3 1. Document processor (reversed DP) 4. Center folding unit 13. 4000-sheet finisher 12. Side large capacity feeder 10. 1000-sheet finisher 11. Mailbox 1-1-8 . Document processor (dual scan DP) 3. Large capacity feeder 6.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC (2) Option 3 13 10 2 6 11 1 7 8 4 12 5. SMT paper feeder 8. Side feeder 7. Machine 2.

Main power indicator 14. Black and White key 21. Interrupt key 28. search key 8. Program key 2. Enter key 24. Clear key 9. Power key 12. Attention indicator 25. Reset key 10.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC (3) Operation panel 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 Figure 1-1-4 1. Authentication/Logout key 29. System menu key 11. Help key 6. Document box key 16. Counter key 13. Stop key 27. Energy saver key *: Option 1-1-9 . Processing indicator 20. Status/Job cancel key 3. Numeric keys 23. Auto color key 7. Application key 15. Full color key 19. Memory indicator 22. Copy key 4. Start key 26. FAX key* 18. Send key 17. Accessibility display key 5. Quick no.

Drum unit K 7. MP tray paper feed section 3. Optical section 5. Laser scanner unit 6. Duplex section . Paper conveying section 4. Toner container section 1-1-10 15. Drum unit C 9. Developer unit M 12. Eject/Feed shift sections 19. Primary transfer section 16. Developer unit C 13. Drum unit Y 10.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC 1-1-3 Machine cross section 4 18 14 17 13 9 12 8 11 7 10 6 19 16 3 15 5 2 1 Paper Path Figure 1-1-5 1. Cassette paper feed section 2. Drum unit M 8. Secondary transfer/Separation sections 17. Fuser section 18. Developer unit K 11. Developer unit Y 14.

12.240 V AC. Select a well-ventilated location. Installation location Avoid direct sunlight or bright lighting. an abrupt change in the environmental temperature. Avoid places subject to dust and vibrations. Avoid air-borne substances that may adversely affect the machine or degrade the photoconductor. 6. Place the machine on a level surface (maximum allowance inclination: 1°). NOx.5°C/50 to 90. SOx gases and chlorine-based organic solvents. Machine front : 100 cm/39 3/8" Machine rear : 10 cm/ 3 15/16" Machine right : 35 cm/13 3/4" Machine left : 30 cm/11 13/16" Machine top : 40 cm/15 3/4" 10cm/3 15/16" Top 40cm/15 3/4" 30cm/11 13/16" 35cm/13 3/4" 100cm/39 3/8" Figure 1-2-1 1-2-1 . 7. Humidity: 15 to 80% RH 3.5°F 2. Allow sufficient access for proper operation and maintenance of the machine. such as mercury. Power source frequency: 50 Hz ± 2%/60 Hz ± 2% 5. inorganic gasses. Power supply: 120 V AC.0 A 220 . Temperature: 10 to 32.2 A 4. Ensure that the photoconductor will not be exposed to direct sunlight or other strong light when removing paper jams. acidic of alkaline vapors. direct air.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC 1-2-1 Installation environment 1-2 Installation 1. Avoid locations subject to high temperature and high humidity or low temperature and low humidity. and cool or hot. Choose a surface capable of supporting the weight of the machine.

2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC 1-2-2 Unpacking and installation (1) Installation procedure Start Unpacking Installing the waste toner box Replacing operation panel sheet (230 V specifications only) Removing the eject spacer Removing the tapes Install the original platen or DP (option) Installing the paper feeder (option) Install other optional devices Release the lock of the scanner mirror frame Install the cassette heater (option) Release of lift plate stopper Connect the power cord Loading paper Adjusting the image Installing the toner containers Completion of the machine installation. Unlocking the developer waste 1-2-2 .

and move with carrying handles and the handhold. pull out three carrying handles.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Moving the machine When moving the machine. Carrying handle Carrying handle Handhold Carrying handle Figure 1-2-2 1-2-3 .

Machine cover 13. Machine 2. Bottom rear right pad 12.20 15 16 14 21 1 22 22 22 13 10 8 7 11 4 6 9 5 Figure 1-2-3 1. Skid 6. Bottom rear left pad 11. Barcode label 22.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Unpacking 2 12 18 17 22 22 22 19. Operation guide 17. Plastic bag 16. Top pad 5. Paper media plate 19. Document tray 14. Hinge joints 3 Place the machine on a level surface. 1-2-4 . Bottom front left pad 9. Waste toner box 21. Eject spacer 20. Bottom sheet 7. Inner case 4. Outer case 3. Bottom front right pad 10. Paper size plate 18. Power cord 15. Bottom pad 8.

Silica gel Eject spacer Figure 1-2-4 Removing the tapes 1.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Removing the eject spacer 1. 2. Remove the eject spacer and silica gel from the eject section. Remove two tapes and then remove the A4 paper. Remove three tapes and then remove the A3 paper. Tape Tape A3 papers Tape Tape A4 paper Tape Figure 1-2-5 1-2-5 .

Install the optional paper feeder or large capacity feeder as necessary. and adjust the level bolts at the bottom of the machine to optimize levelness. Remove six tapes. 2. Tape Tape Tape Tape Tapes Figure 1-2-6 Installing the paper feeder (option) 1. 1-2-6 .2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC 3. Verify levelness at the four corners of the contact glass using a level gauge.

2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Release the lock of the scanner mirror frame 1. Scanner lock cover [Locked] [Released] Figure 1-2-7 1-2-7 . Mount the scanner lock cover in the reverse manner to restore in the original location. Remove the scanner lock cover. 2.

When moving the machine. Lift plate stopper Cassette Figure 1-2-8 Loading paper 1. attach the lift plate in original position. Pull cassette 1 and 2 out. Squeeze the ends of the bottom of the paper length guide and move the guide to fit the length of the paper.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Release of lift plate stopper 1. 2. Paper length guide Figure 1-2-9 1-2-8 . Remove the lift plate stopper from each cassette and attach it to the storage location.

Align the paper flush against the right side of the cassette. Paper Figure 1-2-11 1-2-9 . Press the guide lock lever to release the lock. Grasp the paper width adjusting tab and move the paper width guides to fit the paper. 3.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC 2. *: Ensure that the loaded paper does not exceed the level indicated. *: Before loading the paper. Guide lock lever Paper width adjusting tab paper width guides Figure 1-2-10 4. be sure that it is not curled or folded.

Press the guide lock lever to lock. Paper media plate Paper size plate Figure 1-2-13 1-2-10 . Gently push the cassette back in. 7. Guide lock lever Figure 1-2-12 6. Fold the paper size plate and the paper media plate in two and insert.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC 5.

2. Open the front cover. Install four color toner containers. 3. Hold the toner container horizontally and shake from side to side about 3 times. Turn down the toner container release levers to lock the four color toner containers. Toner container Toner container Figure 1-2-14 4. 5. K M C Y Toner container Toner container Release lever Figure 1-2-15 1-2-11 .2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Installing the toner containers 1. Invert the toner container so that the other end is up. Hold the toner container vertically and hit the upper part about 3 times. and hit in the same way.

2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC-1

Unlocking the developer waste 1. Press the fixing pin in four positions and rotate. *: Fully insert the fixing pin keeping the line vertical and rotate by 90 degrees clockwise. Make sure that the central line is horizontal.

[State of lock] 1 2

[State of release]

Fixing pin

Fixing pin

Figure 1-2-16 2. Remove a screw and slide the lever right wards. 3. Fix the lever using the screw previously removed at the right screw hole and unlock the developer waste exit. *: If the machine is moved after installation, lock the developer waste. *: Failure to perform locking could result in leakage of developing power.

[Locked] 2

[Released] 3 1 Screw

Lever

Screw
Figure 1-2-17

Lever

1-2-12

2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC

Installing the waste toner box 1. Push the release button and pull out the waste toner tray. 2. Open the lid and install the waste toner box. 3. Push the waste toner tray back in. *: The waste toner tray cannot be inserted in unless the developer waste lock is released. 4. Close the front cover.

Waste toner tray

2 1 Release button

Lid

Waste toner box

Figure 1-2-18

1-2-13

2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC

Replacing operation panel sheet (230 V specifications only) 1. Insert a flat-head screwdriver and slide the operation panel covers A and B to remove them.

Operation panel cover B

Operation panel cover A
Figure 1-2-19

2. Remove the clear panel.

Clear panel

Figure 1-2-20

1-2-14

2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC

3. Remove the operation panel sheet. 4. Replace the operation panel sheet of the corresponding language. 5. Refit the clear panel. 6. Refit the operation panel covers A and B.

Operation panel sheet

Figure 1-2-21

Install the original platen or DP (option) 1. Install optional original platen or DP.

Install other optional devices 1. Install the optional devices (job separator, document finisher and/or fax kit etc.) as necessary.

Install the cassette heater (option) 1. Install the optional cassette heater as necessary.

Connect the power cord 1. Connect the power cord to the power cord connector on rear lower of the machine. 2. Connect the power plug to the wall outlet.

1-2-15

2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC

Adjusting the image 1. Turn the main power switch on. 2. Check the messages on the operation panel After completion of warming up, in case to display "Warning for high temperature. Adjust the room temperature." on the operation panel, follow the step 3. (Performing Drum Refresh) In case to display “Warning for low temperature. Adjust the room temperature.” on the operation panel, install the machine in the other location this message won’t be shown. Installing the machine in a low temperature environment could cause image quality problems. In case to have no display, follow the step 4. (Performing Color adjustment) 3. Performing drum refresh (see the operation guide) Press the System menu key. Press [Adjustment/Maintenance] and then [Next] of [Drum Refresh]. Press [Execute] to perform drum refresh. When completed, press [OK]. 4. Performing Color adjustment (see the operation guide) Press [Adjustment/Maintenance] and then [Next] of [Calibration]. Press [Execute] to perform Color Calibration. When completed, press [OK]. 5. Performing color registration (see the operation guide) Press [Adjustment/Maintenance] and then [Next] of [Color Registration]. Perform adjustments automatically or manually. Auto correction Press [Next] in [Auto]. Press [Start]. A chart is printed. Set the output chart for adjustment as the original. Press [Start] to perform Color registration. When completed, press [OK]. Manual correction Press [Next] in [Manual]. Press [Print] of [Chart]. A chart is printed. Find the location on each chart where 2 lines most closely match. Press [Next] of [Registration] and [Change]. Enter the registration values for each chart. Press [Start] to perform Color registration. When completed, press [OK]. 6. Adjusting the halftone automatically (see page 1-3-151) Load the cassette with multiple sheets of A4 or Letter paper. Enter the maintenance mode by entering 10871087 using the numeric keys. Enter 410 using the numeric keys and press the start key. Press [Normal Mode] and then press the start key. A test patterns 1, 2 and 3 are outputted. Place the output test pattern 1 as the original. Place approximately 20 sheets of white paper on the test pattern 1 and set them. Press the start key. Adjustment is made. Place the output test pattern 2 as the original. Place approximately 20 sheets of white paper on the test pattern 2 and set them. Press the start key. Adjustment is made. Place the output test pattern 3 as the original. Place approximately 20 sheets of white paper on the test pattern 2 and set them. Press the start key. Adjustment is made. [Finish] is displayed in [Phase] when normally completed. Press the stop key twice to exit.

1-2-16

2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC 7. Make test copies. If image quality is unsatisfactory after test copying, execute Color Calibration, then retry U410-Adjusting the halftone automatically. 8. Setting the delivery date (see page 1-3-137) Enter 278 using the numeric keys and press the start key. Select [Today]. Press the start key. The delivery date is set. Press the stop key to exit. 9. Output status report Use the numeric keys to enter 000 and press the start key. Select [Maintenance]. Press the start key. A status report is output. Press the stop key to exit. 10. Turn the main power switch off and on. Allow more than 5 seconds between Off and On.

Completion of the machine installation

1-2-17

2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC

(2) Setting initial copy modes
Factory settings are as follows: Maintenance item No. U253 U260 U276 U284 U285 U323 U325 U326 U327 U343

Contents Switching between double and single counts Selecting the timing for copy counting Setting the copy count mode Setting 2 color copy mode Setting service status page Setting abnormal temperature and humidity warning Setting the paper interval Setting the black line cleaning indication Setting the cassette heater control Switching between duplex/simplex copy mode

Factory setting DBL(A3/Ledger) Eject Mode0 Off On On On/1 On/8 Off Off

1-2-18

2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC

1-3-1 Maintenance mode
1-3 Maintenance Mode

The machine is equipped with a maintenance function which can be used to maintain and service the machine.

(1) Executing a maintenance item

Start

Enter “10871087” using the numeric keys.

Maintenance mode is entered.

Enter the maintenance item number using the cursor up/down keys or numeric keys.

The maintenance item is selected.

Press the start key.

The selected maintenance item is run.

Press the stop key.

Yes

Repeat the same maintenance item?

No Yes

Run another maintenance item? No Enter 001 using the cursor up/down keys or numeric keys and press the start key. Maintenance mode is exited.

End

1-3-1

2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC

(2) Maintenance modes item list
Section General Item No. Content of maintenance item Initial setting 30ppm 35ppm 0/0/0/0/0/0/0/0/0/0/0/0 0/0/0/0/0/0/0/0/0 0/0/0/0/0/0 0/0/0/0/0/0 330/210 0/0 0/0/0/0/0/0/0/0/0/0/0/0 0/0/0/0/0/0 0/0/0/0/0/0 Off/On/On/On On 45ppm 55ppm

U000 Outputting an own-status report U001 Exiting the maintenance mode U002 Setting the factory default data U003 Setting the service telephone number U004 Setting the machine number U010 Setting the maintenance mode ID U019 Displaying the ROM version

Initialization Drive, paper feed and paper conveying system

U021 Memory initializing U024 HDD formatting U030 Checking the operation of the motors U031 Checking switches and sensors for paper conveying U032 Checking the operation of the clutches U033 Checking the operation of the solenoids U034 Adjusting the print start timing LSU Out Top LSU Out Left LSU Out Top B/W LSU Out Top 3/4 U035 Setting the printing area for folio paper U037 Checking the operation of the fan motors U039 Adjusting the magnification U051 Adjusting the deflection in the paper Paper Loop Amount Paper Loop Amount B/W Paper Loop Amount 3/4 U052 Setting the fuser motor control Set Loop Sensor Loop Sensor Control Set Loop Sensor Valid

1-3-2

2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Item No. Initial setting 30ppm 35ppm 45ppm 55ppm

Section Drive, paper feed and paper conveying system

Content of maintenance item

U053 Setting the adjustment of the motor speed Moter1 Moter2 Moter3 Moter4 Moter5 Moter6 Moter1 Half Moter2 Half Moter3 Half Moter1 3/4 Moter2 3/4 Moter3 3/4 U059 Setting fan mode Fan Mode Cooling Mode Mode2 0 0 0/0 0/0 0/0 0/0 0/0/0 0/0/0/0/0/0 0/0/0 0 125/125/125 112/112/112/75/0 0/0/0/0/0 0/0/0/0/0/0/0/0/0 0/0/0/0/0/0/0/0/0/0 0/0 0/0/0/0/0 0/0/0/0/0/0/0/0/0 0/0/0/0/0 0/0/0/0/0/0/0 0/0/0/0/0/0/0 0/0/0/0/0 0/0/0/0/0/0/0/0/0 0/0/0/0/0/0/0/0

Optical

U061 Checking the operation of the exposure lamp U063 Adjusting the shading position U065 Adjusting the scanner magnification U066 Adjusting the scanner leading edge registration U067 Adjusting the scanner center line U068 Adjusting the scanning position for originals from the DP U070 Adjusting the DP magnification U071 Adjusting the DP scanning timing U072 Adjusting the DP center line U073 Checking the scanner operation U074 Adjusting the DP input light luminosity U087 Setting DP reading position modification operation U089 Outputting a MIP-PG pattern U091 Setting the white line correction

1-3-3

2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Item No. Initial setting 30ppm 35ppm 45ppm 55ppm

Section Optical

Content of maintenance item

U093 Adjusting the exposure density gradient Text Mixed Other Fax Text Fax Photo U099 Adjusting original size detection 0/0/0/0 0/0/0/0 0/0/0/0 0/0 0/0 50/50/50/50/50/50/50/50/50/ 49/49/49/150 On 0/0/0/0/0/0/0/0/0 1 1429 116 158 3/3/5 0/0/0/-15 On 153 153 153 153 153 140 140 140 140 140 153 153 153 153 153 166 166 166 166 166 123 109 132 115 1333

High voltage

U100 Adjusting main high voltage Adj AC Bias Set AC Auto Adj Set DC Bias Adj DC Bias Set Low Temp Set Charger Freq Chk Current U101 Setting the voltage for the primary transfer Normal Full Normal Half Normal 3/4 Add Color Add Color 2nd Surround Correct U106 Setting the voltage for the secondary transfer Light/Normal1 Normal2/3 Heavy1 Heavy2-5 OHP Bias U107 Setting the transfer cleaning voltage Belt(A) Belt(B) 86 86 74 74 86 86 97 97

42/42/42/42/42/42/42

1-3-4

2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Item No. Initial setting 30ppm 35ppm 45ppm 55ppm

Section High voltage

Content of maintenance item

U108 Setting separation shift bias Output Output 3/4 Output B/W Timing U109 Checking the drum type U110 Checking the drum count U111 Checking the drum drive time U117 Checking the drum number U118 Displaying the drum history U119 Setting the drum U122 Checking the transfer belt unit number U123 Displaying the transfer belt unit history U124 Checking/clearing the transfer drive time U127 Checking/clearing the transfer count U128 Setting transfer high-voltage timing 21/21/21/21/0/21 43/43/43/43 43/43/43/43 -54/-54/10 116/116/116/116 Auto 3/3 -

Developer

U130 Toner installation U131 Adjusting the toner sensor control voltage U132 Replenishing toner forcibly Manual Auto Mode U135 Checking toner motor operation U136 Setting toner near end detection U139 Displaying the temperature and humidity outside the machine U140 Displaying developer bias Sleeve DC Sleeve AC Mag DC Mag AC Sleeve Freq Sleeve Duty Mag Duty 62/62/62/62/70 159/159/159/ 159/155 130/130/130/ 130/155 101/101/101/ 101/178 37/68 63/43

70/70/70/70/70 155/155/155/ 155/155 155/155/155/ 155/155 178/178/178/ 178/178 68/68 43/43

5276/5344/5276/5276

1-3-5

2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Item No. Initial setting 30ppm 35ppm 0/0/0/0 Mode1 2 165/1/90/175/165/150/160/50 45ppm 55ppm

Section Developer

Content of maintenance item

U140 Calibration Magnification Type U148 Setting drum refresh mode U150 Checking sensors for toner U156 Setting the toner replenishment level U157 Checking the developer drive time U158 Checking the developer count

Fuser

U161 Setting the fuser control temperature Warm Up Print U163 Resetting the fuser problem data U167 Checking/clearing the fuser count U168 Checking/clearing the fuser drive time U169 Checking/setting the fuser power source U199 Displaying fuser heater temperature

Operation panel and support equipment

U200 Turning all LEDs on U201 Initializing the touch panel U202 Setting the KMAS host monitoring system U203 Checking DP operation U204 Setting the presence or absence of a key card or key counter Device Message U206 Setting the presence or absence of a coin vender On/Off Config No Coin Action Price U207 Checking the operation panel keys U208 Setting the paper size for the side feeder U211 Setting the presence or absence of the job separator U221 Setting the USB host lock function U222 Setting the IC card type

Off Coin Vender

Off Off 10/10/10/10/100/50/30/50/ 100/50/30/50/100/50/30/50 Letter (Inch)/A4 (Metric) Off Off Other

1-3-6

2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Item No. Initial setting 30ppm 35ppm 45ppm 55ppm

Section Operation panel and support equipment

Content of maintenance item

U223 Operation panel lock U224 Panel sheet extension U234 Setting punch destination U237 Setting finisher stack quantity U240 Checking the operation of the finisher U241 Checking the operation of the switches of the finisher U243 Checking the operation of the DP motors U244 Checking the DP switches U245 Checking messages U246 Setting the finisher Finisher Booklet U247 Setting the paper feed device

Unlock Inch (Inch)/Europe Metric (Metric) 0/0 0/0/0/0/0/0/0/0 0/0/0/0/0/0/0/0/0 DBL(A3/Ledger) Eject Mode1 Off On On On/1 On/8 Off 0 1.0 1.0 0/0

Mode setting

U250 Checking/clearing the maintenance cycle U251 Checking/clearing the maintenance counter U252 Setting the destination U253 Switching between double and single counts U260 Selecting the timing for copy counting U265 Setting OEM purchaser code U271 Setting the page count U276 Setting the copy count mode U278 Setting the delivery date U284 Setting 2 color copy mode U285 Setting service status page U323 Setting abnormal temperature and humidity warning U325 Setting the paper interval U326 Setting the black line cleaning indication U327 Setting the cassette heater control U332 Setting the size conversion factor Mode Coverage(L) Coverage(M) U340 Setting the applied mode

1-3-7

9 2.0/2.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Item No.0/3.0/3.0 2. Initial setting 30ppm 35ppm Off 0 4.0/2.0/2.0/3.0/2.0/2.0/2.0/2.0/2.0/2.0 0 Table1 0/0/0/0 On 480 Normal On On 60 600 1800 500/500/500/10/300/300/300/300 50 On On 10 45ppm 55ppm Section Mode setting Content of maintenance item U341 Specific paper feed location setting for printing function U343 Switching between duplex/simplex copy mode U345 Setting the value for maintenance due indication Image U402 Adjusting margins of image printing processing U403 Adjusting margins for scanning an original on the contact glass U404 Adjusting margins for scanning an original from the DP U407 Adjusting the leading edge registration for memory image printing U410 Adjusting the halftone automatically U411 Adjusting the scanner automatically U412 Adjusting the uneven density U415 Adjusting the print position automatically U425 Setting the target U429 Setting the offset for the color balance U464 Setting the ID correction operation Permission Time Interval Mode On/Sleep Out AP/NE Leaving Time Driving Time Timing Target Value Print Rate(B/W) Calib U465 Data reference for ID correction U467 Setting the color registration adjustment Color Regist Belt Speed Timing U468 Checking the color registration data U469 Adjusting the color registration 1-3-8 .0/2.

Initial setting 30ppm 35ppm 45ppm 55ppm Section Content of maintenance item Image U474 Checking LSU cleaning operation processing U485 Setting the image processing mode U486 Setting color/black and white operation mode Others U901 Checking copy counts by paper feed locations U903 Checking/clearing the paper jam counts U904 Checking/clearing the call for service counts U905 Checking counts by optional devices U906 Resetting partial operation control U908 Checking the total counter value U910 Clearing the print coverage data U911 Checking copy counts by paper sizes U917 Setting backup data reading/writing U920 Checking the copy counts U927 Clearing the all copy counts and machine life counts (one time only) U928 Checking machine life counts U930 Checking/clearing the charger roller count U942 Setting of deflection for feeding from DP U952 Maintenance mode workflow U964 Checking of log U969 Checking of toner area code U977 Data capture mode U984 Checking the developer unit number U985 Displaying the developer unit history U989 HDD Scandisk U990 Checking the time for the exposure lamp to light U991 Checking the scanner operation count 1000 1/0 Mode2 0/0 - 1-3-9 .2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Item No.

The output status is displayed. specify the paper feed location. If not. Outputs the event log or service status page. 2. Select the item to be output using the cursor up/down keys. and paper jam and service call occurrences. Also sends output data to the USB memory. or paper jam or service call occurrences. Press the start key. Press the start key. When A4/Letter paper is available. Display Ready Active Complete Error Description List of the current settings of the maintenance modes Outputs the user status page Outputs the service status page Outputs the event log 1-3-10 . Purpose To check the current setting of the maintenance items.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC (3) Contents of the maintenance mode items Item No. The interrupt print mode is entered and a list is output. A list is output. a report of this size is output. output a list of the current settings of the maintenance items to reenter the settings after initialization or replacement. Display Maintenance User Status Service Status Event Network Status All Output list List of the current settings of the maintenance modes Outputs the user status page Outputs the service status page Outputs the event log Outputs the network status page Outputs the all reports Description 3. 4. Method 1. U000 Outputting an own-status report Description Outputs lists of the current settings of the maintenance items. Before initializing or replacing the backup RAM. Press the start key.

2. Insert USB memory in USB memory slot. Output will be sent to the USB memory. switch off the main power switch. Turn the main power switch on. and after verifying the main power indicator has gone off. Completion Press the stop key. Enter the maintenance item. Press the start key. Select the item to be send.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Item No. 6. 4. 1-3-11 . Select [Text] or [HTML]. Press the start key. 3. 5. U000 Description Method: Send to the USB memory 1. Press the power key on the operation panel. is displayed. Display Print USB (Text) USB (HTML) Outputs the report Sends output data to the USB memory (text type) Sends output data to the USB memory (HTML type) Output list 8. 7. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No.

01 0501.01.08.01 (e) (9) Service Call Log # 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 Count.01 4002.01.08.000.2100 (10) Maintenance Log # Count.2100 01.08.01.01.2100 01.00 01.01.01.01.01 4002.01 0501.01. Item Log Data Nothing.01.01 (2) 27/Oct/2010 08:40 (3) (4) (5) (6) [XXXXXXXX] [XXXXXXXX] [XXXXXXXX] [XXXXXXXX] (12) Counter Log (f) J0000: 0 J0001: 1 J0002: 11 J0003: 222 J0004: 1 J0005: 1 J0006: 1 J0007: 1 J0008: 1 J0009: 1 J0010: 1 J0012: 999 J0013: 1 J0014: 1 J0015: 1 J0016: 1 J0017: 1 J0018: 1 J0019: 1 J0020: 1 J0021: 1 J0022: 1 J0023: 1 J0024: 1 J0025: 1 J0026: 1 J0027: 1 J0028: 1 J0029: 1 J0030: 1 J0031: 1 J0032: 1 J0033: 1 J0034: 1 J0035: 1 J0036: 1 J0037: 1 J0038: 1 J0039: 1 J0040: 1 J0041: J0042: J0043: J0044: J0045: J0046: J0047: J0048: J0049: J0050: 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 (g) C0000: 0 (h) T00: 10 C0001: C0002: C0003: C0004: C0005: C0006: C0007: C0008: C0009: C0010: C0011: C0012: C0013: C0014: C0015: C0016: C0017: C0018: C0019: C0020: C0021: C0022: C0023: 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 T01: 20 T02: 30 T03: 40 T04: 50 T05: 999 0501.01.000 2010.01.08.01 0501.01.08.08.08. 1111111 999999 888888 777777 666666 555555 444444 1 Service Code 01.01.01.4000 01.01.00 01.08.01.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Item No.01.01 0501. U000 Event log Description Event Log MFP (1) Firmware version 2LC_2000.01.01.01..01.00 (7) [XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX] Figure 1-3-1 Detail of event log No. 9999999 8888888 7777777 6666666 5555555 4444444 3333333 2222222 1111111 999999 888888 777777 666666 555555 (a) 444444 1 Event Descriprions 0501.6000 01.10.08.4000 01.01 4002.08.01.08.08.01.08.00 01.01 4002.01 4002.00 01. 1111111 999999 888888 777777 666666 Item 01.01.01..01.27 (8) Paper Jam Log # 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 Count. (1) (2) (3) (4) Items System version System date Engine soft version Engine boot version Description 1-3-12 .08.01.01.01.01 0501.08.01.08.01 (b) (c) (d) 4002.08. (11) Unknown toner Log # 5 4 3 2 1 Count.01.01.01 0501.6000 01.01.01 0501.01 4002.01.6000 01.01 4002.

U000 Detail of event log No.1-4-1) (b) Detail of paper source (Hexadecimal) 00: MP tray 01: Cassette 1 02: Cassette 2 03: Cassette 3 (paper feeder/large capacity feeder) 04: Cassette 4 (paper feeder/large capacity feeder) 05: Cassette 5 (side feeder/SMT paper feeder) 06: Cassette 6 (side paper feeder/side large capacity feeder) 07: Cassette 7 (side paper feeder/side large capacity feeder) 08 to 09: Reserved (c) Detail of paper size (Hexadecimal) 00: (Not specified) 01: Monarch 02: Business 03: International DL 04: International C5 05: Executive 06: Letter-R 86: Letter-E 07: Legal 08: A4R 88: A4E 09: B5R 89: B5E 0A: A3 0B: B4 0C: Ledger 0D: A5R 0E: A6 0F: B6 10: Commercial #9 11: Commercial #6 12: ISO B5 13: Custom size 1E: C4 1F: Postcard 20: Reply-paid postcard 21: Oficio II 22: Special 1 23: Special 2 24: A3 wide 25: Ledger wide 26: Full bleed paper (12 x 8) 27: 8K 28: 16K-R A8: 16K-E 32: Statement-R B2: Statement-E 33: Folio 34: Western type 2 35: Western type 4 Description Description 1-3-13 . (a) Cause of paper jam (Hexadecimal) For details on the case of paper jam. refer to Paper Misfeed Detection. rence of the previous paper jam is less than 16. Event Log code (hexadecimal. (5) (6) (7) (8) Items Controller BROM version Operation panel mask version Machine serial number Paper Jam Log # Count. When the occurrence excesseds 16. all of the paper jams are logged. 5 categories) (a) Cause of a paper jam (b) Paper source (c) Paper size (d) Paper type (e) Paper eject The total page count Remembers 1 to 16 of occurrence. If the occur.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Item No. the oldest occurrence is removed. (P.at the time of the paper jam.

2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Item No. U000 No. Log Description (e) Detail of paper eject location (Hexadecimal) 01: Face down (FD) 02: Face up (FU)/1000-sheet finisher face up (FU)/ 4000-sheet finisher left sub tray (FU) 03: 1000-sheet finisher face down (FD) 4000-sheet finisher main tray (FD) 05: Job separator tray 06: 4000-sheet finisher right sub tray (FU) 07: 4000-sheet finisher left sub tray (FD) 09: 4000-sheet finisher right sub tray (FD) 0A: Center-folding unit tray 0B: Mailbox tray 1 (FD) 0C: Mailbox tray 1 (FU) 15: Mailbox tray 2 (FD) 16: Mailbox tray 2 (FU) 1F: Mailbox tray 3 (FD) 20: Mailbox tray 3 (FU) 29: Mailbox tray 4 (FD) 2A: Mailbox tray 4 (FU) 33: Mailbox tray 5 (FD) 34: Mailbox tray 5 (FU) 3D: Mailbox tray 6 (FD) 3E: Mailbox tray 6 (FU) 47: Mailbox tray 7 (FD) 48: Mailbox tray 7 (FU) 04/0D/0E: Reserved 1-3-14 . Items 01: Plain 02: Transparency 03: Preprinted 04: Labels 05: Bond 06: Recycled 07: Vellum 08: Rough 09: Letterhead Description (d) Detail of paper type (Hexadecimal) 0A: Color 0B: Prepunched 0C: Envelope 0D: Cardstock 0E: Coated 0F: 2nd side 10: Media 16 11: High quality 15: Custom 1 16: Custom 2 17: Custom 3 18: Custom 4 19: Custom 5 1A: Custom 6 1B: Custom 7 1C: Custom 8 (8) Paper Jam cont.

Description Service Code Self diagnostic error code (See page 1-4-27) Example: 01. all of the occurrences of replacement are logged.6000 01: Self diagnostic error 6000: Self diagnostic error code number Count. The total page count at the time of the self diagnostics error. (9) Items Service Call Log # Remembers 1 to 8 of occurrence of self diagnostics error. Item Unknown toner log code (1 byte.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Item No. If the occurrence of the previous replacement of toner container is less than 8. If the occurrence of the previous unknown toner detection is less than 5. If the occurrence of the previous diagnostics error is less than 8. all of the diagnostics errors are logged. 2 categories) First byte 01: Toner container (Fixed) Second byte 00: Black 01: Cyan 02: Magenta 03: Yellow 1-3-15 . Count. The total page count at the time of the toner empty error with using an unknown toner container. First byte (Replacing item) 01: Toner container Second byte (Type of replacing item) 00: Black 01: Cyan 02: Magenta 03: Yellow First byte (Replacing item) 02: Maintenance kit Second byte (Type of replacing item) 01: MK-8305A/8505A 02: MK-8305B/8505B 03: MK-8305C/8505C (11) Unknown Toner Log # Remembers 1 to 5 of occurrence of unknown toner detection. Item Description (10) Maintenance Log Code of maintenance The total page count at the time of replacing item the replacement of (1 byte. Count. 2 categories) the toner container. all of the unknown toner detection are logged. U000 No. # Remembers 1 to 8 of occurrence of replacement.

pened four times.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Item No. 1-3-16 . (12) Items Counter Log Comprised of three log counters including paper jams. T: Toner container 00: Black 01: Cyan 02: Magenta 03: Yellow M: Maintenance kit 01: MK-8305A/8505A 02: MK-8305B/8505B 03: MK-8305C/8505C Example: T00: 1 The toner container has been replaced once. Refer to Paper Jam Log. Example: C6000: 4 (h) Maintenance item replacing Indicates the log counter depending on the maintenance item for maintenance. and replacement of the toner container. (f) Paper jam Indicates the log counter of paper jams depending on location. self diagnostics errors. Description All instances including those are not Self diagnostics error 6000 has hapoccurred are displayed. U000 No. Description (g) Self diagnostic error Indicates the log counter of self diagnostics errors depending on cause.

22 C: 2.30 / 4444444.000. Installed (17) Internet FAX Kit (A) .44 Y: 4. Cassette (12) Paper feeder .30 / 4444444.11 K: 1. Installed (11) Document Processor .33 M: 3. Print Coverage .20 / 3333333.10 / 2222222.33 M: 3.20 .20 / 3333333.40 (22) Copy e-MPS error control Y6 0 / 1111111.000 2010. Installed Options . / 4444444. (16) Card Authentication Kit (B) Installed .11 K: 1. 27/10/2010 12:00 .183. U000 Service status page (1) Description Service Status Page MFP (3) (1) Firmware version 2LC_2000. Installed (19) UG-34 .10 . (21) Total . Installed (18) Security Kit (E) .11 K: 1.30 .11 K: 1.40 (24) FAX / 1111111.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Item No.10.10 / 2222222.0 GB (32) FRPO Status Default Pattern Switch B8 0 Default Font Number C5*1000+C2*100+C3 00000 +01:00 Amsterdam . Installed (15) Document Guaed (A) . (20) Average(%) / Usage Page(A4/Letter Conversion) . / 1111111.40 (23) Printer / 1111111. / 3333333. Installed (14) Job Separator .10 (25) Period (27/10/2010 .22 C: 2.44 Y: 4.33 M: 3.22 C: 2. 10.44 (8) Local Time Zone (9) Date and Time (10) Time Server (27) FAX Information Slot1/Slot2 (28) Rings (Normal) 3 (29) Rings (FAX/TEL) 3 (30) Rings (TAD) 3 (31) Option DIMM Size 16 MB 1 (6) [XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX] Figure 1-3-2 1-3-17 . Data Security Kit (E) Software Type I .03/11/2010 08:40) (26) Last Page K/C/M/Y(%) 1. . .13 .53.33 / 4. / 2222222.27 (2) 27/10/2010 12:00 (4) (5) [XXXXXXXX] [XXXXXXXX] [XXXXXXXX] Controller Information Memory status (7) Total Size Time 2.22 / 3.44 Y: 4.00 / 2. 1000-Finisher (13) Finisher .

27 27/10/2010 12:00 [XXXXXXXX] [XXXXXXXX] [XXXXXXXX] Engine Information (33) NVRAM Version (34) Scanner Version (35) FAX Slot1 FAX BOOT Version FAX APL Version FAX IPL Version MAC Address _1F31225_1F31225 2LC_1200.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Item No.000 2010.001 2LC_5100.001 00:C0:EE:D0:01:0D Send Information (37) Date and Time (38) Address 10/10/27 (36) 1/2 (39) (40) (41) 100/100 (42) 0/0/0/0/0/0/0/0 (43) 0000000/0000000/0000000/0000000/0000000/0000000/0000000/ (44) 0000000/0000000/0000000/0000000/0000000/0000000/0000000/0000000/0000000/0000000/0000000/ F00/U00/0/0/0/0/30/30/70/70/abcde/1/0 (45) (46) (47) (48) (49) (50) (51) (52) (53) (54) (55) (56) (57) (58) 0000/0000/0000/0000/0000/0000/0000/0000/0000/0000/0000/0000/0000/0000/0000/ 0000/0000/0000/0000/0000/0000/0000/0000/0000/0000/ (59) 0000/0100/0500/1000/0000/0100/0500/1000/0000/0100/0500/1000/0000/0100/0500/1000/ 0000/0100/0500/1000/0000/0100/0500/1000/0000/0100/0500/1000/0000/0100/0500/1000/ 00000000000000000000000000000000/0000000000000000000000000000000000000000/0000000000/ (60) (61) 0000000000000000/0000000000000000/0000000000000000/0000000000000000/0000000000000000/ 0000000000000000/0000000000000000/0000000000000000/0000000000000000/0000000000000000/ 0000000000000000/0000000000000000/0000000000000000/0000000000000000/0000000000000000/ (64) 0000000000000000/0000000000000000/0000000000000000/0000000000000000/0000000000000000/ (65) 0000000000000000/0000000000000000/0000000000000000/0000000000000000/ (66) 0000000000000000/0000000000000000/0000000000000000/0000000000000000/0000000000000000/ 0000000000000000/0000000000000000/0000000000000000/0000000000000000/0000000000000000/ (67) 0000000000000000/0000000000000000/0000000000000000/0000000000000000/0000000000000000/ (68) 0000000000000000/0000000000000000/0000000000000000/0000000000000000/0000000000000000/ (69) 12345678/11223344/00001234abcd567800001234abcd5678/01234567890123456789012345678901/0008/00/07 12345678/11223344/00001234abcd567800001234abcd5678/01234567890123456789012345678901/0008/00/07 12345678/11223344/00001234abcd567800001234abcd5678/01234567890123456789012345678901/0008/00/07 12345678/11223344/00001234abcd567800001234abcd5678/01234567890123456789012345678901/0008/00/07 (70) XXXXXXXX (71) [ABCDEFGHIJ][ABCDEFGHIJ] (72) 00070107FE/0700FE00FE/00FE000100/0000000000/0000000000/0000000000/00000A010A/0A0A0A3200/ 0008000000/080000001D/0096009B00/9B009BFFFB/0082000000/000000001F/0000002C00/0000000000/ 0000000000/0000000000/0000000000/0000000000/0000000000/0000000000/0000000000/0000010105/ 010A000000/0000000000/003C4C0100/0000000087/A28000363C/8000676B83/0000000000/0000000000/ 0000000000/0000000000/0000000000/0000000000/0000000000/0000000000/0000000000/0000000005/ 0000000000/0000000000/0000000000/0000000000/0000000000/000000024E/ (73) ABCDEFGHIJ/ABCDEFGHIJ/ABCDEFGHIJ/ABCDEFGHIJ/ (62) 2 [XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX] Figure 1-3-3 1-3-18 .001.10.001.001 2LC_5200. U000 Service status page (2) Description Service Status Page MFP Firmware version 2LC_2000.001.000.089 2LC_5000.001.

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17) (18) (19) (20) (21) (22) (23) (24) (25) (26) Description Firmware version System date Engine soft version Engine boot version Operation panel mask version Machine serial number Total memory size Local time zone Report output date NTP server name Presence or absence of the document processor Presence or absence of the paper feeder Presence or absence of the finisher Presence or absence of the job separator Presence or absence of the printed document guard kit Presence or absence of the IC card authentication kit Presence or absence of the internet fax kit Presence or absence of the data security kit Presence or absence of the UG-34 Page of relation to the A4/Letter Average coverage for total Average coverage for copy Average coverage for printer Average coverage for fax Cleared date and output date Coverage on the final output page Day/Month/Year hour:minute Installed/Not Installed Paper feeder/Large capacity feeder/Not Installed 1000-sheet finisher/4000-sheet finisher/ Not Installed Installed/Not Installed Installed/Not Installed Installed/Not Installed/Trial Installed/Not Installed Installed/Not Installed Installed/Not Installed Black/Cyan/Magenta/Yellow Black/Cyan/Magenta/Yellow Black/Cyan/Magenta/Yellow Black/Cyan/Magenta/Yellow Supplement Description 1-3-19 . U000 Detail of service status page No.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Item No.

0 to 15 0 to 15 Description Number of rings before connect. and (b) and (e) are identical with (c) and (f). (27) (28) (29) (30) (31) (32) (33) Description Fax kit information Number of rings Number of rings before automatic switching Supplement This item is printed only when the fax kit is installed. Top margin/Left margin Top margin integer part/Top margin decimal part/ Left margin integer part/Left margin decimal part/ Page length integer part/Page length decimal part/ Page width integer part/Page width decimal part 1-3-20 .2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Item No. (34) (35) (36) (37) (38) (39) (40) (41) (42) Scanner firmware version Fax firmware version Mac address The last sent date and time Transmission address Destination information Area information Margin settings Margin/Page length/Page width settings This item is printed only when the fax kit is installed. U000 No.0 to 15 ing to answering machine Optional DIMM size FRPO setting NV RAM version _ 1F3 1225 _ 1F3 1225 (a) (b) (c) (d) (e) (f) (a) Consistency of the present software version and the database _ (underscore): OK * (Asterisk): NG (b) Database version (c) The oldest time stamp of database version (d) Consistency of the present software version and the ME firmware version _ (underscore): OK * (Asterisk): NG (e) ME firmware version (f) The oldest time stamp of the ME database version Normal if (a) and (d) are underscored.

19. Single count. Single count.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Item No. 20) 1-3-21 . U000 No. (43) (44) Description Life counter (The first line) Life counter (The second line) Supplement Machine life/MP tray/Cassette 1/Cassette 2/ Cassette 3/Cassette 4/Duplex Drum unit K/Drum unit C/Drum unit M/Drum unit Y/ Transfer belt unit/Developer unit K/ Developer unit C/Developer unit M/ Developer unit Y/Maintenance kit A/ Maintenance kit B 0: OFF/1: Partial lock/2: Full lock U00: Not installed/U01: Full speed/U02: Hi speed 0: Paper source unit select/1: Paper source unit 0: All single counts 1: A3. 356 mm or less (length) 3: Folio. Single count. Single count. Less than 420 mm (length) 2: Legal. Single count. 356 mm or less (length) 3: Folio. Less than 420 mm (length) 2: Legal. Single count. Less than 330 mm (length) 0: All single counts 1: A3. Less than 330 mm (length) Weight settings 0: Light 1: Normal 1 2: Normal 2 3: Normal 3 4: Heavy 1 5: Heavy 2 6: Heavy 3 7: Extra Heavy Fuser settings 0: High 1: Middle 2: Low 3: Vellum Duplex settings 0: Disable 1: Enable Description (45) (46) (47) (48) Panel lock information USB information Paper handling information Color printing double count mode (49) Black and white printing double count mode (50) (51) (52) (53) (54) (55) (56) (57) (58) Billing counting timing Temperature (machine inside) Temperature (machine outside) Relative temperature (machine outside) Absolute temperature (machine outside) Fixed assets number Job end judgment time-out time Job end detection mode Media type attributes 1 to 28 (Not used: 18.

Method 1. U001 Exiting the maintenance mode Description Exits the maintenance mode and returns to the normal copy mode. (59) (60) (61) (62) (63) (64) (65) (66) (67) (68) (69) (70) (71) (72) (73) Description Calibration information Calibration information Calibration information Calibration information Calibration information Calibration information Calibration information Calibration information Calibration information Calibration information RFID information RFID reader/writer version information Color table version Color table 2 version Maintenance information Code conversion A 0 B 1 C 2 D 3 E 4 F 5 G 6 H 7 I 8 J 9 Supplement Black/Cyan/Magenta/Yellow Description Completion Press the stop key. 1-3-22 . Purpose To exit the maintenance mode. Press the start key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. U000 No.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Item No. is displayed. The normal copy mode is entered.

Completion Press the stop key. Press the start key. Press the start key. Press the start key. 3. The keys to enter the number are displayed on the touch panel. When errors occurred. and execute initialization using maintenance item U002. The mirror frame of the scanner returns to the home position. Purpose To move the mirror frame of the scanner to the position for transport. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. Turn the main power switch off and on. 2. Allow more than 5 seconds between Off and On. Error codes Codes 0001 0002 0020 0040 U003 Entity error Controller error Engine error Scanner error Description Description Setting the service telephone number Description Sets the telephone number to be displayed when a service call code is detected. * : An error code is displayed in case of an initialization error. U002 Setting the factory default data Description Restores the machine conditions to the factory default settings. 3. The setting is set. Enter a telephone number (up to 15 digits). Select [Mode1(All)]. Setting 1. 2.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Item No. 1-3-23 . is displayed. 4. Method 1. turn main power switch off then on. Press the start key. Purpose To set the telephone number to call service when installing the machine.

Allow more than 5 seconds between Off and On. Press the start key. Description Displays the machine serial number Description If the machine serial number of engine PWB does not match with that of main PWB Display Machine No.(Eng) Description Displays the machine serial number of main Displays the machine serial number of engine Setting Carry out if the machine serial number does not match. U004 Setting the machine number Description Sets or displays the machine number. Method 1. Purpose To check or set the machine number. 1.(Main) Machine No. 1-3-24 . Writing of serial No.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Item No. Completion Press the stop key. Turn the main power switch off and on. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. 3. is displayed. If the machine serial number of engine PWB matches with that of main PWB Display Machine No. Select [Execute]. 2. starts. Press the start key.

3. Select [New ID(Reconfirm)]. Press the start key. *. Select [New ID]. 5. is displayed. * and # are mandatory to contain. ID is initialized. 2. #). Display New ID New ID(Reconfirm) Initialize Enter a new 8-digit ID Enter a new 8-digit ID (to confirm) Initialize the ID Description Description Setting 1. 1-3-25 . #). Enter a new 8-digit ID on ten keys (0 – 9. Press the start key. Completion Press the stop key. Select [Initialize]. *. The setting is set. Enter a new 8-digit ID on ten keys (0 – 9.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Item No. 4. 2. U010 Setting the maintenance mode ID Description Sets the maintenance mode ID. Press the start key. Method 1. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. Purpose Modify maintenance mode ID for more security. Method: [Initialize] 1.

Purpose To check the part number or to decide. Press the start key. 2. The ROM version are displayed.7 resource ROM Framework ROM FMU ROM Weekly Timer ROM Color table 1 (copy) ROM Color table 2 (copy) ROM Color table 1 (printer) ROM Color table 2 (printer) ROM Document processor ROM Document processor booting Paper feeder / Large capacity feeder ROM Paper feeder / Large capacity feeder booting SMT paper feeder /Side feeder ROM SMT paper feeder /Side feeder booting Description Description 1-3-26 . Method 1. Display Main MMI Browser Engine Engine Boot Scanner Scanner Boot RFID IH CPU IH CPU Boot Motor CPU Motor CPU Boot Dictionary Option Language PDF1.7 Resource Solution Framework FMU Weekly Timer Color Table1(Copy) Color Table2(Copy) Color Table1(Prn) Color Table2(Prn) DP DP Boot PF1 PF1 Boot Side PF Side PF Boot Main ROM Operation ROM Browser ROM Engine ROM Engine booting Scanner ROM Scanner booting RFID ROM IH CPU ROM IH CPU booting Motor CPU ROM Motor CPU booting Optional language ROM PDF1. Change the screen using the cursor up/down keys. if the newest version of ROM is installed.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Item No. U019 Displaying the ROM version Description Displays the part number of the ROM fitted to each PWB.

U019 Display PF2 PF2 Boot DF DF Boot PH PH Boot MT MT Boot BF BF Boot Fax APL1 Fax Boot1 Fax IPL1 Fax APL2 Fax Boot2 Fax IPL2 Description Side paper feeder / Side large capacity feeder ROM Side paper feeder / Side large capacity feeder booting 1000-sheet finisher / 4000-sheet finisher ROM 1000-sheet finisher / 4000-sheet finisher booting Punch unit ROM Punch unit booting Mailbox ROM Mailbox booting Center-folding unit ROM Center-folding unit booting Fax APL 1 Fax booting 1 Fax IPL 1 Fax APL 2 (dual Fax) Fax booting 2 (dual Fax) Fax IPL 2 (dual Fax) Description Completion Press the stop key.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Item No. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. is displayed. 1-3-27 .

turn main power switch off then on. * : An error code is displayed in case of an initialization error. Method 1. Press the start key. 3. 4.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Item No. service call history and mode setting. Turn the main power switch off and on. Allow more than 5 seconds between Off and On. Also initializes backup RAM according to region specification selected in maintenance item U252 Setting the destination. 2. Select [Execute]. Purpose To return the machine settings to their factory default. Press the start key. Error codes Codes 0001 0002 0020 0040 Entity error Controller error Engine error Scanner error Description Description 1-3-28 . U021 Memory initializing Description Initializes all settings. All data other than that for adjustments due to variations between machines is initialized based on the destination setting. except those pertinent to the type of machine. When errors occurred. and execute initialization using maintenance item U021. namely each counter.

one-touch keys and document box etc.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Item No. 4. the following pre-installed software are removed. job accounting. Purpose To initialize the hard disk when replacing the hard disk after shipping. U024 HDD formatting Description Initializes the hard disk. Press [Execute]. Turn the main power switch off and on. Option language. Press the start key. FMU. 1-3-29 . shortcuts and panel programs When fully formatted. Allow more than 5 seconds between Off and On. PDF1. weekly timer Method 1. 5. System menu (user login administration.). the following settings are also initialized by initializing the hard disk. Caution In addition. Display Full Data Full format Data format (the application software are retained) Description Description 3. Press the start key to initialize the hard disk. address book.7 resource. 2. Select the item.

Method 1.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Item No. 1-3-30 . Press the start key. To stop operation. Display Feed DLP(K) DLP(CMY) Fuser SB(CW) SB(CCW) CMY Release Job Separator Regist Bridge1 Bridge2 Belt Meand Press Release Fuser Release DU1 DU2 Mid Roller Description Paper feed motor (PFM) is turned on Developer motor K (DEVM-K) is turned on Developer motor MCY (DEVM-MCY) is turned on Fuser motor (FUM) is turned on Eject motor (EM) is turned on clockwise Eject motor (EM) is turned on counterclockwise Color release motor (CRM) is turned on Job eject motor (JEM) is turned on Registration motor (RM) is turned on (45 ppm/55 ppm model only) Bridge conveying motor 1 (BRCM1) is turned on Bridge conveying motor 2 (BRCM2) is turned on Transfer motor (TRM) is turned on Transfer release motor (TRRM) is turned on Fuser release motor (FURM) is turned on Duplex motor 1 (DUM1) is turned on Duplex motor 2 (DUM2) is turned on Middle motor (RM) is turned on (45 ppm/55 ppm model only) Description 4. The operation starts. is displayed. press the stop key. 2. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. 3. Purpose To check the operation of each motor. Select the motor to be operated. Press the start key. U030 Checking the operation of the motors Description Drives each motor. Completion Press the stop key.

Method 1. Turn each switch or sensor on and off manually to check the status. 2. that switch or sensor is displayed in reverse.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Item No. is displayed. Press the start key. U031 Description Checking switches and sensors for paper conveying Description Displays the on-off status of each paper detection switch or sensor on the paper path. Display MPT Jam Cassette1 Feed Cassette2 Feed Feed2(Feed B) Regist Belt Jam DU1 DU2 Bridge1 Feed Bridge2 Feed Bridge Exit Exit Paper Fuser Feed Feed1(Mid) Exit Job Separator Regist Loop Sensor MP feed sensor (MPFS) Feed sensor 1 (FS1) Feed sensor 2 (FS2) Paper conveying sensor (PCS) Registration sensor (RS) Transfer belt sensor (TRBLS) Duplex sensor 1 (DUS1) Duplex sensor 2 (DUS2) Bridge conveying sensor 1 (BRCS1) Bridge conveying sensor 2 (BRCS2) Bridge eject sensor (BRES) Eject full sensor (EFS) Fuser eject sensor (FUES) Middle sensor (MS) Switchback sensor (SBS) Loop sensor (LPS) Description Completion Press the stop key. When the on-status of a switch or sensor is detected. 1-3-31 . The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. Purpose To check if the switches and sensors for paper conveying operate correctly.

The operation starts. *2: 45 ppm/55 ppm model only. Completion Press the stop key.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Item No. Method 1. To stop operation. 1-3-32 . Purpose To check the operation of each clutch. 4. 3. 2. U032 Checking the operation of the clutches Description Turns each clutch on. Display Feed1 Feed2 Mid Roller MPT Feed Regist Feed DU1 DU2 Assist1 Assist2 Motor Description Paper feed clutch 1 (PFCL1) is turned on Paper feed clutch 2 (PFCL2) is turned on Middle clutch (MCL)*1 is turned on MP paper feed clutch (MPPFCL) is turned on Registration clutch (RCL)*1 is turned on Paper conveying clutch (PCCL) is turned on Duplex clutch 1 (DUCL1)*1 is turned on Duplex clutch 2 (DUCL2)*1 is turned on Assist clutch 1 (ASCL1)*2 is turned on Assist clutch 2 (ASCL2*2 is turned on Paper feed motor (PFM) is turned on Description *1: 30 ppm/35 ppm model only. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. Select the clutch to be operated. Press the start key. Press the start key. press the stop key. is displayed.

Press the start key.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Item No. Method 1. Purpose Make the adjustment if there is a regular error between the leading edges of the copy image and original. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. is displayed. Make the adjustment if there is a regular error between the center lines of the copy image and original. U033 Description Checking the operation of the solenoids Description Turns each solenoid on. U034 Adjusting the print start timing Description Adjusts the leading edge registration or center line. Method 1. Display LSU Out Top LSU Out Left LSU Out Top B/W LSU Out Top 3/4 Center line adjustment Leading edge registration adjustment in black/white mode Leading edge registration adjustment at 3/4 times of line speed Description Leading edge registration adjustment 1-3-33 . Press the start key.z 3. Purpose To check the operation of each solenoid. Display Pick Up1 Pick Up2 Job Separator ID Clean Bridge Solenoid Motor Description Pickup solenoid 1 (PUSOL1)* is turned on Pickup solenoid 2 (PUSOL2)* is turned on Feedshift solenoid (FSSOL) is turned on Cleaning solenoid (CLSOL) is turned on Bridge solenoid (BRSOL) is turned on Paper feed motor (PFM) is turned on *: 45 ppm/55 ppm model only. Select the solenoid to be operated. 2. The operation starts. Select the item to be adjusted. Completion Press the stop key. Press the start key. 4. To stop operation. 2. press the stop key.

0 Duplex mode (second) -3.0 Duplex mode (second) -3. Select the item to be adjusted. 3.1 mm MPT Half(L) Paper feed from MP tray -3.0 to 3.0 (when small size thick paper is used) -3.0 (when large size thick paper is used) Cassette(L) Cassette Half(L) Duplex(L) Duplex Half(L) MPT(S) MPT Half(S) Paper feed from cassette (when large size paper is used) -3.1 mm 0.0 to 3.1 mm 0. 2.0 to 3.0 to 3.1 mm 0.0 Initial Change in setting value per step 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.1 mm 0.0 (when large size thick paper is used) Paper feed from MP tray (when small size paper is used) -3. 4.1 mm 0.0 to 3.1 mm 0. 1-3-34 .1 mm 0.0 Paper feed from cassette -3.0 to 3. U034 Description Adjustment: Leading edge registration adjustment 1.0 Cassette(S) Paper feed from cassette (when small size paper is used) Cassette Half(S) Duplex(S) Duplex Half(S) Paper feed from cassette -3.1 mm 0.0 (when large size thick paper is used) Duplex mode (second) (when large size paper is used) -3.0 (when small size thick paper is used) Duplex mode (second) (when small size paper is used) -3.1 mm 0. Press the system menu key. [LSU Out Top] Display MPT(L) Description Paper feed from MP tray (when large size paper is used) Setting range -3.0 to 3.0 to 3.0 to 3.0 (when small size thick paper is used) Large size: 218 mm or more in width of paper.0 to 3.0 Paper feed from MP tray -3.1 mm 0.0 to 3.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Item No. Press the start key to output a test pattern.1 mm 0.0 to 3. Press the system menu key.

U034 [LSU Out Top B/W] [LSU Out Top 3/4] Display MPT(L) Cassette(L) Duplex(L) MPT(S) Description Paper feed from MP tray (when large size paper is used) Paper feed from cassette (when large size paper is used) Duplex mode (second) (when large size paper is used) Paper feed from MP tray (when small size paper is used) Setting range -3. Press the start key. Remark When changing the setting value of [Large] each item is modified.0 -3. The value is set. Caution Check the copy image after the adjustment.0 to 3.1 mm 0.0 to 3. decrease the value.0 to 3. increase the value.0 Initial Change in setting value per step 0 0 0 0 0 0 0. For output example 2.1 mm 0. perform the following adjustments in maintenance mode. For output example 1.0 -3.0 -3. Leading edge registration (20 ± 1.1 mm Description Cassette(S) Paper feed from cassette (when small size paper is used) Duplex(S) Duplex mode (second) (when small size paper is used) Large size: 218 mm or more in width of paper.1-3-58) 1-3-35 .1 mm 0.0 -3. Change the setting value using the cursor +/.1 mm 0.1-3-53) U071 (P.1 mm 0.0 -3. U034 U066 (P.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Item No.0 mm) Correct image Output example 1 Output example 2 Figure 1-3-4 6.or numeric keys. 5. If the image is still incorrect.0 to 3.0 to 3.0 to 3. equal to amount of the value which is changed adds also the value of [Small] each item and is pulled.

1 mm 0. 5. Display MPT Cassette1 Cassette2 Cassette3 Cassette4 Cassette5 Cassette6 Cassette7 Duplex Description Paper feed from MP tray Paper feed from cassette 1 Paper feed from cassette 2 Paper feed from optional cassette 3 Paper feed from optional cassette 4 Paper feed from optional cassette 5 Paper feed from optional cassette 6 Duplex mode (second) * Setting range -3. Press the start key.1 mm Paper feed from optional cassette 7* *: 45 ppm/55 ppm model only. perform the following adjustments in maintenance mode. U034 Description Adjustment: Center line adjustment 1. For output example 2.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Item No.0 -3.1-3-54) U072 (P.0 to 3.keys or numeric keys.1 mm 0.0 -3. Center line of printing (within ± 2. 1-3-36 .0 -3.1 mm 0.0 to 3.0 to 3.0 -3.0 mm) Correct image Output example 1 Output example 2 Figure 1-3-5 6. increase the value.0 to 3. is displayed. Press the system menu key. Press the system menu key. 3.1 mm 0.0 to 3. For output example 1.1 mm 0.1 mm 0. Change the setting value using the +/. If the image is still incorrect.1 mm 0.0 to 3. Select the item to be adjusted.0 -3.0 to 3. 4. U034 U067 (P. Caution Check the copy image after the adjustment.1 mm 0.0 -3.0 Initial Change in setting value per step 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0. 2.1-3-60) Completion Press the stop key.0 -3.0 to 3. decrease the value.0 -3. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. Press the start key to output a test pattern.0 to 3. The value is set.

The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. 3.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Item No. Press the start key. 2. Purpose To prevent cropped images on the trailing edge or left/right side of copy paper by setting the actual printing area for folio paper. The value is set.keys. Select the item to be set. 1-3-37 . Completion Press the stop key. Setting 1. is displayed. Change the setting value using the +/. Display Length Width Length Width Description Setting range 330 to 356 mm 200 to 220 mm Initial setting 330 210 Description 4. U035 Setting the printing area for folio paper Description Changes the printing area for copying on folio paper. Press the start key.

Press the start key. U037 Description Checking the operation of the fan motors Description Drives each fan motor. 2) is turned on Fuser front/rear fan motor (FUFFM/FURFM) is turned on Fan motors of group A are turned on Fan motors of group B are turned on B A B B A A A A A A A A Description Coil fan motor 2 (CFM2) is turned on Group B 4. The operation starts. 3. 2) is turned on Power source fan motor (PSFM) is turned on Eject rear fan motor (EFRM) is turned on IH fan motor (IHFM) is turned on Coil fan motor 1 (CFM1) is turned on Developer fan motor 1 (DEVFM1) is turned on Developer fan motor 2 (DEVFM2) is turned on Fuser fan motor 1and 2 (FUFM1. 2) is turned on Eject fan motor 1and 2 (EFM1. is displayed.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Item No. Select the fan motor to be operated. To stop operation. Press the start key. press the stop key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. Purpose To check the operation of each fan motor. 2) is turned on Eject front fan motor (EFFM) is turned on Toner fan motor 1and 2 (TFM1. Method 1. 1-3-38 . Completion Press the stop key. 2. Display Fuser Cooling DLP Rear LSU Cooling Belt Cooling Exit Paper Exit Cooling Toner Low Volt Exit Rear Cooling IH PWB IH Coil DLP(K) DLP Front Conv Edge Fuser Edge GroupA GroupB LSU fan motor (LSUFM) is turned on Belt fan motor 1and 2 (BLFM1.

1 % Adjustment: [Horizon] 1. Purpose Make the adjustment if the magnification in the main scanning direction is incorrect.0 mm Figure 1-3-6 2. Caution Adjust the magnification of the scanner in the following order. 250 ± 1. and decreasing it makes the image shorter. Increasing the setting makes the image longer. Make the adjustment if the magnification in the auxiliary scanning direction is incorrect.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Item No. Change the setting value using the +/. 1-3-39 .1-3-51) U070 (P. 3. 5. Display Horizon Vertical Description Magnification in the main scanning direction Magnification in the auxiliary scanning direction Setting range -1 to 1 -1 to 1 Initial Change in setting value per step 0 0 0. Press the start key. U039 Adjusting the magnification Description Adjusts the magnification of the printing.keys or numeric keys. Press the system menu key. 2. U039 U065 (P. Press the start key to output a test pattern. Select the item to be adjusted.1-3-56) Description Method 1. Press the system menu key.1 % 0. The value is set. Press the start key. 4.

Select the item to be adjusted. Completion Press the stop key. Display Paper Loop Amount Paper Loop Amount 3/4 Deflection adjustment Deflection adjustment at 3/4 times of line speed Description Paper Loop Amount B/W Deflection adjustment in black and white mode 1-3-40 . Increasing the setting makes the image longer. Method 1. 350 ± 1. Change the setting value using the +/. U039 Description Adjustment: [Vertical] 1. appears.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Item No. U051 Adjusting the deflection in the paper Description Adjusts the deflection in the paper at the registration roller.keys or numeric keys. Press the start key. Purpose Make the adjustment if the leading edge of the copy image is missing or varies randomly. Press the start key.4 mm Figure 1-3-7 2. 2. or if the copy paper is Z-folded. and decreasing it makes the image shorter. The value is set. The indication for selecting a maintenance item No.

0 mm 1.0 mm 1.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Item No. 1-3-41 .[LSU Out Top] [Paper Loop Amount] Display MPT(L) Description Paper feed from MP tray (when large size paper is used) Setting range -30 to 20 Initial Change in setting value per step 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1.0 mm 1.0 mm 1.0 mm 1. U051 Description Adjustment 1.0 mm 1. Press the system menu key.0 mm 1. 3. 4.0 mm 1.0 mm 1. Press the system menu key. Place an original and press the start key to make a test copy. Select the item to be adjusted.0 mm 1.0 mm 1. 2.0 mm MPT Half(L) Paper feed from MP tray -30 to 20 (when large size thick paper is used) Cassette(L) Cassette Half(L) Duplex(L) Duplex Half(L) MPT(S) MPT Half(S) Paper feed from cassette (when large size paper is used) -30 to 20 Paper feed from cassette -30 to 20 (when large size thick paper is used) Duplex mode (second) (when large size paper is used) -30 to 20 Duplex mode (second) -30 to 20 (when large size thick paper is used) Paper feed from MP tray (when small size paper is used) -30 to 20 Paper feed from MP tray -30 to 20 (when small size thick paper is used) -30 to 20 Cassette(S) Paper feed from cassette (when small size paper is used) Cassette Half(S) Duplex(S) Duplex Half(S) Paper feed from cassette -30 to 20 (when small size thick paper is used) Duplex mode (second) (when small size paper is used) -30 to 20 Duplex mode (second) -30 to 20 (when small size thick paper is used) Large size: 218 mm or more in width of paper.

Press the start key.keys or numeric keys.0 mm 1. Completion Press the stop key. the smaller the value. increase the value. The value is set.0 mm 1.0 mm 1. the smaller the deflection. Change the setting value using the +/. The indication for selecting a maintenance item No.0 mm 1. appears. the larger the deflection. Original Copy example 1 Copy example 2 Figure 1-3-8 6.0 mm 1. decrease the value. For output example 2. U051 [LSU Out Top B/W] [LSU Out Top 3/4] Display MPT(L) Cassette(L) Duplex(L) MPT(S) Description Paper feed from MP tray (when large size paper is used) Paper feed from cassette (when large size paper is used) Duplex mode (second) (when large size paper is used) Paper feed from MP tray (when small size paper is used) Setting range -30 to 20 -30 to 20 -30 to 20 -30 to 20 -30 to 20 -30 to 20 Initial Change in setting value per step 0 0 0 0 0 0 1.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Item No.0 mm Description Cassette(S) Paper feed from cassette (when small size paper is used) Duplex(S) Duplex mode (second) (when small size paper is used) Large size: 218 mm or more in width of paper. 1-3-42 . 5. The greater the value. For output example 1.

keys.3 No.2 No. Select the item. Display Set Loop Sensor Loop Sensor Control Set Loop Sensor Valid Description Enter the data value for loop sensor Set the loop sensor detection control Sets the presence or absence of the loop sensor How to read the sensor data value (e. Press the start key. 1-3-43 . Enter the sensor data value of supplied sheet DATA1 using the +/. Enter the sensor data value of supplied sheet DATA2 using the +/.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Item No.keys.4 Description Sensor detection On/Off setting at 125 to 250 mm from the top of paper Sensor detection On/Off setting at 250 to 290 mm from the top of paper Sensor detection On/Off setting at 300 to 330 mm from the top of paper Sensor detection On/Off setting at 350 to 370 mm from the top of paper Initial setting Off On On On 3.1 No. appears. Completion Press the stop key. Press the start key. Press the start key. Select On or Off. 2. The value is set. U052 Setting the fuser motor control Description Enters the sensor data values described on the supplied sheet provided when the loop sensor is replaced and performs correction processing for the fuser motor. Select On or Off. Select the item. Display No. Initial setting: On 2. The setting is set. 5. Purpose To perform when replacing the loop sensor or paper conveying unit. Method 1. 2. 3 6 4 Setting: [Loop Sensor Control] 1. Select [Scanning Board2]. Setting: [Set Loop Sensor Valid] 1. 3.g. Select [Scanning Board1]. Press the start key. 2. The indication for selecting a maintenance item No. The setting is set.) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 Description Method: [Set Loop Sensor] 1. 4.

Y speeds at 3/4 times of line speed Adjustment of developer motor K. M. middle motor and duplex motor speeds in half speed Adjustment of drum motor K.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Item No. Select the item to be adjusted Display Moter1 Moter2 Moter3 Description Adjustment of drum motor K. the setting need not be changed. developer motor MCY and transfer motor speeds in half speed Adjustment of eject motor. U053 Description Setting the adjustment of the motor speed Description Performs fine adjustment of the speeds of the motors. paper feed motor. Y speeds in half speed Adjustment of developer motor K. M. registration motor and transfer cleaning motor speeds in black/white mode Adjustment of eject motor. developer motor MCY. fuser motor. Y speeds Adjustment of developer motor K. paper feed motor. fuser motor. registration motor and transfer cleaning motor speeds at 3/4 times of line speed Adjustment of eject motor. transfer motor. Method 1. middle motor and duplex motor speeds Drum motor K speed adjustment in black/white mode Adjustment of developer motor K. bridge conveying motor 1/2. job eject motor. transfer motor. Press the start key. Purpose Basically. registration motor and transfer cleaning motor speeds Adjustment of eject motor. fuser motor. C. developer motor MCY. bridge conveying motor 1/2. C. job eject motor. transfer motor. bridge conveying motor 1/2. paper feed motor. paper feed motor. middle motor and duplex motor speeds in black/white mode Adjustment of drum motor K. 2. job eject motor and middle motor speeds at 3/4 times of line speed Moter4 Moter5 Moter6 Moter1 Half Moter2 Half Moter3 Half Moter1 3/4 Moter2 3/4 Moter3 3/4 1-3-44 . M. Modify settings by interlock setting only if faulty images occur. bridge conveying motor 1/2. C.

Display Drum B/W(K) Drum Mono(K) Description Drum motor K (DRM-K) in black/white mode Drum motor K (DRM-K) in monochrome mode Setting range -500 to 500 -500 to 500 0 0 Initial setting 1-3-45 . Select the item to be adjusted. Display Dev(K) Dev(CMY) Trans Belt Regist* Belt Clean Description Developer motor K (DEVM-K) Developer motor MCY (DEVM-MCY) Transfer motor (TRM) Registration motor (RM) Transfer cleaning motor (TRCM) Setting range -500 to 500 -500 to 500 -500 to 500 -500 to 500 -500 to 500 0 0 0 0 0 Initial setting *: 45 ppm/55 ppm model only Setting: [Motor3] 1. M. M. Display SB Fixing Bridge1 Bridge2 Feed Job Separator Mid Roller* DU* Description Eject motor (EM) Fuser motor (FUM) Bridge conveying motor 1 (BRCM1) Bridge conveying motor 2 (BRCM2) Paper feed motor (PFM) Job eject motor (JEM) Middle motor (MM) Duplex motor (DUM) Setting range -500 to 500 -500 to 500 -500 to 500 -500 to 500 -500 to 500 -500 to 500 -500 to 500 -500 to 500 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Initial setting *: 45 ppm/55 ppm model only Setting: [Motor4] 1. Y) Setting range -500 to 500 -500 to 500 0 0 Initial setting Description Setting: [Motor2] 1. Select the item to be adjusted. Select the item to be adjusted. Select the item to be adjusted. U053 Setting: [Motor1] 1. Y (DRM-C.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Item No. Display Drum(K) Drum(CMY) Description Drum motor K (DRM-K) Drum motor C.

U053 Setting: [Motor5] 1.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Item No. Display Dev B/W(K) Trans Belt B/W Regist B/W* Belt Clean B/W Description Developer motor K (DEVM-K) in black/white mode Transfer motor (TRM) in black/white mode Registration motor (RM) in black/white mode Transfer cleaning motor (TRCM) in black/white mode Setting range -500 to 500 -500 to 500 -500 to 500 -500 to 500 0 0 0 0 Initial setting Description *: 45 ppm/55 ppm model only Setting: [Motor6] 1. M. Select the item to be adjusted. M. Y) in half speed Setting range -500 to 500 -500 to 500 0 0 Initial setting 1-3-46 . Select the item to be adjusted. Y (DRM-C. Display SB B/W Fixing B/W Bridge1 B/W Bridge2 B/W Feed B/W Description Eject motor (EM) in black/white mode Fuser motor (FUM) in black/white mode Bridge conveying motor 1 (BRCM1) in black/white mode Bridge conveying motor 2 (BRCM2) in black/white mode Paper feed motor (PFM) in black/white mode Setting range -500 to 500 -500 to 500 -500 to 500 -500 to 500 -500 to 500 -500 to 500 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Initial setting Job Separator B/W Job eject motor (JEM) in black/white mode Mid Roller B/W* DU B/W* Duplex motor (DUM) in black/white mode Middle motor (MM) in black/white mode -500 to 500 -500 to 500 *: 45 ppm/55 ppm model only Setting: [Motor1 Half] 1. Select the item to be adjusted. Display Drum(K) Drum(CMY) Description Drum motor K (DRM-K) in half speed Drum motor C.

Y) Setting range -500 to 500 -500 to 500 0 0 Initial setting Setting: [Motor2 3/4] 1. Display Dev(K) Dev(CMY) Trans Belt Regist* Belt Clean Description Developer motor K (DEVM-K) Developer motor MCY (DEVM-MCY) Transfer motor (TRM) Registration motor (RM) Transfer cleaning motor (TRCM) Setting range -500 to 500 -500 to 500 -500 to 500 -500 to 500 -500 to 500 0 0 0 0 0 Initial setting *: 45 ppm/55 ppm model only 1-3-47 . Select the item to be adjusted. M. Select the item to be adjusted. Y (DRM-C. M. Display Dev(K) Dev(CMY) Trans Belt Description Developer motor K (DEVM-K) in half speed Developer motor MCY (DEVM-MCY) in half speed Transfer motor (TRM) in half speed Setting range -500 to 500 -500 to 500 -500 to 500 0 0 0 Initial setting Description Setting: [Motor3 Half] 1.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Item No. Select the item to be adjusted. Display SB Bridge1 Bridge2 Feed Mid Roller* DU* Description Eject motor (EM) in half speed Bridge conveying motor 1 (BRCM1) in half speed Bridge conveying motor 2 (BRCM2) in half speed Paper feed motor (PFM) in half speed Middle motor (MM) in half speed Duplex motor (DUM) in half speed Setting range -500 to 500 -500 to 500 -500 to 500 -500 to 500 -500 to 500 -500 to 500 0 0 0 0 0 0 Initial setting *: 45 ppm/55 ppm model only Setting: [Motor1 3/4] 1. Select the item to be adjusted. Display Drum(K) Drum(CMY) Description Drum motor K (DRM-K) Drum motor C. U053 Setting: [Motor2 Half] 1.

Select the item to be adjusted. Display SB Fixing Bridge1 Bridge2 Feed Job Separator Mid Roller* Description Eject motor (EM) Fuser motor (FUM) Bridge conveying motor 1 (BRCM1) Bridge conveying motor 2 (BRCM2) Paper feed motor (PFM) Job eject motor (JEM) Middle motor (MM) Setting range -500 to 500 -500 to 500 -500 to 500 -500 to 500 -500 to 500 -500 to 500 -500 to 500 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Initial setting Description *: 45 ppm/55 ppm model only Completion Press the stop key. U053 Setting: [Motor3 3/4] 1. 1-3-48 . The indication for selecting a maintenance item No.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Item No. appears.

and a smaller value slows it. The value is set. Setting: [Cooling Mode] 1. Select the mode. 1-3-49 . appears. 2. Press the start key. Change the setting value using the +/. Sets temperature at which the paper conveying fan motors are switched for controlling. U059 Setting fan mode Description Specifies mode for paper conveying fan motors during conveying paper. Display Mode1 Mode2 Mode3 Auto Description Temperature at which paper conveying fan motors operate: High Temperature at which paper conveying fan motors operate: Normal Temperature at which paper conveying fan motors operate: Low It begins with Mode2 at power up or recovery from sleep mode. Display Cooling Mode Description Amount of shift from the initial standard temperature Setting range -3 to 3 (°C) 0 Initial setting A larger value advances the operating timing. Press the start key. Display Fan Mode Cooling Mode Description Sets temperature at which paper conveying fan motors operate. The setting is set. Press the start key. 2. Method 1.keys. Select the mode. Description Setting: [Fan Mode] 1. Initial setting: Mode2 2. The indication for selecting a maintenance item No.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Item No. Purpose Change mode if paper crease occurs. Completion Press the stop key. and switches to Mode3 when the thermistor detects higher than 38 °C.

Completion Press the stop key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. Method 1. Press the start key. Display CCD CIS The exposure lamp lights The CIS lights (when dual scan DP is installed) Description 3. 4. To turn the lamp off. 2. is displayed. copying from an original is available in interrupt copying mode (which is activated by pressing the system menu key). is displayed. Press the start key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. 3. 1-3-50 . Press the start key. Setting 1. and decreasing it moves the position toward the machine right. Supplement While this maintenance item is being executed.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Item No. The value is set. This is due to flaws or stains inside the shading plate. Display Position Description Shading position Setting range 0 to 18 Initial Change in setting value per step 0 0. Completion Press the stop key. The lamp lights. Press the start key. To prevent this problem. Purpose To check whether the exposure lamp are turned on. 2. U063 Adjusting the shading position Description Changes the shading position of the scanner. Purpose Used when the white line continue to appear longitudinally on the image after the shading plate is cleaned.091 mm Increasing the value moves the shading position toward the machine left. the shading position should be changed so that shading is possible without being affected by the flaws or stains. U061 Description Checking the operation of the exposure lamp Description Lights the exposure lamp. press the stop key. Select the item.keys or numeric keys. Change the setting value using the +/.

For copy example 2. Press the start key. U053 (P.1-3-56) Method 1. increase the value. Place an original and press the start key to make a test copy. Press the start key. Display Y Scan Zoom X Scan Zoom Description Scanner magnification in the main scanning direction Scanner magnification in the auxiliary scanning direction Setting range -75 to 75 Initial Change in setting value per step 0 0.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Item No. For copy example 1. Caution Adjust the magnification of the scanner in the following order. Original Copy example 1 Copy example 2 Figure 1-3-9 2. Select the item to be adjusted. 5. Purpose Make the adjustment if the magnification in the main scanning direction is incorrect.02 % -125 to 125 0 Adjustment: [Y Scan Zoom] 1.1-3-44) U065 main scanning direction Description U065 auxiliary scanning direction U067 (P.keys or numeric keys.1-3-54) U070 (P. decrease the value. 3. 4. The value is set. U065 Adjusting the scanner magnification Description Adjusts the magnification of the original scanning. Press the system menu key. Press the system menu key.02 % 0. 2. Make the adjustment if the magnification in the auxiliary scanning direction is incorrect. 1-3-51 . Change the setting value using the +/.

increase the value. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. Press the start key. For copy example 2.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Item No.keys or numeric keys. The value is set. For copy example 1. Change the setting value using the +/. Original Copy example 1 Copy example 2 Figure 1-3-10 2. is displayed. 1-3-52 . decrease the value. Completion Press the stop key. U065 Description Adjustment: [X Scan Zoom] 1.

Scanner leading edge registration (within ± 2.158 mm 0. 2.keys or numeric keys. perform the following adjustments in maintenance mode. 4.1-3-147) U071 (P.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Item No. For copy example 2.1-3-58) U404 (P.158 mm 6. is displayed. Purpose Make the adjustment if there is a regular error between the leading edges of the copy image and original. Press the system menu key. The value is set.5 mm) Original Copy example 1 Copy example 2 Figure 1-3-11 7. Press the start key. 3. Press the system menu key. decrease the value. Caution Check the copy image after the adjustment. U066 U403 (P.1-3-148) Completion Press the stop key. U066 Description Adjusting the scanner leading edge registration Description Adjusts the scanner leading edge registration of the original scanning. Place an original and press the start key to make a test copy. Change the setting value using the +/. Press the start key. For copy example 1. 5. Select the item to be adjusted. Adjustment 1. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. If the image is still incorrect. Display Front Rotate Description Scanner leading edge registration Scanner leading edge registration (rotate copying) Setting range -30 to 30 -30 to 30 Initial Change in setting value per step 0 0 0. 1-3-53 . increase the value.

0 mm) Original Copy example 1 Copy example 2 Figure 1-3-12 7.085 mm 0.085 mm Description 6. Press the system menu key. increase the value.1-3-60) U404 (P. Select the item to be adjusted. Purpose Make the adjustment if there is a regular error between the center lines of the copy image and original. Press the system menu key.1-3-148) Completion Press the stop key. Caution Check the copy image after the adjustment. For copy example 1.keys or numeric keys. Press the start key. Change the setting value using the +/.1-3-147) U072 (P. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. 5. U067 Adjusting the scanner center line Description Adjusts the scanner center line of the original scanning.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Item No. is displayed.l Display Front Rotate Description Scanner center line Scanner center line (rotate copying) Setting range -60 to 60 -40 to 40 Initial Change in setting value per step 0 0 0. Adjustment 1. Press the start key. decrease the value. perform the following adjustments in maintenance mode. For copy example 2. 4. Scanner center line (within ± 2. 1-3-54 . Place an original and press the start key to make a test copy. U067 U403 (P. 2. 3. The value is set. If the image is still incorrect.

Completion Press the stop key. Press the start key. is displayed. 7. Change the setting using the +/.keys or numeric keys. The value is set. Run U071 to adjust the timing of DP leading edge when the scanning position is changed. Select [DP Read]. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. 8. Press the start key.keys or numeric keys. Setting 1. Press the start key.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Item No. 10. Set the original (the one which density is known) in the DP and press the system menu key. The value is set. 1-3-55 . Test copy is executed. 5. 6.158 mm - 2. the scanning position moves to the right and it moves to the left when the setting value is decreased. Perform the test copy at each scanning position with the setting value from 0 to 3 and check that no black line appears and the image is normally scanned. 4. When the setting value is increased. Performs the test copy at the four scanning positions after adjusting. Select [Black Line]. Change the setting using the +/. 3.l Display DP Read Black Line Description Starting position adjustment for scanning originals Scanning position for the test copy originals Setting range -38 to 38 0 to 3 Initial Change in setting value per step 0 0 0. U068 Description Adjusting the scanning position for originals from the DP Description Adjusts the position for scanning originals from the DP. 9. Purpose Used when the image fogging occurs because the scanning position is not proper when the DP is used. Press the start key.

2. For copy example 2. 5. Press the system menu key.02 % Description -125 to 125 0 -125 to 125 0 0. decrease the value. For copy example 1. U070 Adjusting the DP magnification Description Adjusts the DP original scanning speed. Place an original on the DP and press the start key to make a test copy.l Display X Scan Zoom(F) X Scan Zoom(B) Y Scan Zoom(CIS) X Scan Zoom(CIS) Description Magnification in the auxiliary scanning direction of CCD (first side) Magnification in the auxiliary scanning direction of CCD (second side) Setting range Initial Change in setting value per step 0. Press the system menu key.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Item No. Purpose Make the adjustment if the magnification is incorrect in the auxiliary scanning direction when the DP is used.02 % 0. Press the start key. Original Copy example 1 Copy example 2 Figure 1-3-13 2. Change the setting value using the +/. Select the item to be adjusted.02 % Adjustment: [X Scan Zoom] 1. Press the start key. The value is set.-100 to 100 0 ning direction of CIS Magnification in the auxiliary scanning direction of CIS -125 to 125 0 0.02 % Magnification in the main scan. 1-3-56 . increase the value.keys or numeric keys. 3. 4. Adjustment 1.

For copy example 1. The value is set. decrease the value. perform the following adjustments in maintenance mode.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Item No. Caution Check the copy image after the adjustment. Original Copy example 1 Copy example 2 Figure 1-3-14 2. Change the setting value using the +/. increase the value. 1-3-57 .keys or numeric keys. If the image is still incorrect. is displayed. Press the start key. For copy example 2. U070 U071 (P.1-3-148) Completion Press the stop key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. U070 Description Adjustment: [Y Scan Zoom] 1.1-3-58) U404 (P.

Press the system menu key.085 mm 0. 2. 5. Select the item to be adjusted.085 mm 0.085 mm 0. Press the system menu key.085 mm 0.085 mm 0. 4. 3. U071 Adjusting the DP scanning timing Description Adjusts the DP original scanning timing.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Item No. Method 1. Place an original on the DP and press the start key to make a test copy.l Reversed DP Display Front Head Front Tail Back Head Back Tail Description Leading edge registration of CCD (first side) Trailing edge registration of CCD (first side) Leading edge registration of CCD (second side) Trailing edge registration of CCD (second side) Setting range -32 to 32 -32 to 32 -32 to 32 -32 to 32 Initial Change in setting value per step 0 0 0 0 0.085 mm 0. Press the start key.085 mm 0.085 mm Description Dual scan DP Display Front Head Front Tail Back Head Back Tail CIS Head CIS Tail Description Leading edge registration of CCD (first side) Trailing edge registration of CCD (first side) Leading edge registration of CCD (second side) Trailing edge registration of CCD (second side) Leading edge registration of CIS Setting range -27 to 27 -27 to 27 -27 to 27 -27 to 27 -27 to 27 Initial Change in setting value per step 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.085 mm Trailing edge registration of CIS -27 to 27 1-3-58 .085 mm 0. Purpose Make the adjustment if there is a regular error between the leading or trailing edges of the original and the copy image when the DP is used.

For copy example 2. Change the setting value using the +/. carry out the adjustment.1-3-148) Completion Press the stop key. carry out the adjustment. is displayed. If the image is still incorrect.keys or numeric keys. Caution If the first side is adjusted. Check the copy image after the adjustment.keys or numeric keys. U071 U404 (P. Change the setting value using the +/. U071 Description Adjustment: Leading edge registration 1. increase the value. Original Copy Copy example 1 example 2 Figure 1-3-16 2. U071 U404 (P. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. For copy example 1. perform the following adjustments in maintenance mode. The value is set. perform the following adjustments in maintenance mode.1-3-148) Adjustment: Trailing edge registration 1. Press the start key. The value is set. Caution If the first side is adjusted. Check the copy image after the adjustment. increase the value. decrease the value. For copy example 1. For copy example 2. 1-3-59 . Original Copy example 1 Copy example 2 Figure 1-3-15 2. decrease the value. If the image is still incorrect. check the second side and if adjustment is required.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Item No. check the second side and if adjustment is required. Press the start key.

Place an original on the DP and press the start key to make a test copy. 5. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. Press the start key.085 mm Description *: Dual scan DP only 6.keys or numeric keys. Original Copy example 1 Copy example 2 Figure 1-3-17 7. The value is set. 2. Select the item to be adjusted. Purpose Make the adjustment if there is a regular error between the centers of the original and the copy image when the DP is used. 4. Press the system menu key. Check the copy image after the adjustment.1-3-148) Completion Press the stop key. Caution If the first side is adjusted. Press the system menu key.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Item No. is displayed. Change the setting value using the +/. increase the value. 1-3-60 . If the image is still incorrect. perform the following adjustments in maintenance mode. U072 Adjusting the DP center line Description Adjusts the scanning start position for the DP original. Adjustment 1. 3. Press the start key. carry out the adjustment.085 mm 0. U072 U404 (P.l Display Front Back CIS* Description DP center line (first side) DP center line (second side) CIS center line Setting range -60 to 60 -60 to 60 -39 to 39 Initial Change in setting value per step 0 0 0 0. check the second side and if adjustment is required.085 mm 0. For copy example 1. decrease the value. For copy example 2.

3. Press the start key. Display Scanner Motor Home Position Dust Check DP Reading Scanner operation Home position operation Dust adhesion check operation with lamp on DP scanning position operation Description Description Setting: [Scanner Motor] 1. Select the item. Select [Scanner Motor]. 2. Scanning starts under the selected conditions. Change the setting using the +/. press the stop key. Press the start key.keys. Select the item to be operated.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Item No. Display Zoom Size Lamp Operating conditions Magnification Original size On and off of the exposure lamp Setting range 25 to 400 % See below. U073 Checking the scanner operation Description Simulates the scanner operation under the arbitrary conditions. To stop operation. 0 (off) or 1 (on) Original sizes for each setting in SIZE Setting 5000 4300 5100 10000 8600 7100 6100 A4 B5 11" x 8 1/2" A3 B4 A4R B5R Paper size 5000 7800 10200 9000 8400 6600 5100 Setting A5R Folio 11" x 17" 11" x 15" 8 1/2" x 14" 8 1/2" x 11" 5 1/2" x 8 1/2" Paper size 4. 5. Purpose To check the scanner operation. 2. 1-3-61 . Method 1.

Supplement While this maintenance item is being executed. The mirror frame of the scanner moves to the home position. Display Coefficient Description DP input light luminosity correction Setting range 0 to 3 0 Initial setting Settings 0: No correction / 1: Slight correction / 2: Medium correction / 3: Strong correction 3. To turn the exposure lamp off. copying from an original is available in interrupt copying mode (which is activated by pressing the system menu key). 2. Completion Press the stop key when scanning stops. 2. Setting 1. is displayed. Press the start key. 2. Purpose Modify the setting only if a spotted background appears when a bluish original is scanned from the DP. The mirror frame of the scanner moves to the reading position. Press the start key. 3. press the stop key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Item No. The exposure lamp lights. is displayed. U074 Adjusting the DP input light luminosity Description Sets the luminosity correction for scanning originals from the DP.or numeric keys. U073 Description Method: [Home Position] 1. 1-3-62 . Select [Dust Check]. The value is set. Method: [Dust Check] 1. Press the start key. 2. Method: [DP Reading] 1. Select [Home Position]. Change the setting using the +/. Press the start key. Select [DP Reading]. Press the start key. Completion Press the stop key.

Press the start key. Select the item to be set. U087 Description Setting DP reading position modification operation Description The presence or absence of dust is determined by comparing the scan data of the original trailing edge and that taken after the original is conveyed past the DP original scanning position. The value is set. 2. If dust is identified. Display CCD Black Line Description Setting of standard data when dust is detected. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. 2. The setting is cleared. Completion Press the stop key. is displayed. Initialization of original reading position. Press the start key. Select [Clear]. Select the item to be set.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Item No. 1-3-63 . Press the start key. Change the value using the +/. Method 1.or numeric keys. 2. Purpose When using DP. the DP original scanning position is adjusted for the following originals. Method: [Black Line] 1. Setting: [CCD] 1. to solve the problem when black lines occurs due to the dust with respect to original reading position. Display R G B Description Lowest density of the R regard as the dust Lowest density of the G regard as the dust Lowest density of the B regard as the dust Setting range 0 to 255 0 to 255 0 to 255 Initial setting 125 125 125 3.

Method 1. Press the system menu key.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Item No. A MIP-PG pattern is output. Cyan PG. Press the start key. Completion Press the stop key. Press the start key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. is displayed. Select the MIP-PG pattern to be output and press the start key. Display 256Gradation Color Belt Gray(C) Gray(M) Gray(Y) Gray(K) White Gradation Gray Warranty Description 256-gradation PG Four color belts PG Cyan PG Magenta PG Yellow PG Black PG Blank paper PG 5-graduation gray PG Four color belts PG. 4. U089 Outputting a MIP-PG pattern Description Selects and outputs the MIP-PG pattern created in the machine. Magenta PG. Purpose To check copier status other than scanner when adjusting image printing. using MIP-PG pattern output (with-out scanning). 1-3-64 . Yellow PG and Black PG Purpose To check the gradation reproducibility To check the developer state and the engine section ID To check the drum quality To check the drum quality To check the drum quality To check the drum quality To check the drum quality To check for vertical lines on the laser scanner unit Pattern output for LLU assurance application Description 3. 2.

The count result of abnormal pixels is displayed. 1-3-65 . Load paper in the cassette. 4. clean the CIS roller and the CIS glass and then repeat white line correction. Purpose To perform when replacing the CIS. Display Calculation(R) Calculation(G) Calculation(B) Threshold(R) Threshold(G) Threshold(B) Threshold (Abnormal) Mode Execute Description Abnormal pixel count result for color R Abnormal pixel count result for color G Abnormal pixel count result for color B Displaying of abnormal pixel detection threshold value for color R Displaying of abnormal pixel detection threshold value for color G Displaying of abnormal pixel detection threshold value for color B Abnormal pixel threshold value setting Switching between white line correction mode ON/OFF Holding of white reference data Description Method: white line correction 1.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Item No. white line correction has been completed normally. 5. If vertical black lines or vertical white lines appear on both sheets. If no vertical lines appear on either sheet. the setting has been completed normally. the cause of the vertical lines lies in the engine. Two test pattern sheets will be printed. Holding of white reference data is started. Press the start key. Place a gray original on the DP with the gray side down. 2nd sheet: Approx. Press the start key. If vertical black lines appear on the blank sheet and vertical white lines appear in the black band in the same position. 3. However. Press [Execute]. Select the item. (1st sheet: blank sheet. Press the start key. Press the system menu key. Method 1. 60 mm black band) 7. and thus the engine must be checked. 2. The paper should be the same size as the original. 6. 2. U091 Setting the white line correction Description Sets the error detection threshold value for white line correction and displays the count result of abnormal pixels. DP main PWB or CIS roller.

lower the set value.or numeric keys. If fine lines in some originals disappear. Completion Press the stop key. the image may be affected. (If set outside this range. The value is set. the initial setting. U091 How to view test copies blank sheet No lines Black lines Black lines No lines black band No lines White lines No lines White lines Dirty CIS roller or CIS glass Engine side Engine side Causes Corrective measures Complete Clean CIS roller or CIS glass and then perform U091 again U091 ends. Change the value using the +/. If white lines appear even though the CIS roller and glass are not dirty. raise the set value. Set within the range 50 to 200. check engine Description Setting: Threshold value setting 1. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. 1-3-66 . check engine U091 ends. Display Threshold(R) Threshold(G) Threshold(B) Threshold (Abnormal) Mode Description Displaying of abnormal pixel detection threshold value for color R Displaying of abnormal pixel detection threshold value for color G Displaying of abnormal pixel detection threshold value for color B Abnormal pixel threshold value setting Switching between white line correction mode ON/OFF Setting range 0 to 1023 0 to 1023 0 to 1023 0 to 8191 0: OFF/ 1: ON/ 2: Test mode Initial setting 112 112 112 75 0 * : Normally the Threshold (Com) value should not be changed from 112. Select the item to be set. Press the start key.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Item No. is displayed. 2.) 3.

Method 1. Select the image quality mode. U093 Description Adjusting the exposure density gradient Description Changes the exposure density gradient in the manual density mode.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Item No. 2. and decreasing it makes the change smaller. Change the setting value using the +/. Display F/C Darker F/C Lighter B/W Darker B/W Lighter Description Change in density when manual density is set dark (full color mode) Change in density when manual density is set light (full color mode) Change in density when manual density is set dark (black/white mode) Change in density when manual density is set light (black/white mode) Setting range 0 to 3 0 to 3 0 to 3 0 to 3 0 0 0 0 Initial setting Increasing the setting makes the change in density larger.or numeric keys. The value is set. Purpose To set how the image density is altered by a change of one step in the manual density adjustment for respective image quality modes. Press the start key. Also used to make copy images darker or lighter. 2. 1-3-67 . 3. Select the item to be set. Press the start key. depending on respective image quality modes. Display Text Mixed Other Fax Text Fax Photo Density in the text mode Density in the text and photo mode Density in modes other than the text mode or the text and photo mode Density in the text in fax mode Density in the photo in fax mode Description Setting: [Text/Mixed/Other] 1.

Select the item. Method 1. Purpose To adjust the sensitiveness of the sensor and size judgement time if the original size sensor malfunctions frequently due to incident light or the like. U093 Description Setting: [Fax Text/Fax Photo] 1. Change the setting value using the +/. The detection sensor transmission data is displayed.or numeric keys. 3. Display Original Area R Original Area G Original Area B Original Area Size SW L Description Detected original width size (R) Detected original width size (G) Detected original width size (B) Detected original width size Displays the original size sensor (OSS) ON/OFF 1-3-68 . The value is set. Press the start key. Completion Press the stop key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. and decreasing it makes the change smaller. 2. U099 Adjusting original size detection Description Checks the operation of the original size sensor and sets the sensing threshold value.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Item No. 2. Select the item to be set. Press the start key. Display Darker Lighter Description Gradient for darker setting Gradient for lighter setting Setting range 0 to 3 0 to 3 0 0 Initial setting Increasing the setting makes the change in density larger. Place the original and close the original cover or DP. Display Data1 B/W Level1 Data2 Description Displaying original size sensor transmission data B/W LEVEL setting original size sensor threshold value Setting original size judgment time Displaying original size sensor transmission data (when DP is installed) Method: [Data1/Data2] 1. is displayed.

l Display Original R1 . and a smaller value decreases it. The value is set. U099 Description Setting: [B/W Level1] 1.3 Light Source R Light Source G Light Source B Wait Time Description Original threshold value for color R Original threshold value for color G Original threshold value for color B Setting range 0 to 255 0 to 255 0 to 255 Initial setting 50/50/50 50/50/50 50/50/50 49 49 49 150 Light source threshold value for color R 0 to 255 Light source threshold value for color G 0 to 255 Light source threshold value for color B 0 to 255 Time from activation of the original detection switch (ODSW) to original size judgment 0 to 255 A larger value increases the sensor sensitivity. Press the start key. Change the setting value using the +/.keys or numeric keys. is displayed. 3. 1-3-69 . Select an item to be set.3 Original G1 . Completion Press the stop key.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Item No. The screen for maintenance item No.3 Original B1 . 2.

) occurs. Display Adj AC Bias Set AC Auto Adj Set DC Bias Adj DC Bias Set Low Temp Set Charger Freq Chk Current Description Main charger AC bias for each color Setting the AC bias auto adjustment Main charger DC bias for each color Additional surface potential Pre-charge time at power supply ON Setting the main charger frequency Rush current display Description Setting: [Adj AC Bias] 1. The setting is set. Select On or Off. Press the start key. Display AC Bias(C) AC Bias(M) AC Bias(Y) AC Bias(K) AC Bias B/W(K) Description Main charger AC bias for cyan Main charger AC bias for magenta Main charger AC bias for yellow Main charger AC bias for black Main charger AC bias for black in black/white mode Setting range 0 to 255 0 to 255 0 to 255 0 to 255 0 to 255 2. U100 Adjusting main high voltage Description Controls the charger roller voltage to optimize the surface potential. Press the start key. etc. 1-3-70 . Press the start key. 2. The value is set. The values set vary depending on environments. Method 1. Purpose To change the setting value to adjust the image if an image failure (background blur. Display On Off Description Turns auto adjustment ON Turns auto adjustment OFF Initial setting: On 2. Setting: [Set AC Auto Adj] 1.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Item No. Select an item and press the start key. Change the value using the +/.or numeric keys. Increasing the setting makes the image lighter. decreasing it makes the image darker.

Setting: [Set Low Temp] 1.l Display Set Low Temp Description Pre-charge time at power supply ON Setting range 0 to 6 1 Initial setting 2. Change the value using the +/. The value is set. Press the start key. Change the value using the +/. Press the start key. The current setting is displayed. U100 Displaying: [Set DC Bias] 1. Increasing the setting makes the image lighter.or numeric keys.l Display DC2 Bias(C) DC2 Bias Half(C) DC2 Bias(M) DC2 Bias Half(M) DC2 Bias(Y) DC2 Bias Half(Y) DC2 Bias(K) DC2 Bias Half(K) DC2 Bias B/W(K) Description Main charger DC bias for cyan (full speed) Main charger DC bias for cyan (half speed) Main charger DC bias for magenta (full speed) Main charger DC bias for magenta (half speed) Main charger DC bias for yellow (full speed) Main charger DC bias for black (full speed) Main charger DC bias for black (half speed) Main charger DC bias for black in black/white mode Setting range Initial setting 128 to 127 0 128 to 127 0 128 to 127 0 128 to 127 0 128 to 127 0 128 to 127 0 128 to 127 0 Main charger DC bias for yellow (half speed) 128 to 127 0 3. Select the item to be set. 2. The value is set. decreasing it makes the image darker.or numeric keys.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Item No. 1-3-71 . Display DC1 Bias(C) DC1 Bias Half(C) DC1 Bias(M) DC1 Bias Half(M) DC1 Bias(Y) DC1 Bias Half(Y) DC1 Bias(K) DC1 Bias Half(K) DC1 Bias B/W(K) Description Main charger DC bias for cyan (full speed) Main charger DC bias for cyan (half speed) Main charger DC bias for magenta (full speed) Main charger DC bias for magenta (half speed) Main charger DC bias for yellow (full speed) Main charger DC bias for yellow (half speed) Main charger DC bias for black (full speed) Main charger DC bias for black (half speed) Main charger DC bias for black in black/white mode Description Setting: [Adj DC Bias] 1.

The value is set. Press the start key. is displayed. Select the item to be set.or numeric keys. 1-3-72 . Change the value using the +/. Display C M Y K Cyan rush current Magenta rush current Yellow rush current Black rush current Description Supplement While this maintenance item is being executed. copying from an original is available in interrupt copying mode (which is activated by pressing the system menu key).2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Item No. Completion Press the stop key. Displaying: [Chk Current] 1. The current setting is displayed. U100 Description Setting: [Set Charger Freq] 1.l Display Generally B/W Description Main charger frequency Main charger frequency in black/white mode Setting range Initial setting 0 to 65535 1429*1/1333*2 0 to 65535 28544 *1: 30 ppm/35 ppm/45 ppm model *2: 55 ppm model 3. The screen for maintenance item No. 2.

Press the start key. Setting 1. Display Normal Add Color Add Color 2nd Surround Correct Description Setting the primary transfer positive voltage Setting the addition value Setting the addition value for the second side Environmental correction ON/OFF setting Setting: [Normal] 1. Purpose To change the setting when any density problems. Select the item to be set. Change the value using the +/. Setting: [Add Color] 1. Select the item to be set. Press the start key. The value is set. 1-3-73 . 2. U101 Description Setting the voltage for the primary transfer Description Sets the control voltage for the primary transfer. The value is set.l Display C M Y Description Addition value (cyan) Addition value (magenta) Addition value (black) Setting range -127 to 127 -127 to 127 -127 to 127 3 3 5 Initial setting 3.l Display Full Half 3/4 Description Primary transfer positive voltage for yellow (full speed) Primary transfer positive voltage for yellow (half speed) Primary transfer positive voltage for yellow at 3/4 times of line speed Setting range 0 to 255 0 to 255 0 to 255 Initial setting 116*1/123*2/132*2 109*1/115*2 158 *1: 30 ppm/35 ppm *2: 45 ppm model *3: 55 ppm model 3.or numeric keys. Change the value using the +/. Press the start key. Select the item to be set. occur.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Item No. 2. 2. such as too dark or light.or numeric keys.

Supplement While this maintenance item is being executed. Display On Off Description Environmental correction ON Environmental correction OFF Initial setting: On 2. Select the item to be set. Press the start key. U101 Description Setting: [Add Color 2nd] 1.l Display C M Y K Description Addition value for the second side (cyan) Addition value for the second side (magenta) Addition value for the second side (yellow) Addition value for the second side (black) Setting range -127 to 127 -127 to 127 -127 to 127 -127 to 127 0 0 0 0 Initial setting 3. The value is set. Setting: [Surround Correct] 1. 2. 1-3-74 .2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Item No. Change the value using the +/. copying from an original is available in interrupt copying mode (which is activated by pressing the system menu key). The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. Select On or Off. is displayed. Press the start key. Completion Press the stop key.or numeric keys. The setting is set.

U106 Description Setting the voltage for the secondary transfer Description Sets the control voltage for the secondary transfer depending on each paper type. 3. Change the value using the +/. 2. occur. Purpose To change the setting when any density problems. Method 1. Select the item to be set. The value is set.l Display Width=105 Width=210 Width=297 Description 105 mm wide 210 mm wide 297 mm wide Setting range 0 to 255 0 to 255 0 to 255 Initial setting 30 ppm 153 153 153 35 ppm 140 140 140 45 ppm 153 153 153 55 ppm 166 166 166 4. Select the paper width to be set. Select the item to be set. Press the start key. Display Light/Normal1 Normal2/3 Heavy1 Heavy2-5 OHP Bias Setting: [Light/Normal1] 1. Display 1st 2nd 1st 3/4(Gloss) 2nd 3/4(Gloss) 1st B/W 2nd B/W Description Control voltage for the transfer bias for the first side (full speed) Control voltage for the transfer bias for the second side (full speed) Control voltage for the transfer bias for the first side at 3/4 times of line speed Control voltage for the transfer bias for the second side at 3/4 times of line speed Control voltage for the transfer bias for the first side in black/white mode Control voltage for the transfer bias for the second side in black/white mode Description Control voltage for the transfer bias on paper with thickness 60 g/m2 to 64 g/m2 and 60 g/m2 to 75 g/m2 Control voltage for the transfer bias on paper with thickness 75 g/m2 to 105 g/m2 Control voltage for the transfer bias on paper with thickness 106 g/m2 to 135 g/m2 Control voltage for the transfer bias on paper with thickness 136 g/m2 to 300 g/m2 Control voltage for the transfer bias for transparencies Transfer bias value 2.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Item No. Press the start key. such as too dark or light.or numeric keys. 1-3-75 .

The value is set. 3. Select the paper width to be set. Press the start key. Select the paper width to be set. 1-3-76 . Select the item to be set. 3. Display 1st 3/4 2nd 3/4 Description Control voltage for the transfer bias for the first side at 3/4 times of line speed Control voltage for the transfer bias for the second side at 3/4 times of line speed 2.l Display Width=105 Width=210 Width=297 Description 105 mm wide 210 mm wide 297 mm wide Setting range 0 to 255 0 to 255 0 to 255 Initial setting 30 ppm 153 153 153 35 ppm 140 140 140 45 ppm 153 153 153 55 ppm 166 166 166 4. Change the value using the +/. Press the start key. Change the value using the +/.l Display Width=105 Width=210 Width=297 Description 105 mm wide 210 mm wide 297 mm wide Setting range 0 to 255 0 to 255 0 to 255 Initial setting 30 ppm 153 153 153 35 ppm 140 140 140 45 ppm 153 153 153 55 ppm 166 166 166 4. Display 1st 2nd 1st 3/4(Gloss) 2nd 3/4(Gloss) 1st B/W 2nd B/W Description Control voltage for the transfer bias for the first side (full speed) Control voltage for the transfer bias for the second side (full speed) Control voltage for the transfer bias for the first side at 3/4 times of line speed Control voltage for the transfer bias for the second side at 3/4 times of line speed Control voltage for the transfer bias for the first side in black/white mode Control voltage for the transfer bias for the second side in black/white mode Description 2.or numeric keys. Setting: [Heavy1] 1.or numeric keys. The value is set. U106 Setting: [Normal2/3] 1. Select the item to be set.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Item No.

or numeric keys.or numeric keys. The value is set. Press the start key.l Display Width=105 Width=210 Width=297 Description 105 mm wide 210 mm wide 297 mm wide Setting range 0 to 255 0 to 255 0 to 255 Initial setting 30 ppm 153 153 153 35 ppm 140 140 140 45 ppm 153 153 153 55 ppm 166 166 166 4. Select the item to be set. 2. Select the item to be set. Press the start key. Press the start key. Setting: [OHP] 1. Display 1st Half 2nd Half Description Control voltage for the transfer bias for the first side (half speed) Control voltage for the transfer bias for the second side (half speed) Description 2.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Item No. Change the value using the +/. 1-3-77 . Change the value using the +/. Setting: [Bias] 1.or numeric keys. Display Reverse Reverse Half Reverse 3/4 Reverse B/W Cleaning Cleaning Half Cleaning 3/4 Description Transfer reverse bias (full speed) Transfer reverse bias (hald speed) Transfer reverse bias at 3/4 times of line speed Transfer reverse bias in black/white mode Cleaning control value (full speed) Cleaning control value (half speed) Cleaning control value at 3/4 times of line speed Setting range 0 to 255 0 to 255 0 to 255 0 to 255 0 to 255 0 to 255 0 to 255 Initial setting 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 3.l Display Width=105 Width=210 Width=297 Description 105 mm wide 210 mm wide 297 mm wide Setting range 0 to 255 0 to 255 0 to 255 Initial setting 30 ppm 153 153 153 35 ppm 140 140 140 45 ppm 153 153 153 55 ppm 166 166 166 3. The value is set. 3. U106 Setting: [Heavy2-5] 1. Select the paper width to be set. The value is set. Select the item to be set. Change the value using the +/. 2.

2. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. copying from an original is available in interrupt copying mode (which is activated by pressing the system menu key).or numeric keys. Select the item to be set. Press the start key. Purpose Change settings if an offset has occurred due to the failure of cleaning the transfer belt. Completion Press the stop key. Supplement While this maintenance item is being executed. is displayed. Select the item to be set. is displayed. Completion Press the stop key.l Display Full Half 3/4 B/W Black/white mode Description Full speed Half speed Setting range 0 to 255 0 to 255 0 to 255 0 to 255 Initial setting 30 ppm 86 86 86 86 35 ppm 74 74 74 74 45 ppm 86 86 86 86 55 ppm 97 97 97 97 5. U107 Setting the transfer cleaning voltage Description Sets the cleaning control voltage for transfer belt unit.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Item No. 1-3-78 . Method 1. U106 Description Supplement While this maintenance item is being executed. copying from an original is available in interrupt copying mode (which is activated by pressing the system menu key). Display Belt(A) Belt(B) Description Transfer belt cleaning voltage (printing) Transfer belt cleaning voltage (paper interval) 3. The value is set. Change the value using the +/. Press the start key. 4.

Select the item to be set. Method 1.or numeric key. Press the start key.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Item No. The value is set. Purpose To set when the separated malfunction of the paper occurs. 2. Press the start key. Display Light 1st Light 2nd Normal 1st Normal 2nd Add Normal Lead Heavy/OHP Description Separation shift bias for the first side on paper with thickness 52 to 59 g/m2 Separation shift bias for the second side on paper with thickness 52 to 59 g/m2 Separation shift bias for the first side on paper with thickness 60 to 75 g/m2 Separation shift bias for the second side on paper with thickness 60 to 75 g/m2 Addition value for leading edge on paper with thickness 76 to 105 g/m2 Separation shift bias for transparencies or paper with thickness 106 to 300 g/m2 Setting range 0 to 255 0 to 255 0 to 255 0 to 255 -127 to 127 0 to 255 Initial setting 21 21 21 21 0 21 3. U108 Setting separation shift bias Description Adjusts output of separation shift bias and ON/OFF timing. Change the setting value using the +/. 2. Select the item to be set. Display Output Output 3/4 Output B/W Timing Description Adjusting the separation shift bias output Adjusting the separation shift bias output Adjusting the separation shift bias output in black/white mode Adjusting the ON/OFF timing with paper position Description Setting: [Output] 1. 1-3-79 .

Select the item to be set. The value is set.or numeric key. is displayed. Press the start key. Setting: [Timing] 1. 2. Display Light 1st Light 2nd Normal 1st Normal 2nd Description Separation shift bias for the first side on paper with thickness 52 to 59 g/m2 Separation shift bias for the second side on paper with thickness 52 to 59 g/m2 Separation shift bias for the first side on paper with thickness 60 to 75 g/m2 Separation shift bias for the second side on paper with thickness 60 to 75 g/m2 Setting range 0 to 255 0 to 255 0 to 255 0 to 255 Initial setting 43 43 43 43 3.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Item No. 2. Press the start key. 1-3-80 . Change the setting value using the +/. U108 Description Setting: [Output 3/4 / Output B/W] 1.or numeric key. The value is set. Select the item to be set. Completion Press the stop key. Display On Timing Lead On Timing Center Off Timing Description Separation shift bias ON timing at leading edge of paper Separation shift bias ON timing at center of paper Separation shift bias OFF timing Setting range -200 to 200 -200 to 200 -200 to 200 0 0 0 Initial setting 3. Change the setting value using the +/. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No.

2. U110 Checking the drum count Description Displays the drum counts for checking. Press the start key.DATA11 Drum sensitivity data Description Completion Press the stop key. Method 1. Press the start key. Display DATA1 . Select the item. U109 Checking the drum type Description Displays the drum sensitivity data. The current drum counts is displayed. 1-3-81 . is displayed. Method 1.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Item No. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. is displayed. Purpose To check the drum sensitivity data. Purpose To check the drum status. Display Dark(C) Light(C) Dark(M) Light(M) Dark(Y) Light(Y) Dark(K) Light(K) Description Drum sensitivity data for cyan (dark potential) Drum sensitivity data for cyan (light potential) Drum sensitivity data for magenta (dark potential) Drum sensitivity data for magenta (light potential) Drum sensitivity data for yellow (dark potential) Drum sensitivity data for yellow (light potential) Drum sensitivity data for black (dark potential) Drum sensitivity data for black (light potential) Description The drum sensitivity data is displayed. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. Display C M Y K Description Drum count value for cyan Drum count value for magenta Drum count value for yellow Drum count value for black Completion Press the stop key.

Purpose To check the drum number. Press the start key. Purpose To check the drum status. Display C M Y K Drum drive time for cyan Drum drive time for magenta Drum drive time for yellow Drum drive time for black Description Description Completion Press the stop key. U111 Checking the drum drive time Description Displays the drum drive time for checking a figure. Display C M Y K Cyan drum number Magenta drum number Yellow drum number Black drum number Description Completion Press the stop key. is displayed. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. Method 1. Method 1. Press the start key.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Item No. The drum number is displayed. which is used as a reference when correcting the high voltage based on time. U117 Checking the drum number Description Displays the drum number. is displayed. The drum drive time is displayed. 1-3-82 . The screen for selecting a maintenance item No.

3 Description Historical records of the machine number Historical records of drum counter Completion Press the stop key. Allow more than 5 seconds between Off and On. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. Method 1. 2. Press the start key. is displayed. Purpose To check the count value of machine number and the drum counter. U118 Displaying the drum history Description Displays the past record of machine number and the drum counter. 3. Select the color to check. Display C M Y K Cyan drum past record Magenta drum past record Yellow drum past record Black drum past record Description Description The history of a machine number and a drum counter for each color is displayed by three cases.3 Cnt History1 . 1-3-83 . Drum setup is commenced. Turn the main power switch off and on. Purpose To set the drum after replacing the drum unit or laser scanner unit. 2. 4. U119 Setting the drum Description Sets drum sensitivity. Press the start key. Select [Execute].2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Item No. Method 1. Display Machine History1 . Press the start key.

2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Item No.3 Cnt History1 . The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. Method 1. The history of a machine number and a transfer belt unit counter for each color is displayed by three cases. Press the start key. Method 1. Press the start key. Display Machine History1 .3 Description Historical records of the machine number Historical records of transfer belt unit counter Description Completion Press the stop key. Purpose To check the count value of machine number and the transfer counter. is displayed. U123 Displaying the transfer belt unit history Description Displays the past record of machine number and the transfer belt unit counter. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. U122 Checking the transfer belt unit number Description Displays the number of the transfer belt unit for checking. Purpose To check the number of the transfer belt. 1-3-84 . is displayed. The current number of the transfer belt is displayed. Completion Press the stop key.

Also to clear the counts after replacing transfer roller. Select [Clear]. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. The counter value is cleared. Method 1. 2. 1-3-85 . Press the start key. is displayed.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Item No. Completion Press the stop key. Method 1. Clears only the transfer roller drive time. Clears only the transfer roller count value. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. The drive time is cleared. Press the start key. Press the start key. Completion Press the stop key. Display Mid Trans 2nd Trans Transfer roller drive time Description Transfer belt unit drive time Clearing 1. Purpose To check the drive time after replacement of the transfer belt unit or transfer roller. Select [Clear]. 2. The transfer belt unit drive time is not cleared. Display Mid Trans 2nd Trans Description Transfer belt unit count value Transfer roller count value Clearing 1. U124 Description Checking/clearing the transfer drive time Description Displays and clears the counts of the transfer drive time. Also to clear the counts after replacing transfer roller. U127 Checking/clearing the transfer count Description Displays and clears the counts of the transfer counter. Purpose To check the count after replacement of the transfer belt unit or transfer roller. Press the start key. The current counts of the transfer counter is displayed. is displayed. The transfer belt unit count value is not cleared. The current counts of the transfer drive time is displayed.

The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. Select [Execute]. Press the start key. Press the start key. the setting need not be changed. 3.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Item No. Method 1. is displayed. Display On Timing 1st On Timing 2nd Off Timing Description Transfer ON timing adjustment value (first side) Transfer ON timing adjustment value (second side) Transfer OFF timing adjustment value Setting range -200 to 200 -200 to 200 -200 to 200 Initial setting -54 -54 10 Description 4. Completion Press the stop key. Purpose Basically. is displayed. 1-3-86 . U130 Toner installation Description Replenishes toner to the developer unit to a certain level from the toner container that has been installed. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. Purpose To operate when installing the machine or replacing the developer unit. U128 Setting transfer high-voltage timing Description Adjusts the ON/OFF timing of transfer high-voltage output. If any problem such as faulty images or dirt on the back surface occurs. Display C M Y K Description Toner sensor C control voltage Toner sensor M control voltage Toner sensor Y control voltage Toner sensor K control voltage Completion Press the stop key. The value is set. change the setting. 2. Select the item to set. Toner installation is started and the control value of the toner sensor is displayed. Change the value using the +/. Press the start key. 2. Press the start key.keys or numeric keys. Method 1. 3.

2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Item No.. Display Default(C) Default(M) Default(Y) Default(K) Control(C) Control(M) Control(Y) Control(K) Description Reference value for toner sensor C control voltage Reference value for toner sensor M control voltage Reference value for toner sensor Y control voltage Reference value for toner sensor K control voltage Toner sensor C control voltage after correction Toner sensor M control voltage after correction Toner sensor Y control voltage after correction Toner sensor K control voltage after correction 1-3-87 . Press the start key. Purpose If control values are not correctly retrievable due to the EEPROM of the developer unit failure. etc. Select the item to be set or displayed. Change the value using the +/. Display Manual Auto Mode Description Toner sensor control voltage manual adjustment Toner sensor control voltage auto adjustment Switching the manual adjustment and auto adjustment Setting: [Manual] 1. The current setting is displayed. Displaying: [Auto] 1.or numeric keys. use manual adjustment and obtain a temporary control value. The value is set. 2. Method 1. U131 Description Adjusting the toner sensor control voltage Description Adjusts the toner sensor control voltage. Select the item to be set. Display Control(C) Control(M) Control(Y) Control(K) Description Toner sensor C control voltage Toner sensor M control voltage Toner sensor Y control voltage Toner sensor K control voltage Setting range 0 to 255 0 to 255 0 to 255 0 to 255 Initial setting 116 116 116 116 3. 2. Press the start key.

The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. Press the start key. The value is set. is displayed. 2. Select the item to be set. is displayed. Press the start key. U131 Setting: [Mode] 1. Display Manual Auto Description Toner sensor control voltage manual adjustment Toner sensor control voltage auto adjustment Description Initial setting: Auto 2. 3. Method 1. press the stop key. Display Supply(C) Supply(M) Supply(Y) Supply(K) Sensor(C) Sensor(M) Sensor(Y) Sensor(K) Description Toner feed start level (cyan) Toner feed start level (magenta) Toner feed start level (yellow) Toner feed start level (black) Toner sensor output value (cyan) Toner sensor output value (magenta) Toner sensor output value (yellow) Toner sensor output value (black) 4. Purpose Used when the toner empty is detected frequently. Press the start key. Toner is replenished until the toner sensor output value reaches the toner feed start level. 1-3-88 . Completion Press the stop key.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Item No. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. To stop operation. U132 Replenishing toner forcibly Description Replenishes toner forcibly until the toner sensor output value reaches the toner feed start level. Select [Execute]. Completion Press the stop key.

2. Purpose To change the setting to advance detection of near end if the interval from toner near end to toner empty seems too short. 3. U135 Checking toner motor operation Description Drives toner motors. is displayed. developer section becomes the toner full and is locked. Method 1. Press the start key. If 0 is set.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Item No. To stop the operation. Display CMY K Description Setting range 3 3 0 to 9 Initial setting Setting the level of cyan/magenta/yellow toner 0 to 9 Setting the level of black toner Increasing the setting makes the interval from toner near end to toner empty longer. 4. toner near end will not be detected. press the stop key. 1-3-89 . The value is set. Change the value using the +/. Completion Press the stop key. is displayed. Decreasing the setting makes the interval from toner near end to toner empty shorter. Press the start key. Purpose To check the operation of toner motors. Select the item to be set. Press the start key. Completion Press the stop key after operation stops. 2. Select [Toner]. 3. The operation starts. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. Setting 1. Press the start key. Remarks When driving the toner motors long time or several times. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. U136 Setting toner near end detection Description Sets the level that indicates the number of sheets that can be printed from occurrence of toner near end to toner empty. Display Toner Description Toner motor (TM) is turned on Description 4.or numeric keys.

The current temperature is displayed. The current temperature and humidity are displayed. Select the item. 2. The current temperature is displayed. Press the start key. External humidity (%) Internal temperature around the laser scanner unit (°C) Internal temperature around the developer section (°C) Method: [Ext/Int] 1. 1-3-90 . Purpose To check the temperature and humidity outside the machine.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Item No. is displayed. Display C M Y K Description Internal temperature around the laser scanner unit C (°C) Internal temperature around the laser scanner unit M (°C) Internal temperature around the laser scanner unit Y (°C) Internal temperature around the laser scanner unit K (°C) Method: [Developing] 1. U139 Description Displaying the temperature and humidity outside the machine Description Displays the detected temperature and humidity outside the machine. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. Method 1. Display C M Y K Description Internal temperature around the developer unit C (°C) Internal temperature around the developer unit M (°C) Internal temperature around the developer unit Y (°C) Internal temperature around the developer unit K (°C) Completion Press the stop key. Display External Temp External Humidity Internal Temp External humidity (%) Internal temperature (°C) Description External temperature (°C) Method: [LSU] 1. Display Ext/Int LSU Developing Description Internal/External temperature (°C).

Setting range Initial setting 30 ppm/ 35 ppm 62 62 62 62 70 45 ppm/ 55 ppm 70 70 70 70 70 Display Description C M Y K B/W Developer sleeve roller DC bias for cyan 0 to 255 Developer sleeve roller DC bias for magenta Developer sleeve roller DC bias for yellow Developer sleeve roller DC bias for black 0 to 255 0 to 255 0 to 255 Developer sleeve roller DC bias in black/ 0 to 255 white mode 3. 2. Purpose To check or changes the developer bias value. Method 1. Press the start key. Select the item to be set. The value is set. Press the start key.keys or numeric keys. 1-3-91 .2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Item No. 2. Display Sleeve DC Sleeve AC Mag DC Mag AC Sleeve Freq Sleeve Duty Mag Duty AC Calib Description Developer sleeve roller DC bias Developer sleeve roller AC bias Developer magnet roller DC bias Developer magnet roller AC bias Developer sleeve roller frequency Developer sleeve roller duty Developer magnet roller duty Executing or setting the AC calibration (45 ppm model/55 ppm model only) Description Setting: [Sleeve DC] 1. Select the item to be set. Change the setting value using the +/. U140 Displaying developer bias Description Displays and changes various developer bias value.

Setting range 0 to 255 0 to 255 0 to 255 0 to 255 0 to 255 Initial setting 30 ppm/ 35 ppm 130 130 130 130 155 45 ppm/ 55 ppm 155 155 155 155 155 Display Description C M Y K B/W Developer magnet roller DC bias for cyan Developer magnet roller DC bias for magenta Developer magnet roller DC bias for yellow Developer magnet roller DC bias for black Developer magnet roller DC bias in black/white mode 3.keys or numeric keys. Setting range Initial setting 30 ppm/ 35 ppm 159 159 159 159 155 45 ppm/ 55 ppm 155 155 155 155 155 Display Description C M Y K B/W Developer sleeve roller AC bias for cyan 0 to 255 Developer sleeve roller AC bias for magenta Developer sleeve roller AC bias for yellow 0 to 255 0 to 255 Developer sleeve roller AC bias for black 0 to 255 Developer sleeve roller AC bias in black/ 0 to 255 white mode 3. Setting: [Mag DC] 1. 2. 2. Select the item to be set.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Item No. The value is set. The value is set. Change the setting value using the +/. Press the start key. Change the setting value using the +/. Press the start key. Select the item to be set.keys or numeric keys. U140 Description Setting: [Sleeve AC] 1. 1-3-92 .

Setting range 0 to 99 0 to 99 Initial setting 30 ppm/ 35 ppm 37 68 45 ppm/ 55 ppm 68 68 Display Description Normal B/W Developer sleeve roller duty Developer sleeve roller duty in black/ white mode 3. The value is set. 2. The value is set.keys or numeric keys.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Item No. 2. Setting: [Sleeve Freq] 1. Press the start key. Change the setting value using the +/. Press the start key. Press the start key. Select the item to be set. Change the setting value using the +/. Change the setting value using the +/. U140 Description Setting: [Mag AC] 1. 2. Setting: [Sleeve Duty] 1.keys or numeric keys. The value is set. Display Normal B/W Half 3/4 Description Developer sleeve roller frequency Developer sleeve roller frequency in black/white mode Developer sleeve roller frequency at 3/4 times of line speed Setting range 0 to 6200 0 to 6200 Initial setting 5276 5344 5276 5276 Developer sleeve roller frequency (half speed) 0 to 6200 0 to 6200 3. 1-3-93 .keys or numeric keys. Setting range 0 to 255 0 to 255 0 to 255 0 to 255 0 to 255 Initial setting 30 ppm/ 35 ppm 101 101 101 101 178 45 ppm/ 55 ppm 178 178 178 178 178 Display Description C M Y K B/W Developer magnet roller AC bias for cyan Developer magnet roller AC bias for magenta Developer magnet roller AC bias for yellow Developer magnet roller AC bias for black Developer magnet roller AC bias in black/white mode 3. Select the item to be set. Select the item to be set.

an error code is displayed. 3. Display C M Y K High Altitude Description Developer unit C or drum unit C Developer unit M or drum unit M Developer unit Y or drum unit Y Developer unit K or drum unit K Overall setting for installation at high altitude 2. Turn the main power switch off and on. The value is set. Press the start key. 1-3-94 . Select the item to be set. Method: [AC Calib] 1. 4. 2.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Item No. Select [Execute]. Turns the items to implement to on. Select the item. If the machine is installed at high altitude. * : When an error occurs.keys or numeric keys. Allow more than 5 seconds between Off and On. Display Calibration Magnification Type Description Executing the AC calibration AC calibration target bias value setting Mode setting for AC calibration bias control Method: [Calibration] 1. select [High Altitude]. U140 Description Setting: [Mag Duty] 1. Press the start key. Setting range 0 to 99 0 to 99 Initial setting 30 ppm/ 35 ppm 63 43 45 ppm/ 55 ppm 43 43 Display Description Normal B/W Developer magnet roller duty Developer magnet roller duty in black/ white mode 3. AC calibration is executed. Change the setting value using the +/.

2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Item No. The setting is set. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. 2. Setting 1. Change the setting value using the +/. 2. Method: [Type] 1. Select Mode1 or Mode2.keys or numeric keys. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. Display C M Y K Description Target bias value (cyan) Target bias value (magenta) Target bias value (yellow) Target bias value (black) Setting range -10 to 5 -10 to 5 -10 to 5 -10 to 5 0 0 0 0 Initial setting 3. U148 Setting drum refresh mode Description Selects the mode used in drum refreshing Purpose Change settings when drum refreshing is too frequently executed. is displayed. Initial setting: Mode1 2. The value is set. Display Mode Description Setting drum refresh mode Setting range 0 to 3 2 Initial setting * : 0: Off / 1: Short / 2: Standard / 3: Long 3. The value is set. U140 Description Setting: [Magnification] 1. is displayed. 1-3-95 . Display Mode1 Mode2 Description Execute AC calibration by normal bias control If print density is low in an installation at high altitude. Completion Press the stop key. execute calibration by fixing the bias potential. Completion Press the stop key. Press the start key. Select the mode. Select the item to be set. Press the start key. Press the start key. Press the start key.

is displayed. 1-3-96 . The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. Check the status of sensor. Purpose To check the output value for each color when any image problems occur. Display Sensor(C) Sensor(M) Sensor(Y) Sensor(K) Supply(C) Supply(M) Supply(Y) Supply(K) Description Toner sensor C output value Toner sensor M output value Toner sensor Y output value Toner sensor K output value Toner replenishment level for cyan Toner replenishment level for magenta Toner replenishment level for yellow Toner replenishment level for black Completion Press the stop key. Press the start key.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Item No. The current value is displayed. Select the item to be display. The current value is displayed. Display Waste Toner Toner Description Control voltage value of the waste toner sensor Control voltage value and replenishment level of toner sensor each color Description Method: [Waste Toner] 1. U150 Checking sensors for toner Description Displays the toner sensor output value. Display Full Near Full Description Waste toner sensor 1 (WTS1) Waste toner sensor 2 (WTS2) Method: [Toner] 1. 2. Check the status of sensor. Method 1.

Press the start key. 2. Method: [Empty] 1. U156 Setting the toner replenishment level Description Sets the toner replenishment level for each color.or numeric keys. Purpose To change settings according to the original image. Change the setting value using the +/. Display C M Y K Description Toner replenishment level for cyan Toner replenishment level for magenta Toner replenishment level for yellow Toner replenishment level for black Setting range 0 to 900 0 to 900 0 to 900 0 to 900 Initial setting 775 775 775 775 3. The value is set. 2. Select the item to be set. Display C M Y K Description Toner empty level for cyan Toner empty level for magenta Toner empty level for yellow Toner empty level for black Setting range 0 to 1023 0 to 1023 0 to 1023 0 to 1023 Initial setting 100 100 100 100 3. Press the start key. decreasing it makes the image darker. is displayed. Select the item to be set. 2. The value is set. Display Supply Empty Description Setting the toner replenishment level Setting the toner empty level Description Method: [Supply] 1.or numeric keys. Increasing the setting makes the image lighter. Increasing the setting makes the image lighter.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Item No. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. Press the start key. Change the setting value using the +/. 1-3-97 . decreasing it makes the image darker. Completion Press the stop key. Method 1. Select the item to be set.

The developer drive time is displayed. Method 1. which is used as a reference when correcting the toner control. is displayed. Press the start key. Purpose To check the developer unit status. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. U158 Checking the developer count Description Displays the developer count for checking. Press the start key.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Item No. The current developer counts is displayed. 1-3-98 . Purpose To check the developer drive time after replacing the developer unit. is displayed. U157 Checking the developer drive time Description Displays the developer drive time for checking a figure. Method 1. Display C M Y K Description Developer count value for cyan Developer count value for magenta Developer count value for yellow Developer count value for black Completion Press the stop key. Display C M Y K Description Developer drive time for cyan Developer drive time for magenta Developer drive time for yellow Developer drive time for black Description Completion Press the stop key.

keys. Method 1. 2. Select the item to be set. However. Display Warm Up Print Description Control temperature except at printing Control temperature during printing Description Setting: [Warm Up] 1. U161 Setting the fuser control temperature Description Changes the fuser control temperature. or solve a fuser problem on thick paper. Select the item to be set. Press the start key. Display Ready(Center) Ready(Edge) Ready(Press) Drive(Center) Wait(Center) Low Power (Press) High Speed (Center) Pressure (Press) Description Control temperature at displaying Ready (Center) Control temperature at displaying Ready (Edge) Control temperature at displaying Ready (Press) Stable temperature during driving (Center) Stable temperature during halt (Center) Control temperature at low power consumption (Press) Full speed shift temperature (Center) Pressurizing beginning temperature (Press) Setting range Initial setting 130 to 200(°C) 165 100 to 200(°C) 1 0 to 200(°C) 90 130 to 200(°C) 175 130 to 200(°C) 165 0 to 200(°C) 0 to 200(°C) 150 160 130 to 200(°C) 50 3.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Item No. The value is set. Change the setting value using the +/. 2. Press the start key. can be used to prevent curling or creasing of paper. 1-3-99 . Purpose Normally no change is necessary.

The value is set. is displayed. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. Completion Press the stop key. Allow more than 5 seconds between Off and On. U167 Checking/clearing the fuser count Description Displays and clears the fuser count for checking. Press the start key. Press the start key. The fuser count is displayed. Display Full Speed (Center) Duplex Shift (Center) Description Temperature at maximum print speed (Center) Temperature at duplex printing (Center) Setting range Initial setting 130 to 200(°C) 165 100 to 200(°C) 1 3.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Item No. Turn the main power switch off and on.keys. 2. Purpose To prevent accidents due to an abnormally high fuser temperature. Press [Clear]. Press [Execute]. is displayed. Purpose To check or clear the fuser count after replacement of the fuser unit. Press the start key. Press the start key. The count is cleared. U161 Description Setting: [Print] 1. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. Display Cnt Fuser unit count value Description Clearing 1. 4. 2. 1-3-100 . Method 1. U163 Resetting the fuser problem data Description Resets the detection of a service call code indicating a problem in the fuser section. 3. Method 1. Change the setting value using the +/. Select the item to be set. The fuser problem data is initialized. Press the start key. 2. Also to clear the counts after replacing unit. Completion Press the stop key.

The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. The fuser drive time is displayed. Display Mode Description Specification of fuser power supply Setting range 1 to 3 1: 100 V specifications 2: 200 V specifications 3: 120 V specifications 3. Press the start key. The setting is set. Display Press Release Description Fuser unit drive time (press) Fuser unit drive time (release) Description Clearing 1. Press [Clear]. Method 1. Purpose To check the fuser drive time after replacing the fuser unit. Press the start key. Select the mode. 2. is displayed.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Item No. Press the start key. Completion Press the stop key. Press the start key. 2. U168 Checking/clearing the fuser drive time Description Displays or clears the fuser drive time. 1-3-101 . The drive time is cleared. is displayed. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. U169 Checking/setting the fuser power source Description Displays and settings the specification of fuser power supply for checking. Purpose To check or set the specification of fuser power supply after replacement of the fuser unit. Completion Press the stop key. Method 1.

The screen for selecting a maintenance mode No.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Item No. Press the stop key. Select [Execute]. Completion Press the stop key. The fuser temperature is displayed. Method 1. 3. is displayed. 2. is displayed. Method 1. Press the start key. U199 Displaying fuser heater temperature Description Displays the detected fuser temperature. The LEDs turns off. Display Heat Roller Edge1 Heat Roller Edge2 Heat Roller Center Press Roller Center Description Heat roller edge temperature (°C) Heat roller edge temperature (°C) Heat roller center temperature (°C) Press roller center temperature (°C) Description Completion Press the stop key. Press the start key. Press the start key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. Purpose To check if all the LEDs on the operation panel light. Purpose To check the fuser temperature. U200 Turning all LEDs on Description Turns all the LEDs on the operation panel on. 4. 1-3-102 .All the LEDs on the operation panel light.

Press the start key. The touch panel is adjusted automatically. 4. Method 1. Press the stop key. Press the start key. and then check the display. Be sure to press three + keys displayed in order.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Item No. U201 Initializing the touch panel Description Automatically correct the positions of the X. Method: [Check] 1. 3. Display Initialize Check Description Adjusts the display on the panel automatically Checks the display on the touch panel Description Method: [Initialize] 1. and then check the display. 1-3-103 . Press the indicated three + keys. press [Initialize] to execute the adjustment automatically. Press the center of the + keys. Press the start key. is displayed. 2. Press the indicated three + keys. Select the [Initialize] or [Check]. 2.and Y-axes of the touch panel. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. When adjusting the display. 3. Press the stop key. Purpose To automatically correct the display positions on the touch panel after it is replaced. Completion Press the stop key. 2.

1 TEL No. Select the item to be input. of calls exceeded) Communication error (Communication timeout) NG Communication error (Communication trial timeout) Communication error (Other) KMAS unreachable Completion Press the stop key. The setting is set. Communication error (Nbr. 3. 4. (Refer to the result. 7. 2 Sales companies Call center Description 2. Select [Execute]. Purpose Performed at installation. U202 Description Setting the KMAS host monitoring system Description Initializes or operates the KMAS host monitoring system. 2. is displayed. Method 1. Press the start key. This is an optional device which is currently supported only by Japanese specification machines. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. Press the start key. Display TEL No. Select the item. Display Init/Set TEL No. The result of communication will be displayed. 3. 6.) Method: [Call Service End] 1. and/or repair. Communication with the host initiated. (Refer to the result. Call Service End Description Initialization/Phone Nbr. 5. 1-3-104 . Input the telephone number using the numeric keys. Press the start key. periodic maintenance.] 1. The result of communication will be displayed. Communication with the host initiated. Select [Initialize]. se Outgoing at the end of service activities Method: [Init/Set TEL No.) Result table Display OK Description Communication properly terminated. Press the start key. 2. Select [Execute]. so no setting is necessary.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Item No.

The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. press the stop key. Select the item to be operated. Display CCD ADP (Non-P) CCD ADP CCD RADP (Non-P) CCD RADP CIS (Non-P) CIS Description Without paper. Purpose To check the DP operation. 3. single-sided original of CCD (continuous operation) With paper. Press the start key. The operation starts. double-sided original of CIS (continuous operation) With paper. 6. Place an original in the DP if running this simulation with paper. double-sided original of CCD Without paper. Display Normal Speed High Speed High-speed reading Description Normal reading (600 dpi) Description 4. is displayed. To stop continuous operation. double-sided original of CIS 5. 1-3-105 . Completion Press the stop key. 2. double-sided original of CCD (continuous operation) With paper. Method 1.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Item No. U203 Checking DP operation Description Simulates the original conveying operation separately in the DP. single-sided original of CCD Without paper. Select the speed to be operated. Press the start key.

The setting is set. Display Key-Card Key-Counter Off The key card is installed The key counter is installed Not installed Description Initial setting: Off 2. Press the start key. and coin venders cannot be installed simultaneously. Select the optional counter to be installed. Press the start key. Setting: [MESSAGE] 1. Therefore. Purpose To run this maintenance item if a key card or key counter is installed. The setting is set. Allow more than 5 seconds between Off and On. if any of these options are chosen. 3. Turn the main power switch off and on. 3. Supplement Two or more Key cards. key counters. Turn the main power switch off and on. Press the start key. coin vender settings U206 will be automatically cancelled (Off).2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Item No. 2. Method 1. 2. Select the item to be set. Allow more than 5 seconds between Off and On. Display Device Message Description Sets the presence or absence of the key card or key counter Sets the message when optional equipment is not installed Setting: [Device] 1. 1-3-106 . Select the [Key Device] or [Coin Vender]. U204 Description Setting the presence or absence of a key card or key counter Description Sets the presence or absence of the optional key card or key counter.

3. Press the start key. Display All Clear Auto Clear Off All clear is performed Auto clear is performed Clear is not performed Description Initial setting: Off 2. Select the item to be set. Turn the main power switch off and on. Display On/Off Config No Coin Action Price Setting: [On/Off Config] 1. Select the item. Purpose To run this maintenance item if a coin vender is installed. Method 1. Allow more than 5 seconds between Off and On. U206 Description Setting the presence or absence of a coin vender Description Sets the presence or absence of the optional coin vender. Display On Off Description The coin vender is installed The coin vender is not installed Description Sets the presence or absence of the coin vender Behavior when change runs out during copying Charge per copy by size and color Initial setting: Off 2. Allow more than 5 seconds between Off and On. 2. 3. 1-3-107 . Setting: [No Coin Action] 1. Press the start key. The setting is set.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Item No. This is an optional device which is currently supported only by Japanese specification machines. Select On or Off. The setting is set. Press the start key. Turn the main power switch off and on.

Press the start key. Press the start key.keys. Setting range 0 to 300 0 to 300 0 to 300 0 to 300 10 10 10 10 Initial setting B/W CMY/RGB Full Color 100 50 30 50 Display Description A3-Ledger B4 Card Other A3/Ledger size B4 size Post card Other In 10-yen inrements Value of 0 allows non-restricted copying. Turn the main power switch off and on. Display B/W CMY RGB Full Color Black & White Single color C. B Full color Description Description Initial setting: Off 2. Method 1. the top LED in that line will light. 1-3-108 . Change the setting value using the +/. Allow more than 5 seconds between Off and On. 5. Select the paper size to be set. U206 Setting: [Price] 1. When all the keys on the operation panel have been pressed. is displayed.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Item No. the figure shown on the touch panel increases in increments of 1. Select the item to be set.) 4. As the keys lined up in the same line as the lit indicator are pressed in the order from the top to the bottom. U207 Checking the operation panel keys Description Checks operation of the operation panel keys. 2. The value is set. M. 3. When all the keys in that line are pressed and if there are any LEDs corresponding to the keys in the line on the immediate right. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. Purpose To check operation of all the keys and LEDs on the operation panel. all the LEDs light for up to 10 seconds. 4. Y Single color R. etc. The screen for executing is displayed. (At a periodic maintenance. 3. [Count0] is displayed and the left most LED on the operation panel lights. Completion Press the stop key. G.

Allow more than 5 seconds between Off and On. Select [Inner Job Separator]. Select On or Off. U211 Setting the presence or absence of the job separator Description Sets the presence or absence of the inner job separator. Allow more than 5 seconds between Off and On. Method 1. Initial setting: Letter (Inch specifications) A4 (Metric specifications) 3. Press the start key.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Item No. Press the start key. Turn the main power switch off and on. The setting is set. Press the start key. Purpose To change the setting when installing the side feeder or the size of paper used in the side feeder is changed. 2. U208 Description Setting the paper size for the side feeder Description Sets the size of paper used in side feeder. Select the paper size (A4. The setting is set. Display On Off Description The inner job separator is installed The inner job separator is not installed Initial setting: Off 4. 3. 2. Turn the main power switch off and on. 4. Press the start key. Setting 1. Purpose To run this maintenance item if the inner job separator is installed. 5. 1-3-109 . B5 or Letter).

Purpose To change the type of IC card. Select On or Off. Completion Press the stop key. U222 Setting the IC card type Description Sets the type of IC card. Press the start key. Press the start key. Setting 1.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Item No. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. is displayed. Setting this to ON causes the machine to be unable to recognize the device connected to the USB host. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. Purpose Set according to the preference of the user. Method 1. U221 Setting the USB host lock function Description Specifies ON/OFF the USB host lock function. Display Other SSFC Description The type of IC card is SSFC. The setting is set. The type of IC card is not SSFC. 1-3-110 . 3. Press the start key. 2. Completion Press the stop key. Display On Off Description USB host lock function ON USB host lock function OFF Description Initial setting: Off 4. The setting is set. Press the start key. is displayed. 2. Initial setting: Other 3. Select the item. Select [Host Lock].

2. 1-3-111 . Completion Press the stop key. Display Unlock Partial Lock Lock Description Release the lock of the operation from the system menu Partially lock the operation from the system menu Entirely lock the operation from the system menu Description Initial setting: Unlock 3. Press the start key. Press the start key. Setting 1. U223 Operation panel lock Description Sets the operation panel lock function to ON or OFF. Purpose To restrict operation in the system menu on the operation panel. is displayed. The setting is set. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. Select the item.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Item No.

Select the item. Press the start key. [OK] is displayed. 1-3-112 . Completion Press the stop key. Purpose Set according to the preference of the user. is displayed. 3. U224 Panel sheet extension Description Changes the image data and the message of the opening screen at the machine startup and the image data and the message of the service call screen to user specified data. Display Opening Img Call Img Call Msg Top Call Msg Detail Startup screen image Service call screen image Service call screen message Service call screen detail message Description Description Installs the image data or the message data Restores the original image data or message data Description 8.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Item No. 5. 4. 6. Display Install UnInstall 7. Press the start key. Setting 1. Insert USB memory in USB memory slot of the machine. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. 9. When normally completed. Enter the maintenance item. Select the [Install] or [UnInstall]. 2. Installation or uninstallation is started. Write the image data or the message data to the USB memory. Turn the main power switch on.

1-3-113 .2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Item No. Display Auto Japan Metric Inch Europe Metric Sweden Description Conforms to destination settings. Setting 1. The setting is set. Purpose To be set when installing a different punch unit from the destination of the machine. Select the destination. Turn the main power switch off and on. Press the start key. 2. 4. Press the start key. U234 Setting punch destination Description Sets the destination of punch unit of 1000-sheet finisher or 4000-sheet finisher. Allow more than 5 seconds between Off and On. Metric (Japan) specifications Inch (North America) specifications Metric (Europe) specifications Sweden specifications Description Initial setting: Inch (Inch specifications)/Europe Metric (Metric specifications) 3.

2.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Item No. Display 0 1 Description Number of sheets of stack on the main tray: 4000 sheets Number of sheets of stack on the main tray: 1500 sheets Initial setting: 0 2. Display 0 1 Description Number of sheets of stack on the middle tray for staple mode: 50 sheets Number of sheets of stack on the middle tray for staple mode: 30 sheets Initial setting: 0 Number of sheets of stack on the internal tray for non-staple copying: 10 sheets 2.keys or numeric keys. Display Main Tray Middle Tray Description Number of sheets of stack on the main tray Number of sheets of stack on the middle tray for staple mode Description Setting: [Main Tray] 1. Change the setting using the +/. The setting is set. Turn the main power switch off and on. Allow more than 5 seconds between Off and On. Press the start key. 3. 3. Change the setting using the +/. Press the start key. Setting: [Middle Tray] 1. Select the item to be set.keys or numeric keys. 1-3-114 . Purpose To change the setting when a stack malfunction has occurred. U237 Setting finisher stack quantity Description Sets the number of sheets of each stack on the main tray and on the middle tray in 4000-sheet finisher. Press the start key. Turn the main power switch off and on. Allow more than 5 seconds between Off and On. Method 1. The setting is set.

Select the item to be operated. Display Motor Solenoid Mail Box Booklet Description Checking the motor of the document finisher Checking the solenoid of the document finisher Checking the motor of the mailbox Checking the motor of the center-folding unit Description Method: [Motor] 1. 2 (DFSFM1. 2) is turned on DF eject release motor (DFERM) drive position 30-sheet stack DF eject release motor (DFERM) drive position 50-sheet stack DF eject release motor (DFERM) fixed drive position 1-3-115 .2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Item No. 2 (DFSRM1. 2. 2) is turned on DF side registration motor 1. Press the start key. The operation starts. 2. 2) is turned on DF paddle motor (DFPDM) is turned on DF eject release motor (DFERM) is turned on to home position DF shift motor 1. Purpose To check the operation of each motor and solenoid of the 1000-sheet finisher or 4000-sheet finisher. Method 1. 2 (DFSRM1. U240 Checking the operation of the finisher Description Turns each motor and solenoid of 1000-sheet finisher or 4000-sheet finisher ON. Select the item to be checked. Display Feed In(H) Feed In(L) Middle(H) Middle(L) Eject(H) Eject(L) Save(H) Save(L) Tray Staple Move Staple Width Test(A3) Width Test(LD) Beat Eject Unlock(HP) Sort Test Eject Unlock(30) Eject Unlock(50) Eject Unlock(Fix) Description DF paper entry motor (DFPEM) is turned on at high speed DF paper entry motor (DFPEM) is turned on at low speed DF middle motor (DFMM) is turned on at high speed DF middle motor (DFMM) is turned on at low speed DF eject motor (DFEM) is turned on at high speed DF eject motor (DFEM) is turned on at low speed DF drum motor (DFDRM) is turned on at high speed DF drum motor (DFDRM) is turned on at low speed DF tray motor (DFTM) is turned on DF slide motor (DFSLM) is turned on DF staple motor (DFSTM) is turned on DF side registration motor 1. Press the start key.

2 (CFSRM1. Select the item to be operated. 1-3-116 . is displayed. Press the start key. Display Folding Blade Bundle Up Bundle Down Staple Width Test(A3) Width Test(LD) Feed In Description CF main motor (CFMM) is turned on CF blade motor (CFBM) is turned on CF adjustment motor 2 (CFADM2) is turned on CF adjustment motor 1 (CFADM1) is turned on CF staple motor (CFSTM) is turned on CF side registration motor 1. 2. 2. U240 Display Eject Unlock(Full) Punch Punch Move Description DF eject release motor (DFERM) full-open drive position Punch motor (PUM) is turned on Punch slide motor (PUSLM) is turned on Description Method: [Solenoid] 1. Select the item to be operated. Display Conv Branch Description Mailbox drive motor (MBDM) is turned on at paper conveying Mailbox drive motor (MBDM) is turned on at feedshift operation Method: [Booklet] 1.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Item No. The operation starts. 2. 2) is turned on CF side registration motor 1. The operation starts. The operation starts. Display Sub Tray Save Drum Booklet Punch Three Fold Description DF feedshift solenoid (DFFSSOL) is turned on DF drum solenoid (DFDRSOL) is turned on DF center fold solenoid (DFCFSOL) is turned on Punch solenoid (PUSOL) is turned on CF feedshift solenoid (CFFSSOL) is turned on Method: [Mail Box] 1. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. Press the start key. 2 (CFSRM1. 2) is turned on CF paper entry motor (CFPEM) is turned on Completion Press the stop key. Press the start key. Select the item to be operated.

When the on-status of a switch or sensor is detected. Display Finisher Mail Box Booklet Punch Description Checking the switch and sensor of the document finisher Checking the switch and sensor of the mailbox Checking the switch and sensor of the center-folding unit Checking the switch and sensor of the punch unit Method: [Finisher] 1. that switch or sensor is displayed in reverse. Turn each switch or sensor on and off manually to check the status. 2.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Item No. Method 1. Purpose To check the operation of each switches and sensors of the 1000-sheet finisher or 4000-sheet finisher. Display Front Cover MPT Top Cover Tray U-Limit Tray HP2 Tray Middle Tray L-Limit Tray L-Limit(BL) Tray Top HP Sub Tray Eject Middle Tray Eject Drum Staple HP Middle Tray Width Front HP Width Tail HP Bundle Eject HP DF tray middle sensor (DFTMS) DF tray upper limit sensor (DFTLLS) DF tray center hold sensor (DFTCFS) DF tray upper surface sensor (DFTUSS) DF paper entry sensor (DFPES) DF sub eject sensor (DFSES) DF middle eject sensor (DFMES) DF drum sensor (DFDRS) DF slide sensor (DFSLS) DF middle tray sensor (DFMTS) DF side registration sensor 1 (DFSRS1) DF side registration sensor 2 (DFSRS2) DF bundle discharge sensor (DFBDS) DF top cover switch (DFTCSW) DF tray upper limit sensor (DFTULS) Description DF front cover switch (DFFCSW) 1-3-117 . U241 Description Checking the operation of the switches of the finisher Description Displays the status of each switches and sensors of 1000-sheet finisher or 4000-sheet finisher. Select the item to be checked. Press the start key.

Turn each switch or sensor on and off manually to check the status. that switch or sensor is displayed in reverse.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Item No. Display Eject Cover Over Flow1 Over Flow2 Over Flow3 Over Flow4 Over Flow5 Over Flow6 Over Flow7 Motor HP MB eject sensor (MBES) MB cover open/close switch (MBCOCSW) MB overflow sensor 1 (MBOFS1) MB overflow sensor 2 (MBOFS2) MB overflow sensor 3 (MBOFS3) MB overflow sensor 4 (MBOFS4) MB overflow sensor 5 (MBOFS5) MB overflow sensor 6 (MBOFS6) MB overflow sensor 7 (MBOFS7) MB paper entry sensor (MBPES) Description 1-3-118 . When the on-status of a switch or sensor is detected. U241 Display Match Paddle Lead Paddle Shift Front HP Shift Tail HP Shift Unlock HP Sub Tray Full Shift Set Description DF adjustment sensor (DFADS) DF paddle sensor (DFPDS) DF shift sensor 1 (DFSFS1) DF shift sensor 2 (DFSFS2) DF shift release sensor (DFSFRS) DF sub tray full sensor (DFSTFS) DF shift set sensor (DFSFSS) Description Method: [Mail Box] 1.

The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. U241 Description Method: [Booklet] 1. that switch or sensor is displayed in reverse. When the on-status of a switch or sensor is detected. Display Punch HP Edge Face1 Edge Face2 Edge Face3 Edge Face4 Tank Tank Full Description Punch home position sensor (PUHPS) Punch paper edge sensor (PUPES) Punch paper edge sensor (PUPES) Punch paper edge sensor (PUPES) Punch paper edge sensor (PUPES) Punch tank set switch (PUTSSW) Punch tank full sensor (PUTFS) Completion Press the stop key.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Item No. is displayed. Display HP Eject Paper Tray Full Bundle Up HP Bundle Down HP Width Up HP Width Down HP Blade HP Tray Set Left Guide Vertical Feed CF eject sensor (CFES) CF paper sensor (CFPS) CF tray full sensor (CFTFS) CF adjustment sensor 1 (CFADS1) CF adjustment sensor 2 (CFADS2) CF side registration sensor 1 (CFSRS1) CF side registration sensor 2 (CFSRS2) CF blade sensor (CFBLS) CF tray switch (CFTSW) CF set switch (CFSSW) CF left guide switch (CFLGSW) CF paper conveying sensor (CFPCS) Description CF paper entry sensor (CFPES) Method: [Punch] 1. Turn each switch or sensor on and off manually to check the status. Turn each switch or sensor on and off manually to check the status. 1-3-119 . that switch or sensor is displayed in reverse. When the on-status of a switch or sensor is detected.

2. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. Press the start key. Purpose To check the operation of the DP motors and solenoids. U243 Description Checking the operation of the DP motors Description Turns the motors or solenoids in the DP on. Method 1. Display Feed Motor Conv Motor Rev Motor Lift Motor Rev Press Sol Rev Branch Sol Description DP original feed motor (DPOFM) is turned on DP original conveying motor (DPOCM) is turned on DP switchback motor (DPSBM) is turned on DP lift motor (DPLM) is turned on DP pressure solenoid (DPPSOL) is turned on DP feedshift solenoid (DPFSSOL) is turned on 4. Select the item to be operated. To turn each motor off. 3.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Item No. 1-3-120 . press the stop key. is displayed. The operation starts. Completion Press the stop key when operation stops. Press the start key.

is displayed. Purpose To check if respective switches and sensors in the DP operate correctly. Turn each switch or sensor on and off manually to check the status. that switch or sensor is displayed in reverse. U244 Checking the DP switches Description Displays the status of the respective switches and sensors in the DP. When the on-status of a switch or sensor is detected. Method 1. Press the start key. Display Feed Regist Timing CIS Head Tray Set Longitudinal Lift U-Limit Lift L-Limit Cover Open Open Eject Slant DP feed sensor (DPFS) DP registration sensor (DPRS) DP timing sensor (DPTS) DP CIS sensor (DPCS) DP switchback sensor (DPSBS) DP original sensor (DPOS) DP original length switch (DPOLSW) DP lift sensor 1 (DPLS1) DP lift sensor 2 (DPLS2) DP interlock switch (DPILSW) DP open/close switch (DPOCSW) DP eject sensor (DPES) DP slant sensor (DPSS) Description Description Completion Press the stop key.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Item No. 2. 1-3-121 . The screen for selecting a maintenance item No.

2. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. U245 Checking messages Description Displays a list of messages on the touch panel of the operation panel.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Item No. Purpose To check the messages to be displayed.keys. When a message number is entered with the numeric keys and then the start key is pressed. Press the start key. Change the language using the +/. Completion Press the stop key. Description 1-3-122 . Method 1. the message corresponding the specified number is displayed. 3. is displayed. Change the message using the cursor up/down keys.

folding position Adjusts the tri-folding position in the stitching mode if the position is not proper. 2. Select the item to set. Adjustment of booklet stapling position Adjusts the booklet stapling position in the stitching mode if the position is not proper. U246 Setting the finisher Description Provides various settings for the 1000-sheet finisher or 4000-sheet finisher. Adjustment of paper stop timing in the punch mode To adjust this item when the position of a punch hole is different from the specified one. if furnished. Display Punch Regist Punch Feed Punch Width Width Front HP Width Tail HP Shift Front HP Shift Tail HP Staple HP Description Adjustment of registration stop timing in punch mode Adjustment of the paper stop timing in punch mode Adjustment of the center position timing in punch mode Adjustment of front side registration home position Adjustment of rear side registration home position Adjustment of front shift home position Adjustment of rear shift home position Adjustment of front and back stapling home position Description Adjustment of 1000-sheet finisher and 4000-sheet finisher Adjustment of center-folding unit Description 1-3-123 . Press the start key. Adjustment of center folding position Adjusts the center folding position in the stitching mode if the position is not proper. Method 1.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Item No. Display Finisher Booklet Method: [Finisher] 1. Adjustment of tri. Adjustment of center position timing in the punch mode Adjusts the center position of a punch hole in punch mode if the position is not proper. Adjustment of front/rear side registration home position Provides optimization when paper jam occurs due to an inferior fitting of the side registration guides to paper. Select the item to set. Purpose Adjustment of registration stop timing in punch mode Adjust if skewed paper conveying occurs or if the copy paper is Z-folded in punch mode. Adjustment of upper/lower side registration home position Provides optimization when paper jam occurs due to an inferior fitting of the side registration guides to paper. Adjustment of front/rear shift home position Performed when alighment is lost with the ejected paper Adjusting of front/back stapling home position Adjusts the stapling position in the staple mode if the position is not proper.

If the distance is larger than the value A. decrease the setting value. Change the setting value using the +/. increase the setting value. U246 Description Setting: [Punch Regist] 1.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Item No.52 mm If the distance of the position of a punch hole is smaller than the specified value A.keys or numeric keys. The value is set. A Preset value A: 13 mm (metric) 9. Sample 1 Sample 2 Figure 1-3-18 3. Press the start key.25 mm If skewed paper conveying occurs (sample 1). Select [Punch Regist]. Setting: [Punch Feed] 1. 1-3-124 . The value is set. 2. increase the setting value. If the copy paper is Z-folded (sample 2).keys or numeric keys. Description Adjustment of registration stop timing Setting range -20 to 20 Initial setting 0 Change in value per step 0. 2. Change the setting value using the +/. Select [Punch Feed]. decrease the setting value.5 mm (inch) Figure 1-3-19 3. Press the start key. Description Adjustment of the paper stop timing Setting range -10 to 10 Initial setting 0 Change in value per step 0.

Pull the middle tray. decrease the setting value. 6. 4. 2. 2. then [Sort Test]. The value is set. Select [Shift Front HP] or [Shift Tail HP]. 4. Description Adjustment of front side registration home position Adjustment of rear side registration home position Setting range -15 to 15 -15 to 15 Initial setting 0 0 Change in value per step 0. Press the start key.5 mm) Sample 1 Sample 2 Figure 1-3-20 3. The value is set. is displayed. Press the start key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. Description Adjustment of front shift home position Adjustment of rear shift home position Setting range -15 to 15 -15 to 15 Initial setting 0 0 Change in value per step 0.19 mm 3. 5.19 mm 0. The width guides of the middle tray will move to A3-size position. Enter maintenance mode U240 and select [Motor]. Change the setting value using the +/. Setting: [Width Front HP/Width Tail HP] 1. Select [Width Front HP] or [Width Tail HP]. 6. Enter maintenance mode U240 and select [Motor]. then [Width Test(A3)].52 mm Adjustment of the punch center position timing -4 to 4 If the punch hole is too close to the front of the machine.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Item No. insert paper between the guides and check that paper is abut the guides. Change the setting value using the +/. 7.keys or numeric keys. If the punch hole is too close to the rear of the machine.keys or numeric keys.19 mm 3. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. Press the stop key. 1-3-125 . U246 Description Setting: [Punch Width] 1. The value is set. 5. Setting: [Shift Front HP/Shift Tail HP] 1. 2.keys or numeric keys. Select [Punch Width]. Description Setting range Initial setting 0 Change in value per step 0. increase the setting value. Center line (within ± 0.19 mm 0. Repeat the above adjustment until paper is properly in position. Press the stop key. is displayed. Repeat the above adjustment until eject paper is properly in position. Press the start key. Change the setting value using the +/.

Sample 1 Sample 2 Figure 1-3-21 3. Method: [Booklet] 1.19 mm Adjustment of front and back stapling home position -15 to 15 When staple positions are off toward the front side of the machine (sample 1).2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Item No. U246 Description Setting: [Staple HP] 1. 2. increase the setting value. decrease the setting value. Description Setting range Initial setting 0 Change in value per step 0. The value is set. Change the setting value using the +/.keys or numeric keys. Select the item to set. Select [Staple HP]. Press the start key. Display Width Up HP Width Down HP Staple Pos1 Staple Pos2 Staple Pos3 Booklet Pos1 Booklet Pos2 Booklet Pos3 Three Fold Description Adjustment of upper side registration home position Adjustment of lower side registration home position Adjustment of booklet stapling position for A4/Letter size Adjustment of booklet stapling position for B4/Legal size Adjustment of booklet stapling position for A3/Ledger size Adjustment of center folding position for A4/Letter size Adjustment of center folding position for B4/Legal size Adjustment of center folding position for A3/Ledger size Adjustment of tri-folding position 1-3-126 . When staple positions are off toward the rear side of the machine (sample 2).

2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Item No.keys or numeric keys. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. 4. Select [Staple Pos1]. [Staple Pos2] or [Staple Pos3]. Change the setting value using the +/. Pull the center-folding unit. decrease the preset value.keys or numeric keys. Reference value: within ± 2 mm 2 mm 2 mm Sample 1 Sample 2 Figure 1-3-22 3. increase the preset value. 2. Repeat the above adjustment until paper is properly in position. 6. 1-3-127 . Press the start key. 2. Press the stop key. Select [Width Up HP] or [Width Down HP]. 7. The value is set. Change the setting value using the +/. U246 Description Setting: [Width Up HP/Width Down HP] 1. Description Adjustment of booklet stapling position for A4/Letter size Adjustment of booklet stapling position for B4/Legal size Adjustment of booklet stapling position for A3/Ledger size Setting range -15 to 15 -15 to 15 -15 to 15 Initial setting 0 0 0 Change in value per step 0.32 mm 0.34 mm 0. Enter maintenance mode U240 and select [Booklet].32 mm When staples are placed too far right (sample 1). insert paper between the guides and check that paper is abut the guides. When staples are placed too far left (sample 2). The value is set.32 mm 0. Press the start key. The width guides of the center-folding unit will move to A3-size position. 5. Description Adjustment of upper side registration home position Adjustment of lower side registration home position Setting range -15 to 15 -15 to 15 Initial setting 0 0 Change in value per step 0. then [Width Test(A3)].34 mm 3. is displayed. Setting: [Staple Pos] 1.

32 mm When the tri-fold position too far right (sample 1).keys or numeric keys.32 mm -15 to 15 0 -15 to 15 0 -15 to 15 0 When the centerfold position too far right (sample 1). B4: Length of paper × 1/2 ± 3 mm A Center line Sample 1 Sample 2 Figure 1-3-23 3. decrease the setting value. Reference value A: A4. Select [Booklet Pos1]. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. Setting: [Three Fold] 1.0 ± 2 mm A Sample 1 Sample 2 Figure 1-3-24 3. Ledger. Change the setting value using the +/. The value is set. The value is set. When the tri-fold position too far left (sample 2). Press the start key.keys or numeric keys. 1-3-128 . U246 Description Setting: [Booklet Pos] 1. 2. Press the start key. Description Adjustment of center folding position for A4/Letter size Adjustment of center folding position for B4/Legal size Adjustment of center folding position for A3/Ledger size Setting range Initial Change in setting value per step 0. When the centerfold position too far left (sample 2).32 mm 0. Select [Three Fold]. Letter: Length of paper × 1/2 ± 2 mm A3. increase the preset value. Change the setting value using the +/. Description Adjustment of tri-folding position Setting range -15 to 15 Initial setting 0 Change in value per step 0. Reference value A: 7. decrease the setting value. [Booklet Pos2] or [Booklet Pos3].2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Item No.32 mm 0. Completion Press the stop key. 2. increase the preset value. is displayed.

[Clutch] or [Solenoid] and select the item. Select [Execute]. 4. Display Motor Clutch Off On C1 C2 V Feed(H) V Feed(L) Solenoid Cassette1 Cassette2 Description PF paper feed motor (PFPFM) is turned off PF paper feed motor (PFPFM) is turned on PF paper conveying clutch 1 (PFPCCL1) is turned on PF paper conveying clutch 2 (PFPCCL2) is turned on PF paper feed clutch 1 (PFPFCL1) is turned on PF paper feed clutch 2 (PFPFCL2) is turned on PF pickup solenoid 1 (PFPUSOL1) is turned on PF pickup solenoid 2 (PFPUSOL2) is turned on 2. press the stop key. U247 Setting the paper feed device Description Turns on motor and clutches of paper feeder device. Press the start key. To stop operation. Select the paper feed device. 3. The operation starts. Display 2PF LCF Side Deck SMT Side 2PF Side LCF Paper feeder Large capacity feeder Side feeder SMT paper feeder Side paper feeder Side large capacity feeder Description Description Method: [2PF/Side 2PF] 1.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Item No. 1-3-129 . 2. Press [Motor]. Purpose To check the operation of motor and clutches of paper feed device. Method 1. Press the start key.

3. Press [Motor]. To stop operation.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Item No. Press [Motor]. The operation starts. 4. Select [Execute]. Display Motor Clutch Solenoid Off On C1 Cassette1 Description SF paper feed motor (SFPFM) is turned off SF paper feed motor (SFPFM) is turned on SF paper conveying clutch (SFPCCL) is turned on SF pickup solenoid (PFPUSOL) is turned on 2. Press the start key. Display Motor Clutch Off On C1 C2 V Feed H Feed1 H Feed2 Solenoid Cassette1 Cassette2 Description PF paper feed motor (PFPFM) is turned off PF paper feed motor (PFPFM) is turned on PF paper conveying clutch 1 (PFPCCL1) is turned on PF paper conveying clutch 2 (PFPCCL2) is turned on PF paper conveying clutch 3 (PFPCCL3) is turned on PF paper feed clutch 1 (PFPFCL1) is turned on PF paper feed clutch 2 (PFPFCL2) is turned on PF pickup solenoid 1 (PFPUSOL1) is turned on PF pickup solenoid 2 (PFPUSOL2) is turned on 2. Select [Execute]. U247 Description Method: [LCF/Side LCF] 1. To stop operation. 1-3-130 . Method: [SMT] 1. press the stop key. To stop operation. 4. [Clutch] or [Solenoid] and select the item. 3. Display Motor Clutch Off On C1 C2 H Feed Solenoid Cassette1 Retard Description SMT paper feed motor (SMTPFM) is turned off SMT paper feed motor (SMTPFM) is turned on SMT paper conveying clutch 1 (SMTPCCL1) is turned on SMT paper conveying clutch 2 (SMTPCCL2) is turned on SMT paper feed clutch (SMTPFCL) is turned on SMT pickup solenoid (SMTPUSOL) is turned on SMT feedshift solenoid (SMTFSSOL) is turned on 2. 4. Select [Execute]. Press [Motor]. Press the start key. [Clutch] or [Solenoid] and select the item. press the stop key. Method: [Side Deck] 1. 3. The operation starts. [Clutch] or [Solenoid] and select the item. press the stop key. The operation starts. Press the start key.

Purpose Provides changing the time when the message to acknowledge to conduct maintenance and automatic grayscale adjustment is periodically displayed. Clearing 1. 2. 3. Setting 1. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No.Cnt B M. Completion Press the stop key. Select the item to be set.Cnt C M.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Item No.keys or numeric keys. U247 Description Completion Press the stop key. The value is set. Press the start key. is displayed.Cnt HT Description Preset values for maintenance cycle (kit A) Preset values for maintenance cycle (kit B) Preset values for maintenance cycle (kit C) Preset values for automatic grayscale adjustment Setting range 0 to 9999999 0 to 9999999 0 to 9999999 0 to 9999999 U250 4. Press the start key. Change the setting using the +. is displayed. Checking/clearing the maintenance cycle Description Changes preset values for maintenance cycle and automatic grayscale adjustment. Press the start key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. Select [Clear]. The setting value is cleared. Display M.Cnt A M. 1-3-131 . 2.

Press the start key. Clearing 1.Cnt C M. is displayed. Purpose To verify the maintenance counter count and automatic grayscale count. Press the start key. Press the start key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No.keys or numeric keys. Setting 1. Completion Press the stop key. Select the item to be changed. 1-3-132 . Change the setting using the +/. 2. Display M. Select [Clear]. U251 Description Checking/clearing the maintenance counter Description Displays and clears or changes the maintenance count and automatic grayscale adjustment count. 3. 2. The value is set. The setting value is cleared. Also to clear the count during maintenance service.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Item No.Cnt B M.Cnt HT Description Count value for maintenance cycle (kit A) Count value for maintenance cycle (kit B) Count value for maintenance cycle (kit C) Automatic grayscale adjustment count Setting range 0 to 9999999 0 to 9999999 0 to 9999999 0 to 9999999 4.Cnt A M.

Turn the main power switch off and on. Display Japan Metric Inch Europe Metric Asia Pacific Australia China Korea Description Metric (Japan) specifications Inch (North America) specifications Metric (Europe) specifications Metric (Asia Pacific) specifications Australia specifications China specifications Korea specifications Description 3. Error codes Codes 0001 0002 0020 0040 Entity error Controller error Engine error Scanner error Description 1-3-133 . Press the start key. When errors occurred. * : An error code is displayed in case of an initialization error. in order to return the setting to the value before replacement or initialization. Select the destination. U252 Setting the destination Description Switches the operations and screens of the machine according to the destination. turn main power switch off then on. Allow more than 5 seconds between Off and On. 2. and execute initialization using maintenance item U252. 4.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Item No. Press the start key. Purpose To be executed after initializing the backup RAM. Method 1.

Purpose Used to select. U253 Description Switching between double and single counts Description Switches the count system for the total counter and other counters for every color mode. 1-3-134 . 3. 2. Select the count system. Press the start key. Press the start key. according to the preference of the user (copy service provider). is displayed. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. Display SGL(All) DBL(A3/Ledger) DBL(B4) DBL(Folio) Description Single count for all size paper Double count for A3/Ledger size or larger Double count for B4 size or larger Double count for Folio size or larger Initial setting: DBL(A3/Ledger) 4.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Item No. Display Full Color Mono Color* B/W Description Count system of full color mode Count system of single color mode Count system of black/white mode Displayed only if the setting of U276 (Setting the copy count mode) is Mode1. Select the item to set. if A3/Ledger paper is to be counted as one sheet (single count) or two sheets (double count). The setting is set. Setting 1. Completion Press the stop key.

2. Completion Press the stop key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. The setting is set. Allow more than 5 seconds between Off and On. Display Feed Eject Description When secondary paper feed starts When the paper is ejected Description Initial setting: Eject 3. Press the start key.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Item No. 2. 1-3-135 . U260 Selecting the timing for copy counting Description Changes the copy count timing for the total counter and other counters. Setting 1. is displayed. Purpose Sets the code when replacing the main PWB and the like. Change the setting value using the numeric keys. Press the start key. Turn the main power switch off and on. Press the start key. U265 Setting OEM purchaser code Description Sets the OEM purchaser code. Setting 1. 4. Select the copy count timing. The setting is set. Press the start key. 3. Purpose To be set according to user request.

is displayed. Change the setting value using the +/. Press the start key. U276 Setting the copy count mode Description Sets the count mode of single color mode. is displayed. 2. Purpose To change the charging counter which counts up in single color printing. Display Banner A Banner B Description Counting for Banner A (470.1mm to 1. 2. 3. Display Mode0 Mode1 Description This lets the full color counter count up in single color This lets the single color counter count up in single color Initial setting: Mode 0 3.keys or numeric keys.01” to 48”) Setting range Description 4.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Item No.220mm/ 36. Select the item. Completion Press the stop key. Press the start key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No.51” to 36”) Counting for Banner B (915. The setting is set. Completion Press the stop key. 1-3-136 . U271 Setting the page count Description Banner counting Purpose To change when modifying counting Banner Setting 1. Press the start key. Setting 1. Press the start key.1mm to 915mm/ 18. Select the mode. The value is set. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No.

Purpose To operate when installing the machine. The delivery date is cleared. is displayed. Perform this to confirm the delivery date. is displayed. Completion Press the stop key. 3.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Item No. The setting is set. day. Completion Press the stop key. 2. 3. changes the setting. The delivery date is set. Select [Clear]. Clearing 1. Method 1. Press the start key. Select [Today]. Press the start key. 2. 2. U278 Setting the delivery date Description Enter delivery date in month. Press the start key. 2-color copy will be displayed on the color function screen. Display On Off Description 2 color copy mode is enabled 2 color copy mode is disabled Description Initial setting: Off If On is selected. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. U284 Setting 2 color copy mode Description Sets whether to use 2 color copy mode. Setting 1. and year. Press the start key. Press the start key. 1-3-137 . Purpose According to user request. Select On or Off.

is displayed. The setting is set. Select On or Off. Setting 1. Press the start key. Press the start key. Purpose According to user request. 2. Display On Off Description Displays the print coverage Not to display the print coverage Description Initial setting: On 3. Press the start key. changes the setting. U323 Setting abnormal temperature and humidity warning Description Specify whether or not a notice is displayed on the operation panel when abnormal temperature and humidity is detected. Display On Off Description Displays the abnormal temperature and humidity warning Not to display the abnormal temperature and humidity warning Initial setting: On 3. Completion Press the stop key. Select On or Off. U285 Setting service status page Description Determines displaying the print coverage report on reporting. 1-3-138 . changes the setting. Completion Press the stop key. 2. Setting 1. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. is displayed. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. Press the start key. Purpose According to user request.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Item No. The setting is set.

Press the start key. 2. Press the start key. change the setting to 5. However. change the setting to 4. The setting is set. Method 1. 1-3-139 . if you prefer to give priority to printing speed. Select the item to set. The value is set. Setting: [Mode] 1. Change the setting value using the +/. Purpose Modify the settings only if a spotted background or uneven density appears when printing pages with high print coverage. Select On or Off. 2.keys or numeric keys. is displayed. U325 Setting the paper interval Description Determines the interval between pages and the toner replenishment amount when printing pages with high print coverage.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Item No. Display On Off Description Paper interval control is performed Paper interval control is not performed Description Paper interval control ON/OFF setting Setting mode of the paper interval control Description Initial setting: On 2. Display Mode Description Paper interval control mode when printing high density original continuously Setting range 1 to 10 1 Initial setting If a spotted background appears when printing pages with high print coverage. Completion Press the stop key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. Press the start key. Display Interval Mode Setting: [Interval] 1.

the black line cleaning indication is displayed only if the black line is detected. Press the start key. Purpose Displays the cleaning guidance in order to make the call for service with the black line decrease by the rubbish on the contact glass when scanning from the DP.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Item No. Setting: [Black Line Cnt] 1. Completion Press the stop key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. Press the start key. 2. The setting is set. 1-3-140 . 2. Display Black Line Mode Black Line Cnt Setting: [Black Line Mode] 1. Select the item to set. Select On or Off. U326 Description Setting the black line cleaning indication Description Sets whether to display the cleaning guidance when detecting the black line. The value is set. Change the setting value using the +/. Method 1. Display On Off Description Displays the cleaning guidance Not to display the cleaning guidance Description Black line cleaning guidance ON/OFF setting Setting counts of the cleaning guidance indication Initial setting: On 2. Display Cnt Description Setting counts of the cleaning guidance indication ( x 1000 sheets) Setting range 0 to 255 8 Initial setting When setting is 0. is displayed.keys or numeric keys. Press the start key.

2. The setting is set. Press the start key. Display On Off Cassette heater ON Cassette heater OFF Description Description Initial setting: Off 3. Select On or Off. Completion Press the stop key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. Setting 1. 1-3-141 . Purpose To change the setting according to the machine installation environment.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Item No. Press the start key. is displayed. U327 Setting the cassette heater control Description Sets the cassette heater control.

Setting: [Coverage(L)/(M)] 1. Press the start key. Method 1.1 to 100 0. Select the mode. Display Mode Coverage(L) Coverage(M) Setting: [Mode] 1. U332 Setting the size conversion factor Description Sets the coefficient of nonstandard sizes in relation to the A4/Letter size. Select the item. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. 1-3-142 . Completion Press the stop key. Select the item to set. Change the setting using the +/-keys or numeric keys.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Item No. Display Coverage(L) Coverage(M) Description Size coefficient (Low coverage) Size coefficient (Middle coverage) Setting range 0. The coefficient set here is used to convert the black ratio in relation to the A4/Letter size and to display the result in user simulation. Press the start key. Purpose To set the coefficient for converting the black ratio for nonstandard sizes in relation to the A4/Letter size.0 3. Display 0 1 Full-color count display Color coverage count display Description Description Toggling full-color count and color coverage count display Size coefficient (Low coverage) Size coefficient (Middle coverage) Description Initial setting: 0 2.1 to 100 Initial setting 1. Press the start key. is displayed.0 1. The setting is set. 2. 2. The value is set.

Change the setting using the +/. Setting range 0 to 400 (MB) 0 0 to 400 (MB) 0 Initial setting Description Set the values below in case print failure occurs with the memory shortage. Display Image Image(Detail) Description Area temporarily used to create output image. Press the start key. 4. Setting 1.keys or numeric keys. Supplement The work area for copy is small and it may cause output failure if the values are large. 1-3-143 . The value is set. (recommended value) Image : +190 Image(Detaile) : +1 3.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Item No. Press the start key. 2. Turn the main power switch off and on. Area temporarily used to hold downloaded font and other data. U340 Setting the applied mode Description Allocates memory to ensure that there is sufficient memory available for the printer to use as a working area. Purpose Modify the memory allocation if insufficient memory for transparency support or XPS direct printing occurs. Allow more than 5 seconds between Off and On.

is displayed. the corresponding count is not displayed. 3. Method 1. Select the paper feed location for the printer. A paper feed location specified for printer output cannot be used for copy output. U341 Description Specific paper feed location setting for printing function Description Sets a paper feed location specified for printer output (only if a printer kit is installed). Press the start key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. Purpose To use a paper feed location only for printer output. Completion Press the stop key. 2. Display Cassette1 Cassette2 Cassette3 Cassette4 Cassette5 Cassette6 Cassette7 Cassette 1 Cassette 2 Cassette 3 (paper feeder/large capacity feeder) Cassette 4 (paper feeder/large capacity feeder) Cassette 5 (SMT paper feeder/side feeder) Cassette 6 (side paper feeder/side large capacity feeder) Cassette 7 (side paper feeder/side large capacity feeder) Description When an optional paper feed device is not installed. 1-3-144 . Press the start key. The setting is set.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Item No. Two or more cassette can be selected.

Setting 1. by setting the number of copies that can be made before the current maintenance cycle ends. Change the setting using the +/.keys or numeric keys. Display On Off Duplex copy Simplex copy Description Initial setting: Off 3. 2. is displayed. U343 Description Switching between duplex/simplex copy mode Description Switches the initial setting between duplex and simplex copy. Purpose To be set according to frequency of use: set to the more frequently used mode. 1-3-145 . Completion Press the stop key. Setting 1. Press the start key. When the difference between the number of copies of the maintenance cycle and that of the maintenance count reaches the set value. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. Select On or Off. The setting is set.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Item No. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. is displayed. Display Cnt Description Time for maintenance due indication (Remaining number of copies that can be made before the current maintenance cycle ends) Setting range 0 to 9999 0 Initial setting 3. Press the start key. Press the start key. Purpose To change the time for maintenance due indication. 2. Press the start key. U345 Setting the value for maintenance due indication Description Sets when to display a message notifying that the time for maintenance is about to be reached. the message is displayed. Completion Press the stop key. The value is set.

Press the system menu key.1-3-147) U404 (P.0 to 10.0 to 10.0 to 10.5 mm) Figure 1-3-25 7. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No.0 3. The value is set.9 0.1 mm 0.keys or numeric keys. Press the system menu key. Change the setting value using the +/. is displayed.5 mm) Printer trailing edge margin (2.0 0. 2. Press the start key. Caution Check the copy image after the adjustment. and decreasing it makes the margin narrower. Select the item to be adjusted.0 +1.0 0. 5. If the image is still incorrect.0 to 10. Purpose Make the adjustment if margins are incorrect. U402 U403 (P.0 +1.5 mm) Printer right margin (2.0 +1. Printer leading edge margin (4. U402 Adjusting margins of image printing Description Adjusts margins for image printing. 3.0 3.0/-0. 4.1 mm 0. perform the following adjustments in maintenance mode.1-3-148) Completion Press the stop key.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Item No.0 0. Press the start key. Increasing the value makes the margin wider.0 Initial Change in setting value per step 4. Display Lead A Margin C Margin Trail Description Printer leading edge margin Printer left margin Printer right margin Printer trailing edge margin Setting range 0.0 3.1 mm 0.1 mm Description 6.0/-0.0/-0. 1-3-146 .5 ± 0. Press the start key to output a test pattern. Adjustment 1.5 mm) Printer left margin (2.

Press the start key.0 2. Change the setting value using the +/. U403 Description Adjusting margins for scanning an original on the contact glass Description Adjusts margins for scanning the original on the contact glass. Increasing the value makes the margin wider.5 mm 6. perform the following adjustments in maintenance mode.0 Initial Change in setting value per step 2.5/-2. The indication for selecting a maintenance item No.5 +1.5 mm 0.0 0.0 mm) Figure 1-3-26 7. and decreasing it makes the margin narrower. U403 U404 (P.0 mm) Scanner trailing edge margin (3.0 mm) Scanner right margin (2.1-3-148) Completion Press the stop key.5 +1. Scanner leading edge margin (3. Press the start key. Caution Check the copy image after the adjustment. 3. Display A Margin B Margin C Margin D Margin Description Scanner left margin Scanner leading edge margin Scanner right margin Scanner trailing edge margin Setting range 0.0 2.5 mm 0.0 ± 2.0 0. Purpose Make the adjustment if margins are incorrect.0 2.5/-2.0 to 10. 2.0 ± 2. Press the system menu key.5 mm) Scanner left margin (2.0 to 10. 1-3-147 .5 mm 0.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Item No. Press the system menu key. If the image is still incorrect. appears.0 0.0 0. The value is set. Select the item to be adjusted.0 to 10.0 to 10. Place an original and press the start key to make a test copy. Adjustment 1.keys or numeric keys. 5. 4.

0 2. Purpose Make the adjustment if margins are incorrect.5 mm 0.0 to 10.0 to 10.0 2.0 2.5 mm 0.0 Initial Change in setting value per step 2.0 to 10.0 2. Press the start key.0 to 10. 2.5 mm 0.0 2.0 0. U404 Description Adjusting margins for scanning an original from the DP Description Adjusts margins for scanning the original from the DP. Place an original on the DP and press the start key to make a test copy.0 0.5 mm * : Dual scan DP only 1-3-148 . ensure that the following adjustments have been made in maintenance mode U402 (P.0 2.0 0.1-3-147) U404 Adjustment 1.0 to 10.5 mm 0. 3. Display A Margin B Margin C Margin D Margin A Margin (Back) B Margin (Back) C Margin (Back) D Margin (Back) Description DP left margin DP leading edge margin DP right margin DP trailing edge margin DP left margin (second side) DP leading edge margin (second side) DP right margin (second side) DP trailing edge margin (second side) Setting range 0.0 0.0 to 10.5 mm 0.0 0.0 0. Press the system menu key.0 to 10. 5.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Item No.0 0.0 0.0 to 10.1-3-146) U403 (P. Select the item to be adjusted. 4.0 2. Press the system menu key.5 mm 0. Caution Before making this adjustment.5 mm 0.

2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Item No. Change the setting value using the cursor left/right keys or numeric keys.0 mm) DP trailing edge margin (2.0 ± 1. DP leading edge margin (3. 1-3-149 . The value is set. Increasing the value makes the margin wider.0 ± 1. U404 Description 6. Press the start key.0 mm) DP right margin (2. and decreasing it makes the margin narrower.5 mm) DP left margin (2.0 mm) Figure 1-3-27 7. Completion Press the stop key.0 ± 1. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No.0 ± 1. is displayed.

3.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Item No. Display Adj Data Description Leading edge registration for memory image printing Setting range -47 to 47 Initial Change in setting value per step 0 0. ensure that the following adjustments have been made in maintenance mode U034 (P. Place an original and press the start key to make a test copy. Completion Press the stop key.keys or numeric keys. Press the system menu key. The value is set.1-3-58) U407 Adjustment 1.1-3-53) U403 (P. 2. Purpose Make the following adjustment if there is a regular error between the leading edge of the copy image on the front face and that on the reverse face during duplex switchback copying. decrease the value. Press the start key.1 mm 5. For copy example 2. Press the start key.1-3-148) U402 (P. Original Copy example 1 Copy example 2 Figure 1-3-28 6. is displayed. 4.1-3-147) U071 (P. Caution Before making this adjustment. For copy example 1.1-3-33) U404 (P.1-3-146) U066 (P. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. 1-3-150 . U407 Description Adjusting the leading edge registration for memory image printing Description Adjusts the leading edge registration during memory copying. increase the value. Change the setting value using the +/. Press the system menu key.

2. Select [Normal Mode]. Place approximately 20 sheets of white paper on the test pattern 1 and set them. Also when an offset occurs. Adjustment is made (second time). 7. Method 1. Adjustment is made (third time). 1-3-151 . 2. Select the item. 9. error code is displayed. 8. When normally completed. Adjustment is made (first time). the setting of color table is changed to table2. Purpose Performed when the quality of reproduced halftones has dropped. 6. U410 Adjusting the halftone automatically Description Carries out processing for the data acquisition that is required in order to perform either automatic adjustment of the halftone or the ID correction operation.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Item No. [Finish] is displayed. 3. Place the output test pattern 2 as the original. Press the start key. Press the start key. Press the start key. Place the output test pattern 1 as the original. Press the start key. Also the color table is changed when an offset occurs. Press the start key. Place the output test pattern 3 as the original. 4. Display Normal Mode Single Mode Setting Table Description Executing the automatic adjustment of the halftone (continuous adjustment) Executing the automatic adjustment of the halftone (individual adjustment) Switching the color table Description Method: [Normal Mode] 1. If a problem occurs during auto adjustment. 5. Place approximately 20 sheets of white paper on the test pattern 3 and set them. 2 and 3 are outputted. Place approximately 20 sheets of white paper on the test pattern 2 and set them. A test patterns 1.

Display AM FM B/W Description Individual screen adjustment Adjustment depending on error diffusions Adjustment depending on Black and white 2. error code is displayed. 4. Press the start key. Method: [Setting Table] 1. Select the item. A test pattern is outputted. is displayed. Select the item.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Item No. When normally completed. Place approximately 20 sheets of white paper on the test pattern and set them. Place the output test pattern as the original. If a problem occurs during auto adjustment. 5. Adjustment is made. Press the start key. 3. 1-3-152 . The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. [Finish] is displayed. Press the start key. Completion Press the stop key. U410 Error codes Codes S001 S002 S003 S004 S005 SFFF Description Patch not detected Original deviation in the main scanning direction Original deviation in the auxiliary scanning direction Original inclination error Original type error Scanner other error Codes E001 E002 EFFF C001 C100 C200 CFFF Description Engine status error Engine sensor error Engine other error Controller error Adjustment value error Adjustment value error Controller other error Description Method: [Single Mode] 1. The setting is set. Display Table1 Table2 Table3 Normal color table Color tables for improving reproduction of characters at black and white printing More fidelity than Table2 Description Initial setting: Table1 2.

Select [Target]. Set a specified original (P/N: 7505000005) on the platen. Perform adjustments using a new test charrt (chart 1) when replacing ISC PWB and/or LED PWB. 2. Method 1. Display Table (Chart1) DP FaceUp (Chart1) DP FaceDown (Chart1) Table (Chart2) DP FaceUp (Chart2) DP FaceDown (Chart2) Target DP Auto Adj Description Automatic adjustment in the scanner section (chart 1) Automatic adjustment in the DP scanning section (first side) (chart 1) Automatic adjustment in the DP scanning section (second side) (chart 1) Automatic adjustment in the scanner section (chart 2) Automatic adjustment in the DP scanning section (first side) (chart 2) Automatic adjustment in the DP scanning section (second side) (chart 2) Set-up for obtaining the target value Automatic adjustment of automatic document processor using the chart printed from the machine Original to be used for adjustment (P/N) 7505000005 7505000005 7505000005 302FZ56990 302AC68243 302AC68243/ 303JX57010/ 303JX57020 Description Method: [Table (Chart1)] To manually enter the target value 1. Select the item. U411 Adjusting the scanner automatically Description Uses a specified original and automatically adjusts the following items in the scanner and the DP scanning sections. Enter the target values which are shown on the specified original (P/N: 7505000005) executing maintenance item U425. Select the item. 1-3-153 . Press the start key. 4. 2. 3. Purpose To perform automatic adjustment of various items in the scanner and the DP scanning sections. 5. Enter maintenance item U411. Select [U425] and press the start key. Select [Table (Chart1)]. 6.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Item No.

Select [DP FaceUp (Chart1)]. 2. * : When automatic adjustment has normally completed. Select [Table (Chart1)]. Auto adjustment starts. leading edge timing and center line Executing the adjustment for chromatic aberration filter Executing the adjustment for MTF filter Executing the adjustment for input gamma Executing the adjustment for matrix 7. 3. 6. U411 Description To manually enter the target value 1. Enter the target values which are shown on the specified original (P/N: 7505000005) executing maintenance item U425.A. error code is displayed and operation stops. Select the item. Set a specified original (P/N: 7505000005) on the platen. 2. leading edge timing and center line 1-3-154 . To manually enter the target value 1. determine the details of the problem and repeat the procedure from the beginning. 6. Display Input Description Executing the adjustment in the DP scanning section (first side) for magnification. Select [Auto] and press the start key. Set a specified original (P/N: 7505000005) on the DP face up. 2. Enter maintenance item U411. [OK] is displayed. If a problem occurs during auto adjustment.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Item No. 6. Select [Input]. Enter maintenance item U411. Select [DP FaceUp (Chart1)]. 5. Set a specified original (P/N: 7505000005) on the DP face up. MTF Gamma Matrix Description Executing the all scanner adjustment Executing the adjustment for LED light quantity/AGC Executing the white reference compensation coefficient Executing the adjustment for magnification. 4. 4. 4. Should this happen. Select [U425] and press the start key. Method: [DP FaceUp (Chart1)] To manually enter the target value 1. 5. Enter maintenance item U411. Press the start key. Select [Input]. 5. 3. 3. Select [Target]. Select [Auto] and press the start key. Display All LED/AGC White Input C. Select [Target]. Select [Target].

leading edge timing. * : When automatic adjustment has normally completed. error code is displayed and operation stops. Enter the target values which are shown on the specified original (P/N: 7505000005) executing maintenance item U425. Select [Target]. 1-3-155 . Select [DP FaceDown (Chart1)]. 4. 4. Select [All]. If a problem occurs during auto adjustment. Select [Auto] and press the start key. If a problem occurs during auto adjustment. 6. Should this happen. 2. Press the start key. MTF filter. determine the details of the problem and repeat the procedure from the beginning. Enter maintenance item U411. Auto adjustment starts. Set a specified original (P/N: 7505000005) on the DP face down. * : When automatic adjustment has normally completed. Display All Description Executing the adjustment in the DP scanning section (second side) for magnification. 2. 6. input gamma and matrix 7. center line. 3. Select [U425] and press the start key. [OK] is displayed. determine the details of the problem and repeat the procedure from the beginning. U411 Description 7. Select [Target]. 5. To manually enter the target value 1. [OK] is displayed. Should this happen. Auto adjustment starts. error code is displayed and operation stops. Select [All]. 5. Select [DP FaceDown (Chart1)]. Set a specified original (P/N: 7505000005) on the DP face down.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Item No. Method: [DP FaceDown (Chart1)] To manually enter the target value 1. 3. Press the start key. Enter maintenance item U411.

leading edge timing and center line Executing the adjustment for chromatic aberration filter Executing the adjustment for MTF filter Executing the adjustment for input gamma Executing the adjustment for matrix 8. 6. leading edge timing and center line 1-3-156 . 6. 5. Enter maintenance item U411.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Item No. error code is displayed and operation stops. 2. Measure the leading edge. Press the start key. Auto adjustment starts. [OK] is displayed. Select [INPUT]. Set a specified original (P/N: 302FZ56990) on the platen. Display All Input C. 2. Display Input Description Executing the adjustment in the DP scanning section (first side) for magnification. Enter the target values which are shown on the specified original (P/N: 302FZ56990) executing maintenance item U425. 5. Select [Table (Chart2)]. 5 mm 149 ± 1 mm 74 ± 1 mm Figure 1-3-29 3. Enter maintenance item U411. 4. Should this happen. Select [U425] and press the start key. U411 Description Method: [Table (Chart2)] 1. Select [DP FaceUp (Chart2)]. If a problem occurs during auto adjustment. 7. * : When automatic adjustment has normally completed. Set a specified original (P/N: 302AC68243) on the DP. Method: [DP FaceUp (Chart2)] 1. Select [U425] and press the start key. Select [Target]. 3. and auxiliary scanning of the specified original (P/ N: 302AC68243) and enter the values by executing maintenance item U425. Select the item.A. main scanning. Select [Target]. 4. determine the details of the problem and repeat the procedure from the beginning. 7. Cut the trailing edge of the original. MTF Gamma Matrix Description Executing the all scanner adjustment Executing the adjustment for magnification.

1-3-157 . [MTF/Gamma] and [Matrix] can be executed at once. 3. 2. Auto adjustment starts. When normally completed. When adjusting. 3. and then place 303JX57010 and 302AC68243 in order on the top of the original. 2. [OK] is displayed. When [ALL] is selected. input gamma and matrix Executing the adjustment in the DP scanning section (second side) for magnification. Set the original 303JX57020. Press the start key. [MTF/Gamma] 1. Set a specified original (P/N: 303JX57010) on the DP face down. If a problem occurs during auto adjustment. Method: [DP FaceDown (Chart2)] 1. Select [Input]. Press the start key. Press the start key. leading edge timing and center line Executing the adjustment in the DP scanning section (second side) for MTF filter and input gamma Executing the adjustment in the DP scanning section (second side) for matrix Original to be used for adjustment (P/N) 302AC68243/ 303JX57010/ 303JX57020 302AC68243 Input MTF/Gamma 303JX57010 Matrix 303JX57020 [Input] 1. place the three specified originals on the DP face down. leading edge timing. Should this happen. error code is displayed and operation stops. Select [MTF/Gamma]. Display All Description Executing the adjustment in the DP scanning section (second side) for magnification. 3. Select [Matrix]. [Matrix] 1. the adjustment of [Input]. [OK] is displayed. 3. * : When automatic adjustment has normally completed. Select the item. and then press the start key.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Item No. Auto adjustment starts. Set a specified original (P/N: 303JX57020) on the DP face down. center line. determine the details of the problem and repeat the procedure from the beginning. Auto adjustment starts. MTF filter. Auto adjustment starts. Press the start key. and press the start key. and press the start key. Place the specified original for acquiring matrix target data (P/N: 303JX57020) on the platen. 2. U411 Description 8. Set a specified original (P/N: 302AC6824) on the DP face down. Place the specified original for acquiring gamma target data (P/N: 303JX57010) on the platen. 2.

determine the details of the problem and repeat the procedure from the beginning. Auto adjustment of first side starts. 3. is displayed. * : When automatic adjustment has normally completed.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Item No. U411 Description * : When automatic adjustment has normally completed. Should this happen. 4. Auto adjustment of second side starts. [OK] is displayed. error code is displayed and operation stops. error code is displayed and operation stops. Should this happen. determine the details of the problem and repeat the procedure from the beginning.5 error Original error (detection of reverse original paper) Original error (page mismatch) Scanner other error Controller error Controller other error Completion Press the stop key. If a problem occurs during auto adjustment. 5. Press the start key. If a problem occurs during auto adjustment. Set the output the original for adjustment on the DP face down. Set the output the original for adjustment on the DP face up. Press the start key. 1-3-158 . Set the output the original for adjustment and press the start key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. Error Codes Codes S001 S002 S003 S004 S005 S006 S007 S008 SFFF C001 CFFF Description Black band is not detected (main scanning direction far end) Black band is not detected (main scanning direction near end) Black band is not detected (auxiliary scanning direction leading edge) Black band is not detected (auxiliary scanning direction trailing edge) Auxiliary scanning direction skew 1. [OK] is displayed. Press the start key to output the original for adjustment. Method: [DP Auto Adj] 1.5 error Main scanning direction skew 1. 2. 6.

(1st sheet) 2. Repeat steps 4 and 9. Press the start key. Press the start key. After the correction is completed. Place approximately 20 sheets of white paper on the output test pattern and place as the original. 3. Press the start key. If the correction is not completed normally. the correction starts. 13. 7. (3rd sheet) 8. Retry (1st time) 10. A test pattern is outputted with the initial light quantity setting. If a problem occurs during auto correction. U412 Adjusting the uneven density Description Adjusts the uneven developer/transfer density in the drum axis direction by scanning directly the density distribution of test pattern with the scanner and adjusting LSU light quantity. Repeat steps 4 and 9. A test pattern is outputted. Purpose To perform when replacing the drum unit or laser scanner unit. and press the start key. Method 1. Select the item. 2. 1-3-159 . A test pattern is outputted. Select [Default Value]. Place approximately 20 sheets of white paper on the output test pattern and place as the original. Retry (2nd time) 12. the correction starts. If the correction is not completed normally. error code is displayed. 11. The correction result is checked. Place approximately 20 sheets of white paper on the output test pattern and place as the original. When normally completed.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Item No. 5. [OK] is displayed. 4. Press the start key. 6. After the correction is completed. Display Normal Mode On/Off Config Description Executing the uneven density correction Uneven density correction ON/OFF setting Description Method: [Normal Mode] 1. (2nd sheet) A test pattern is outputted with light quantity setting lower than the 1st test pattern by 20%. 9. [Retry] is displayed. [Retry] is displayed. and press the start key.

2. Press the start key.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Item No. Display On Off Description Uneven density correction is enabled Uneven density correction is disabled ON is automatically set after the correction is complete. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. The setting is set. 1-3-160 . is displayed. U412 Error codes Codes S001 S002 S003 S004 S005 SFFF Description Patch not detected Original deviation in the main scanning direction Original deviation in the auxiliary scanning direction Original inclination error Original type error Scanner other error Codes E001 E002 E003 E004 EFFF C001 CFFF Description Engine status error Spotted background error Density error Uneven density error Engine other error Controller error Controller other error Description Setting: [On/Off Config] 1. Select On or Off. Completion Press the stop key.

is displayed. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. Purpose Used to make respective auto adjustments for the print engine. [OK] is displayed. 3.5 error Main scanning direction skew 1. If a problem occurs during auto adjustment. Select [Execute]. Press the start key. magnification and margin. U415 Description Adjusting the print position automatically Description Automatically adjusts timings at the print engine. Press the start key. Error Codes Codes S001 S002 S003 S004 S005 S006 S007 S008 SFFF C101 C102 C103 C104 C105 C106 C107 C108 CFFF Description Black band is not detected (main scanning direction far end) Black band is not detected (main scanning direction near end) Black band is not detected (auxiliary scanning direction leading edge) Black band is not detected (auxiliary scanning direction trailing edge) Auxiliary scanning direction skew 1. 2. 5. When normally completed. Press the start key. 1-3-161 .2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Item No. 6. Auto adjustment starts. error code is displayed. Method 1. Set the output test pattern as the original. A test pattern is outputted 4. Adjustment for leading edge timing.5 error Original error (detection of reverse original paper) Original error (page mismatch) Scanner other error Adjustment value error (main scanning direction magnification) Adjustment value error (auxiliary scanning direction magnification) Adjustment value error (leading edge timing) Adjustment value error (center line) Adjustment value error (B margin) Adjustment value error (A margin) Adjustment value error (C margin) Adjustment value error (D margin) Controller other error Completion Press the stop key. center line.

U425 Setting the target Description Enters the lab values that is indicated on the back of the chart 1 (P/N: 7505000005) or chart 2 (P/N: 302FZ56990) used for adjustment. The value is set.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Item No. Press the start key.0 to 200.keys or numeric keys. Select the chart to be used. Method 1. 1-3-162 . 2. Press the start key.0 to 100.0 Description Setting the white patch for the original for adjustment Setting the black patch for the original for adjustment Setting the Gray1 patch for the original for adjustment Setting the Gray2 patch for the original for adjustment Setting the Gray3 patch for the original for adjustment Setting the cyan patch for the original for adjustment Setting the magenta patch for the original for adjustment Setting the yellow patch for the original for adjustment Setting the red patch for the original for adjustment Setting the green patch for the original for adjustment Setting the blue patch for the original for adjustment Setting the main and auxiliary scanning directions Description Chart 1 (P/N: 7505000005) Chart 2 (P/N: 302FZ56990) Description 4. Purpose Performs data input in order to correct for differences in originals during automatic adjustment.0 -200.0 to 200. Enters the value that is indicated on the back of the chart using the +/. Display Chart1 Chart2 Method: [Chart1] 1.0 -200. Display White Black Gray1 Gray2 Gray3 C M Y R G B Adjust Original 3. Display L a b Description Setting the L value Setting the a value Setting the b value Setting range 0. 5. Select the item to be set. Press the start key. Select the item to be set.

2) Apply the following formula for the values obtained: (D/2 + E/2) 8. Measure the distance from the leading edge to the top of black belt 1 of the original at A. 5. respectively.5 mm from the left edge) and C (267 mm from the left edge). 2) Apply the following formula for the values obtained: ((A + B + C) / 3) 2.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Item No. Measure the distance from the top edge of black belt 1 to the bottom of black belt 3 of the original at D and E. Enter the values solved using the cursor left/right keys or numeric keys in [Dist1]. Measurement procedure 1) Measure the distance from the leading edge to the top of black belt 1 of the original at A (30 mm from the left edge). 30mm A 148. Press the start key. respectively. Press the start key. 7. The value is set. 1) Measure the distance from the top edge of black belt 1 to the bottom of black belt 3 of the original at D (30 mm from the left edge) and E (267 mm from the left edge).5mm Black belt 1 B 267mm C Leading edge 15mm F Black belt 2 D E Left edge [Dist1] = (A+B+C)/3 [Dist2] = F [Dist3] = D/2+E/2 COLOR SCANNER CHART A4 No. The value is set. U425 Description Setting: [Adjust Original] 1. 9. 3. Press the start key. Measurement procedure 1) Measure the distance from the left edge to the right edge black belt 2 of the original at F (15 mm from the top edge of black belt 1). Enter the values using the cursor left/right keys or numeric keys in [Dist2]. 6. B (148. B and C. 4. Enter the measured value using the cursor left/right keys or numeric keys in [Dist3]. Measure the distance from the left edge to the right edge black belt 2 of the original at F. The value is set.302K357010 Original for adjustment (P/N: 7505000005) Black belt 3 Figure 1-3-30 1-3-163 .

The value is set.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Item No. Display N850 N500 N300 C M Y R G B Adjust Original 2. Select the item.keys or numeric keys. Display CCD DP CIS Method: [CCD] 1. Select the item to be set.0 to 200.0 Description Setting the N850 patch for the original for adjustment Setting the N500 patch for the original for adjustment Setting the N300 patch for the original for adjustment Setting the cyan patch for the original for adjustment Setting the magenta patch for the original for adjustment Setting the yellow patch for the original for adjustment Setting the red patch for the original for adjustment Setting the green patch for the original for adjustment Setting the blue patch for the original for adjustment Setting the main and auxiliary scanning directions Description Entering the target values of the chart (P/N: 302FZ56990) used for adjustment Entering the measurement value of the chart (P/N: 302AC68243) used for adjustment Execution is not required Description 3. Display L a b Description Setting the L value Setting the a value Setting the b value Setting range 0. Press the start key. 2. Enters the value that is indicated on the back of the chart using the +/.0 to 100. 1-3-164 .0 -200.0 -200. 4. Select the item to be set. Press the start key. U425 Method: [Chart2] 1.0 to 200.

E (110 mm from the left edge) and F (185 mm from the left edge). 2) Apply the following formula for the values obtained: ((D + F) / 2 + E) / 2 5. respectively. 3. Press the start key.5 mm from the leading edge) and C (267 mm from the leading edge). Enter the measured value using the cursor left/right keys or numeric keys in [Lead]. 4. Measure the length (G) from the edge of the black belt (b) to edge of the black belt (c) of the original. Measurement procedure 1) Measure the distance from the edge to the black belt (a) of the original at A (30 mm from the leading edge). B (148. Press the start key. 8. The value is set. 9. 6.5 mm B 267 mm C 35 mm D Black belt (b) Black belt (c) 110 mm E G [Vertical] = ((A + C) / 2 + B) / 2 [Horizon] = ((D + F) / 2 + E) / 2 185 mm [Lead] = G F Original for adjustment (P/N: 302FZ56990) Figure 1-3-31 1-3-165 . Enter the values solved using the cursor left/right keys or numeric keys in [Vertical]. 7. Press the start key. respectively. Leading edge Left edge 30 mm A Black belt (a) 148. Measurement procedure 1) Measure the distance from the edge to the black belt (b) of the original at D (35 mm from the left edge). Enter the values solved using the cursor left/right keys or numeric keys in [Horezon]. B and C.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Item No. 2) Apply the following formula for the values obtained: ((A + C) / 2 + B) / 2 2. U425 Description Setting: [Adjust Original] 1. Measure the distance from the leading edge to the black belt (b) of the original at D. The value is set. Measure the distance from the left edge to the black belt (a) of the original at A. The value is set. E and F.

7. 4. Enter the measured value using the +/.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Item No. Enter the measured value using the +/.keys in [Lead]. B A C Original for adjustment (P/N: 302AC68243) Figure 1-3-32 Completion Press the stop key. U425 Description Setting: [DP] 1. Measure the distance from the leading edge to the black belt (inside) of the original at A. 1-3-166 .keys in [Vertical].keys in [Horizon]. 3. 6. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. The value is set. 5. 2. Measure the distance from the black belt of leading edge (inside) to the black belt of trailing edge (inside) of the original at C. Measure the distance from the left edge to the black belt (inside) of the original at B. Press the start key. is displayed. Enter the measured value using the +/.

Method 1. copying from an original is available in interrupt copying mode (which is activated by pressing the system menu key). is displayed. U429 Setting the offset for the color balance Description Displays and changes the density for each color during copying in the various image quality modes. Completion Press the stop key. Display C M Y K Description Value of the cyan setting Value of the magenta setting Value of the yellow setting Value of the black setting Setting range -5 to 5 (0 to 10*) -5 to 5 (0 to 10*) -5 to 5 (0 to 10*) -5 to 5 (0 to 10*) 0 0 0 0 Initial setting *: When selecting [Copy/Printout] Increasing the value darkens the density and decreasing it lightens the density.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Item No. 3. 2. Press the start key. Display Text+Photo Photo Photo/Printout Text Graphics/Map Copy/Printout Description Density of each color in the text & photo mode Density of each color in the photo mode Density of each color in the printed photo mode Density of each color in the text mode Density of each color in the map mode Density of each color in the printed document mode Description Setting 1. Change the setting value using the +/. Supplement While this maintenance item is being executed. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. 1-3-167 . 2.keys or numeric keys. Press the start key. The value is set. Select the item to be set. Purpose To change the balance for each color. Select the image quality mode.

Also. To perform the calibration when replacing the maintenance kit. Method 1. Press the start key. Display Permission Time Interval Mode On/Sleep Out AP/NE Leaving Time Description Setting to turn calibration on/off Setting the interval time of calibration after printing Setting the color print execution mode Setting execution parameters for calibration when powered up or reverted from auto-sleep Paper interval calibration ON/OFF setting at the time of calibration/near end after toner feed Setting the standard time for judging whether or not to carry out calibration based on the sleep time when the machine recovers from the sleep mode Setting the standard time for judging whether or not to carry out paper interval calibration based on the driving time during printing Setting the standard time for judging whether or not to carry out calibration based on the continuous print driving time during printing Setting the sensor target values for toner thick layer calibration and light amount calibration Setting the proportion of black/white printing at which black/ white calibration is executed during color printing. Also. this allows individual settings for calibration operation. Purpose To restrict calibration when poor image quality is generated. Press the start key. 1-3-168 . Executing the calibration Description Driving Time Timing Target Value Print Rate(B/W) Calib Setting: [Permission] 1.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Item No. this allows individual settings for calibration depending on the user preferences. Select On or Off. The setting is set. U464 Setting the ID correction operation Description Turns ID correction (calibration) on or off. 2. Display On Off Description Turns calibration ON Turns calibration OFF Initial setting: On 2. Select the item to be set.

Select On or Off. Select the item. Press the start key. Press the start key. 1-3-169 . Setting: [Mode] 1. U464 Description Setting: [Time Interval] 1. The setting is set. The setting is set. The setting is set. Display Short Normal Long Custom Auto Description Setting the color print execution mode: short Setting the color print execution mode: normal Setting the color print execution mode: long Setting the color print execution mode: custom Setting the color print execution mode: auto Initial setting: 2. Press the start key. Select On or Off. Display On Off Description Executes calibration if fuser temperature is less than 50°C/ 122°F at power-up or recovery from auto sleep mode Executes calibration regardless of fuser temperature at powerup or recovery from auto sleep mode Initial setting: On 2. Setting: [AP/NE] 1. The value is set.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Item No. Setting: [On/Sleep Out] 1. Display Time(sec) Description Setting the interval time of calibration Setting range 0 to 9999 (s) Initial setting 480 2. Press the start key. Change the setting value using the +/.keys or numeric keys. Display On Off Description Paper interval calibration at the time of calibration/near end after toner feed is carried out Paper interval calibration at the time of calibration/near end after toner feed is not carried out Initial setting: On 2.

Setting: [Driving Time] 1. Display Time(sec) Description Setting the drive standard time Setting range 300 to 3000 (s) Initial setting 600 2. The value is set. The value is set. 2.keys.300 to 3600 (s) tinuous print 2.keys. The value is set. Press the start key.keys or numeric keys. Display Time(min) Description Setting the standard time of sleep mode Setting range 0 to 480 (min) Initial setting 60 2. Select the item. Press the start key.keys or numeric keys. Change the setting value using the +/. Change the setting value using the +/. Press the start key. Change the setting value using the +/. Change the setting value using the +/.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Item No. Display Time(sec) Description Setting range Initial setting 1800 Setting the drive standard time of con. 1-3-170 . Setting: [Target Value] 1. The value is set. Press the start key. Setting: [Timing] 1. Display Thickness(C) Thickness(M) Thickness(Y) Thickness(K) Gamma(C) Gamma(M) Gamma(Y) Gamma(K) Description Toner thick layer calibration (cyan) Toner thick layer calibration (magenta) Toner thick layer calibration (yellow) Bias for addition in toner thick layer calibration (black) Light amount calibration (cyan) Light amount calibration (magenta) Light amount calibration (yellow) Light amount calibration (black) Setting range 0 to 1000 0 to 1000 0 to 1000 -100 to +100 0 to 500 0 to 500 0 to 500 0 to 500 Initial setting 500 500 500 10 300 300 300 300 3. U464 Description Setting: [Leaving Time] 1.

U465 Data reference for ID correction Description References the data related to ID correction. Select [TCOUNT]. is displayed. Display Threshold Description Proportion of black/white printing Setting range 0 to 100 (%) Initial setting 50 2. Display TCONT Laser Power Bias Calib T7 CTD Description Developer bias control value after ID correction Scaling factor to the value determined in light amount calibration Sensor value for toner thick layer calibration T7 control value Displaying: [TCOUNT] 1. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. Completion Press the stop key. U464 Description Setting: [Print Rate(B/W)] 1. Press the start key. Press the start key. Method 1.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Item No. Change the setting value using the +/. Select [Execute]. Press the start key.keys or numeric keys. Display Before(C) Before(M) Before(Y) Before(Y) After(C) After(M) After(Y) After(K) Description Developer bias control value for cyan before ID correction Developer bias control value for magenta before ID correction Developer bias control value for yellow before ID correction Developer bias control value for black before ID correction Developer bias control value for cyan after ID correction Developer bias control value for magenta after ID correction Developer bias control value for yellow after ID correction Developer bias control value for black after ID correction 1-3-171 . 2. 2. Select the item to be reference. Method: [Calib] 1. Purpose To check the corresponding data. The current value is displayed. The value is set. Calibration is executed.

Display C M Y K Description Scaling factor to the value determined in light amount calibration (cyan) Scaling factor to the value determined in light amount calibration (magenta) Scaling factor to the value determined in light amount calibration (yellow) Scaling factor to the value determined in light amount calibration (black) Displaying: [Bias Calib] 1. The current value is displayed. The current value is displayed. is displayed.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Item No. U465 Description Displaying: [Laser Power] 1. Display C M Y K Description Sensor value for toner thick layer calibration (cyan) Sensor value for toner thick layer calibration (magenta) Sensor value for toner thick layer calibration (yellow) Sensor value for toner thick layer calibration (black) Displaying: [T7 CTD] 1. Select [Laser Power]. Display C M Y K T7 control value (cyan) T7 control value (magenta) T7 control value (yellow) T7 control value (black) Description Completion Press the stop key. Select [Bias Calib]. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. The current value is displayed. Select [T7 CTD]. 1-3-172 .

Initial setting: On 2. Display Timing Description Conditions for execution depending on the LSU temperature variation Setting range 2 to 10 Initial setting 10 2. Purpose If color variance is uneven due to a sensor failure. Display Color Regist Belt Speed Timing Description Setting the color registration correction operation Setting the transfer belt speed correction operation After the previous correction is executed. Select On or Off. Press the start key.. Initial setting: On 2. Method 1. 2. The value is set. Setting: [Timing] 1. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. The setting is set. etc. Press the start key. Select On or Off. Press the start key. Disables the transfer belt speed correction operation.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Item No. Setting: [Color Regist] 1. Display On Off Description Enables the transfer belt speed correction operation. Completion Press the stop key. Change the setting value using the +/. U467 Description Setting the color registration adjustment Description Sets the color registration adjustment and transfer belt speed correction. Display On Off Description Enables the color registration correction operation. Select the item to be set. determines the conditions by which color registration correction is executed depending on the LSU temperature. Setting: [Belt Speed] 1. turn this off and temporarily make a manual adjustment. is displayed. 1-3-173 . Press the start key. color registration is compensated as the LSU temperature varies by the value determined. Disables the color registration correction operation. The setting is set. Also.keys or numeric keys.

U468 Checking the color registration data Description Displays the color registration correction data and transfer belt speed correction data. Display Horizon Vertical Magnification Description Auto color registration adjustment value of the main scanning direction Auto color registration adjustment value of the auxiliary scanning direction Auto color registration adjustment value of the magnification Displaying: [Manual(C)/Manual(M)/Manual(Y)] 1. Select [V Correction]. Method 1.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Item No. The current value is displayed. [Manual((M)] or [Manual((Y)]. Select [Auto(C)]. The current value is displayed. Select [Manual(C)]. Select the item to be reference. Display Horizon Vertical Magnification Description Manual color registration adjustment value of the main scanning direction Manual color registration adjustment value of the auxiliary scanning direction Manual color registration adjustment value of the magnification 1-3-174 . Purpose To check the corresponding data. 2. The current value is displayed. [Auto(M)] or [Auto(Y)]. Press the start key. Display V Correction Auto(C) Auto(M) Auto(Y) Manual(C) Manual(M) Manual(Y) Description Display the transfer speed adjustment value Display the auto color registration adjustment value for cyan Display the auto color registration adjustment value for magenta Display the auto color registration adjustment value for yellow Display the manual color registration adjustment value for cyan Display the manual color registration adjustment value for magenta Display the manual color registration adjustment value for yellow Description Displaying: [V Correction] 1. Display Speed Status transfer speed transfer speed adjustment value Description Displaying: [Auto(C)/Auto(M)/Auto(Y)] 1.

[OK] is displayed. 2. error code is displayed.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Item No. Display Auto Manual Belt Initialize Description Executing the auto color registration correction Executing the manual color registration correction Executing the transfer belt speed correction U469 Method: [Auto] 1. Press the start key. Purpose To perform when replacing the maintenance kit or laser scanner unit. Press the start key. A chart for adjustment is outputted. 6. Select [Execute]. Color registration correction starts. 4. Press the start key. Select [Print]. Method 1. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. 3. When normally completed. 5. Select the item. is displayed. Set the output chart for adjustment as the original. U468 Description Completion Press the stop key. If a problem occurs during auto adjustment. Chart for adjustment Figure 1-3-33 1-3-175 . 2. Adjusting the color registration Description Performs the color registration correction and transfer belt speed correction.

3. Press the start key after all values have been entered. 2. Color registration correction starts. enter B as a value. 7. Select [Regist]. The value is set. The scale must be corresponding within the range of "A" from "1". Verify that each scale is within the range of 1to A. Print a chart for adjustment. 6. 8. Figure 1-3-35 1-3-176 . Press the start key. Chart for adjustment Figure 1-3-34 (example) When a red bar exactly coincides with B. 4. Read figures at MH-1 to 7/CH-1 to 7/YH-1 to 7 and MV-3/CV-3/YV-3 of the reference chart and enter the figure marked at the scale which the BK fine line is in line with the M/C/Y fine lines.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Item No. U469 Error codes Codes S001 S002 S003 Description Patch not detected Original deviation in the main scanning direction Original deviation in the auxiliary scanning direction Codes S004 S005 SFFF CFFF Description Original inclination error Original type error Scanner other error Controller other error Description Method: [Manual] 1. 5. A chart for adjustment is outputted. Press the start key. Select [Print]. using the # key or * key.

Display Execute Cycle Description Executing the cleaning operation Setting the cleaning cycle Method: [Execute] 1. is displayed. Setting: [Cycle] 1. Also. U469 Description Method: [Belt Initialize] 1. Completion Press the stop key. Press the start key. U474 Checking LSU cleaning operation Description Provides cleaning LSU by means of the LSU cleaning motor. Transfer belt speed correction starts. The value is set. Press the start key. Press the start key. Completion Press the stop key. 2. 1-3-177 .keys. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. Select [Execute]. 2. Cleaning the LSU slit glass. Change the setting value using +/. Select the item. Press the start key. is displayed. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Item No. the cleaning cycle can be adjusted. Method 1. 2. Display Cycle Description Cleaning cycle Setting range 0 to 5000 Initial setting 1000 The setting can be changed by 1000 per step.

The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. is displayed. Also. Detection PDF Rotation Description Confidential document guard detection level Processing the rotation of PDF images Description Setting: [Conf. Press the start key. Display Conf. Detection Description Confidential document guard detection level Setting range 1 to 5 1 Initial setting A smaller value raises the detection sensitivity but increases the possibility of false detection. Doc.keys or numeric keys. Change the setting value using +/. Doc. Change the setting value using +/. Press the start key.keys or numeric keys. 2. A larger value lowers the detection sensitivity but decreases the possibility of false detection. Setting: [PDF Rotation] 1. Detection] 1. Display 0 1 Description Assigns the image rotation with the internal parameter Assigns the image rotation with the actual image Initial setting: 0 2. U485 Setting the image processing mode Description Sets the detection level for scanning printed matter outputted with the confidential document guard function. changes the process of how PDF images are rotated.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Item No. Also. The value is set. Completion Press the stop key. Press the start key. Doc. Purpose To change the detection level when the confidential document guard is not printed well for detection in scanning. Display Conf. 2. Select the item. The value is set. 1-3-178 . Method 1. sets the process PDF images are rotated.

2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Item No. 2. Select the mode. Completion Press the stop key. is displayed. Press the start key. select Mode3. Press the start key. selecting Mode3 will increase the maintenance count for cyan. Setting 1. magenta. U486 Description Setting color/black and white operation mode Description When color and B/W documents are mixed. However. sets operation mode after a color document is detected. The setting is set. Display Mode1 Description Line speed: Color and B/W line speed is switched according to each original Controlling developer motor MCY: Color and B/W mode is switched according to each original Line speed: Fixed at color line speed Controlling developer motor MCY: Color and B/W mode is switched according to each original Line speed: Fixed at color line speed on and after a color original Controlling developer motor MCY: Fixed at color mode on and after a color original Automatic selection of Mode1 to 3 depending on the using pattern Mode2 Mode3 Auto Initial setting: Mode2 3. and yellow color developer units even when there is a B/W original after a color original. Purpose To ensure productivity when copying color and B/W documents in ACS mode. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. 1-3-179 .

2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Item No. Press the start key. 3. Select the counts for all and press [Clear]. Press the start key. 2. [Cassette3]. The counts by paper feed locations are displayed. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. 1-3-180 . Also to clear the counts after replacing the consumable parts. [Cassette4]. Completion Press the stop key. Select the counts to be cleared. is displayed. Method 1. Clearing 1. Purpose To check the time to replace consumable parts. Display MPT Cassette1 Cassette2 Cassette3 Cassette4 Cassette5 Cassette6 Cassette7 Duplex MP tray Cassette 1 Cassette 2 Cassette 3 (paper feeder/large capacity feeder) Cassette 4 (paper feeder/large capacity feeder) Cassette 5 (SMT paper feeder/side feeder) Cassette 6 (side paper feeder/side large capacity feeder) Cassette 7 (side paper feeder/side large capacity feeder) Duplex unit Description * : When an optional paper feed device is not installed. the corresponding count is not displayed. [Cassette5]. U901 Description Checking copy counts by paper feed locations Description Displays or clears paper feed counts by paper feed locations. [Cassette6] and [Cassette7] cannot be cleared. The counts is cleared.

2. The count of jam code by type is displayed. Select [Cnt]. 2. Method 1. Select the item. U903 Description Checking/clearing the paper jam counts Description Displays or clears the jam counts by jam locations. 4. The individual counter cannot be cleared. The total number of jam count cannot be cleared. The total number of jam code by type is displayed. Also to clear the jam counts after replacing consumable parts. Change the screen using the cursor up/down keys. 2. Press the start key. Press the start key. Codes for which the count value is 0 are not displayed. Method: [Total Cnt] 1. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. Change the screen using the cursor up/down keys. is displayed. Select [Total Cnt]. Select the count value for jam code and press [Clear]. 3. Completion Press the stop key. Purpose To check the paper jam status.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Item No. 1-3-181 . Display Cnt Total Cnt Description Displays/clears the jam counts Displays the total jam counts Method: [Cnt] 1. The counter value is cleared.

Select [Total Cnt]. Display Cnt Total Cnt Description Displays/clears the call for service counts Displays the total call for service counts Method: [Cnt] 1. 3. The count for service call detection by type is displayed. U904 Description Checking/clearing the call for service counts Description Displays or clears the service call code counts by types. Codes for which the count value is 0 are not displayed. 4. is displayed. Select the count value for service call code and press [Clear]. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. Select the item. The total number of service call count cannot be cleared. Change the screen using the cursor up/down keys. Completion Press the stop key. The individual counter cannot be cleared.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Item No. Press the start key. Purpose To check the service call code status by types. Select [Cnt]. The counter value is cleared. Method 1. 1-3-182 . Press the start key. 2. Change the screen using the cursor up/down keys. Method: [Total Cnt] 1. The total number of service call counts by type is displayed. 2. Also to clear the service call code counts after replacing consumable parts. 2.

Display DP DF Method: [DP] Display ADP RADP CIS Method: [DF] Display Sorter Staple Punch Stack* Saddle* Fold* Three Fold* Description No. of double-sided originals that has passed through the DP No. 2. U905 Checking counts by optional devices Description Displays the counts of DP. of dual scan originals that has passed through the DP Counts of DP Counts of 1000-sheet or 4000-sheet finisher Description Description * : 4000-sheet finisher only Completion Press the stop key. of copies that has passed Frequency the stapler has been activated Frequency the punch has been activated Frequency the stacker has been activated Frequency the saddle eject has been activated Frequency the center folding has been activated Frequency the tri-folding has been activated Description No. Select the device. Purpose To check the use of DP. is displayed. 1000-sheet or 4000-sheet finisher. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. the count of which is to be checked. Method 1. 1000-sheet or 4000-sheet finisher. The count of the selected device is displayed. 1-3-183 . of single-sided originals that has passed through the DP No. Press the start key.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Item No.

Method 1. 3. Press the start key. Method 1.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Item No. is displayed. 2. is displayed. Completion Press the stop key. Press the start key. Allow more than 5 seconds between Off and On. Press the start key. Select [Execute]. Turn the main power switch off and on. U910 Clearing the print coverage data Description Clears the accumulated data for the print coverage per A4 size paper. 2. U906 Resetting partial operation control Description Resets the service call code for partial operation control. U908 Checking the total counter value Description Displays the total counter value. 3. Press [Execute]. The total count value is displayed. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. Purpose To be reset after partial operation is performed due to problems in the cassettes or other sections. Purpose To clear data as required at times such as during maintenance service. The print coverage data is cleared. Press the start key. Press the start key to reset partial operation control. Method 1. Description 1-3-184 . Completion Press the stop key. 4. and the related parts are serviced. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. Purpose To check the total counter value.

The counts is cleared. Press the start key. 1-3-185 .2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Item No. is displayed. Display (metric) A3 B4 A4 B5 A5 Folio ETC Description Paper feed counts for A3 Paper feed counts for B4 Paper feed counts for A4 Paper feed counts for B5 Paper feed counts for A5 Paper feed counts for Folio Paper feed counts for other size ETC Display (inch) Ledger Legal Letter Statement Description Paper feed counts for Ledger Paper feed counts for Legal Paper feed counts for Letter Paper feed counts for Statement Paper feed counts for other size Description Clearing 1. U911 Checking copy counts by paper sizes Description Displays the paper feed counts by paper sizes. Press the start key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. 2. The screen for the paper feed counts by paper size is displayed. Select the paper size of counts to be cleared. Completion Press the stop key. Method 1. Purpose To check the counts after replacing consumable parts.

data other than those assigned are also retrieved or written in. 1-3-186 . 7. Press the power key on the operation panel. 9. 5. Press the start key. 8. Enter maintenance item U917. 3. switch off the main power switch. Turn the main power switch on. the operation is canceled and an error code is displayed. Wait for 10 seconds to allow the machine to recognize the USB memory. Purpose To store and write data when replacing the HDD.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Item No. [Finish] is displayed. Turn the main power switch off and on after completing writing when selecting [Import]. Method 1. Display Address Book Job Account One Touch User Program Shortcut Document Box Fax Forward Description Address book Job accounting Information on one-touch key User managements Program information Shortcut information Document box information FAX transfer information Address book Job accounting Job accountings and user managements Job accountings. Display Import Export 6. user managements and document box information Job accountings and user managements Job accountings. When normally completed. or writes the data from the USB memory to the machine. U917 Setting backup data reading/writing Description Retrieves the backup data to a USB memory from the machine. user managements and document box information Depending data Description Writing data from the USB memory to the machine Retrieving from the machine to a USB memory Description * : Since data are dependent with each other. Select [Import] or [Export]. and after verifying the power indicator has gone off. 2. The progress of selected item is displayed in %. When an error occurs. Insert USB memory in USB memory slot. 4. Starts reading or writing. Select the item.

U917 Description Error Codes Codes e002 e003 e004 e005 e006 e010 e011 e012 e013 e014 e015 e016 e017 e110 e111 e112 e113 e114 e115 e210 e211 e212 e310 e311 e312 e313 e314 e315 e316 e317 e318 e319 e31a e31b e31c e31d Description Parameter error File write error File initialization error File error Processing error Address book clear error (contact) Address book open error (contact) Address book list error (contact) Address book list error (contact) Address book clear error (group) Address book open error (group) Address book list error (group) Address book list error (group) Job accounting clear error Job accounting open error Job accounting open error Job accounting error in writing Job accounting list error Job accounting list error One-touch open error One-touch list error One-touch list error User managements backup error User managements clear error User managements open error User managements open error User managements open error User managements error in writing User managements list error User managements list error User managements list error User managements list error User managements open error User managements error User managements error User managements open error Codes e31e e31f e320 e321 e322 e324 e325 e410 e411 e412 e413 e414 e415 e416 e417 e418 e419 e41a e41b e41c e510 e511 e610 e611 e710 e711 e712 e713 e714 e715 e716 e717 e718 e910 e911 e912 Description User managements error User managements open error User managements error User managements open error User managements list error Shortcut open error Shortcut list error Box file open error Box error in writing Box error in reading Box list error Box list error Box error Box error Box open error Box close error Box creation error Box creation error Box deletion error Box movement error Program error in writing Program error in reading Shortcut error in writing Shortcut error in reading Fax memory open error Fax memory initialization error Fax memory list error Fax memory error Fax memory error Fax memory mode error Fax memory error Fax memory error Fax memory mode error File reading error File writing error Data mismatch 1-3-187 .2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Item No.

is displayed. U917 Description Error Codes Codes e913 e914 e915 e916 e917 e918 d000 d001 d002 d003 d004 d005 d006 d007 Description Log file open error Log file error in writing Directory open error Directory error in reading Synchronization error Synchronization error Unspecified error HDD unavailable USB memory is not inserted File for writing is not found in the USB File for reading is not found in the HDD USB error in writing USB error in reading USB unmount error Codes d008 d009 d00a d00b d00c d00d d00e d00f d010 d011 d012 d013 d014 d015 Description File rename error File open error File close error File reading error File writing error File copy error File compressed error File decompressed error Directory open error Directory creation error File writing error File reading error File deletion error File copy error to the USB Completion Press the stop key.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Item No. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. 1-3-188 .

Press the start key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. Supplement The total account counter and the machine life counter can be cleared only once if all count values are 1000 or less. Method 1. 1-3-189 . The screen for selecting a maintenance item No.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Item No. Method 1. Completion Press the stop key. 3. U920 Checking the copy counts Description Checks the copy counts. is displayed. 2. All copy counts and machine life counts are cleared. Display Color Copy(H) Color Copy(M) Color Copy(L) Mono Color Copy B/W Copy Color Prn(H) Color Prn(M) Color Prn(L) B/W Prn B/W Fax Description Count value of full color copy (coverage: high) Count value of full color copy (coverage: middle) Count value of full color copy (coverage: low) Count value of single color copy Count value of black/white copy Count value of full color print (coverage: high) Count value of full color print (coverage: middle) Count value of full color print (coverage: low) Count value of black/white print Count value of black/white FAX Description Completion Press the stop key. Purpose To check the copy counts. Press the start key. The current counts are displayed. U927 Clearing the all copy counts and machine life counts (one time only) Description Resets all of the counts back to zero. is displayed. Select [Execute]. Press the start key.

Display Cnt Machine life counts Description Description Completion Press the stop key. Press the start key. To clear the counter value when replacing the charger roller unit. U930 Checking/clearing the charger roller count Description Displays the counts of the charger roller counter for checking or clearing. 1-3-190 . The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. Display C M Y K Description Count value of cyan charger roller Count value of magenta charger roller Count value of yellow charger roller Count value of black charger roller Clearing 1. Completion Press the stop key. Select the counts to be cleared. The current counts of the charger roller count for each color is displayed. Purpose To check the count after replacement of the charger roller unit. The current machine life counts is displayed. 3. Purpose To check the machine life counts. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. is displayed. Method 1. Press the start key. 2. is displayed. Press the start key. The counts is cleared. Select the counts for all and press [Clear]. U928 Checking machine life counts Description Displays the machine life counts. Method 1.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Item No.

1-3-191 . 7. 3. 2. Press the system menu key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No.31 mm 0. Place an original on the DP and press the start key to make a test copy. 4. the smaller the deflection. increase the setting value. Press the start key.l Display Front Back Description Deflection of single-sided original Deflection of double-sided original Setting range -31 to 31 -31 to 31 Initial Change in setting value per step 0 0 0. 5. If an original non-feed jam or oblique feed occurs. Select the item to be adjusted. U942 Description Setting of deflection for feeding from DP Description Adjusts the deflection generated when the document processor is used. is displayed. Purpose Use this mode if an original non-feed jam. The value is set. the smaller the value. If wrinkling of original occurs. Completion Press the stop key. oblique feed or wrinkling of original occurs when the document processor is used. the larger the deflection. Change the setting value using the +/. 6. decrease the value. Press the system menu key.31 mm * : The greater the value.keys or numeric keys.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Item No. Setting 1. Press the start key.

Method: [Entry] 1. 2. 2. Display Data1 . Press the start key. into a workflow. Select [Execute]. Executes maintenance modes defined in a workflow in sccession. Purpose This allows maintenance mode to be preset as a template. U952 Maintenance mode workflow Description The maintenance modes configured in the machine or a USB flash device as a workflow must be executed in succession. 5. Executes maintenance modes defined in a workflow in sccession. Display Continue Execute(USB) Execute Entry(USB) Entry Log Method: [Execute] 1. 2. Select the area to store workflow. Select the workflow. Press the start key. Display Flow1 . Display Data1 . Press the +/. Select the item. 1-3-192 . Press the start key.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Item No. Select [Entry].6 Description The area to store workflows in the machine Description Restarting an abandoned workflow Executes a workflow housed in a USB flash device Executes a worlflow stored in the machine Exports a workflow housed in a USB flash device to the machine Assigns a workflow in the machine manually Displays a list of workflows recently executed Description 3. Press the start key. 4.keys or numeric keys to assign a maintenance Nbr. Setting 1.6 Description The area to store workflows in the machine 3. The setting is set.14 Description Assign a maintenance Nbr.

and after verifying the main power indicator has gone off. Press the start key. Select the workflow. Press the power key on the operation panel.07 Description Workflow data in the USB flash device 7. 4. Display Data1 . 2. Insert USB memory in USB memory slot. Press the power key on the operation panel. Select the workflow. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. 2. is displayed. Select [Execute]. Turn the main power switch on. Enter maintenance item U952.6 Description The area to store workflows in the machine 8. Insert USB memory in USB memory slot. Select [Execute(USB)].2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Item No. Completion Press the stop key. switch off the main power switch. 1-3-193 . Exports a workflow housed in a USB flash device to the machine. Display WorkFlowData01 . Select the work flow save area.07 Description Workflow data in the USB flash device 7. and after verifying the main power indicator has gone off. switch off the main power switch. 5. 3. 5. Executes maintenance modes defined in a workflow in sccession. Select [Entry(USB)]. Method: [Entry(USB)] 1. 6. Display WorkFlowData01 . 3. 4. 6. U952 Description Method: [Execute(USB)] 1. Turn the main power switch on. Enter maintenance item U952.

Insert USB memory in USB memory slot. Purpose To transfer a log file saved on the HDD to a USB memory as a means of investigating malfunctions. Method 1. 3. 7. and after verifying the main power indicator has gone off. Allow more than 5 seconds between Off and On. 2. Enter maintenance item U964. error code is displayed. 4. Purpose To check the toner area code. 6. Turn the main power switch off and on. is displayed. Turn the main power switch on. Starts sending the log file saved on the HDD to the USB memory. 1-3-194 . Press the start key. Completion Press the stop/clear key. switch off the main power switch. U964 Checking of log Description Sends a log file saved on the HDD to a USB memory. 5. The toner area code is displayed. Press the start key. Select [Execute].2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Item No. If a problem occurs during auto correction. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. Press the power key on the operation panel. Method 1. Error codes Display No Usb Storage No File Mount Error File Delete Error Copy Error Unmount Error Other Error File is not found USB memory mount error File deletion error File copy error USB memory unmount error Other error Description USB memory is not inserted Description U969 Checking of toner area code Description Displays the toner area code.

7. 4. Enter maintenance item U977. Select [Execute]. Send the print data to the machine. 1-3-195 . The developer unit number for each color is displayed. U984 Checking the developer unit number Description Displays the developer unit number. and after verifying the main power indicator has gone off. Display C M Y K Description Cyan developer unit number Magenta developer unit number Yellow developer unit number Black developer unit number Description Completion Press the stop key. [Finish] will be displayed. Completion Press the stop key. Method 1. Purpose To check the developer unit number. Purpose In case to occur the error at printing. is displayed. U977 Data capture mode Description Store the print data sent to the machine into USB memory. switch off the main power switch. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. 2. 6. Press the start key. 3. check the print data sent to the machine. Press the power key on the operation panel. Once the print data is stored into USB memory. Turn the main power switch on. is displayed. Method 1. 5.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Item No. Insert USB memory in USB memory slot. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. Press the start key.

3 Description Historical records of the machine number Historical records of developer counter Completion Press the stop key. 2. Purpose To check the count value of machine number and the developer counter. the control information in the hard disk drive may be damaged. the execution result is displayed. 4. Select the color to check. Turn the main power switch off and on. Method 1. U985 Displaying the developer unit history Description Displays the past record of machine number and the developer counter. Display C M Y K Description Cyan developer unit past record Magenta developer unit past record Yellow developer unit past record Black developer unit past record Description The history of a machine number and a developer counter for each color is displayed by three cases. 1-3-196 . 2. Press the start key. Purpose If power is turned off while accessing to the hard disk is performed. Press the start key.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Item No. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No.3 Cnt History1 . Press the start key. U989 HDD Scandisk Description Restores data in the hard disk by scanning the disk. Display Machine History1 . Method 1. Select [Execute]. 3. Use this mode to restore the data. When scanning of the disk is complete. Allow more than 5 seconds between Off and On. is displayed.

U991 Checking the scanner operation count Description Displays the scanner operation count. The current operation counts is displayed. Purpose To check duration of use of the CIS. Display CIS Description The accumulated time for the CIS to light Completion Press the stop key. Press the start key. U990 Description Checking the time for the exposure lamp to light Description Displays the accumulated time for the CIS to light. item is displayed. Purpose To check the status of use of the scanner. Press the start key. Method 1. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. Display Copy Scan Fax Scan Other Scan Description Scanner operation counts for copying Scanner operation counts for fax Scanner operation counts except for copying Completion Press the stop key. The accumulated time for the CIS to light is displayed in minutes. Method 1. 1-3-197 . is displayed. The screen for selecting a maintenance No.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Item No.

1-3-198 .2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC This page is intentionally left blank.

Misfeed in document finisher (option) L. Misfeed in job separator (option) J. Misfeed in bridge unit (option) K. Misfeed in cassette 5 (option) M. paper conveying cover or PF paper conveying cover F. Misfeed in cassette 2 C. pull out the cassette. Misfeed in the duplex section G. Misfeed in cassette 6 or 7 (option) 1-4-1 . Misfeed in paper conveying unit. Misfeed in cassette 3 or 4 (option) D. Misfeed in cassette 1 B. Misfeed in the MP tray E. Misfeed in the fuser section H. K H K K K K K J I G G E F D A E B C E C L M L L M M M I C K K Figure 1-4-1 Paper misfeed indication A. Misfeed in document processor (option) I. the machine immediately stops printing and displays the paper misfeed message on the operation panel. open the paper conveying unit or paper conveying cover. To remove paper misfed in the machine.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC 1-4-1 Paper misfeed detection 1-4 Troubleshooting (1) Paper misfeed indication When a paper misfeed occurs.

2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC (2) Paper misfeed detection condition Machine SBS EFS DUS1 FUES LPS DUS2 RS MS FS1 PCS1 FS2 MPFS PCS2 Figure 1-4-2 Paper jam location 1-4-2 .

Option package won’t become ready. Activation of the registration sensor (on/off) is undetected for 90 s during printing. The paper conveying cover is opened during printing. The front cover is opened during printing. Paper feeding request for duplex printing given by the controller is unreachable.The image-sustaining package won’t become ing package to become ready ready. The bridge cover is opened during printing. Waiting for the image-sustain. The controller issued the duplex section a request for more pages than the duplex print cycle contains. The paper conveying unit is opened during printing. A sequence error has caused. Secondary paper feed request Secondary paper feed request given by the contime out troller is unreachable. Fuser package won’t become ready. 0121 F 0131 0200 0210 0211 D E E *: Refer to figure 1-4-1 for paper misfeed indication (see page 1-4-1). Waiting for conveying package to become ready Registration sensor not detected Paper feeding request for duplex printing time out Waiting for fuser package to become ready Waiting for option package to become ready Paper conveying unit open Front cover open Duplex cover open Paper conveying cover open Bridge cover open Bridge eject cover open Receiving a duplex paper feeding request while paper is empty Exceeding number of duplex pages circulated MP lift sensor upper limit detection Machine sequence error PF paper conveying cover open Paper conveying cover open Conveying package won’t become ready. The PF paper conveying cover is opened during printing. Toner package won’t become ready. The paper conveying cover is opened during printing. The duplex cover is opened during printing. The bridge eject cover is opened during printing.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Jam location* E F E J J F Code 0000 0100 0101 0102 0103 0104 0105 0106 0107 0108 0110 0111 0112 0113 0114 0115 0120 Initial jam Contents Conditions The power is turned on when a sensor in the conveying system is on. MP lift sensor 1 (DPLS1) does not turn on within specified time of the MP lift plate rising. 1-4-3 . Waiting for process package to become ready Waiting for toner package to become ready Process package won’t become ready. Paper feed request was received from the duplex section despite the absence of paper in the duplex section.

PF feed sensor 1 (PFFS1) does not turn off during paper feed from cassette 3 (paper feeder). No paper feed from cassette 1 Feed sensor 1 (FS1) does not turn on during paper feed from cassette 1. The PF paper conveying cover (side) is opened during printing. Feed sensor 2 (FS2) does not turn off during paper feed from cassette 2. No paper feed from cassette 5 SMT feed sensor (SMTFS) does not turn on during paper feed from cassette 5 (SMT paper feeder). No paper feed from cassette 3 PF feed sensor 1 (PFFS1) does not turn on during paper feed from cassette 3 (paper feeder). No paper feed from cassette 7 PF feed sensor 2 (PFFS2) does not turn on during paper feed from cassette 7 (side paper feeder). No paper feed from cassette 4 PF feed sensor 2 (PFFS2) does not turn on during paper feed from cassette 4 (paper feeder). Feed sensor 1 (FS1) does not turn off during paper feed from cassette 1. No paper feed from cassette 6 PF feed sensor 1 (PFFS1) does not turn on during paper feed from cassette 6 (side paper feeder). The SMT paper conveying cover is opened during printing. MP feed sensor (MPFS) does not turn on during paper feed from MP tray.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Jam location* L M L A B C C L Code 0212 0213 0214 0501 0502 0503 0504 0505 Contents SMT top cover open PF paper conveying cover (side) open SMT paper conveying cover open Conditions The SMT top cover is opened during printing. No paper feed from duplex section No paper feed from MP tray Multiple sheets in cassette 1 Multiple sheets in cassette 2 Multiple sheets in cassette 3 Multiple sheets in cassette 4 Multiple sheets in cassette 5 Registration sensor (RS) does not turn on during paper feed from duplex section. 1-4-4 . SMT feed sensor (SMTFS) does not turn off during paper feed from cassette 5 (SMT paper feeder). 0506 M 0507 M 0508 0509 0511 0512 0513 0514 0515 F D A B C C L 0516 Multiple sheets in cassette 6 M *: Refer to figure 1-4-1 for paper misfeed indication (see page 1-4-1). PF feed sensor 2 (PFFS2) does not turn off during paper feed from cassette 4 (paper feeder). No paper feed from cassette 2 Feed sensor 2 (FS2) does not turn on during paper feed from cassette 2. PF feed sensor 1 (PFFS1) does not turn off during paper feed from cassette 6 (side paper feeder).

PF feed sensor 2 (PFFS2) does not turn off during paper feed from cassette 4 (large capacity feeder). PF feed sensor 1 (PFFS1) does not turn off during paper feed from cassette 6 (side large capacity feeder). Registration sensor (RS) does not turn off during paper feed from duplex section. 1-4-5 . SMT feed sensor (SMTFS) does not turn off during paper feed from cassette 5 (SMT paper feeder). No paper feed from cassette 5 SMT feed sensor (SMTFS) does not turn on during paper feed from cassette 5 (SMT paper feeder).2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Jam location* M Code 0517 Contents Multiple sheets in cassette 7 Conditions PF feed sensor 2 (PFFS2) does not turn off during paper feed from cassette 7 (side paper feeder). 0518 0519 0523 Multiple sheets in duplex section Multiple sheets in MP tray F D C No paper feed from cassette 3 PF feed sensor 1 (PFFS1) does not turn on during paper feed from cassette 3 (large capacity feeder). No paper feed from cassette 6 PF feed sensor 1 (PFFS1) does not turn on during paper feed from cassette 6 (side large capacity feeder). MP feed sensor (MPFS) does not turn off during paper feed from MP tray. Multiple sheets in cassette 3 PF feed sensor 1 (PFFS1) does not turn off during paper feed from cassette 3 (large capacity feeder). PF feed sensor 2 (PFFS2) does not turn off during paper feed from cassette 7 (side large capacity feeder). No paper feed from cassette 4 PF feed sensor 2 (PFFS2) does not turn on during paper feed from cassette 4 (large capacity feeder). PF feed sensor (PFFS) does not turn on during paper feed from side feeder. PF feed sensor (PFFS) does not turn off during paper feed from side feeder. No paper feed from cassette 7 PF feed sensor 2 (PFFS2) does not turn on during paper feed from cassette 7 (side large capacity feeder). 0524 C 0525 L 0526 M 0527 M 0533 C 0534 Multiple sheets in cassette 4 C 0535 Multiple sheets in cassette 5 L 0536 Multiple sheets in cassette 6 M 0537 Multiple sheets in cassette 7 M 0545 0555 No paper feed from side feeder Multiple sheets in side feeder L L *: Refer to figure 1-4-1 for paper misfeed indication (see page 1-4-1).

Middle sensor (MS) does not turn off during paper feed from cassette 2. 1704 C 1713 PF paper conveying sensor 1 stay jam PF paper conveying sensor 1 (PFPCS1) does not turn off during paper feed from cassette 3 (paper feeder). 1-4-6 . Middle sensor (MS) does not turn on during paper feed from cassette 3 (paper feeder). Middle sensor (MS) does not turn off during paper feed from cassette 4 (paper feeder). Paper conveying sensor (PCS) does not turn off during paper feed from cassette 3 (paper feeder). Paper conveying sensor (PCS) does not turn on during paper feed from cassette 4 (paper feeder). Paper conveying sensor stay jam Paper conveying sensor (PCS) does not turn off during paper feed from cassette 2. Middle sensor (MS) does not turn on during paper feed from cassette 4 (paper feeder). Paper conveying sensor (PCS) does not turn on during paper feed from cassette 3 (paper feeder). Middle sensor (MS) does not turn off during paper feed from cassette 3 (paper feeder). PF paper conveying sensor 1 non arrival jam PF paper conveying sensor 1 (PFPCS1) does not turn on during paper feed from cassette 3 (paper feeder). PF paper conveying sensor 1 (PFPCS1) does not turn on during paper feed from cassette 4 (paper feeder). Middle sensor (MS) does not turn on during paper feed from cassette 2. Paper conveying sensor non arrival jam Paper conveying sensor (PCS) does not turn on during paper feed from cassette 2.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Jam location* A B C C E E E E B C C E E E C Code 1301 1302 1303 1304 1311 1312 1313 1314 1502 1503 1504 1512 1513 1514 1703 Contents Middle sensor non arrival jam Conditions Middle sensor (MS) does not turn on during paper feed from cassette 1. Paper conveying sensor (PCS) does not turn off during paper feed from cassette 4 (paper feeder). PF paper conveying sensor 1 (PFPCS1) does not turn off during paper feed from cassette 4 (paper feeder). Middle sensor stay jam Middle sensor (MS) does not turn off during paper feed from cassette 1. E 1714 E *: Refer to figure 1-4-1 for paper misfeed indication (see page 1-4-1).

PF paper conveying sensor 1 (PFPCS1) does not turn off during paper feed from cassette 7 (side paper feeder). E 2614 E 2704 PF paper conveying sensor 2 non arrival jam PF paper conveying sensor 2 stay jam PF paper conveying sensor 2 (PFPCS2) does not turn on during paper feed from cassette 4 (large capacity feeder). PF paper conveying sensor 2 (PFPCS2) does not turn off during paper feed from cassette 4 (paper feeder). L 2117 L 2307 PF paper conveying sensor 2 non arrival jam PF paper conveying sensor 2 stay jam PF paper conveying sensor 1 non arrival jam PF paper conveying sensor 2 (PFPCS2) does not turn on during paper feed from cassette 7 (side paper feeder).2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Jam location* C Code 1904 Contents PF paper conveying sensor 2 non arrival jam PF paper conveying sensor 2 stay jam PF paper conveying sensor 1 non arrival jam Conditions PF paper conveying sensor 2 (PFPCS2) does not turn on during paper feed from cassette 4 (paper feeder). PF paper conveying sensor 1 (PFPCS1) does not turn on during paper feed from cassette 4 (large capacity feeder). PF paper conveying sensor 2 (PFPCS2) does not turn off during paper feed from cassette 7 (side paper feeder). 1914 E 2106 M 2107 M 2116 PF paper conveying sensor 1 stay jam PF paper conveying sensor 1 (PFPCS1) does not turn off during paper feed from cassette 6 (side paper feeder). PF paper conveying sensor 1 (PFPCS1) does not turn on during paper feed from cassette 6 (side paper feeder). PF paper conveying sensor 1 (PFPCS1) does not turn on during paper feed from cassette 3 (large capacity feeder). PF paper conveying sensor 1 (PFPCS1) does not turn off during paper feed from cassette 4 (large capacity feeder). 1-4-7 . M 2317 M 2603 C 2604 C 2613 PF paper conveying sensor 1 stay jam PF paper conveying sensor 1 (PFPCS1) does not turn off during paper feed from cassette 3 (large capacity feeder). PF paper conveying sensor 1 (PFPCS1) does not turn on during paper feed from cassette 7 (side paper feeder). PF paper conveying sensor 2 (PFPCS2) does not turn off during paper feed from cassette 4 (large capacity feeder). C 2714 E *: Refer to figure 1-4-1 for paper misfeed indication (see page 1-4-1).

L 3117 L 3307 PF paper conveying sensor 2 non arrival jam PF paper conveying sensor 2 stay jam SMT paper conveying sensor 1 non arrival jam PF paper conveying sensor 2 (PFPCS2) does not turn on during paper feed from cassette 7 (side large capacity feeder). 3107 M 3116 PF paper conveying sensor 1 stay jam PF paper conveying sensor 1 (PFPCS1) does not turn off during paper feed from cassette 6 (side large capacity feeder).2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Jam location* M Code 3106 Contents PF paper conveying sensor 1 non arrival jam Conditions PF paper conveying sensor 1 (PFPCS1) does not turn on during paper feed from cassette 6 (side large capacity feeder). SMT paper conveying sensor 1 (SMTPCS1) does not turn off during paper feed from cassette 6 (SMT paper feeder). SMT paper conveying sensor 1 (SMTPCS1) does not turn on during paper feed from cassette 7 (SMT paper feeder). PF paper conveying sensor 2 (PFPCS2) does not turn off during paper feed from cassette 7 (side large capacity feeder). 1-4-8 . PF paper conveying sensor 1 (PFPCS1) does not turn off during paper feed from cassette 7 (side large capacity feeder). SMT paper conveying sensor 1 (SMTPCS1) does not turn on during paper feed from cassette 5 (SMT paper feeder). PF paper conveying sensor 1 (PFPCS1) does not turn on during paper feed from cassette 7 (side large capacity feeder). SMT paper conveying sensor 1 (SMTPCS1) does not turn off during paper feed from cassette 7 (SMT paper feeder). SMT paper conveying sensor 1 (SMTPCS1) does not turn on during paper feed from cassette 6 (SMT paper feeder). L 3416 L 3417 L *: Refer to figure 1-4-1 for paper misfeed indication (see page 1-4-1). M 3317 L 3405 L 3406 M 3407 M 3415 SMT paper conveying sensor 1 stay jam SMT paper conveying sensor 1 (SMTPCS1) does not turn off during paper feed from cassette 5 (SMT paper feeder).

1-4-9 . 3506 M 3507 M 3515 SMT paper conveying sensor 2 stay jam SMT paper conveying sensor 2 (SMTPCS2) does not turn off during paper feed from cassette 5 (SMT paper feeder).2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Jam location* L Code 3505 Contents SMT paper conveying sensor 2 non arrival jam Conditions SMT paper conveying sensor 2 (SMTPCS2) does not turn on during paper feed from cassette 5 (SMT paper feeder). SMT paper conveying sensor 3 (SMTPCS3) does not turn on during paper feed from cassette 7 (SMT paper feeder). SMT paper conveying sensor 2 (SMTPCS2) does not turn off during paper feed from cassette 7 (SMT paper feeder). L 3606 M 3607 M 3615 SMT paper conveying sensor 3 stay jam SMT paper conveying sensor 3 (SMTPCS3) does not turn off during paper feed from cassette 5 (SMT paper feeder). SMT paper conveying sensor 3 (SMTPCS3) does not turn off during paper feed from cassette 6 (SMT paper feeder). SMT paper conveying sensor 2 (SMTPCS2) does not turn off during paper feed from cassette 6 (SMT paper feeder). L 3516 L 3517 L 3605 SMT paper conveying sensor 3 non arrival jam SMT paper conveying sensor 3 (SMTPCS3) does not turn on during paper feed from cassette 5 (SMT paper feeder). SMT paper conveying sensor 2 (SMTPCS2) does not turn on during paper feed from cassette 6 (SMT paper feeder). SMT paper conveying sensor 3 (SMTPCS3) does not turn on during paper feed from cassette 6 (SMT paper feeder). SMT paper conveying sensor 2 (SMTPCS2) does not turn on during paper feed from cassette 7 (SMT paper feeder). SMT paper conveying sensor 3 (SMTPCS3) does not turn off during paper feed from cassette 7 (SMT paper feeder). L 3616 L 3617 M *: Refer to figure 1-4-1 for paper misfeed indication (see page 1-4-1).

Registration sensor (RS) does not turn on during paper feed from duplex section. SMT paper conveying sensor 4 (SMTPCS4) does not turn on during paper feed from cassette 6 (SMT paper feeder). 1-4-10 . E E E E E E E E E *: Refer to figure 1-4-1 for paper misfeed indication (see page 1-4-1). Registration sensor (RS) does not turn on during paper feed from MP tray. Registration sensor (RS) does not turn on during paper feed from cassette 2. Registration sensor (RS) does not turn on during paper feed from cassette 7 (side paper feeder). Registration sensor (RS) does not turn on during paper feed from cassette 3 (paper feeder). SMT paper conveying sensor 4 (SMTPCS4) does not turn on during paper feed from cassette 7 (SMT paper feeder). SMT paper conveying sensor 4 (SMTPCS4) does not turn off during paper feed from cassette 7 (SMT paper feeder). 3706 M 3707 M 3715 SMT paper conveying sensor 4 stay jam SMT paper conveying sensor 4 (SMTPCS4) does not turn off during paper feed from cassette 5 (SMT paper feeder). L 3716 L 3717 L 4001 4002 4003 4004 4005 4006 4007 4008 4009 Registration sensor non arrival jam Registration sensor (RS) does not turn on during paper feed from cassette 1. SMT paper conveying sensor 4 (SMTPCS4) does not turn off during paper feed from cassette 6 (SMT paper feeder). Registration sensor (RS) does not turn on during paper feed from cassette 5 (SMT paper feeder).2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Jam location* L Code 3705 Contents SMT paper conveying sensor 4 non arrival jam Conditions SMT paper conveying sensor 4 (SMTPCS4) does not turn on during paper feed from cassette 5 (SMT paper feeder). Registration sensor (RS) does not turn on during paper feed from cassette 4 (paper feeder). Registration sensor (RS) does not turn on during paper feed from cassette 6 (side paper feeder).

Loop sensor (LPS) does not turn on during paper feed from duplex section. Loop sensor (LPS) does not turn on during paper feed from cassette 2. Loop sensor (LPS) does not turn on during paper feed from cassette 4 (paper feeder). Loop sensor non arrival jam Loop sensor (LPS) does not turn on during paper feed from cassette 1. Registration sensor (RS) does not turn off during paper feed from cassette 6 (side paper feeder). Loop sensor (LPS) does not turn on during paper feed from cassette 5 (SMT paper feeder).2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Jam location* E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E Code 4011 4012 4013 4014 4015 4016 4017 4018 4019 4101 4102 4103 4104 4105 4106 4107 4108 4109 Contents Registration sensor stay jam Conditions Registration sensor (RS) does not turn off during paper feed from cassette 1. Registration sensor (RS) does not turn off during paper feed from MP tray. *: Refer to figure 1-4-1 for paper misfeed indication (see page 1-4-1). Registration sensor (RS) does not turn off during paper feed from cassette 5 (SMT paper feeder). Registration sensor (RS) does not turn off during paper feed from duplex section. Loop sensor (LPS) does not turn on during paper feed from cassette 6 (side paper feeder). Loop sensor (LPS) does not turn on during paper feed from cassette 7 (side paper feeder). 1-4-11 . Registration sensor (RS) does not turn off during paper feed from cassette 7 (side paper feeder). Loop sensor (LPS) does not turn on during paper feed from MP tray. Loop sensor (LPS) does not turn on during paper feed from cassette 3 (paper feeder). Registration sensor (RS) does not turn off during paper feed from cassette 2. Registration sensor (RS) does not turn off during paper feed from cassette 4 (paper feeder). Registration sensor (RS) does not turn off during paper feed from cassette 3 (paper feeder).

4206 E 4207 E 4208 4209 E E *: Refer to figure 1-4-1 for paper misfeed indication (see page 1-4-1). Fuser eject sensor (FUES) does not turn on during paper feed from cassette 2. Fuser eject sensor (FUES) does not turn on during paper feed from MP tray. 1-4-12 . Fuser eject sensor (FUES) does not turn on during paper feed from cassette 4 (paper feeder). Fuser eject sensor (FUES) does not turn on during paper feed from cassette 6 (side paper feeder). Fuser eject sensor (FUES) does not turn on during paper feed from cassette 5 (SMT paper feeder). Loop sensor (LPS) does not turn off during paper feed from cassette 2. Loop sensor (LPS) does not turn off during paper feed from cassette 3 (paper feeder). Loop sensor (LPS) does not turn off during paper feed from cassette 6 (side paper feeder).2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Jam location* E E E E E E E E E E E E E E Code 4111 4112 4113 4114 4115 4116 4117 4118 4119 4201 4202 4203 4204 4205 Contents Loop sensor stay jam Conditions Loop sensor (LPS) does not turn off during paper feed from cassette 1. Loop sensor (LPS) does not turn off during paper feed from duplex section. Fuser eject sensor (FUES) does not turn on during paper feed from cassette 3 (paper feeder). Loop sensor (LPS) does not turn off during paper feed from MP tray. Loop sensor (LPS) does not turn off during paper feed from cassette 5 (SMT paper feeder). Loop sensor (LPS) does not turn off during paper feed from cassette 7 (side paper feeder). Fuser eject sensor non arrival jam Fuser eject sensor (FUES) does not turn on during paper feed from cassette 1. Fuser eject sensor (FUES) does not turn on during paper feed from cassette 7 (side paper feeder). Fuser eject sensor (FUES) does not turn on during paper feed from duplex section. Loop sensor (LPS) does not turn off during paper feed from cassette 4 (paper feeder).

Duplex sensor 1 (DUS1) does not turn on during paper feed from cassette 2. Duplex sensor 1 (DUS1) does not turn on during paper feed from cassette 4 (paper feeder). Fuser eject sensor (FUES) does not turn off during paper feed from cassette 7 (side paper feeder). Fuser eject sensor (FUES) does not turn off during paper feed from duplex section. *: Refer to figure 1-4-1 for paper misfeed indication (see page 1-4-1). Fuser eject sensor (FUES) does not turn off during paper feed from cassette 3 (paper feeder). 4216 G 4217 G 4218 4219 4301 4302 4303 4304 4305 4306 4307 4309 Duplex sensor 1 non arrival jam G G G G G G G G G G Duplex sensor 1 (DUS1) does not turn on during paper feed from cassette 1. Fuser eject sensor (FUES) does not turn off during paper feed from cassette 4 (paper feeder). Duplex sensor 1 (DUS1) does not turn on during paper feed from MP tray. Duplex sensor 1 (DUS1) does not turn on during paper feed from cassette 7 (side paper feeder). Duplex sensor 1 (DUS1) does not turn on during paper feed from cassette 3 (paper feeder).2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Jam location* G G G G G Code 4211 4212 4213 4214 4215 Contents Fuser eject sensor stay jam Conditions Fuser eject sensor (FUES) does not turn off during paper feed from cassette 1. Fuser eject sensor (FUES) does not turn off during paper feed from MP tray. 1-4-13 . Fuser eject sensor (FUES) does not turn off during paper feed from cassette 5 (SMT paper feeder). Fuser eject sensor (FUES) does not turn off during paper feed from cassette 2. Fuser eject sensor (FUES) does not turn off during paper feed from cassette 6 (side paper feeder). Duplex sensor 1 (DUS1) does not turn on during paper feed from cassette 6 (side paper feeder). Duplex sensor 1 (DUS1) does not turn on during paper feed from cassette 5 (SMT paper feeder).

Duplex sensor 2 non arrival jam Duplex sensor 2 (DUS2) does not turn on during paper feed from cassette 1. Duplex sensor 1 (DUS1) does not turn off during paper feed from cassette 5 (SMT paper feeder). Duplex sensor 2 (DUS2) does not turn on during paper feed from cassette 6 (side paper feeder). Duplex sensor 2 (DUS2) does not turn on during paper feed from MP tray. Duplex sensor 1 (DUS1) does not turn off during paper feed from MP tray. Duplex sensor 2 (DUS2) does not turn on during paper feed from cassette 4 (paper feeder). Duplex sensor 2 (DUS2) does not turn on during paper feed from cassette 3 (paper feeder). Duplex sensor 1 (DUS1) does not turn off during paper feed from cassette 7 (side paper feeder). 1-4-14 . Duplex sensor 1 (DUS1) does not turn off during paper feed from cassette 4 (paper feeder).2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Jam location* F F F F F F F F F F F F F F F F Code 4311 4312 4313 4314 4315 4316 4317 4319 4401 4402 4403 4404 4405 4406 4407 4409 Contents Duplex sensor 1 stay jam Conditions Duplex sensor 1 (DUS1) does not turn off during paper feed from cassette 1. *: Refer to figure 1-4-1 for paper misfeed indication (see page 1-4-1). Duplex sensor 1 (DUS1) does not turn off during paper feed from cassette 6 (side paper feeder). Duplex sensor 2 (DUS2) does not turn on during paper feed from cassette 2. Duplex sensor 2 (DUS2) does not turn on during paper feed from cassette 7 (side paper feeder). Duplex sensor 1 (DUS1) does not turn off during paper feed from cassette 2. Duplex sensor 2 (DUS2) does not turn on during paper feed from cassette 5 (SMT paper feeder). Duplex sensor 1 (DUS1) does not turn off during paper feed from cassette 3 (paper feeder).

Eject full sensor (EFS) does not turn on during paper feed from cassette 6 (side paper feeder).2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Jam location* F F F F F F F F G G G G G G G G G Code 4411 4412 4413 4414 4415 4416 4417 4419 4601 4602 4603 4604 4605 4606 4607 4608 4609 Contents Duplex sensor 2 stay jam Conditions Duplex sensor 2 (DUS2) does not turn off during paper feed from cassette 1. *: Refer to figure 1-4-1 for paper misfeed indication (see page 1-4-1). Eject full sensor (EFS) does not turn on during paper feed from cassette 4 (paper feeder). 1-4-15 . Duplex sensor 2 (DUS2) does not turn off during paper feed from cassette 7 (side paper feeder). Eject full sensor (EFS) does not turn on during paper feed from duplex section. Duplex sensor 2 (DUS2) does not turn off during paper feed from cassette 4 (paper feeder). Duplex sensor 2 (DUS2) does not turn off during paper feed from cassette 6 (side paper feeder). Eject full sensor non arrival jam Eject full sensor (EFS) does not turn on during paper feed from cassette 1. Duplex sensor 2 (DUS2) does not turn off during paper feed from cassette 2. Eject full sensor (EFS) does not turn on during paper feed from cassette 3 (paper feeder). Eject full sensor (EFS) does not turn on during paper feed from cassette 2. Eject full sensor (EFS) does not turn on during paper feed from MP tray. Eject full sensor (EFS) does not turn on during paper feed from cassette 5 (SMT paper feeder). Eject full sensor (EFS) does not turn on during paper feed from cassette 7 (side paper feeder). Duplex sensor 2 (DUS2) does not turn off during paper feed from cassette 5 (SMT paper feeder). Duplex sensor 2 (DUS2) does not turn off during paper feed from cassette 3 (paper feeder). Duplex sensor 2 (DUS2) does not turn off during paper feed from MP tray.

Switchback sensor (SBS) does not turn on during paper feed from cassette 7 (side paper feeder). Eject full sensor (EFS) does not turn off during paper feed from MP tray. Eject full sensor (EFS) does not turn off during paper feed from cassette 6 (side paper feeder). Eject full sensor (EFS) does not turn off during paper feed from cassette 7 (side paper feeder). Switchback sensor (SBS) does not turn on during paper feed from cassette 3 (paper feeder). Switchback sensor (SBS) does not turn on during paper feed from MP tray. 1-4-16 . Switchback sensor (SBS) does not turn on during paper feed from cassette 5 (SMT paper feeder). Eject full sensor (EFS) does not turn off during paper feed from cassette 5 (SMT paper feeder). Eject full sensor (EFS) does not turn off during paper feed from cassette 4 (paper feeder). Eject full sensor (EFS) does not turn off during paper feed from cassette 2. Eject full sensor (EFS) does not turn off during paper feed from cassette 3 (paper feeder). Switchback sensor (SBS) does not turn on during paper feed from cassette 4 (paper feeder).2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Jam location* G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G Code 4611 4612 4613 4614 4615 4616 4617 4618 4619 4701 4702 4703 4704 4705 4706 4707 4709 Contents Eject full sensor stay jam Conditions Eject full sensor (EFS) does not turn off during paper feed from cassette 1. Switchback sensor non arrival jam Switchback sensor (SBS) does not turn on during paper feed from cassette 1. Switchback sensor (SBS) does not turn on during paper feed from cassette 6 (side paper feeder). *: Refer to figure 1-4-1 for paper misfeed indication (see page 1-4-1). Eject full sensor (EFS) does not turn off during paper feed from duplex section. Switchback sensor (SBS) does not turn on during paper feed from cassette 2.

Bridge conveying sensor 1 (BRCS1) does not turn on during paper feed from cassette 2. Switchback sensor (SBS) does not turn off during paper feed from cassette 4 (paper feeder). 4904 G 4905 G 4906 G 4907 G 4908 4909 G G *: Refer to figure 1-4-1 for paper misfeed indication (see page 1-4-1). Switchback sensor (SBS) does not turn off during paper feed from cassette 7 (side paper feeder). Bridge conveying sensor 1 (BRCS1) does not turn on during paper feed from MP tray. Bridge conveying sensor 1 (BRCS1) does not turn on during paper feed from cassette 4 (paper feeder). Bridge conveying sensor 1 (BRCS1) does not turn on during paper feed from cassette 6 (side paper feeder). Switchback sensor (SBS) does not turn off during paper feed from cassette 5 (SMT paper feeder). Bridge conveying sensor 1 (BRCS1) does not turn on during paper feed from duplex section. Switchback sensor (SBS) does not turn off during paper feed from MP tray. 1-4-17 . Switchback sensor (SBS) does not turn off during paper feed from cassette 2. Switchback sensor (SBS) does not turn off during paper feed from cassette 6 (side paper feeder). Bridge conveying sensor 1 (BRCS1) does not turn on during paper feed from cassette 5 (SMT paper feeder). Bridge conveying sensor 1 (BRCS1) does not turn on during paper feed from cassette 7 (side paper feeder).2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Jam location* I I I I I I I I G G G Code 4711 4712 4713 4714 4715 4716 4717 4719 4901 4902 4903 Contents Switchback sensor stay jam Conditions Switchback sensor (SBS) does not turn off during paper feed from cassette 1. Bridge conveying sensor 1 non arrival jam Bridge conveying sensor 1 (BRCS1) does not turn on during paper feed from cassette 1. Bridge conveying sensor 1 (BRCS1) does not turn on during paper feed from cassette 3 (paper feeder). Switchback sensor (SBS) does not turn off during paper feed from cassette 3 (paper feeder).

Bridge conveying sensor 1 (BRCS1) does not turn off during paper feed from MP tray. Bridge conveying sensor 1 (BRCS1) does not turn off during paper feed from cassette 7 (side paper feeder). Bridge conveying sensor 1 (BRCS1) does not turn off during paper feed from cassette 4 (paper feeder). Bridge conveying sensor 2 (BRCS2) does not turn on during paper feed from cassette 2.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Jam location* J J J Code 4911 4912 4913 Contents Bridge conveying sensor 1 stay jam Conditions Bridge conveying sensor 1 (BRCS1) does not turn off during paper feed from cassette 1. Bridge conveying sensor 1 (BRCS1) does not turn off during paper feed from cassette 6 (side paper feeder). Bridge conveying sensor 1 (BRCS1) does not turn off during paper feed from cassette 5 (SMT paper feeder). 5004 J 5005 J 5006 J 5007 J *: Refer to figure 1-4-1 for paper misfeed indication (see page 1-4-1). Bridge conveying sensor 1 (BRCS1) does not turn off during paper feed from duplex section. Bridge conveying sensor 2 (BRCS2) does not turn on during paper feed from cassette 5 (SMT paper feeder). Bridge conveying sensor 1 (BRCS1) does not turn off during paper feed from cassette 2. Bridge conveying sensor 2 (BRCS2) does not turn on during paper feed from cassette 6 (side paper feeder). 1-4-18 . Bridge conveying sensor 1 (BRCS1) does not turn off during paper feed from cassette 3 (paper feeder). 4914 J 4915 J 4916 J 4917 J 4918 4919 5001 5002 5003 Bridge conveying sensor 2 non arrival jam J J J J J Bridge conveying sensor 2 (BRCS2) does not turn on during paper feed from cassette 1. Bridge conveying sensor 2 (BRCS2) does not turn on during paper feed from cassette 7 (side paper feeder). Bridge conveying sensor 2 (BRCS2) does not turn on during paper feed from cassette 3 (paper feeder). Bridge conveying sensor 2 (BRCS2) does not turn on during paper feed from cassette 4 (paper feeder).

Bridge conveying sensor 2 (BRCS2) does not turn off during paper feed from cassette 7 (side paper feeder). Bridge conveying sensor 2 (BRCS2) does not turn on during paper feed from MP tray. 1-4-19 . 5014 J 5015 J 5016 J 5017 J 5018 5019 5101 5102 5103 5104 5105 Bridge eject sensor non arrival jam J J J J J J J Bridge eject sensor (BRES) does not turn on during paper feed from cassette 1. Bridge eject sensor (BRES) does not turn on during paper feed from cassette 5 (SMT paper feeder). Bridge eject sensor (BRES) does not turn on during paper feed from cassette 3 (paper feeder).2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Jam location* J J J J J Code 5008 5009 5011 5012 5013 Contents Bridge conveying sensor 2 non arrival jam Conditions Bridge conveying sensor 2 (BRCS2) does not turn on during paper feed from duplex section. 5106 J *: Refer to figure 1-4-1 for paper misfeed indication (see page 1-4-1). Bridge conveying sensor 2 (BRCS2) does not turn off during paper feed from cassette 6 (side paper feeder). Bridge eject sensor (BRES) does not turn on during paper feed from cassette 2. Bridge conveying sensor 2 (BRCS2) does not turn off during paper feed from cassette 3 (paper feeder). Bridge conveying sensor 2 (BRCS2) does not turn off during paper feed from MP tray. Bridge eject sensor (BRES) does not turn on during paper feed from cassette 6 (side paper feeder). Bridge conveying sensor 2 (BRCS2) does not turn off during paper feed from cassette 2. Bridge conveying sensor 2 (BRCS2) does not turn off during paper feed from duplex section. Bridge conveying sensor 2 stay jam Bridge conveying sensor 2 (BRCS2) does not turn off during paper feed from cassette 1. Bridge conveying sensor 2 (BRCS2) does not turn off during paper feed from cassette 4 (paper feeder). Bridge eject sensor (BRES) does not turn on during paper feed from cassette 4 (paper feeder). Bridge conveying sensor 2 (BRCS2) does not turn off during paper feed from cassette 5 (SMT paper feeder).

DF paper entry sensor (DFPES) turns on before the eject signal is output from the machine (1000sheet finisher). Bridge eject sensor (BRES) does not turn on during paper feed from duplex section. Bridge eject sensor (BRES) does not turn off during paper feed from MP tray. Bridge eject sensor (BRES) does not turn on during paper feed from MP tray.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Jam location* J Code 5107 Contents Bridge eject sensor non arrival jam Conditions Bridge eject sensor (BRES) does not turn on during paper feed from cassette 7 (side paper feeder). Bridge eject sensor (BRES) does not turn off during paper feed from cassette 7 (side paper feeder). 5108 5109 5111 5112 5113 5114 5115 Bridge eject sensor stay jam J J J J J J J Bridge eject sensor (BRES) does not turn off during paper feed from cassette 1. Bridge eject sensor (BRES) does not turn off during paper feed from cassette 5 (SMT paper feeder). 1-4-20 . Bridge eject sensor (BRES) does not turn off during paper feed from cassette 6 (side paper feeder). Bridge eject sensor (BRES) does not turn off during paper feed from duplex section. Bridge eject sensor (BRES) does not turn off during paper feed from cassette 3 (paper feeder). Bridge eject sensor (BRES) does not turn off during paper feed from cassette 4 (paper feeder). 6001 K 6020 6021 6041 6050 DF front cover open DF front upper cover is opened during operation (4000-sheet finisher) DF front cover is opened during operation (1000sheet finisher) K K K K DF top cover open CF eject cover open DF top cover is opened during operation (1000sheet finisher) CF eject cover is opened during operation (4000sheet finisher) *: Refer to figure 1-4-1 for paper misfeed indication (see page 1-4-1). 5116 J 5117 J 5118 5119 6000 DF paper entry error J J K DF paper entry sensor (DFPES) turns on before the eject signal is output from the machine (4000sheet finisher). Bridge eject sensor (BRES) does not turn off during paper feed from cassette 2.

K 6210 6220 6300 K K K 6301 K *: Refer to figure 1-4-1 for paper misfeed indication (see page 1-4-1). DF paper entry sensor (DFPES) is not turned on even if a specified time has elapsed after the machine eject signal was received (1000-sheet finisher). 1-4-21 . K 6121 K 6200 DF sub eject sensor non arrival jam DF sub eject sensor stay jam DF sub eject sensor remaining jam DF middle eject sensor non arrival jam DF sub eject sensor (DFSES) does not turn on within specified time of DF paper entry sensor (DFPES) turning on. DF sub eject sensor (DFSES) is not turned off within specified time of its turning on. DF sub eject sensor (DFSES) does turned on when the power is turned on or cover close. DF paper entry sensor (DFPES) is not turned off within specified time of its turning on (1000-sheet finisher). DF middle eject sensor (DFMES) does not turn on within specified time of DF paper entry sensor (DFPES) turning on (4000-sheet finisher). DF paper entry sensor (DFPES) does turned on when the power is turned on or cover close (1000-sheet finisher). K 6111 K 6120 DF paper entry sensor remaining jam DF paper entry sensor (DFPES) does turned on when the power is turned on or cover close (4000-sheet finisher).2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Jam location* K K K K Code 6060 6070 6080 6100 Contents MB cover open Center folding unit open CF left guide open DF paper entry sensor non arrival jam Conditions MB cover is opened during operation (4000-sheet finisher) Center folding unit is opened during operation (4000-sheet finisher) CF left guide is opened during operation (4000sheet finisher) DF paper entry sensor (DFPES) is not turned on even if a specified time has elapsed after the machine eject signal was received (4000-sheet finisher). DF middle eject sensor (DFMES) does not turn on within specified time of DF paper entry sensor (DFPES) turning on (1000-sheet finisher). 6101 K 6110 DF paper entry sensor stay jam DF paper entry sensor (DFPES) is not turned off within specified time of its turning on (4000-sheet finisher).

DF middle eject sensor (DFMES) is not turned off within specified time of its turning on (1000-sheet finisher). K 6421 K 6500 DF bundle discharge sensor non arrival jam DF bundle discharge sensor stay jam DF bundle discharge sensor (DFBDS) does not turn on within specified time of DF middle eject sensor (DFMES) turning on.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Jam location* K Code 6310 Contents DF middle eject sensor stay jam Conditions DF middle eject sensor (DFMES) is not turned off within specified time of its turning on (4000-sheet finisher). 6311 K 6320 DF middle eject sensor remaining jam DF middle eject sensor (DFMES) does turned on when the power is turned on or cover close (4000-sheet finisher). K 6411 K 6420 DF tray upper surface sensor remaining jam DF tray upper surface sensor (DFTUSS) does turned on when the power is turned on or cover close (4000-sheet finisher). 1-4-22 . DF bundle discharge sensor (DFBDS) is not turned off since the bundle discharge starts (4000-sheet finisher). K *: Refer to figure 1-4-1 for paper misfeed indication (see page 1-4-1). DF bundle discharge sensor (DFBDS) is not turned off since the bundle discharge starts (1000-sheet finisher). DF middle eject sensor (DFMES) does turned on when the power is turned on or cover close (1000-sheet finisher). DF tray upper surface sensor (DFTUSS) does not turn on within specified time of DF middle eject sensor (DFMES) turning on (1000-sheet finisher). K 6321 K 6400 DF tray upper surface sensor non arrival jam DF tray upper surface sensor (DFTUSS) does not turn on within specified time of DF middle eject sensor (DFMES) turning on (4000-sheet finisher). DF tray upper surface sensor (DFTUSS) is not turned off within specified time of its turning on (1000-sheet finisher). K 6510 K 6511 K 6600 DF drum sensor non arrival jam DF drum sensor (DFDRS) does not turn on within specified time of DF paper entry sensor (DFPES) turning on. DF tray upper surface sensor (DFTUSS) does turned on when the power is turned on or cover close (1000-sheet finisher). K 6401 K 6410 DF tray upper surface sensor stay jam DF tray upper surface sensor (DFTUSS) is not turned off within specified time of its turning on (4000-sheet finisher).

DF side registration sensor 1 (DFSRS1) is not turned off within specified time after driving the DF side registration motor 1 (DFSRM1) (1000sheet finisher). DF staple sensor (DFSTS) is not turned on within specified time after driving the DF staple motor (DFSTM) (1000-sheet finisher). CF eject sensor (CFES) does turned on when the power is turned on or cover close. DF side registration sensor 1 (DFSRS1) is not turned off within specified time after driving the DF side registration motor 1 (DFSRM1) (4000sheet finisher). During centerfold operation. K 6811 K 7000 DF staple operation error DF staple sensor (DFSTS) is not turned on within specified time after driving the DF staple motor (DFSTM) (4000-sheet finisher). CF paper entry sensor (CFPES) is not turned off within specified time of its turning on. DF drum sensor (DFDRS) is not turned off within specified time of its turning on. DF drum sensor (DFDRS) does turned on when the power is turned on or cover close.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Jam location* K K K Code 6610 6620 6710 Contents DF drum sensor stay jam DF drum sensor remaining jam Center folding unit stay jam Conditions DF drum sensor (DFDRS) is not turned off within specified time of its turning on. CF eject sensor (CFES) is not turned off within specified time of its turning on. DF side registration sensor 2 (DFSRS2) is not turned off within specified time after driving the DF side registration motor 2 (DFSRM2) (1000sheet finisher). 6810 DF side registration sensor 1 stay jam K 6811 K 6910 DF side registration sensor 2 stay jam DF side registration sensor 2 (DFSRS2) is not turned off within specified time after driving the DF side registration motor 2 (DFSRM2) (4000sheet finisher). K 7001 K 7100 CF paper entry sensor non arrival jam CF paper entry sensor stay jam CF paper entry sensor remaining jam CF eject sensor non arrival jam CF eject sensor stay jam CF paper entry sensor (CFPES) is not turned on even if a specified time has elapsed after the machine eject signal was received. 1-4-23 . CF paper entry sensor (CFPES) does turned on when the power is turned on or cover close. CF eject sensor (CFES) is not turned on within specified time since centerfold operation starts. K 7110 7120 7200 7210 K K K K 7220 CF eject sensor remaining jam K *: Refer to figure 1-4-1 for paper misfeed indication (see page 1-4-1). During paper conveying to center folding unit.

CF paper sensor (CFPS) does turned on when the power is turned on or cover close. DP lift sensor 1 (DPLS1) does not turn on within specified time of the lift plate rising. An illegal inter-page or inter-copy interval has occurred (1000-sheet finisher). 9001 9002 9004 DP original conveying jam DP sensor stay jam DP switchback jam 2 H H H 9005 9008 9009 No original feed 2 No original feed 3 DP original conveying jam 2 H H H *: Refer to figure 1-4-1 for paper misfeed indication (see page 1-4-1). MB eject sensor (MBES) does turned on when the power is turned on or cover close. CF side registration sensor 2 (CFSRS2) is not turned on within specified time after driving the CF side registration motor 2 (CFSRM2). DP timing sensor (DPTS) turns off within the specified time since the sensor turns on.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Jam location* K K Code 7300 7310 Contents CF eject sensor non arrival jam CF eject sensor stay jam Conditions CF eject sensor (CFES) is not turned on within specified time since three fold operation starts. An illegal inter-page or inter-copy interval has occurred (4000-sheet finisher). MB eject sensor (MBES) is not turned on even if a specified time has elapsed after the machine eject signal was received. 7400 CF side registration sensor 2 non arrival jam CF side registration sensor 1 non arrival jam CF staple operation error K 7500 K 7600 K 7720 7800 CF paper sensor remaining jam MB eject sensor non arrival jam MB eject sensor stay jam MB eject sensor remaining jam Paper interval error jam K K 7810 7820 7950 7951 9000 K K K K H No original feed DP feed sensor (DPFS) does not turn on within specified time during the first sheet feeding (Retry 5 times). MB eject sensor (MBES) is not turned off within specified time of its turning on. 1-4-24 . DP registration sensor (DPRS) is not turned on within specified time since original switchback operation starts. During three fold operation. CF staple sensor (CFSTS) is not turned on within specified time after driving the CF staple motor (CFSTM). DP CIS sensor (DPCS) does not turn on within specified time of the paper feed starting. Next feed original became the stand-by states of paper feed while reading the image. Sensor in the conveying system is on since original feeding starts. CF side registration sensor 1 (CFSRS1) is not turned on within specified time after driving the CF side registration motor 1 (CFSRM1). CF eject sensor (CFES) is not turned off within specified time of its turning on.

DP skew sensor (DPSS) does not turn on within specified time of DP registration sensor (DPRS) turning on. H 9310 H 9400 DP timing sensor non arrival jam DP timing sensor stay jam H 9410 H 9500 DP switchback sensor non arrival jam DP eject sensor non arrival jam DP eject sensor stay jam H 9600 H 9610 H *: Refer to figure 1-4-1 for paper misfeed indication (see page 1-4-1). DP CIS sensor stay jam DP CIS sensor (DPCS) does not turn off within specified time of DP registration sensor (DPRS) turning off. DP eject sensor (DPES) does not turn on within specified time of DP timing sensor (DPTS) turning on. 9011 9020 DP top cover open Original skew feed jam H H 9110 DP feed sensor stay jam H 9200 DP registration sensor non arrival jam DP registration sensor stay jam H 9210 H 9300 DP CIS sensor non arrival jam DP CIS sensor (DPCS) does not turn on within specified time of DP registration sensor (DPRS) turning on. DP switchback sensor (DPSBS) does not turn on within specified time of DP timing sensor (DPTS) turning on. DP feed sensor (DPFS) does not turn off within specified time of DP timing sensor (DPTS) turning on. 1-4-25 . DP timing sensor (DPTS) does not turn off within specified time of DP feed sensor (DPFS) turning off. The DP top cover is opened during original feeding. DP timing sensor (DPTS) does not turn on within specified time during original feeding (Retry 5 times). DP registration sensor (DPRS) does not turn off within specified time of DP timing sensor (DPTS) turning on. DP eject sensor (DPES) does not turn off within specified time of DP timing sensor (DPTS) turning off. DP registration sensor (DPRS) does not turn on within specified time of DP feed sensor (DPFS) turning on.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Jam location* H Code 9010 Contents Document processor open Conditions Document processor is opened during original feeding.

C#### Figure 1-4-3 1-4-26 . An error message consists of a message prompting a contact to service personnel and a four-digit error code indicating the type of the error. the machine stops printing and display an error message on the operation panel.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC 1-4-2 Self-diagnostic function (1) Self-diagnostic function This machine is equipped with self-diagnostic function. When a problem is detected. Machine failure. Call service. Turn the main power switch off and on. C#### Error occurred.

0150 0160 Backup memory data error (engine PWB) Reading data from EEPROM is abnormal. Replace the engine PWB and check for correct operation (see page 1-5-54). Replace the engine PWB and check for correct operation (see page 1-5-54). Contact the Service Administrative Division. Device damage of EEPROM.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC (2) Self diagnostic codes If the part causing the problem was not supplied. Machine number mismatch Machine number of main and engine does not match. Billing counting error A checksum error is detected in the main and engine backup memories for the billing counters. any normal communication command is not transmitted. 0170 Data damage of EEPROM. use the unit including the part for replacement. 0070 Defective FAX soft. Backup memory device error Causes Check procedures/ corrective measures Defective FAX con. Replace the main PWB and check for correct operation (see page 1-5-49). Defective flash memory. Defective main PWB. Check the installation of the EEPROM and remedy if necessary. Replace the main PWB or the engine PWB and check for correct operation (see page 15-49. 1-4-27 . Contact the Service Administrative Division. Contact the Service Administrative Division. 0180 Data damage of EEPROM. correct operation. 0120 MAC address data error For data in which the MAC address is invalid. Improper installation EEPROM. Data damage of EEPROM. Contact the Service Administrative Division.Replace the fax control PWB and check for trol PWB. 0100 Defective flash memory. Defective engine PWB. FAX control PWB incompatible detection error Abnormal detection of FAX control PWB incompatibility In the initial communication with the FAX control PWB. Replace the main PWB and check for correct operation (see page 1-5-49). Code 0030 Contents FAX control PWB system error Processing with the fax software was disabled due to a hardware problem. Defective engine PWB. Defective PWB. Defective FAX con. Replace the main PWB and check for correct operation (see page 1-5-49). ware. correct operation. Backup memory read/write error (engine PWB) Detecting engine PWB EEPROM communication error.Install the fax software.Replace the fax control PWB and check for trol PWB. 1-5-54).

Replace the main PWB and check for correct operation (see page 1-5-49).Check visually and remedy if necessary connected from the main PWB. Check the connection the signal cable for CIS and the main PWB. Defective FAX con.Replace the fax control PWB and check for trol PWB. Faults of RTC The time is judged to go back based on the comparison of the RTC time and the current time or five years or more have passed. Replace the hard disk and check for correct operation. Poor contact in the connector terminals. Defective fax control PWB. Repair or replace if necessary. Replace the main PWB and check for correct operation (see page 1-5-49). DMA error DMA transmission of image data does not complete within the specified period of time. Replace the main PWB and check for correct operation (see page 1-5-49). Defective main PWB. Defective main PWB. ware. Defective main PWB. Replace the fax control PWB and check for correct operation. Install the fax software. Causes DIMM installed incorrectly. Code 0620 Contents FAX image DIMM error DIMM is not installed correctly. Defective main PWB. FAX control PWB flash program area checksum error A checksum error occurred with the program of the FAX control PWB. 0630 0640 Hard disk error The hard disk cannot be accessed. Replace the main PWB and check for correct operation (see page 1-5-49). FAX image DIMM check error Improper DIMM is installed. Defective fax software. DIMM installed incorrectly. DIMM cannot be accessed. Fax control PWB software switch checksum error A checksum error occurred with the software switch value of the fax control PWB. and the continuity across the connector terminals. Fax control PWB CG ROM checksum error A checksum error occurred with the CG ROM data of the fax control PWB. Defective main PWB. Replace the fax control PWB and check for correct operation. Defective fax software. 0650 0800 0820 0830 Defective FAX soft. Defective fax control PWB. Replace the main PWB and check for correct operation (see page 1-5-49). Check if the DIMM is inserted into the socket on the main PWB correctly. Defective main PWB. Defective hard disk. Install the fax software.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Check procedures/ corrective measures Check if the DIMM is inserted into the socket on the main PWB correctly. 0840 0860 1-4-28 . The battery is dis. Image processing error JAM010X is detected twice. correct operation.Install the fax software. Replace the main PWB and check for correct operation (see page 1-5-49).

Reinsert the connector. Causes Improper installation FAX control PWB. Defective MP lift motor. Defective FAX con. Defective connector cable or poor contact in the connector. Replace the fax control PWB and check for correct operation. Defective engine PWB. Fax control PWB CG FONT archive error When power is turned on. Code 0870 Contents FAX control PWB to main PWB high capacity data transfer error High-capacity data transfer between the FAX control PWB and the main PWB of the machine was not normally performed even if the data transfer was retried the specified times. Replace the fax control PWB and check for correct operation. The backup data is not retained for file system abnormality of flash memory of the FAX control PWB. Install the fax software.Replace the FAX control PWB or main PWB trol PWB or main and check for correct operation (see page 1PWB. MP lift motor error After the MP lift motor is driven. correct operation. If not. Install the fax software. 1000 Defective drive transmission system of motor. Defective fax control PWB. 5-49). 1-4-29 . Check to see if the MP plate can move smoothly and repair it if any problem is found. 0880 Defective fax software. Replace the MP lift motor. grease the bushes and gears. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. Defective fax control PWB. the ON status of MP lift sensors 1 and 2 cannot be detected for 1.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Check procedures/ corrective measures Reinstall the FAX control PWB. the compressed CG font in the Flash ROM on the fax control PWB was not successfully decompressed. Replace the engine PWB and check for correct operation (see page 1-5-54). If none.5 s. 0920 Defective FAX con. MP lift motor and relay PWB (YC3) Relay PWB (YC12) and feed PWB 1 (YC17) Feed PWB 1 (YC1) and engine PWB (YC6) Check if the gears rotate smoothly. Defective MP plate elevation mechanism. 0890 Defective fax software. replace the cable. Program archive error When power is turned on. the compressed program in the Flash ROM on the fax control PWB was not successfully decompressed. Check for broken gears and replace if any.Replace the fax control PWB and check for Fax file system error trol PWB.

Lift motor 2 and feed PWB 2 (YC3) Feed PWB 2 (YC1) and engine PWB (YC4) Check if the gears rotate smoothly. Code 1010 Contents Lift motor 1 error After cassette 1 is inserted. If none. Replace the lift motor 2. Causes Defective bottom plate elevation mechanism in the cassette. lift sensor 1 does not turn on within 12 s.played 4 times successively. Defective lift motor 1. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. Check to see if the bottom plate can move smoothly and repair it if any problem is found. Defective bottom plate elevation mechanism in the cassette.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Check procedures/ corrective measures Check to see if the bottom plate can move smoothly and repair it if any problem is found. Defective lift motor 2. Reinsert the connector. grease the bushes and gears. 1020 Lift motor 2 error After cassette 2 is inserted. Defective drive transmission system of motor. 1-4-30 . replace the cable. Defective engine PWB. Defective drive transmission system of motor. Replace the engine PWB and check for correct operation (see page 1-5-54). If none. lift sensor 2 does not turn on within 12 s. Replace the engine PWB and check for correct operation (see page 1-5-54). Check for broken gears and replace if any. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. Replace the lift motor 1. This error is detected four times successively. This error is detected four times successively. Defective engine PWB. replace the cable. Defective connector cable or poor contact in the connector.played 4 times successively. Lift motor 1 and feed PWB 2 (YC3) Feed PWB 2 (YC1) and engine PWB (YC4) Check if the gears rotate smoothly. Defective connector cable or poor contact in the connector. If not. Reinsert the connector. Check for broken gears and replace if any. If not. grease the bushes and gears.

PF lift motor 2 and PF main PWB (YC7) Check if the gears rotate smoothly. Defective bottom plate elevation mechanism in the cassette. 1-4-31 . SMT lift motor and SMT main PWB (YC5) Check if the gears rotate smoothly. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. grease the bushes and gears. The lock signal of the motor is detected continuously for 200 ms. Reinsert the connector. Defective drive transmission system of motor. Defective connector cable or poor contact in the connector.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Check procedures/ corrective measures Check to see if the bottom plate can move smoothly and repair it if any problem is found. SMT lift sensor does not turn on within 10 s. Replace the PF lift motor 1. Causes Defective bottom plate elevation mechanism in the cassette. the lift overcurrent protective monitor signal is detected for 500 ms or more 2 times successively. Check for broken gears and replace if any. Replace the PF main PWB (Refer to the service manual for the paper feeder). the lift overcurrent protective monitor signal is detected for 500 ms or more 2 times successively. If none. Defective drive transmission system of motor. Check for broken gears and replace if any. During driving the motor. If not. Replace the SMT lift motor. If none. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. replace the cable. However. grease the bushes and gears. Defective SMT main PWB. grease the bushes and gears. replace the cable. Check to see if the bottom plate can move smoothly and repair it if any problem is found. Check to see if the bottom plate can move smoothly and repair it if any problem is found. Defective drive transmission system of motor. During driving the motor. replace the cable. However. Replace the PF lift motor 2. Defective PF main PWB. Defective bottom plate elevation mechanism in the cassette. PF lift sensor 2 does not turn on within 12 s. If not. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. Defective PF lift motor 1. Code 1030 Contents PF lift motor 1 error (paper feeder) After cassette 3 is inserted. Reinsert the connector. This error is detected 2 times successively. 1040 PF lift motor 2 error (paper feeder) After cassette 4 is inserted. Defective PF lift motor 2. Replace the PF main PWB (Refer to the service manual for the paper feeder). If not. PF lift sensor 1 does not turn on within 12 s. PF lift motor 1 and PF main PWB (YC7) Check if the gears rotate smoothly. Defective PF main PWB. the first 1 s after PF lift motor 1 is turned on is excluded from detection. the first 1 s after PF lift motor 2 is turned on is excluded from detection. 1050 SMT lift motor error (SMT paper feeder) After cassette 5 is inserted. Defective SMT lift motor. If none. Defective connector cable or poor contact in the connector. Defective connector cable or poor contact in the connector. Check for broken gears and replace if any. This error is detected 2 times successively. Replace the SMT main PWB (Refer to the service manual for the paper feeder). Reinsert the connector.

replace the cable. grease the bushes and gears. Check for broken gears and replace if any. Defective connector cable or poor contact in the connector. Check for broken gears and replace if any. Defective PF lift motor 2. grease the bushes and gears. the lift overcurrent protective monitor signal is detected for 500 ms or more 2 times successively. 1100 PF lift motor 1 error (large capacity feeder) After cassette 3 is inserted. the lift overcurrent protective monitor signal is detected for 500 ms or more 2 times successively. This error is detected 2 times successively. Defective bottom plate elevation mechanism in the cassette. However. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. If none. Replace the PF main PWB (Refer to the service manual for the paper feeder). If not. PF lift sensor 2 does not turn on within 12 s. PF lift sensor 1 does not turn on within 12 s. Replace the PF lift motor 1. replace the cable. Reinsert the connector. Defective drive transmission system of motor. Check to see if the bottom plate can move smoothly and repair it if any problem is found. Causes Defective bottom plate elevation mechanism in the cassette. 1-4-32 . Also check for continuity within the connector cable. Replace the PF main PWB (Refer to the service manual for the paper feeder). Defective PF main PWB. This error is detected 2 times successively. However. Defective connector cable or poor contact in the connector. During driving the motor. PF lift motor 1 and PF main PWB (YC7) Check if the gears rotate smoothly. If not. During driving the motor. If not. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. Defective PF main PWB. Defective connector cable or poor contact in the connector. If none. the first 1 s after PF lift motor 2 is turned on is excluded from detection. PF lift motor 1 and PF main PWB (YC7) Check if the gears rotate smoothly. Check for broken gears and replace if any. grease the bushes and gears. Code 1060 Contents PF lift motor 1 error (side paper feeder) After cassette 6 is inserted. PF lift motor 2 and PF main PWB (YC7) Check if the gears rotate smoothly. During driving the motor. Reinsert the connector. PF lift sensor 1 does not turn on within 12 s. the first 1 s after PF lift motor 1 is turned on is excluded from detection. Replace the PF lift motor 2. Defective drive transmission system of motor. replace the cable. 1070 PF lift motor 2 error (side paper feeder) After cassette 4 is inserted. Defective drive transmission system of motor. Reinsert the connector. However.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Check procedures/ corrective measures Check to see if the bottom plate can move smoothly and repair it if any problem is found. Defective PF main PWB. the first 1 s after PF lift motor 1 is turned on is excluded from detection. This error is detected 2 times successively. Replace the PF lift motor 1. Replace the PF main PWB (Refer to the service manual for the paper feeder). If none. Defective PF lift motor 1. Defective PF lift motor 1. the lift overcurrent protective monitor signal is detected for 500 ms or more 2 times successively.

1140 1800 Paper feeder communication error A communication error from paper feeder is detected 10 times in succession. Follow installation instruction carefully again. Defective SF main PWB. PF lift motor 2 and PF main PWB (YC7) Check if the gears rotate smoothly. Defective PF main PWB. the first 1 s after PF lift motor 2 is turned on is excluded from detection. Replace the PF main PWB (Refer to the service manual for the paper feeder). Improper installation paper feeder. Defective connector cable or poor contact in the connector. Reinsert the connector. the lift overcurrent protective monitor signal is detected for 500 ms or more 2 times successively. Defective PF main PWB. PF lift sensor 2 does not turn on within 12 s. the write data and the read data is not continuously in agreement three times. Defective drive transmission system of motor. Contact the Service Administrative Division. Check for broken gears and replace if any. During driving the motor.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Check procedures/ corrective measures Reinsert the connector. SF lift motor and SF main PWB (YC8) Check if the gears rotate smoothly. If not. Reinsert the connector. Code 1110 Contents PF lift motor 2 error (large capacity feeder) After cassette 4 is inserted. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. SF lift motor error (Side feeder) After cassette 5 is inserted. Device damage of EEPROM. Check for broken gears and replace if any. However. grease the bushes and gears. replace the cable. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. The lock signal of the motor is detected continuously for 200 ms. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. Defective PF main PWB. Replace the PF main PWB (Refer to the service manual for the paper feeder). grease the bushes and gears. Causes Defective connector cable or poor contact in the connector. If none. PF main PWB (YC13) and engine PWB (YC19) Replace the engine PWB and check for correct operation (see page 1-5-54). Defective SF lift motor. SF lift sensor does not turn on within 30 s. Replace the SF lift motor. replace the cable. replace the cable. Replace the PF main PWB (Refer to the service manual for the paper feeder). If none. Defective engine PWB. Defective drive transmission system of motor. 1-4-33 . Replace the PF lift motor 2. If none. Replace the SF main PWB (Refer to the service manual for the paper feeder). This error is detected 2 times successively. Defective connector cable or poor contact in the connector. 1900 Paper feeder EEPROM error When writing the data. If not. Defective PF lift motor 2.

Defective connector cable or poor contact in the connector. Defective engine PWB. 2102 Developer motor MCY error After developer motor MCY is driven. 2101 Defective connector cable or poor contact in the connector.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Check procedures/ corrective measures Reinsert the connector. Defective drive transmission system of motor. replace the cable. If none. Reinsert the connector. If none. the ready signal cannot be detected for 5 s. Check for broken gears and replace if any. grease the bushes and gears. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. the ready signal does not turn to L within 2 s. Replace the engine PWB and check for correct operation (see page 1-5-54). After developer motor K is stabilized. Causes Defective connector cable or poor contact in the connector. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. replace the cable. Defective engine PWB. Defective developer motor K. Replace the developer motor K. Developer motor K and motor control PWB (YC7) Motor control PWB (YC3) and engine PWB (YC9) Check if the gears rotate smoothly. If not. Developer motor MCY and motor control PWB (YC7) Motor control PWB (YC3) and engine PWB (YC9) Check if the gears rotate smoothly. Code 1950 Contents Transfer belt unit EEPROM error No response is issued from the device in reading/writing for 5 ms or more and this problem is repeated 5 times successively. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. Reinsert the connector. Mismatch between writing data and reading data occurs 8 times successively. [45 ppm/55 ppm model] After developer motor K is driven. If none. If not. Transfer belt unit and engine PWB (YC3) Replace the transfer belt unit and check for correct operation (see 1-5-41). the ready signal is at the H level for 1 s continuously. Replace the developer motor MCY. Defective drive transmission system of motor. replace the cable. Developer motor K error [30 ppm/35 ppm model] After developer motor K is driven. Mismatch of reading data from 2 locations occurs 8 times successively. 1-4-34 . Defective developer motor MCY. grease the bushes and gears. the ready signal cannot be detected for 5 s. Check for broken gears and replace if any. Replace the engine PWB and check for correct operation (see page 1-5-54). Defective transfer belt unit.

Defective drive transmission system of motor. Replace the drum motor M. Code 2201 Contents Drum motor K steady-state error After drum motor K is stabilized. If none. replace the cable. Causes Defective connector cable or poor contact in the connector. Defective drive transmission system of motor. Defective drum motor M. If none. 2203 Drum motor M steady-state error After drum motor M is stabilized. If not. Check for broken gears and replace if any. Defective engine PWB. grease the bushes and gears. Check for broken gears and replace if any. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. Replace the drum motor K. Drum motor M and motor control PWB (YC5) Motor control PWB (YC3) and engine PWB (YC9) Check if the gears rotate smoothly. Defective drum motor C. grease the bushes and gears. Replace the engine PWB and check for correct operation (see page 1-5-54).2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Check procedures/ corrective measures Reinsert the connector. replace the cable. If not. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. Defective engine PWB. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. Defective drive transmission system of motor. Replace the engine PWB and check for correct operation (see page 1-5-54). If none. replace the cable. Reinsert the connector. Defective connector cable or poor contact in the connector. 2202 Drum motor C steady-state error After drum motor C is stabilized. the ready signal is at the H level for 5 s continuously. Replace the drum motor C. Reinsert the connector. 1-4-35 . Defective connector cable or poor contact in the connector. the ready signal is at the H level for 5 s continuously. Replace the engine PWB and check for correct operation (see page 1-5-54). Drum motor C and motor control PWB (YC4) Motor control PWB (YC3) and engine PWB (YC9) Check if the gears rotate smoothly. If not. Defective drum motor K. Drum motor K and motor control PWB (YC5) Motor control PWB (YC3) and engine PWB (YC9) Check if the gears rotate smoothly. Check for broken gears and replace if any. the ready signal is at the H level for 5 s continuously. grease the bushes and gears. Defective engine PWB.

Also check for continuity within the connector cable. Defective drive transmission system of motor. 2212 Drum motor C startup error Drum motor C is not stabilized within 5 s since the motor is activated. Defective engine PWB. If none. If none. Replace the engine PWB and check for correct operation (see page 1-5-54). Drum motor C and motor control PWB (YC4) Motor control PWB (YC3) and engine PWB (YC9) Check if the gears rotate smoothly. If not. replace the cable. Causes Defective connector cable or poor contact in the connector.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Check procedures/ corrective measures Reinsert the connector. 2211 Drum motor K startup error Drum motor K is not stabilized within 5 s since the motor is activated. Drum motor K and motor control PWB (YC5) Motor control PWB (YC3) and engine PWB (YC9) Check if the gears rotate smoothly. Defective connector cable or poor contact in the connector. Replace the drum motor Y. the ready signal is at the H level for 5 s continuously. Check for broken gears and replace if any. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. Reinsert the connector. Defective drum motor K. Check for broken gears and replace if any. Replace the drum motor K. Defective drive transmission system of motor. Defective connector cable or poor contact in the connector. replace the cable. Replace the drum motor C. 1-4-36 . Replace the engine PWB and check for correct operation (see page 1-5-54). Replace the engine PWB and check for correct operation (see page 1-5-54). Check for broken gears and replace if any. Code 2204 Contents Drum motor Y steady-state error After drum motor Y is stabilized. Reinsert the connector. grease the bushes and gears. grease the bushes and gears. If none. Defective drive transmission system of motor. Defective drum motor C. Defective drum motor Y. Defective engine PWB. Drum motor Y and motor control PWB (YC4) Motor control PWB (YC3) and engine PWB (YC9) Check if the gears rotate smoothly. replace the cable. grease the bushes and gears. If not. If not. Defective engine PWB. Also check for continuity within the connector cable.

Defective drive transmission system of motor. 2214 Drum motor Y startup error Drum motor Y is not stabilized within 5 s since the motor is activated. Defective fuser motor. If none. Check for broken gears and replace if any. grease the bushes and gears. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. replace the cable. grease the bushes and gears. Defective engine PWB. Reinsert the connector. Defective engine PWB. Replace the engine PWB and check for correct operation (see page 1-5-54). Reinsert the connector. Replace the drum motor Y. After fuser motor is stabilized. Defective drum motor Y. 1-4-37 . Defective drive transmission system of motor. Defective engine PWB. Fuser motor and feed PWB 1 (YC18) Feed PWB 1 (YC1) and engine PWB (YC6) Check if the gears rotate smoothly. Code 2213 Contents Drum motor M startup error Drum motor M is not stabilized within 5 s since the motor is activated. the ready signal is at the H level for 1 s continuously. Defective drum motor M.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Check procedures/ corrective measures Reinsert the connector. Replace the fuser motor. Replace the drum motor M. Defective drive transmission system of motor. Defective connector cable or poor contact in the connector. 2300 Fuser motor error After fuser motor is driven. replace the cable. grease the bushes and gears. Drum motor Y and motor control PWB (YC4) Motor control PWB (YC3) and engine PWB (YC9) Check if the gears rotate smoothly. If not. Replace the engine PWB and check for correct operation (see page 1-5-54). If none. Drum motor M and motor control PWB (YC5) Motor control PWB (YC3) and engine PWB (YC9) Check if the gears rotate smoothly. Check for broken gears and replace if any. If none. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. Defective connector cable or poor contact in the connector. Replace the engine PWB and check for correct operation (see page 1-5-54). If not. If not. replace the cable. Check for broken gears and replace if any. Causes Defective connector cable or poor contact in the connector. the ready signal does not turn to L within 2 s. Also check for continuity within the connector cable.

Defective PF main PWB. Also check for continuity within the connector cable.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Check procedures/ corrective measures Reinsert the connector. feed motor. Replace the paper feed motor. After paper feed motor is stabilized. Defective drive transmission system of motor. Replace the PF main PWB (Refer to the service manual for the paper feeder). If none. Defective drive transmission system of motor. PF paper feed motor and PF main PWB (YC16) Check if the gears rotate smoothly. 2600 PF paper feed motor error (paper feeder) After PF paper feed motor is driven. the ready signal does not turn to L within 2 s. 2610 PF paper feed motor error (side paper feeder) After PF paper feed motor is driven. Reinsert the connector. Check for broken gears and replace if any. Check for broken gears and replace if any. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. Causes Defective connector cable or poor contact in the connector. replace the cable. feed motor. If not. grease the bushes and gears. Check for broken gears and replace if any. Defective paper feed motor. If none. Defective PF paper Replace the PF paper feed motor. 1-4-38 . Defective drive transmission system of motor. Code 2550 Contents Paper feed motor error After paper feed motor is driven. replace the cable. Replace the engine PWB and check for correct operation (see page 1-5-54). the ready signal does not turn to L within 2 s. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. Defective PF paper Replace the PF paper feed motor. grease the bushes and gears. Replace the PF main PWB (Refer to the service manual for the paper feeder). If none. the ready signal does not turn to L within 2 s. Paper feed motor and feed PWB 2 (YC2) Feed PWB 2 (YC1) and engine PWB (YC4) Check if the gears rotate smoothly. Defective connector cable or poor contact in the connector. PF paper feed motor and PF main PWB (YC16) Check if the gears rotate smoothly. Defective connector cable or poor contact in the connector. If not. grease the bushes and gears. the ready signal is at the H level for 1 s continuously. If not. Reinsert the connector. replace the cable. Defective PF main PWB. Defective engine PWB.

Reinsert the connector. SF paper feed motor and SF main PWB (YC16) Check if the gears rotate smoothly. Check for broken gears and replace if any. the ready signal does not turn to L within 2 s. Reinsert the connector. Color release motor and engine PWB (YC3) Check if the gears rotate smoothly. Defective drive transmission system of motor. SMT paper feed motor and SMT main PWB (YC5) Check if the gears rotate smoothly. If not. Code 2640 Contents SF paper feed motor error (side feeder) After SF paper feed motor is driven. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. Causes Defective connector cable or poor contact in the connector. Replace the color release motor. Defective connector cable or poor contact in the connector. Defective connector cable or poor contact in the connector. If not. Replace the SMT paper feed motor. Defective engine PWB. the ready signal does not turn to L within 2 s. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. 2650 SMT paper feed motor error (SMT paper feeder) After SMT paper feed motor is driven. replace the cable. 2700 Color release motor error When the color release motor is driven. feed motor. If none. grease the bushes and gears. If not. Defective drive transmission system of motor. Also check for continuity within the connector cable.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Check procedures/ corrective measures Reinsert the connector. Defective SF paper Replace the SF paper feed motor. grease the bushes and gears. Check for broken gears and replace if any. If none. After SMT paper feed motor is stabilized. replace the cable. Replace the SF main PWB (Refer to the service manual for the paper feeder). Defective color release motor. Replace the engine PWB and check for correct operation (see page 1-5-54). grease the bushes and gears. If none. 1-4-39 . replace the cable. Defective SMT paper feed motor. Defective SMT main PWB. Replace the SMT main PWB (Refer to the service manual for the paper feeder). Defective SF main PWB. the color release sensor does not turn on/off for 1 s. Check for broken gears and replace if any. the ready signal is at the H level for 1 s continuously. Defective drive transmission system of motor.

If none. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. Replace the transfer release motor. Reinsert the connector. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. Replace the engine PWB and check for correct operation (see page 1-5-54). Defective drive transmission system of motor. If not. Defective engine PWB. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. Transfer motor and feed PWB 1 (YC13) Feed PWB 1 (YC2) and engine PWB (YC5) Check if the gears rotate smoothly. Transfer release motor and relay PWB (YC14) Relay PWB (YC14) and feed PWB 1 (YC14) Feed PWB 1 (YC1) and engine PWB (YC6) Check if the gears rotate smoothly.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Check procedures/ corrective measures Reinsert the connector. grease the bushes and gears. replace the cable. Defective transfer release motor. Replace the engine PWB and check for correct operation (see page 1-5-54). replace the cable. Defective connector cable or poor contact in the connector. Defective engine PWB. 1-4-40 . 2780 Transfer skew sensor error An abnormal value is detected to transfer skew sensor. If none. 2760 Transfer motor startup error Transfer motor is not stabilized within 5 s since the motor is activated. Defective transfer skew sensor. Check for broken gears and replace if any. Defective engine PWB. If none. replace the cable. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. Replace the engine PWB and check for correct operation (see page 1-5-54). Defective connector cable or poor contact in the connector. Replace the transfer motor. Code 2730 Contents Transfer release motor error When the transfer release motor is driven. Reinsert the connector. Defective transfer motor. grease the bushes and gears. the transfer release sensor does not turn on/off for 1 s. Defective engine PWB. Replace the engine PWB and check for correct operation (see page 1-5-54). If not. Transfer belt unit and engine PWB (YC3) Replace the transfer skew sensor. Defective transfer skew sensor. Defective drive transmission system of motor. Transfer belt unit and engine PWB (YC3) Replace the transfer skew sensor. Reinsert the connector. Causes Defective connector cable or poor contact in the connector. Check for broken gears and replace if any. replace the cable. If none. Defective connector cable or poor contact in the connector. 2770 Transfer skew error An abnormal value is detected to transfer skew sensor.

Replace the engine PWB and check for correct operation (see page 1-5-54). Reinsert the connector.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Check procedures/ corrective measures Reinsert the connector. Causes Defective connector cable or poor contact in the connector. Replace the engine PWB and check for correct operation (see page 1-5-54). 2850 Transfer belt sensor error The signal is not received for 100 ms in succession. Reinsert the connector. grease the bushes and gears. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. Defective drive transmission system of motor. Check for broken gears and replace if any. Defective transfer motor. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. Defective engine PWB. Transfer cleaning motor and engine PWB (YC3) Check if the gears rotate smoothly. Check for broken gears and replace if any. replace the cable. If none. Transfer belt sensor and engine PWB (YC3) Replace the transfer belt sensor. If none. Defective drive transmission system of motor. grease the bushes and gears. Replace the transfer skew motor. Code 2790 Contents Transfer skew motor error When the transfer skew motor is driven. replace the cable. After transfer cleaning motor is stabilized. If not. Defective transfer cleaning motor. the ready signal does not turn to L within 2 s. replace the cable. 2840 Transfer cleaning motor error After transfer cleaning motor is driven. grease the bushes and gears. Defective transfer belt sensor. Check for broken gears and replace if any. Replace the engine PWB and check for correct operation (see page 1-5-54). replace the cable. 1-4-41 . the ready signal is at the H level for 5 s continuously. Replace the transfer motor. Defective transfer skew motor. Defective connector cable or poor contact in the connector. If not. Defective engine PWB. 2820 Transfer motor steady-state error After transfer motor is stabilized. If not. Transfer motor and feed PWB 1 (YC13) Feed PWB 1 (YC2) and engine PWB (YC5) Check if the gears rotate smoothly. Defective drive transmission system of motor. the ready signal is at the H level for 1 s continuously. Defective engine PWB. Replace the transfer cleaning motor. Defective connector cable or poor contact in the connector. Replace the engine PWB and check for correct operation (see page 1-5-54). Also check for continuity within the connector cable. If none. timeouts were detected twice in a row. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. Defective connector cable or poor contact in the connector. Reinsert the connector. Transfer skew motor and engine PWB (YC3) Check if the gears rotate smoothly. If none. Defective engine PWB.

Defective connector cable or poor contact in the connector. Defective transfer belt sensor. Defective connector cable or poor contact in the connector. Causes Defective connector cable or poor contact in the connector. If none. If none.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Check procedures/ corrective measures Reinsert the connector. replace the cable. Reinsert the connector. Defective LED PWB. 3200 Exposure lamp error When input value at the time of LED PWB illumination does not exceed the threshold value between 5 s. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. Motor control PWB (YC3) and engine PWB (YC9) Replace the motor control PWB and check for correct operation. 1-4-42 . Replace the ISC PWB and check for correct operation. Defective engine PWB. If none. Defective ISC PWB. Defective ISC PWB. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. If none. Replace the engine PWB and check for correct operation (see page 1-5-54). Replace the scanner motor. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. Replace the ISC PWB and check for correct operation. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. Defective main PWB. Defective home position sensor. Defective scanner motor. Code 2860 Contents Transfer belt sensor error The signal is not received for 100 ms in succession. 3100 Scanner carriage error The home position is not correct when the power is turned on or at the start of copying using the table. 2950 Motor control PWB communication error A communication error from the motor control PWB is detected 10 times in succession. Defective connector cable or poor contact in the connector. Replace the main PWB and check for correct operation (see page 1-5-49). replace the cable. Reinsert the connector. Defective motor control PWB. Reinsert the connector. replace the cable. LED PWB and ISC PWB (YC6) ISC PWB (YC3) and main PWB (YC11) Replace the LED PWB and check for correct operation. replace the cable. Defective main PWB. Home position sensor and ISC PWB (YC8) Scanner motor and ISC PWB (YC5) ISC PWB (YC3) and main PWB (YC11) Replace the home position sensor. Defective engine PWB. Replace the engine PWB and check for correct operation (see page 1-5-54). Replace the main PWB and check for correct operation (see page 1-5-49). Transfer belt sensor and engine PWB (YC3) Replace the transfer belt sensor.

Defective CCD PWB. Defective connector cable or poor contact in the connector. CCD PWB (YC2) and ISC PWB (YC9) ISC PWB (YC3) and main PWB (YC11) Code 3210 Contents CIS lamp error When input value at the time of CIS illumination does not exceed the threshold value between 5 s. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. replace the cable. 1-4-43 . Replace the DP relay PWB and check for correct operation. If none. CCD connector inserted incorrectly. replace the cable. Defective ISC PWB. operation. Defective DP relay PWB. Defective DP relay PWB. Defective DP main PWB. Replace the DP relay PWB and check for correct operation. Reinsert the image scanner unit connector if necessary. correct input is not obtained at CCD. Replace the CCD PWB and check for correct operation. Defective ISC PWB. Replace the main PWB and check for correct operation (see page 1-5-49). Also check for continuity within the connector cable.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Check procedures/ corrective measures Reinsert the connector. Replace the DP main PWB and check for correct operation. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. Reinsert the connector. 3600 3700 Scanner sequence error Scanner device error Defective ISC PWB. Defective main PWB. DP main PWB (YC1) and ISC PWB (YC12) ISC PWB (YC3) and main PWB (YC11) Replace the CIS and check for correct operation. If none. Defective CIS. Defective connector cable or poor contact in the connector. Reinsert the connector. 3500 Communication error between scanner and ASIC An error code is detected. ISC PWB (YC3) and main PWB (YC11) Replace the ISC PWB and check for correct operation. 3300 Optical system (AGC) error After AGC. Replace the ISC PWB and check for correct operation. Replace the CIS and check for correct operation. Replace the DP main PWB and check for correct operation. correct input is not obtained at CIS. 3310 CIS AGC error After AGC. Causes Defective connector cable or poor contact in the connector. replace the cable. If none. Defective CIS. Replace the main PWB and check for correct operation (see page 1-5-49). Defective main PWB. Defective exposure Replace the LED PWB and check for correct lamp. Replace the ISC PWB and check for correct operation. Defective DP main PWB.

Defective polygon motor M. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. Code 3900 Contents Backup memory read/write error (ISC PWB) Read and write data does not match. Defective polygon motor K. Defective connector cable or poor contact in the connector. Polygon motor M and LSU relay PWB (YC7) LSU relay PWB (YC3) and engine PWB (YC12) Replace the laser scanner unit (see page 15-25).2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Check procedures/ corrective measures Replace the ISC PWB and check for correct operation. 4001 Defective connector cable or poor contact in the connector. Reinsert the connector. Polygon motor C and LSU relay PWB (YC9) LSU relay PWB (YC3) and engine PWB (YC12) Replace the laser scanner unit (see page 15-25). Polygon motor K synchronization error After polygon motor K is driven. If none. Backup memory data error (ISC PWB) Data in the specified area of the backup memory does not match the specified values. the ready signal does not turn to L within 30 s. Replace the engine PWB and check for correct operation (see page 1-5-54). replace the cable. Replace the ISC PWB and check for correct operation. Defective engine PWB. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. replace the cable. the ready signal does not turn to L within 30 s. Reinsert the connector. 1-4-44 . 4003 Polygon motor M synchronization error After polygon motor M is driven. 3910 Defective backup memory or PWB. Reinsert the connector. the ready signal does not turn to L within 30 s. Replace the engine PWB and check for correct operation (see page 1-5-54). Causes Defective backup memory or PWB. 4002 Polygon motor C synchronization error After polygon motor C is driven. Defective polygon motor C. replace the cable. If none. Defective engine PWB. Polygon motor K and LSU relay PWB (YC4) LSU relay PWB (YC4) and engine PWB (YC12) Replace the laser scanner unit (see page 15-25). Replace the engine PWB and check for correct operation (see page 1-5-54). Also check for continuity within the connector cable. If none. Defective engine PWB. Defective connector cable or poor contact in the connector.

If none. Defective polygon motor C. Replace the engine PWB and check for correct operation (see page 1-5-54). Polygon motor Y and LSU relay PWB (YC11) LSU relay PWB (YC3) and engine PWB (YC12) Replace the laser scanner unit (see page 15-25). replace the cable. 1-4-45 . Defective engine PWB. Defective connector cable or poor contact in the connector. Defective polygon motor Y. Replace the engine PWB and check for correct operation (see page 1-5-54). Defective polygon motor M. If none. Code 4004 Contents Polygon motor Y synchronization error After polygon motor Y is driven. replace the cable. Replace the engine PWB and check for correct operation (see page 1-5-54). Defective engine PWB. If none. 4012 Polygon motor C steadystate error After polygon motor C is stabilized. Reinsert the connector. Causes Defective connector cable or poor contact in the connector. Polygon motor M and LSU relay PWB (YC7) LSU relay PWB (YC3) and engine PWB (YC12) Replace the laser scanner unit (see page 15-25). Defective connector cable or poor contact in the connector. the ready signal is at the H level for 15 s continuously. replace the cable. the ready signal does not turn to L within 30 s. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. Defective polygon motor K.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Check procedures/ corrective measures Reinsert the connector. Defective engine PWB. Polygon motor K and LSU relay PWB (YC4) LSU relay PWB (YC4) and engine PWB (YC12) Replace the laser scanner unit (see page 15-25). Also check for continuity within the connector cable. Reinsert the connector. Defective connector cable or poor contact in the connector. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. Polygon motor C and LSU relay PWB (YC9) LSU relay PWB (YC3) and engine PWB (YC12) Replace the laser scanner unit (see page 15-25). 4011 Polygon motor K steadystate error After polygon motor K is stabilized. 4013 Polygon motor M steadystate error After polygon motor M is stabilized. the ready signal is at the H level for 15 s continuously. replace the cable. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. the ready signal is at the H level for 15 s continuously. Reinsert the connector. Replace the engine PWB and check for correct operation (see page 1-5-54). If none. Defective engine PWB.

Replace the engine PWB and check for correct operation (see page 1-5-54). Defective PD PWB M. replace the cable. ASIC detects a BD error for 1 s. Defective connector cable or poor contact in the connector. Reinsert the connector. Replace the engine PWB and check for correct operation (see page 1-5-54). ASIC detects a BD error for 1 s. Defective engine PWB. replace the cable. Laser scanner unit and LSU relay PWB (YC5) LSU relay PWB (YC3) and engine PWB (YC12) Replace the laser scanner unit (see page 15-25). Also check for continuity within the connector cable. 4103 BD initialization error M After polygon motor M is driven. Laser scanner unit and LSU relay PWB (YC10) LSU relay PWB (YC3) and engine PWB (YC12) Replace the laser scanner unit (see page 15-25). Defective PD PWB K. 1-4-46 . If none. Replace the engine PWB and check for correct operation (see page 1-5-54). Defective PD PWB C. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. Reinsert the connector. Defective engine PWB. Defective polygon motor Y. If none. Defective connector cable or poor contact in the connector. ASIC detects a BD error for 1 s. Defective engine PWB. Laser scanner unit and LSU relay PWB (YC8) LSU relay PWB (YC3) and engine PWB (YC12) Replace the laser scanner unit (see page 15-25). Also check for continuity within the connector cable. 4101 BD initialization error K After polygon motor K is driven. 4102 BD initialization error C After polygon motor C is driven. Polygon motor Y and LSU relay PWB (YC11) LSU relay PWB (YC3) and engine PWB (YC12) Replace the laser scanner unit (see page 15-25). Also check for continuity within the connector cable. the ready signal is at the H level for 15 s continuously. Replace the engine PWB and check for correct operation (see page 1-5-54). replace the cable. If none. If none. Defective connector cable or poor contact in the connector. Reinsert the connector.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Check procedures/ corrective measures Reinsert the connector. Code 4014 Contents Polygon motor Y steadystate error After polygon motor Y is stabilized. replace the cable. Defective engine PWB. Causes Defective connector cable or poor contact in the connector.

ASIC detects a BD error for 1 s. Code 4104 Contents BD initialization error Y After polygon motor Y is driven. Reinsert the connector. Laser scanner unit and LSU relay PWB (YC5) LSU relay PWB (YC3) and engine PWB (YC12) Replace the laser scanner unit (see page 15-25). Defective engine PWB. replace the cable. Defective PD PWB K. 4201 BD steady-state error K Defective connecThe BD signal is not detected. Defective engine PWB. 4202 BD steady-state error C Defective connecThe BD signal is not detected. replace the cable.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Check procedures/ corrective measures Reinsert the connector. Defective PD PWB M. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. Defective PD PWB Y. replace the cable. Defective PD PWB C. tor cable or poor contact in the connector. replace the cable. Replace the engine PWB and check for correct operation (see page 1-5-54). If none. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. Laser scanner unit and LSU relay PWB (YC10) LSU relay PWB (YC3) and engine PWB (YC12) Replace the laser scanner unit (see page 15-25). Laser scanner unit and LSU relay PWB (YC8) LSU relay PWB (YC3) and engine PWB (YC12) Replace the laser scanner unit (see page 15-25). Reinsert the connector. Defective engine PWB. Replace the engine PWB and check for correct operation (see page 1-5-54). Also check for continuity within the connector cable. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. 1-4-47 . If none. Reinsert the connector. Causes Defective connector cable or poor contact in the connector. If none. Defective engine PWB. tor cable or poor contact in the connector. Laser scanner unit and LSU relay PWB (YC12) LSU relay PWB (YC3) and engine PWB (YC12) Replace the laser scanner unit (see page 15-25). 4203 BD steady-state error M Defective connecThe BD signal is not detected. tor cable or poor contact in the connector. Replace the engine PWB and check for correct operation (see page 1-5-54). If none. Replace the engine PWB and check for correct operation (see page 1-5-54).

Replace the laser scanner unit (see page 15-25). If none. Replace the engine PWB and check for correct operation (see page 1-5-54). replace the cable. replace the cable. Laser scanner unit and LSU relay PWB (YC5) LSU relay PWB (YC3) and engine PWB (YC12) Replace the laser scanner unit (see page 15-25). Also check for continuity within the connector cable. Replace the engine PWB and check for correct operation (see page 1-5-54). 4300 Polygon motor phase error ASIC won’t settle in completion of phase adjustment for 2 seconds after a BD signal is detected. Defective PD PWB Y. Defective connector cable or poor contact in the connector. Defective engine PWB. Reinsert the connector. 1-4-48 . Also check for continuity within the connector cable. Replace the engine PWB and check for correct operation (see page 1-5-54). If none. Code 4204 Contents Causes BD steady-state error Y Defective connecThe BD signal is not detected. Reinsert the connector. 4401 Defective APC PWB K. LD over-current detection error K An over current signal has been detected for 15 ms in succession when LD is illuminated. Defective APC PWB C. Defective connector cable or poor contact in the connector.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Check procedures/ corrective measures Reinsert the connector. Replace the engine PWB and check for correct operation (see page 1-5-54). If none. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. Laser scanner unit and LSU relay PWB (YC12) LSU relay PWB (YC3) and engine PWB (YC12) Replace the laser scanner unit (see page 15-25). tor cable or poor contact in the connector. Laser scanner unit and LSU relay PWB (YC10) LSU relay PWB (YC3) and engine PWB (YC12) Replace the laser scanner unit (see page 15-25). 4402 LD over-current detection error C An over current signal has been detected for 15 ms in succession when LD is illuminated. replace the cable. Defective engine PWB. Defective laser scanner unit. Defective engine PWB. Defective engine PWB.

4404 LD over-current detection error Y An over current signal has been detected for 15 ms in succession when LD is illuminated.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Check procedures/ corrective measures Reinsert the connector. Reinsert the connector. Check for broken gears and replace if any. If none. If not. Defective engine PWB.Replace the high voltage PWB 1 and check age PWB 1. Replace the engine PWB and check for correct operation (see page 1-5-54). Also check for continuity within the connector cable. replace the cable. Replace the engine PWB and check for correct operation (see page 1-5-54). the ready signal is at the H level for 1 s continuously. replace the cable. Defective LSU cleaning motor. grease the bushes and gears. Laser scanner unit and LSU relay PWB (YC12) LSU relay PWB (YC3) and engine PWB (YC12) Replace the laser scanner unit (see page 15-25). If none. 4600 LSU cleaning motor error After LSU cleaning motor is driven. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. High voltage PWB 1 (YC4) and engine PWB (YC17) Code 4403 Contents LD over-current detection error M An over current signal has been detected for 15 ms in succession when LD is illuminated. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. Replace the engine PWB and check for correct operation (see page 1-5-54). Laser scanner unit and LSU relay PWB (YC8) LSU relay PWB (YC3) and engine PWB (YC12) Replace the laser scanner unit (see page 15-25). replace the cable. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. If none. Defective engine PWB. If none. Defective engine PWB. Defective connector cable or poor contact in the connector. After LSU cleaning motor is stabilized. Causes Defective connector cable or poor contact in the connector. Replace the LSU cleaning motor. Defective APC PWB M. for correct operation (see page 1-5-59). Reinsert the connector. Replace the engine PWB and check for correct operation (see page 1-5-54). LSU cleaning motor and engine PWB (YC21) Check if the gears rotate smoothly. Defective APC PWB Y. the ready signal does not turn to L within 2 s. Defective drive transmission system of motor. 5101 Main high-voltage error K Abnormality of charger roller K is detected when Vpp adjustment. Reinsert the connector. replace the cable. 1-4-49 . Defective connector cable or poor contact in the connector. Defective engine PWB. Defective high volt. Defective connector cable or poor contact in the connector.

Replace the engine PWB and check for correct operation (see page 1-5-54). Fuser thermostat triggered. High voltage PWB 1 (YC2) and engine PWB (YC16) Code 5102 Contents Main high-voltage error C Abnormality of charger roller C is detected when Vpp adjustment. replace the cable. High voltage PWB 1 (YC3) and engine PWB (YC17) Defective high volt. Replace the fuser unit (see page 1-5-45). Causes Defective connector cable or poor contact in the connector. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. Replace the fuser unit (see page 1-5-45). Reinsert the connector. replace the cable. Defective engine PWB. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. Defective engine PWB. Defective connector cable or poor contact in the connector.Replace the high voltage PWB 1 and check age PWB 1. Reinsert the connector. for correct operation (see page 1-5-59). The detected temperature of fuser thermistor 1 does not reach the specified temperature (ready indication temperature) for 60 s in warming up after reached to 100° C/212 °F. High voltage PWB 1 (YC1) and engine PWB (YC16) Defective high volt. Power source PWB (YC3) and fuser IH PWB (YC1) Fuser IH PWB (YC4) and engine PWB (YC26) See page 1-4-55. Defective connector cable or poor contact in the connector. If none. for correct operation (see page 1-5-59). replace the cable. for correct operation (see page 1-5-59). Also check for continuity within the connector cable. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. Defective engine PWB.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Check procedures/ corrective measures Reinsert the connector. Defective high volt. Deformed connector pin. If none. 6000 Broken fuser heater wire Fuser thermistor 1 does not reach 100° C/212 °F even after 60 s during warming up. If none. Replace the engine PWB and check for correct operation (see page 1-5-54). 5103 Main high-voltage error M Abnormality of charger roller M is detected when Vpp adjustment. Defective engine PWB. Defective triac.Replace the high voltage PWB 1 and check age PWB 1. replace the cable. See page 1-4-55.Replace the high voltage PWB 1 and check age PWB 1. 5104 Main high-voltage error Y Abnormality of charger roller Y is detected when Vpp adjustment. Defective connector cable or poor contact in the connector. If none. 1-4-50 . Replace the engine PWB and check for correct operation (see page 1-5-54). Defective fuser IH. Replace the engine PWB and check for correct operation (see page 1-5-54). Reinsert the connector.

Replace the fuser unit (see page 1-5-45). If none. Defective connector cable or poor contact in the connector. Replace the engine PWB and check for correct operation (see page 1-5-54). Broken fuser thermistor 2 wire. Defective engine PWB. Replace the engine PWB and check for correct operation (see page 1-5-54). Deformed connector pin. Replace the fuser unit (see page 1-5-45). If none. Shorted fuser thermistor 1. Defective fuser IH. See page 1-4-55. See page 1-4-55. Deformed connector pin. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. replace the cable. Replace the fuser unit (see page 1-5-45). Causes Deformed connector pin.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Check procedures/ corrective measures See page 1-4-55. Code 6020 Contents Abnormally high fuser thermistor 1 temperature Fuser thermistor 1 detects a temperature higher than 240°C/464°F for 1 s. Fuser thermostat triggered. Replace the fuser unit (see page 1-5-45). Defective triac. Reinsert the connector. Defective engine PWB. 6040 Fuser heater error Input from fuser thermistor 2 is abnormal value continuously for 1 s. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. Replace the engine PWB and check for correct operation (see page 1-5-54). Defective triac. Defective engine PWB. See page 1-4-55. Defective connector cable or poor contact in the connector. 1-4-51 . Replace the fuser unit (see page 1-5-45). Defective fuser IH. Broken fuser thermistor 1 wire. Fuser unit and engine PWB (YC26) See page 1-4-55. Defective triac. Fuser unit and engine PWB (YC26) See page 1-4-55. Replace the fuser unit (see page 1-5-45). replace the cable. Reinsert the connector. 6030 Broken fuser thermistor 1 wire Input from fuser thermistor 1 is 984 or more (A/D value) continuously for 1 s.

Defective fuser thermistor 1. Defective triac. Replace the fuser unit (see page 1-5-45). 6120 Abnormally high fuser thermistor 4 temperature Fuser thermistor 1 detects a temperature higher than 190°C/374°F for 1 s. 6150 Abnormally low fuser thermistor 4 temperature Fuser thermistor 4 detects a temperature lower than 30°C/ 86°F for 1 s after warming up. Deformed connector pin. Replace the engine PWB and check for correct operation (see page 1-5-54). Defective engine PWB. Defective triac. See page 1-4-55. See page 1-4-55. Shorted fuser thermistor 4. Also check for continuity within the connector cable.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Check procedures/ corrective measures See page 1-4-55. Defective engine PWB. Defective triac. 6130 Broken fuser thermistor 4 wire Input from fuser thermistor 4 is 992 or more (A/D value) continuously for 1 s. Replace the fuser unit (see page 1-5-45). See page 1-4-55. Replace the engine PWB and check for correct operation (see page 1-5-54). Replace the engine PWB and check for correct operation (see page 1-5-54). If none. Code 6050 Contents Abnormally low fuser thermistor 1 temperature Fuser thermistor 1 detects a temperature lower than 100°C/212°F for 1 s after warming up. Defective connector cable or poor contact in the connector. Defective triac. Deformed connector pin. Replace the fuser unit (see page 1-5-45). replace the cable. See page 1-4-55. Replace the fuser unit (see page 1-5-45). See page 1-4-55. 1-4-52 . Defective engine PWB. Reinsert the connector. Deformed connector pin. Broken fuser thermistor 4 wire. Replace the fuser unit (see page 1-5-45). See page 1-4-55. Replace the fuser unit (see page 1-5-45). Causes Deformed connector pin. Defective fuser IH. Defective fuser IH. Fuser unit and engine PWB (YC26) See page 1-4-55. Defective fuser IH. Defective engine PWB. Defective fuser thermistor 1. Replace the engine PWB and check for correct operation (see page 1-5-54). Replace the fuser unit (see page 1-5-45).

replace the cable. Defective fuser IH. Power source PWB (YC3) and fuser IH PWB (YC1) Fuser IH PWB (YC4) and engine PWB (YC26) See page 1-4-55. Replace the fuser unit (see page 1-5-45). See page 1-4-55. Replace the fuser unit (see page 1-5-45). Defective triac. Deformed connector pin. Fuser unit and engine PWB (YC26) See page 1-4-55. See page 1-4-55. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. Replace the engine PWB and check for correct operation (see page 1-5-54). Defective fuser IH. 1-4-53 . Replace the engine PWB and check for correct operation (see page 1-5-54). Defective engine PWB. Reinsert the connector. Replace the fuser unit (see page 1-5-45). Code 6200 Contents Broken fuser edge heater wire Fuser thermistor 2 does not reach 100° C/212 °F even after 60 s during warming up. Replace the fuser unit (see page 1-5-45). Fuser thermostat triggered. Defective connector cable or poor contact in the connector. Replace the fuser unit (see page 1-5-45). 6230 Broken fuser thermistor 2 wire Input from fuser thermistor 2 is 992 or more (A/D value) continuously for 1 s. 6220 Abnormally high fuser thermistor 2 temperature Fuser thermistor 2 detects a temperature higher than 250°C/482°F for 1 s. Defective triac. Replace the fuser unit (see page 1-5-45). Deformed connector pin. See page 1-4-55. Deformed connector pin. Defective engine PWB. If none. The detected temperature of fuser thermistor 2 does not reach the specified temperature (ready indication temperature) for 60 s in warming up after reached to 100° C/212 °F. If none. See page 1-4-55. Broken fuser thermistor 2 wire. Causes Defective connector cable or poor contact in the connector. Fuser thermostat triggered. Defective engine PWB. replace the cable. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. Replace the engine PWB and check for correct operation (see page 1-5-54).2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Check procedures/ corrective measures Reinsert the connector. Defective triac. Shorted fuser thermistor 2.

Broken fuser thermistor 3 wire. 6330 Broken fuser thermistor 3 wire Input from fuser thermistor 3 is 992 or more (A/D value) continuously for 1 s. Replace the engine PWB and check for correct operation (see page 1-5-54). Shorted fuser thermistor 3. Replace the fuser unit (see page 1-5-45). Code 6250 Contents Abnormally low fuser thermistor 2 temperature Fuser thermistor 2 detects a temperature lower than 50°C/ 122°F for 1 s after warming up. Defective triac. Defective triac. Fuser unit and engine PWB (YC26) See page 1-4-55. Replace the fuser unit (see page 1-5-45). 1-4-54 . Deformed connector pin. See page 1-4-55. Replace the engine PWB and check for correct operation (see page 1-5-54). Defective engine PWB. Defective engine PWB. Fuser thermostat triggered. Defective engine PWB. 6320 Abnormally high fuser thermistor 3 temperature Fuser thermistor 3 detects a temperature higher than 240°C/464°F for 1 s. See page 1-4-55. Causes Deformed connector pin. Replace the fuser unit (see page 1-5-45). Replace the fuser unit (see page 1-5-45). See page 1-4-55. Defective fuser IH.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Check procedures/ corrective measures See page 1-4-55. Defective fuser IH. Defective triac. See page 1-4-55. If none. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. Defective fuser thermistor 2. Deformed connector pin. Replace the engine PWB and check for correct operation (see page 1-5-54). Defective connector cable or poor contact in the connector. replace the cable. Replace the fuser unit (see page 1-5-45). Reinsert the connector. Replace the fuser unit (see page 1-5-45).

T1 T2 TRA51 Power source PWB Figure 1-4-4 Fuser release motor error When the fuser release motor is driven. Defective connector cable or poor contact in the connector. Reinsert the connector. Defective fuser release motor. 1-4-55 . Replace the engine PWB and check for correct operation (see page 1-5-54). grease the bushes and gears. If not. If failed. replace the cable.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Check procedures/ corrective measures If the I/F connector pins of the fuser unit and the main unit are deformed owing to foreign matters. replace the power source PWB (see page 15-56). Defective triac. Defective engine PWB. Defective drive transmission system of motor. Replace the fuser release motor. such as paper dusts. the fuser release sensor does not turn on/off for 5 s. If none. Check for broken gears and replace if any. Code 6000 6020 6030 6040 6050 6120 6130 6150 6200 6220 6230 6250 6320 6330 Combined 6610 Contents Broken fuser heater wire Abnormally high fuser thermistor 1 temperature Broken fuser thermistor 1 wire Fuser heater error Abnormally low fuser thermistor 1 temperature Abnormally high fuser thermistor 4 temperature Broken fuser thermistor 4 wire Abnormally low fuser thermistor 4 temperature Broken fuser edge heater wire Abnormally high fuser thermistor 2 temperature Broken fuser thermistor 2 wire Abnormally low fuser thermistor 2 temperature Abnormally high fuser thermistor 3 temperature Broken fuser thermistor 3 wire Causes Deformed connector pin. replace the connectors or the units including the connectors. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. Remove the power cord and check that the resistance between terminals T1 and T2 of the triac TRA51 is of several Mega-Ohms and not shorted (see figure 1-4-4). Fuser unit and engine PWB (YC26) Check if the gears rotate smoothly.

If none. 6720 Fuser IH belt rotation error A belt rotating pulse is not received for 1 second. replace the cable. If none. Defective fuser IH PWB. Defective fuser IH PWB. Replace the engine PWB and check for correct operation (see page 1-5-54). Also check for continuity within the connector cable. Reinsert the connector.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Check procedures/ corrective measures Reinsert the connector. replace the cable. replace the cable. Defective engine PWB. Defective engine PWB. Reinsert the connector. Defective engine PWB. Replace the engine PWB and check for correct operation (see page 1-5-54). Fuser IH PWB (YC4) and engine PWB (YC26) Replace the fuser IH PWB and check for correct operation. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. Fuser IH PWB (YC4) and engine PWB (YC26) Replace the fuser IH PWB and check for correct operation. If none. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. Reinsert the connector. Defective engine PWB. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. 6740 Abnormally high fuser IH PWB temperature 2 The input detect temperature is greater than 105°C/221 °F. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. Causes Defective connector cable or poor contact in the connector. Defective connector cable or poor contact in the connector. 1-4-56 . Replace the engine PWB and check for correct operation (see page 1-5-54). If none. Defective fuser belt Replace the fuser belt sensor. sensor. Fuser IH PWB (YC4) and engine PWB (YC26) Replace the fuser IH PWB and check for correct operation. Fuser unit and engine PWB (YC26) Code 6710 Contents Fuser IH PWB CPU reset error Watch doc timer has been overflowed. 6730 Abnormally high fuser IH PWB temperature 1 The input detect temperature is greater than 105°C/221 °F. Reinsert the connector. Defective connector cable or poor contact in the connector. If none. Replace the engine PWB and check for correct operation (see page 1-5-54). Replace the engine PWB and check for correct operation (see page 1-5-54). replace the cable. Fuser IH PWB (YC4) and engine PWB (YC26) Replace the fuser IH PWB and check for correct operation. 6750 Fuser IH output over-current error The output current is greater than 75A for 10 ms in succession. Defective fuser IH PWB. replace the cable. Defective connector cable or poor contact in the connector. Defective engine PWB. Defective fuser IH PWB. Defective connector cable or poor contact in the connector.

Also check for continuity within the connector cable. replace the cable. If none. Defective connector cable or poor contact in the connector. If none. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. Defective connector cable or poor contact in the connector. Defective engine PWB.6 times of it for 120 ms in succession. Defective engine PWB. 6900 Fuser front fan motor error When the fuser front fan motor is driven. 6780 Fuser IH input over-voltage error The input voltage is greater than 140V for 200 ms in succession. Reinsert the connector. Fuser IH PWB (YC4) and engine PWB (YC26) Replace the fuser IH PWB and check for correct operation. If none. Reinsert the connector.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Check procedures/ corrective measures Reinsert the connector. If none. Fuser front fan motor and engine PWB (YC26) Replace the fuser front fan motor. 1-4-57 . Defective engine PWB. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. Defective fuser front fan motor. Fuser IH PWB (YC4) and engine PWB (YC26) Replace the fuser IH PWB and check for correct operation. Fuser rear fan motor and engine PWB (YC26) Replace the fuser rear fan motor. replace the cable. Defective engine PWB. alarm signal is detected for 5 s continuously. If none. 6770 Fuser IH low electric power error The preset power is less than 0. replace the cable. Replace the engine PWB and check for correct operation (see page 1-5-54). Also check for continuity within the connector cable. Defective connector cable or poor contact in the connector. replace the cable. Defective fuser IH PWB. alarm signal is detected for 5 s continuously. 6910 Fuser rear fan motor error When the fuser rear fan motor is driven. Replace the engine PWB and check for correct operation (see page 1-5-54). Defective fuser IH PWB. Defective connector cable or poor contact in the connector. Code 6760 Contents Fuser IH input over-current error The input current is greater than 20A for 10 ms in succession. replace the cable. Defective fuser rear fan motor. Replace the engine PWB and check for correct operation (see page 1-5-54). Defective fuser IH PWB. Causes Defective connector cable or poor contact in the connector. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. Reinsert the connector. Reinsert the connector. Replace the engine PWB and check for correct operation (see page 1-5-54). Replace the engine PWB and check for correct operation (see page 1-5-54). Fuser IH PWB (YC4) and engine PWB (YC26) Replace the fuser IH PWB and check for correct operation. Defective engine PWB.

alarm signal is detected for 5 s continuously. Fuser IH PWB (YC4) and engine PWB (YC26) Replace the fuser IH PWB and check for correct operation. Defective connector cable or poor contact in the connector. Replace the engine PWB and check for correct operation (see page 1-5-54). Defective fuser IH PWB. Defective engine PWB. Defective engine PWB. Defective engine PWB. Reinsert the connector. If none. Reinsert the connector. Defective IH fan motor. 1-4-58 . replace the cable. Replace the engine PWB and check for correct operation (see page 1-5-54). Defective connector cable or poor contact in the connector. replace the cable. 6930 Coil fan motor 2 error When the coil fan motor 2 is driven. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. If none. Replace the fuser IH PWB and check for correct operation. Code 6920 Contents Coil fan motor 1 error When the coil fan motor 1 is driven. alarm signal is detected for 5 s continuously. Defective coil fan motor 2. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. Defective engine PWB. Defective connector cable or poor contact in the connector. IH fan motor and feed PWB 1 (YC11) Feed PWB 1 (YC2) and engine PWB (YC5) Replace the IH fan motor. Reinsert the connector. Replace the engine PWB and check for correct operation (see page 1-5-54). If none. Defective engine PWB. Causes Defective connector cable or poor contact in the connector. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. Replace the engine PWB and check for correct operation (see page 1-5-54). A checksum error is detected 10 times in succession. 6940 IH fan motor error When the IH fan motor is driven. Replace the engine PWB and check for correct operation (see page 1-5-54). If none. Coil fan motor 2 and engine PWB (YC26) Replace coil fan motor 2. Defective fuser IH PWB. 6990 Fuser power supply incompatibility Information won’t match between the engine backup and the fuser IH PWB. Coil fan motor 1 and front PWB (YC4) Front PWB (YC3) and engine PWB (YC7) Replace coil fan motor 1.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Check procedures/ corrective measures Reinsert the connector. 6950 Fuser IH PWB communication error No response is received in 30 ms since a command is sent to IHCPU. replace the cable. Defective coil fan motor 1. replace the cable. the alarm signal is detected for 5 s continuously. Also check for continuity within the connector cable.

Replace the engine PWB and check for correct operation (see page 1-5-54). Defective connector cable or poor contact in the connector. Defective engine PWB. 7002 Toner motor C error When the toner motor C is driven. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. Defective engine PWB. Replace the toner motor Y. replace the cable. Replace the engine PWB and check for correct operation (see page 1-5-54). Defective toner motor C. Defective engine PWB. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. Replace the toner motor K.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Check procedures/ corrective measures Reinsert the connector. the pulse of screw sensor M is not detected. Reinsert the connector. Defective toner motor K. Replace the toner motor C. Toner motor C and engine PWB (YC27) Replace the screw sensor C. Causes Defective connector cable or poor contact in the connector. If none. Toner motor M and engine PWB (YC27) Replace the screw sensor M. If none. Defective toner motor M. the pulse of screw sensor Y is not detected. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. Replace the engine PWB and check for correct operation (see page 1-5-54). Toner motor K and engine PWB (YC27) Replace the screw sensor K. replace the cable. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. Defective connector cable or poor contact in the connector. the pulse of screw sensor K is not detected. 1-4-59 . 7003 Toner motor M error When the toner motor M is driven. Defective toner motor Y. 7004 Toner motor Y error When the toner motor Y is driven. Defective screw sensor C. If none. Defective screw sensor Y. Reinsert the connector. Defective engine PWB. Toner motor Y and engine PWB (YC27) Replace the screw sensor Y. replace the cable. Replace the engine PWB and check for correct operation (see page 1-5-54). Code 7001 Contents Toner motor K error When the toner motor K is driven. Defective connector cable or poor contact in the connector. the pulse of screw sensor C is not detected. If none. replace the cable. Defective screw sensor M. Replace the toner motor M. Reinsert the connector. Defective screw sensor K.

Also check for continuity within the connector cable. 7200 Broken outer temperature sensor 2 wire The sensor input sampling is greater than 230. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. Defective outer temperature sensor 2. replace the cable. Defective connector cable or poor contact in the connector. Defective engine PWB. Defective engine PWB. If none. Causes Defective connector cable or poor contact in the connector. If none. Toner sensor Y and front PWB (YC15) Front PWB (YC2) and engine PWB (YC10) Replace the engine PWB and check for correct operation (see page 1-5-54). replace the cable. replace the cable. Defective engine PWB. Defective connector cable or poor contact in the connector. Reinsert the connector. replace the cable. 7102 Toner sensor C error Sensor output value of 60 or less or 944 or more continued for 3 s. Toner sensor K and front PWB (YC7) Front PWB (YC2) and engine PWB (YC10) Replace the engine PWB and check for correct operation (see page 1-5-54). Code 7101 Contents Toner sensor K error Sensor output value of 60 or less or 944 or more continued for 3 s. Defective engine PWB. Outer temperature sensor 2 and front PWB (YC19) Front PWB (YC2) and engine PWB (YC10) Replace outer temperature sensor 2. 7104 Toner sensor Y error Sensor output value of 60 or less or 944 or more continued for 3 s. Replace the engine PWB and check for correct operation (see page 1-5-54). Toner sensor C and front PWB (YC13) Front PWB (YC2) and engine PWB (YC10) Replace the engine PWB and check for correct operation (see page 1-5-54).2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Check procedures/ corrective measures Reinsert the connector. 7103 Toner sensor M error Sensor output value of 60 or less or 944 or more continued for 3 s. Toner sensor M and front PWB (YC11) Front PWB (YC2) and engine PWB (YC10) Replace the engine PWB and check for correct operation (see page 1-5-54). Reinsert the connector. Defective connector cable or poor contact in the connector. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. If none. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. Reinsert the connector. Defective connector cable or poor contact in the connector. Defective engine PWB. If none. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. 1-4-60 . If none. Reinsert the connector. replace the cable.

Defective engine PWB. Defective connector cable or poor contact in the connector. 7221 Broken LSU thermistor K wire The sensor input sampling is greater than 255. replace the cable. Laser scanner unit and LSU relay PWB (YC10) LSU relay PWB (YC3) and engine PWB (YC12) Replace the laser scanner unit (see page 15-25). Defective engine PWB. If none. If none. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. Defective connector cable or poor contact in the connector. Replace the engine PWB and check for correct operation (see page 1-5-54). Also check for continuity within the connector cable. Laser scanner unit and LSU relay PWB (YC5) LSU relay PWB (YC3) and engine PWB (YC12) Replace the laser scanner unit (see page 15-25). Defective LSU thermistor C. Laser scanner unit and LSU relay PWB (YC8) LSU relay PWB (YC3) and engine PWB (YC12) Replace the laser scanner unit (see page 15-25). 7222 Broken LSU thermistor C wire The sensor input sampling is greater than 255.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Check procedures/ corrective measures Reinsert the connector. Defective engine PWB. Defective LSU thermistor M. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. If none. Reinsert the connector. replace the cable. Defective engine PWB. Reinsert the connector. Outer temperature sensor 2 and front PWB (YC19) Front PWB (YC2) and engine PWB (YC10) Replace outer temperature sensor 2. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. Causes Defective connector cable or poor contact in the connector. Replace the engine PWB and check for correct operation (see page 1-5-54). 7223 Broken LSU thermistor M wire The sensor input sampling is greater than 255. 1-4-61 . Defective connector cable or poor contact in the connector. Replace the engine PWB and check for correct operation (see page 1-5-54). replace the cable. Code 7210 Contents Short-circuited outer temperature sensor 2 The sensor input sampling is less than 69. If none. Replace the engine PWB and check for correct operation (see page 1-5-54). Reinsert the connector. Defective LSU thermistor K. replace the cable. Defective outer temperature sensor 2.

If none. Replace the engine PWB and check for correct operation (see page 1-5-54). replace the cable. Defective engine PWB. Laser scanner unit and LSU relay PWB (YC10) LSU relay PWB (YC3) and engine PWB (YC12) Replace the laser scanner unit (see page 15-25). Causes Defective connector cable or poor contact in the connector. If none. Defective LSU thermistor M. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. Reinsert the connector. Defective engine PWB. Laser scanner unit and LSU relay PWB (YC8) LSU relay PWB (YC3) and engine PWB (YC12) Replace the laser scanner unit (see page 15-25). Defective connector cable or poor contact in the connector. If none. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. Defective LSU thermistor Y. Defective engine PWB. replace the cable. Defective LSU thermistor K. Replace the engine PWB and check for correct operation (see page 1-5-54). Also check for continuity within the connector cable. Defective connector cable or poor contact in the connector. Defective engine PWB. Defective LSU thermistor C. Replace the engine PWB and check for correct operation (see page 1-5-54). Laser scanner unit and LSU relay PWB (YC5) LSU relay PWB (YC3) and engine PWB (YC12) Replace the laser scanner unit (see page 15-25). replace the cable. 1-4-62 . Reinsert the connector. 7233 Short-circuited LSU thermistor M The sensor input sampling is less than 0.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Check procedures/ corrective measures Reinsert the connector. 7232 Short-circuited LSU thermistor C The sensor input sampling is less than 0. Laser scanner unit and LSU relay PWB (YC12) LSU relay PWB (YC3) and engine PWB (YC12) Replace the laser scanner unit (see page 15-25). 7231 Short-circuited LSU thermistor K The sensor input sampling is less than 0. Replace the engine PWB and check for correct operation (see page 1-5-54). Also check for continuity within the connector cable. replace the cable. Reinsert the connector. If none. Code 7224 Contents Broken LSU thermistor Y wire The sensor input sampling is greater than 255. Defective connector cable or poor contact in the connector.

Defective connector cable or poor contact in the connector. Replace the engine PWB and check for correct operation (see page 1-5-54). Also check for continuity within the connector cable. 7242 Broken developer thermistor C wire The sensor input sampling is greater than 255. If none. Reinsert the connector. 7243 Broken developer thermistor M wire The sensor input sampling is greater than 255. Reinsert the connector. Developer unit M and front PWB (YC11) Front PWB (YC2) and engine PWB (YC10) Replace developer unit M (see page 1-536). If none. Replace the engine PWB and check for correct operation (see page 1-5-54). Code 7234 Contents Short-circuited LSU thermistor Y The sensor input sampling is less than 0. Defective connector cable or poor contact in the connector. replace the cable. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. Developer unit K and front PWB (YC9) Front PWB (YC2) and engine PWB (YC10) Replace developer unit K (see page 1-5-36). Reinsert the connector. Developer unit C and front PWB (YC13) Front PWB (YC2) and engine PWB (YC10) Replace developer unit C (see page 1-5-36). If none. replace the cable. Defective engine PWB. Defective developer thermistor K. 7241 Broken developer thermistor K wire The sensor input sampling is greater than 255. Defective developer thermistor M. Replace the engine PWB and check for correct operation (see page 1-5-54). replace the cable. Defective engine PWB. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. Defective engine PWB. 1-4-63 . Defective developer thermistor C. Defective connector cable or poor contact in the connector. Defective engine PWB. If none. Defective LSU thermistor Y. Causes Defective connector cable or poor contact in the connector. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. Laser scanner unit and LSU relay PWB (YC12) LSU relay PWB (YC3) and engine PWB (YC12) Replace the laser scanner unit (see page 15-25).2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Check procedures/ corrective measures Reinsert the connector. Replace the engine PWB and check for correct operation (see page 1-5-54). replace the cable.

Replace the engine PWB and check for correct operation (see page 1-5-54). If none. Developer unit K and front PWB (YC9) Front PWB (YC2) and engine PWB (YC10) Replace developer unit K (see page 1-5-36). replace the cable. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. Replace the engine PWB and check for correct operation (see page 1-5-54). Defective engine PWB. Defective connector cable or poor contact in the connector. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. replace the cable. replace the cable. Defective developer thermistor Y. 7253 Short-circuited developer thermistor M The sensor input sampling is less than 0. replace the cable. If none. Defective developer thermistor M. Reinsert the connector. Developer unit Y and front PWB (YC15) Front PWB (YC2) and engine PWB (YC10) Replace developer unit Y (see page 1-5-36). Also check for continuity within the connector cable. Defective engine PWB. Replace the engine PWB and check for correct operation (see page 1-5-54). Defective engine PWB. 1-4-64 . Also check for continuity within the connector cable. Defective connector cable or poor contact in the connector. Developer unit M and front PWB (YC11) Front PWB (YC2) and engine PWB (YC10) Replace developer unit M (see page 1-536). 7252 Short-circuited developer thermistor C The sensor input sampling is less than 0. Defective engine PWB. Defective engine PWB. 7251 Short-circuited developer thermistor K The sensor input sampling is less than 0. Replace the engine PWB and check for correct operation (see page 1-5-54). If none. Defective developer thermistor Y. If none. 7254 Short-circuited developer thermistor Y wire The sensor input sampling is less than 0. replace the cable. If none. Defective connector cable or poor contact in the connector. Reinsert the connector. Code 7244 Contents Broken developer thermistor Y wire The sensor input sampling is greater than 255. Replace the engine PWB and check for correct operation (see page 1-5-54). Defective connector cable or poor contact in the connector. Defective developer thermistor K. Developer unit C and front PWB (YC13) Front PWB (YC2) and engine PWB (YC10) Replace developer unit C (see page 1-5-36). Also check for continuity within the connector cable. Reinsert the connector. Reinsert the connector.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Check procedures/ corrective measures Reinsert the connector. Developer unit Y and front PWB (YC15) Front PWB (YC2) and engine PWB (YC10) Replace developer unit Y (see page 1-5-36). Defective developer thermistor C. Causes Defective connector cable or poor contact in the connector.

Different type of the developer unit is installed. Different type of the developer unit is installed. Developer unit C and front PWB (YC13) Front PWB (YC2) and engine PWB (YC10) Install the correct developer unit. Defective connector cable or poor contact in the connector. ID sensor 2 and feed PWB 1 (YC10) Feed PWB 1 (YC1) and engine PWB (YC6) Replace the engine PWB and check for correct operation (see page 1-5-54). Reinsert the connector. 7404 Developer unit Y type mismatch error Absence of the developer unit Y is detected. If none. If none. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. Developer unit M and front PWB (YC11) Front PWB (YC2) and engine PWB (YC10) Install the correct developer unit. Reinsert the connector. Defective connector cable or poor contact in the connector. Developer unit K and front PWB (YC9) Front PWB (YC2) and engine PWB (YC10) Install the correct developer unit. If none. Defective engine PWB. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. 7601 ID sensor 1 error An abnormal value is detected in the input data to ID sensor 1. Code 7401 Contents Developer unit K type mismatch error Absence of the developer unit K is detected. Developer unit Y and front PWB (YC15) Front PWB (YC2) and engine PWB (YC10) Install the correct developer unit. ID sensor 1 and feed PWB 1 (YC10) Feed PWB 1 (YC1) and engine PWB (YC6) Replace the engine PWB and check for correct operation (see page 1-5-54). 7602 ID sensor 2 error An abnormal value is detected in the input data to ID sensor 2. Defective connector cable or poor contact in the connector. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. Different type of the developer unit is installed. Reinsert the connector. Causes Defective connector cable or poor contact in the connector. If none. replace the cable. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. Defective connector cable or poor contact in the connector. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. Reinsert the connector. replace the cable. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. replace the cable. 7402 Developer unit C type mismatch error Absence of the developer unit C is detected. replace the cable. 7403 Developer unit M type mismatch error Absence of the developer unit M is detected. Defective connector cable or poor contact in the connector. Defective engine PWB. If none.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Check procedures/ corrective measures Reinsert the connector. If none. 1-4-65 . Reinsert the connector. replace the cable. Different type of the developer unit is installed. replace the cable.

Defective drum PWB C. 7810 Short-circuited outer temperature sensor 1 The sensor input sampling is less than 0. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. Defective drum PWB K. Reinsert the connector. Defective connector cable or poor contact in the connector. Defective connector cable or poor contact in the connector. Mismatch of reading data from two locations occurs 8 times successively. Mismatch of reading data from two locations occurs 8 times successively. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. If none. Outer temperature sensor 1 and front PWB (YC16) Front PWB (YC2) and engine PWB (YC10) Replace outer temperature sensor 1. If none. replace the cable. Reinsert the connector. Defective engine PWB. replace the cable. 7901 Drum K EEPROM error No response is issued from the device in reading/writing for 5 ms or more and this problem is repeated five times successively. Outer temperature sensor 1 and front PWB (YC16) Front PWB (YC2) and engine PWB (YC10) Replace outer temperature sensor 1. Replace the engine PWB and check for correct operation (see page 1-5-54). Mismatch between writing data and reading data occurs 8 times successively. Defective engine PWB.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Check procedures/ corrective measures Reinsert the connector. Drum C EEPROM error No response is issued from the device in reading/writing for 5 ms or more and this problem is repeated five times successively. Causes Defective connector cable or poor contact in the connector. Drum PWB K and front PWB (YC7) Front PWB (YC2) and engine PWB (YC10) Replace the drum unit K (see page 1-5-36). Replace the engine PWB and check for correct operation (see page 1-5-54). replace the cable. 1-4-66 . 7902 Defective connector cable or poor contact in the connector. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. Drum PWB C and front PWB (YC12) Front PWB (YC2) and engine PWB (YC10) Replace the drum unit C (see page 1-5-36). If none. Code 7800 Contents Broken outer temperature sensor 1 wire The sensor input sampling is greater than 255. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. Mismatch between writing data and reading data occurs 8 times successively. Defective outer temperature sensor 1. replace the cable. Defective outer temperature sensor 1. Reinsert the connector. If none.

Mismatch between writing data and reading data occurs 8 times successively. Defective drum PWB Y. Mismatch of reading data from two locations occurs 8 times successively. Mismatch of reading data from two locations occurs 8 times successively. Drum PWB Y and front PWB (YC14) Front PWB (YC2) and engine PWB (YC10) Replace the drum unit Y (see page 1-5-36). replace the cable. 7911 Defective connector cable or poor contact in the connector. Drum Y EEPROM error No response is issued from the device in reading/writing for 5 ms or more and this problem is repeated five times successively. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. Defective drum PWB M. Developer unit K EEPROM error No response is issued from the device in reading/writing for 5 ms or more and this problem is repeated five times successively. 7904 Defective connector cable or poor contact in the connector. Developer unit K and front PWB (YC9) Front PWB (YC2) and engine PWB (YC10) Replace the developer unit K (see page 1-536). Reinsert the connector. Code 7903 Contents Drum M EEPROM error No response is issued from the device in reading/writing for 5 ms or more and this problem is repeated five times successively. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. Mismatch of reading data from two locations occurs 8 times successively. Also check for continuity within the connector cable.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Check procedures/ corrective measures Reinsert the connector. Mismatch between writing data and reading data occurs 8 times successively. Reinsert the connector. Defective developer unit K. Causes Defective connector cable or poor contact in the connector. Mismatch between writing data and reading data occurs 8 times successively. If none. If none. 1-4-67 . Drum PWB M and front PWB (YC10) Front PWB (YC2) and engine PWB (YC10) Replace the drum unit M (see page 1-5-36). If none. replace the cable. replace the cable.

If none. Developer unit Y EEPROM error No response is issued from the device in reading/writing for 5 ms or more and this problem is repeated five times successively. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. 7914 Defective connector cable or poor contact in the connector. Reinsert the connector. Developer unit M EEPROM error No response is issued from the device in reading/writing for 5 ms or more and this problem is repeated five times successively. If none. Mismatch between writing data and reading data occurs 8 times successively. Defective developer unit Y.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Check procedures/ corrective measures Reinsert the connector. Developer unit C and front PWB (YC13) Front PWB (YC2) and engine PWB (YC10) Replace the developer unit C (see page 1-536). Also check for continuity within the connector cable. Code 7912 Contents Developer unit C EEPROM error No response is issued from the device in reading/writing for 5 ms or more and this problem is repeated five times successively. replace the cable. Mismatch of reading data from two locations occurs 8 times successively. Mismatch of reading data from two locations occurs 8 times successively. Mismatch between writing data and reading data occurs 8 times successively. Mismatch of reading data from two locations occurs 8 times successively. 1-4-68 . 7913 Defective connector cable or poor contact in the connector. Mismatch between writing data and reading data occurs 8 times successively. Developer unit M and front PWB (YC11) Front PWB (YC2) and engine PWB (YC10) Replace the developer unit M (see page 1-536). Reinsert the connector. Defective developer unit C. Causes Defective connector cable or poor contact in the connector. replace the cable. replace the cable. Developer unit Y and front PWB (YC15) Front PWB (YC2) and engine PWB (YC10) Replace the developer unit Y (see page 1-536). If none. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. Defective developer unit M.

Reinsert the connector. If none. replace the cable. Defective APC PWB K. Reinsert the connector. 7942 Defective APC PWB C. Mismatch between writing data and reading data occurs 8 times successively. Reinsert the connector. Defective connector cable or poor contact in the connector. replace the cable. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. replace the cable. 7943 Defective APC PWB M. Causes Defective connector cable or poor contact in the connector. Mismatch between writing data and reading data occurs 8 times successively.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Check procedures/ corrective measures Reinsert the connector. If none. Defective connector cable or poor contact in the connector. APC PWB Y and LSU relay PWB (YC12) LSU relay PWB (YC2) and engine PWB (YC11) Replace the laser scanner unit (see page 15-25). If none. 7944 Defective APC PWB Y. Mismatch between writing data and reading data occurs 8 times successively. 1-4-69 . Laser scanner unit Y EEPROM error Mismatch of reading data from two locations occurs 8 times successively. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. Code 7941 Contents Laser scanner unit K EEPROM error Mismatch of reading data from two locations occurs 8 times successively. If none. Laser scanner unit M EEPROM error Mismatch of reading data from two locations occurs 8 times successively. replace the cable. APC PWB C and LSU relay PWB (YC10) LSU relay PWB (YC2) and engine PWB (YC11) Replace the laser scanner unit (see page 15-25). Also check for continuity within the connector cable. Laser scanner unit C EEPROM error Mismatch of reading data from two locations occurs 8 times successively. Mismatch between writing data and reading data occurs 8 times successively. Defective connector cable or poor contact in the connector. APC PWB K and LSU relay PWB (YC5) LSU relay PWB (YC2) and engine PWB (YC11) Replace the laser scanner unit (see page 15-25). APC PWB M and LSU relay PWB (YC8) LSU relay PWB (YC2) and engine PWB (YC11) Replace the laser scanner unit (see page 15-25).

Reinsert the connector. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. Punch motor and punch PWB (YC4) Punch PWB (YC1) and DF main PWB (YC7) Reinsert the connector. If none. punch home position sensor does not turn on within 200 ms. Defective PWB. replace the cable. 1-4-70 . Replace the punch PWB or DF main PWB and check for correct operation. Punch motor and punch PWB (YC4) Punch home position sensor and punch PWB (YC8) Punch PWB (YC1) and DF main PWB (YC7) Reinsert the connector. Causes Defective connector cable or poor contact in the connector (4000-sheet finisher). Replace the punch home position sensor. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. Defective punch motor. Defective punch motor. Defective PWB. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. Punch motor and punch PWB (YC4) Punch PWB (YC1) and DF main PWB (YC8) Replace the punch motor. If none. Replace the punch motor. replace the cable. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. replace the cable. Defective connector cable or poor contact in the connector (1000-sheet finisher). If none. Defective connector cable or poor contact in the connector (1000-sheet finisher). Punch motor and punch PWB (YC4) Punch home position sensor and punch PWB (YC8) Punch PWB (YC1) and DF main PWB (YC8) Code 8010 Contents Punch motor error 1 When the punch motor is driven. Replace the punch PWB or DF main PWB and check for correct operation.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Check procedures/ corrective measures Reinsert the connector. 8020 Punch motor error 2 Home position is not obtained in 3 seconds after home position is initialized or in standby. replace the cable. Defective connector cable or poor contact in the connector (4000-sheet finisher). If none. Defective punch home position sensor.

Reinsert the connector. replace the cable. DF paddle motor and DF main PWB (YC11) DF paddle sensor and DF main PWB (YC20) Replace the DF paddle sensor. Punch motor and punch PWB (YC4) Punch PWB (YC1) and DF main PWB (YC7) Reinsert the connector. If none. If none. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. Replace the DF paddle motor. Defective DF paddle sensor. replace the cable. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. Defective connector cable or poor contact in the connector (1000-sheet finisher). Code 8030 Contents Punch motor error 3 Home position does not turn from On to Off in 50 ms after home position has been initialized. Defective connector cable or poor contact in the connector (1000-sheet finisher). If none. Replace the punch PWB or DF main PWB and check for correct operation. DF paddle motor and DF main PWB (YC15) DF paddle sensor and DF main PWB (YC22) Reinsert the connector. Defective punch motor. Defective DF main PWB. replace the cable. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. DF paddle sensor does not turn on within 1 s.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Check procedures/ corrective measures Reinsert the connector. Punch motor and punch PWB (YC4) Punch PWB (YC1) and DF main PWB (YC8) Replace the punch motor. 1-4-71 . 8090 DF paddle motor error When the DF paddle motor is driven. Defective connector cable or poor contact in the connector (4000-sheet finisher). If none. replace the cable. Defective PWB. Causes Defective connector cable or poor contact in the connector (4000-sheet finisher). Defective DF paddle motor. Replace the DF main PWB and check for correct operation.

If none. Reinsert the connector. Defective DF shift motor 2. DF eject release motor and DF main PWB (YC12) DF bundle discharge sensor and DF main PWB (YC22) Reinsert the connector. Defective DF main PWB. Replace the DF shift motor 1. Reinsert the connector. Defective connector cable or poor contact in the connector. Defective DF bundle discharge sensor. Defective connector cable or poor contact in the connector (1000-sheet finisher). Replace the DF main PWB and check for correct operation. DF eject release motor and DF main PWB (YC10) DF bundle discharge sensor and DF main PWB (YC20) Replace the DF bundle discharge sensor. Defective DF eject release motor. If none. replace the cable. Defective DF shift sensor 2. Replace the DF main PWB and check for correct operation. Replace the DF main PWB and check for correct operation. If none. DF shift sensor 1 does not turn on within 160 ms. Causes Defective connector cable or poor contact in the connector (4000-sheet finisher). Defective DF main PWB. DF shift motor 1 and DF main PWB (YC14) DF shift sensor 1 and DF main PWB (YC23) Replace the DF shift sensor 1. replace the cable. 8120 DF shift motor 2 error When the DF shift motor 2 is driven. replace the cable. DF bundle discharge sensor does not turn on within 1 s. Replace the DF eject release motor. 1-4-72 . If none.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Check procedures/ corrective measures Reinsert the connector. Defective connector cable or poor contact in the connector. replace the cable. Defective DF main PWB. DF shift sensor 2 does not turn on within 160 ms. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. Defective DF shift sensor 1. DF shift motor 2 and DF main PWB (YC14) DF shift sensor 2 and DF main PWB (YC23) Replace the DF shift sensor 2. Defective DF shift motor 1. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. 8110 DF shift motor 1 error When the DF shift motor 1 is driven. Code 8100 Contents DF eject release motor error When the DF eject release motor is driven. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. Replace the DF shift motor 2.

If none. replace the cable. Defective DF shift release sensor. Reinsert the connector. Causes Defective connector cable or poor contact in the connector. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. Replace the DF tray motor.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Check procedures/ corrective measures Reinsert the connector. Replace the DF main PWB and check for correct operation. Defective DF main PWB. DF tray motor and DF main PWB (YC16) DF tray sensor 1 and DF main PWB (YC22) DF tray upper surface sensor and DF main PWB (YC21. Replace the DF main PWB and check for correct operation. replace the cable. Defective connector cable or poor contact in the connector (4000-sheet finisher). YC13) Reinsert the connector. If none. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. replace the cable. Code 8130 Contents DF shift release motor error When the DF shift release motor is driven. Defective sensor. DF shift release sensor does not turn on within 1 s. DF shift release motor and DF main PWB (YC14) DF shift release sensor and DF main PWB (YC23) Replace the DF shift release sensor. Defective connector cable or poor contact in the connector (1000-sheet finisher). DF tray sensor 1 or DF tray upper surface sensor does not turn on within 20 s. 8140 DF tray motor error 1 When the main tray has started ascending. If none. DF tray motor and DF main PWB (YC14) DF tray sensor 1 and DF main PWB (YC20) DF tray upper surface sensor and DF main PWB (YC18) Replace DF tray sensor 1 or DF tray upper surface sensor. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. Defective DF tray motor. Defective DF shift release motor. 1-4-73 . Replace the DF shift release motor. Defective DF main PWB.

Causes Defective connector cable or poor contact in the connector (4000-sheet finisher). If none. Replace the DF main PWB and check for correct operation. replace the cable. DF tray motor and DF main PWB (YC14) DF tray sensor 3 and DF main PWB (YC20) Replace DF tray sensor 3. replace the cable. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. Defective sensor. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. Defective DF main PWB. 1-4-74 . YC13) Reinsert the connector. Reinsert the connector. DF tray motor and DF main PWB (YC16) DF tray sensor 1 and DF main PWB (YC22) DF tray upper surface sensor and DF main PWB (YC21. Defective connector cable or poor contact in the connector (1000-sheet finisher). Defective DF tray sensor 3.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Check procedures/ corrective measures Reinsert the connector. If none. Defective DF tray motor. Replace the DF tray motor. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. DF tray motor and DF main PWB (YC16) DF tray sensor 3 and DF main PWB (YC23) Reinsert the connector. Defective DF main PWB. Replace the DF tray motor. DF tray motor and DF main PWB (YC14) DF tray sensor 1 and DF main PWB (YC20) DF tray upper surface sensor and DF main PWB (YC18) Replace DF tray sensor 1 or DF tray upper surface sensor. Defective connector cable or poor contact in the connector (4000-sheet finisher). DF tray sensor 3 does not turn on within 20 s. 8160 DF tray motor error 3 When the main tray has descended. replace the cable. replace the cable. Defective DF tray motor. Defective connector cable or poor contact in the connector (1000-sheet finisher). Code 8150 Contents DF tray motor error 2 When the main tray has descended. If none. DF tray sensor 1 or DF tray upper surface sensor does not turn off within 5 s. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. Replace the DF main PWB and check for correct operation. If none.

replace the cable. DF side registration motor 1 and DF main PWB (YC11) DF side registration sensor 1 and DF main PWB (YC20) Replace DF side registration sensor 1. Defective DF main PWB. DF side registration motor 1 and DF main PWB (YC15) DF side registration sensor 1 and DF main PWB (YC22) Reinsert the connector. DF side registration motor 1 and DF main PWB (YC11) DF side registration sensor 1 and DF main PWB (YC20) Replace DF side registration sensor 1. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. replace the cable. If none. If none. DF side registration sensor 1 does not turn on within 3 s. Defective DF side registration motor 1. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. If none. Defective DF side registration motor 1. Defective DF main PWB. Defective connector cable or poor contact in the connector (1000-sheet finisher). Replace DF side registration motor 1. Defective DF side registration sensor 1. replace the cable. 8180 DF side registration motor 1 error 2 JAM6810 is detected twice. Defective connector cable or poor contact in the connector (1000-sheet finisher). If none. Defective connector cable or poor contact in the connector (4000-sheet finisher). replace the cable. Defective DF side registration sensor 1. Reinsert the connector. 1-4-75 . Also check for continuity within the connector cable.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Check procedures/ corrective measures Reinsert the connector. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. Replace DF side registration motor 1. DF side registration motor 1 and DF main PWB (YC15) DF side registration sensor 1 and DF main PWB (YC22) Reinsert the connector. Causes Defective connector cable or poor contact in the connector (4000-sheet finisher). Replace the DF main PWB and check for correct operation. Replace the DF main PWB and check for correct operation. Code 8170 Contents DF side registration motor 1 error 1 When initial operation.

Defective DF main PWB. Replace DF side registration motor 2. Defective DF side registration motor 2. replace the cable. Code 8190 Contents DF side registration motor 2 error 1 When initial operation. Defective connector cable or poor contact in the connector (4000-sheet finisher). Replace the DF main PWB and check for correct operation. If none. Defective DF side registration motor 2. Replace DF side registration motor 2. If none. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. If none. DF side registration motor 2 and DF main PWB (YC11) DF side registration sensor 2 and DF main PWB (YC20) Replace DF side registration sensor 2. Defective DF side registration sensor 2. replace the cable. Also check for continuity within the connector cable.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Check procedures/ corrective measures Reinsert the connector. Defective DF side registration sensor 2. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. Defective connector cable or poor contact in the connector (1000-sheet finisher). Defective connector cable or poor contact in the connector (1000-sheet finisher). Defective DF main PWB. replace the cable. 1-4-76 . Replace the DF main PWB and check for correct operation. DF side registration motor 2 and DF main PWB (YC11) DF side registration sensor 2 and DF main PWB (YC20) Replace DF side registration sensor 2. replace the cable. DF side registration motor 2 and DF main PWB (YC15) DF side registration sensor 2 and DF main PWB (YC22) Reinsert the connector. Causes Defective connector cable or poor contact in the connector (4000-sheet finisher). Also check for continuity within the connector cable. Reinsert the connector. If none. DF side registration sensor 2 does not turn on within 3 s. 8200 DF side registration motor 2 error 2 JAM6910 is detected twice. DF side registration motor 2 and DF main PWB (YC15) DF side registration sensor 2 and DF main PWB (YC22) Reinsert the connector.

8230 DF staple motor error JAM7000 is detected twice. If none. Defective DF staple sensor. If none. If none. replace the cable. Defective DF staple sensor. Staple unit and DF main PWB (YC11) Replace the staple unit. replace the cable. Reinsert the connector. 8300 Center-folding unit communication error Communication with the center-folding unit is not possible. Replace the DF main PWB and check for correct operation. DF staple sensor does not turn on within 3 s. Defective CF set sensor. Causes Defective connector cable or poor contact in the connector (4000-sheet finisher). Replace the DF main PWB and check for correct operation. 1-4-77 . If none. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. Defective DF staple motor. If none. CF main PWB (YC7) and DF main PWB (YC9) Replace the CF set sensor. Replace the CF main PWB or the DF main PWB and check for correct operation. replace the cable. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. DF slide motor and DF main PWB (YC10) DF staple sensor and DF main PWB (YC20) Replace the DF staple sensor.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Check procedures/ corrective measures Reinsert the connector. DF slide motor and DF main PWB (YC12) DF staple sensor and DF main PWB (YC22) Reinsert the connector. Defective DF slide motor. replace the cable. Staple unit and DF main PWB (YC17) Reinsert the connector. Defective connector cable or poor contact in the connector (1000-sheet finisher). Code 8210 Contents DF slide motor error When initial operation. Defective DF main PWB. Defective connector cable or poor contact in the connector (4000-sheet finisher). Also check for continuity within the connector cable. Defective PWB. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. Replace the DF slide motor. Reinsert the connector. replace the cable. Defective DF main PWB. Defective connector cable or poor contact in the connector. Defective connector cable or poor contact in the connector (1000-sheet finisher).

2. Replace CF side registration motor 2. Defective CF blade sensor. 2 and CF main PWB (YC20) Replace CF adjustment sensor 1. If none. 2. CF side registration motor 2 and CF main PWB (YC10) CF side registration sensor 2 and CF main PWB (YC20) Replace CF side registration sensor 2. CF adjustment motor 1. Replace the CF main PWB and check for correct operation. Defective connector cable or poor contact in the connector. Replace the CF blade motor. Defective CF side registration sensor 2. Defective CF main PWB. Replace the CF main PWB and check for correct operation. If none. Causes Defective connector cable or poor contact in the connector. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. Defective CF adjustment sensor 1. 1-4-78 . 2.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Check procedures/ corrective measures Reinsert the connector. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. 2.5 s. replace the cable. Defective CF blade motor. Reinsert the connector. Replace the CF main PWB and check for correct operation. Reinsert the connector.5 s. CF side registration sensor 2 does not turn on within 1 s. Defective CF side registration motor 2. 2 and CF main PWB (YC10) CF adjustment sensor 1. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. Defective CF adjustment motor 1. replace the cable. 8320 CF adjustment motor error When initial operation. 8330 CF blade motor error When initial operation. Defective CF main PWB. Defective connector cable or poor contact in the connector. CF blade motor and CF main PWB (YC15) CF blade sensor and CF main PWB (YC20) Replace the CF blade sensor. Code 8310 Contents CF side registration motor 2 error When initial operation. CF blade sensor does not turn on within 1. replace the cable. Replace CF adjustment motor 1. CF adjustment sensor does not turn on within 2. If none. Defective CF main PWB.

Defective connector cable or poor contact in the connector. Reinsert the connector. 8350 CF side registration motor 1 error When initial operation. replace the cable. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. Defective CF main PWB. CF main motor and CF main PWB (YC16) Replace the CF main motor. Defective CF main PWB. CF staple unit and CF main PWB (YC13) Replace the CF staple unit. 1-4-79 . CF side registration motor 1 and CF main PWB (YC10) CF side registration sensor 1 and CF main PWB (YC20) Replace CF side registration sensor 1. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. Defective CF side registration motor 1. Defective connector cable or poor contact in the connector. Defective CF side registration sensor 1. Code 8340 Contents CF staple motor error JAM7600 is detected twice. Defective CF staple sensor. lock signal is detected for 1 s continuously. Replace the CF main PWB and check for correct operation. If none. replace the cable. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. If none. CF side registration sensor 1 does not turn on within 1 s. replace the cable. Causes Defective connector cable or poor contact in the connector. If none. Replace the CF main PWB and check for correct operation. Reinsert the connector. 8360 CF main motor error During driving the motor.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Check procedures/ corrective measures Reinsert the connector. Replace CF side registration motor 1. Defective CF main motor. Defective CF staple motor. Defective CF main PWB. Replace the CF main PWB and check for correct operation.

Defective slide sensor. Replace the punch PWB or DF main PWB and check for correct operation. 8430 Punch unit communication error Communication with the punch unit is not possible.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Check procedures/ corrective measures Reinsert the connector. Defective punch slide motor. Reinsert the connector. If none. Causes Defective connector cable or poor contact in the connector (4000-sheet finisher). Also check for continuity within the connector cable. Replace the punch slide motor. Defective connector cable or poor contact in the connector (4000-sheet finisher). replace the cable. Defective PWB. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. replace the cable. Punch slide motor and punch PWB (YC3) Punch PWB (YC1) and DF main PWB (YC8) Replace the punch slide motor. Code 8410 Contents Punch slide motor error 1 The punch slide sensor won’t turn On when home position has been moved by 30 mm. the paper edge cannot be detected in 30 mm move. Punch PWB (YC1) and DF main PWB (YC8) Replace the punch PWB or the DF main PWB and check for correct operation. 1-4-80 . If none. Punch PWB (YC1) and DF main PWB (YC7) Reinsert the connector. Punch slide motor and punch PWB (YC3) Punch PWB (YC1) and DF main PWB (YC7) Reinsert the connector. Punch slide motor and punch PWB (YC3) Punch slide sensor and punch PWB (YC6) Punch PWB (YC1) and DF main PWB (YC7) Reinsert the connector. Defective PWB. 8420 Punch slide motor error 2 In detection of paper edges. Reinsert the connector. If none. Defective punch slide motor. Punch slide motor and punch PWB (YC3) Punch slide sensor and punch PWB (YC6) Punch PWB (YC1) and DF main PWB (YC8) Replace the punch slide sensor. replace the cable. If none. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. replace the cable. Replace the punch PWB or DF main PWB and check for correct operation. Defective connector cable or poor contact in the connector (1000-sheet finisher). replace the cable. Defective connector cable or poor contact in the connector (1000-sheet finisher). Also check for continuity within the connector cable. If none. replace the cable. Defective connector cable or poor contact in the connector (4000-sheet finisher). If none. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. Defective PWB. Defective connector cable or poor contact in the connector (1000-sheet finisher).

Also check for continuity within the connector cable. Defective MB main PWB. If none. Reinsert the connector. MB conveying motor and MB main PWB (YC5) MB home position sensor and MB main PWB (YC2) Code 8500 Contents Mailbox communication error Communication with the mailbox is not possible. 8520 MB conveying motor error 2 When standby operation. Replace the MB conveying motor. Defective MB conveying motor. replace the cable. replace the cable. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. Defective connector cable or poor contact in the connector. Causes Defective connector cable or poor contact in the connector. MB home position sensor does not turn on within 5 s. Defective connector cable or poor contact in the connector. MB main PWB (YC3) and DF main PWB (YC6) Replace the MB main PWB or the DF main PWB and check for correct operation. Reinsert the connector. replace the cable. If none. home position sensor. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. Defective MB main PWB. 1-4-81 . MB conveying motor and MB main PWB (YC5) MB home position sensor and MB main PWB (YC2) Defective MB Replace the MB home position sensor. 8510 MB conveying motor error 1 When initial operation. Replace the MB conveying motor.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Check procedures/ corrective measures Reinsert the connector. MB home position sensor does not turn off within 1 s. If none. Defective MB Replace the MB home position sensor. Defective MB conveying motor. Defective PWB. Replace the MB main PWB and check for correct operation. Replace the MB main PWB and check for correct operation. home position sensor.

Defective connector cable or poor contact in the connector (1000-sheet finisher). Defective connector cable or poor contact in the connector (1000-sheet finisher). 1-4-82 . 9000 Document processor communication error Communication with the document processor is not possible. Reinsert the connector. If none. Improper installation EEPROM. replace the cable. If none. Improper installation EEPROM. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. Defective DF main PWB. replace the cable. Defective PWB. Reinsert the connector. DF main PWB (YC4) and engine PWB (YC18) Reinsert the connector. Code 8800 Contents Document finisher communication error Communication with the document finisher is not possible. If none. If none. If none. Replace the DF main PWB and check for correct operation. replace the cable. Defective connector cable or poor contact in the connector (4000-sheet finisher). replace the cable. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. DF main PWB (YC4) and engine PWB (YC18) Reinsert the connector. 8900 Document finisher backup error Read and write data does not match 3 times in succession. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. Reinsert the connector. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. If none. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. Defective connector cable or poor contact in the connector. replace the cable. Defective PWB. DP main PWB (YC1) and ISC PWB (YC12) ISC PWB (YC3) and main PWB (YC11) Replace the DP main PWB or the ISC PWB and check for correct operation. Defective CF main PWB. Replace the CF main PWB and check for correct operation. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. replace the cable. CF main PWB (YC7) and DF main PWB (YC9) Check the installation of the EEPROM and remedy if necessary. DF main PWB (YC7) and engine PWB (YC18) Replace the DF main PWB or the engine PWB and check for correct operation. 8930 Center-folding unit backup error Read and write data does not match 3 times in succession. Defective connector cable or poor contact in the connector.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Check procedures/ corrective measures Reinsert the connector. DF main PWB (YC7) and engine PWB (YC18) Check the installation of the EEPROM and remedy if necessary. Causes Defective connector cable or poor contact in the connector (4000-sheet finisher).

If none. Causes Defective connector cable or poor contact in the connector. Defective DP main PWB. 1-4-83 . Data setup failure. replace the cable. Defective DP main PWB. DP lift motor and DP main PWB (YC5) DP lift sensor 2 and DP main PWB (YC2) Replace the DP lift sensor 2. Reinsert the connector. Code 9010 Contents Coin vender communication error A communication error from coin vender is detected 10 times in succession. replace the cable. Replace the DP lift motor. Defective DP lift motor. Defective DP lift sensor 2. Reinsert the connector. Replace the DP main PWB and check for correct operation. Contact the Service Administrative Division. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. DP lift motor and DP main PWB (YC5) DP lift sensor 1 and DP main PWB (YC4) Replace the DP lift sensor 1. Set maintenance mode U206 to off when a coin vender is not installed. Device damage of EEPROM. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. Defective PWB. Mismatch between writing data and reading data occurs 3 times successively. Defective connector cable or poor contact in the connector. Replace the DP main PWB and check for correct operation. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. 9060 DP EEPROM error Mismatch of reading data from two locations occurs 3 times successively. Replace the coin vender control PWB. Replace the main PWB and check for correct operation (see page 1-5-49). 9050 DP lift motor going down error When the DP lift motor is driven. DP lift sensor 1 does not turn on within 2 s. 9040 DP lift motor going up error When the DP lift motor is driven. replace the cable. If none. Defective DP main PWB. Defective coin vender control PWB. Replace the DP lift motor.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Check procedures/ corrective measures Reinsert the connector. Defective DP lift motor. If none. Defective connector cable or poor contact in the connector. Replace the DP main PWB and check for correct operation. DP lift sensor 2 does not turn on within 2 s. Defective DP lift sensor 1.

Replace the coin mec. Defective DPSHD PWB. Defective ISC PWB. Replace the coin mec. 9130 Sensor error in coin vender change (Yen 50) Change is empty despite change is enough. Defective coin vender control PWB. Check if the change empty sensor is intact. Sensor error in coin vender change (Yen 10) Change is empty despite change is enough. Coin jam in the change tube Poor contact in the connector. Check the rejector is properly installed and. Defective change empty sensor. if not. Replace the coin mec. If none. 9100 Coin vender control PWB error Communication error has been detected at the coin mec of the coin vender control PWB. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. 1-4-84 .2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Check procedures/ corrective measures Reinsert the connector. Check if the change empty sensor is intact. Code 9070 Contents Communication error between DP and SHD A communication error is detected. Replace the rejector. perform the corrective action. ISC PWB and DP main PWB (YC1) Replace the ISC PWB and check for correct operation. Check visually and remedy. 9080 Communication error between DP and CIS A communication error is detected. Defective rejector. replace the cable. replace the cable. Replace the coin mec. Defective change empty sensor. If none. Defective connector cable or poor contact in the connector. Defective coin vender control PWB. Defective CIS. Defective coin vender control PWB. 9120 Coin jam in the change tube Poor contact in the connector. Replace the DPSHD PWB and check for correct operation. Coin vender error Communication error has been detected in connection with the coin mec and the rejector. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. Replace the coin mec. Causes Defective connector cable or poor contact in the connector. Check visually and remedy. Reinsert the connector. 9110 Rejector installed incorrectly. DPSHD PWB and DP main PWB (YC10) DPSHD PWB and DP relay PWB (YC2) Replace CIS and check for correct operation.

Replace the coin mec. replace main PWB (see page 1-5-49). Coin vender pay-out sensor error Coin is paid out despite the pay-out motor is determined not active. F010 Main PWB checksum error Defective main PWB. 9150 Sensor error in coin vender change (Yen 500) Change is empty despite change is enough. 9160 Coin vender pay-out error Coin is paid out despite the pay-out motor is determined not active. Defective coin vender control PWB. Check if the change empty sensor is intact. Replace the operation PWB and check for correct operation. Turn the main power switch off/on to restart the machine. Defective change empty sensor. replace main PWB (see page 1-5-49). Code 9140 Contents Sensor error in coin vender change (Yen 100) Change is empty despite change is enough. Causes Coin jam in the change tube Poor contact in the connector. 9500 9510 9520 9530 9540 9550 F000 Communication error between main PWB and operation PWB Defective main PWB. Defective pay-out sensor. Contact the Service Administrative Division. If the error is not resolved. Coin jam in the change tube Poor contact in the connector. Check visually and remedy. 9170 Change jam at the pay-out. Replace the coin mec. Replace the coin mec. Defective pay-out motor. Defective change empty sensor. Replace the coin mec. Replace the coin mec. Defective coin vender control PWB. Defective operation PWB. Contact the Service Administrative Division. Contact the Service Administrative Division. Defective pay-out motor. Replace the coin mec. Check if the change empty sensor is intact. Replace the coin mec. Turn the main power switch off/on to restart the machine. 1-4-85 . Check visually and remedy. Contact the Service Administrative Division. If the error is not resolved. Contact the Service Administrative Division. Contact the Service Administrative Division.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Check procedures/ corrective measures Check visually and remedy.

2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Check procedures/ corrective measures Turn the main power switch off/on to restart the machine. 1-4-86 . (To switch off power. first press the power key until the main power indicator goes off. If the error is not resolved. F041 Communication error between main PWB and scanner engine Print engine ROM checksum error Communication error between main PWB and fax control PWB Defective main PWB. replace engine PWB (see page 1-5-54). Defective fax control PWB. Defective main PWB. Replace the fax control PWB and check for correct operation. Turn the main power switch off/on to restart the machine. replace main PWB (see page 1-5-49).) Code F040 Contents Communication error between main PWB and print engine Causes Defective main PWB. Defective engine PWB. then turn the main power switch off. Defective engine PWB. If the error is not resolved. Turn on power. If the error is not resolved. Replace the engine PWB and check for correct operation (see page 1-5-54). Turn the main power switch off/on to restart the machine. Turn the main power switch off/on to restart the machine. replace main PWB (see page 1-5-49). If the error is not resolved. F050 F090 F278 Power supply in drive system error Main power switch was turned off without using the power key. replace main PWB (see page 1-5-49). or a power failure has occurred.

tally. (17)Image is out of focus. See page 1-4-94 See page 1-4-95 See page 1-4-95 1-4-87 . appears (entirely appears (entirely black). See page 1-4-93 See page 1-4-93 See page 1-4-93 (18)Image center does not align with the original center.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC 1-4-3 Image formation problems If the part causing the problem was not supplied. white). See page 1-4-92 (14)Offset occurs. See page 1-4-88 See page 1-4-89 See page 1-4-90 (8) One side of the print image is darker than the other. (7) Streaks are (6) Black streaks are printed vertiprinted horizoncally. use the unit including the part for replacement. (4) The background is colored. See page 1-4-92 (15)Part of image is missing. (5) White streaks are printed vertically. See page 1-4-91 (12)The leading edge of the image is sporadically misaligned with the original. See page 1-4-94 See page 1-4-94 (16)Fusing is loose. See page 1-4-91 (11) The leading edge of the image is consistently misaligned with the original. See page 1-4-90 (9) Spots are printed. See page 1-4-91 (10)Image is blurred. See page 1-4-92 (13)Paper is wrinkled. (3) Image is too (2) No image (1) No image light.

Print example Defective transfer bias output. 1-4-88 . 2) and engine PWB (YC16) High voltage PWB 1 (YC3. No LSU laser is output. Defective engine PWB. replace the cable. If none. Defective high voltage PWB 2. Causes Defective connector cable or poor contact in the connector. Replace the engine PWB (see page 1-5-54). Replace the laser scanner unit (see page 1-5-25). Replace the engine PWB (see page 1-5-54). High voltage PWB 1 (YC1. Defective engine PWB. Defective engine PWB. High voltage PWB 2 (YC1) and engine PWB (YC8) Replace the high voltage PWB 2 (see page 1-5-60). Also check for continuity within the connector cable. Reinsert the connector. Defective connector cable or poor contact in the connector. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. Check procedures/corrective measures Reinsert the connector. 4) and engine PWB (YC17) Replace the high voltage PWB 1 (see page 1-5-59). Defective developer bias output.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC (1) No image appears (entirely white). replace the cable. Defective laser scanner unit. Replace the engine PWB (see page 1-5-54). If none. Defective high voltage PWB 1.

Defective connector cable or poor contact in the connector. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. Replace the high voltage PWB 1 (see page 1-5-59). Replace the ISC PWB. Replace the main PWB (see page 1-5-49). Defective engine PWB. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. 4) and engine PWB (YC17) Defective charger roller unit. Replace the laser scanner unit (see page 1-5-25). LED PWB and ISC PWB (CN6) ISC PWB (YC3) and main PWB (YC11) Replace the LED PWB (see page 1-5-19). The laser is activated simultaneously for all colors. 1-4-89 . Defective high voltage PWB 1. Defective exposure lamp. Print example No main charging. Reinsert the connector. Defective main PWB. Replace the charger roller unit (see page 1-5-38). Check procedures/corrective measures Reinsert the connector. Defective ISC PWB. Exposure lamp fails to light. 2) and engine PWB (YC16) High voltage PWB 1 (YC3. If none. High voltage PWB 1 (YC1. Replace the engine PWB (see page 1-5-54). replace the cable. If none. Defective laser scanner unit. replace the cable. Causes Defective connector cable or poor contact in the connector.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC (2) No image appears (entirely black).

Shake the toner container vertically approximately 10 times. Print example Defective developer bias output. (4) The background is colored. Defective transfer belt unit. Causes Defective developer unit. replace the paper. and replace the developer unit for any faulty color (see page 1-5-36). Replace the engine PWB (see page 1-5-54). Replace the high voltage PWB 1 (see page 1-5-59). Causes Defective developer unit. check the output status of the four colors. Defective high voltage PWB 1. If the display shows the message requesting toner replenishment. Check procedures/corrective measures Run maintenance mode U089 to output fourcolor bar PG. Perform the color calibration (Refer to operation guide). Replace the transfer belt unit (see page 1-541). Replace the engine PWB (see page 1-5-54). and replace the developer unit for any faulty color (see page 1-5-36). Perform the drum refresh. Defective color calibration. Defective engine PWB. Defective high voltage PWB 2. Print example Defective developer bias output. Defective transfer bias output. Replace the high voltage PWB 1 (see page 1-5-59). check the output status of the four colors.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC (3) Image is too light. Replace the engine PWB (see page 1-5-54). Check the paper storage conditions. Defective high voltage PWB 1. Defective color calibration. 1-4-90 . Perform the color calibration (Refer to operation guide). Paper damp. Replace the high voltage PWB 2 (see page 1-5-60). Defective engine PWB. Insufficient toner. replace the container. Insufficient agitation of toner container. Check procedures/corrective measures Run maintenance mode U089 to output fourcolor bar PG. Defective engine PWB. Dirty drum unit.

Dirty shading plate. Replace the transfer belt unit if it is extremely dirty (see page 1-5-41). Defective transfer roller. Clean the transfer roller. Dirty lens of ISU. Clean lens of ISU. Flawed drum. Poor contact of grounding ter. Clean the scanner mirror. Deformed or worn cleaning blade in the drum unit. check the output status of the four colors.Check the installation of the drum unit. Clean the scanner mirror. If it operates incorminal of drum unit. Check procedures/corrective measures Clean the contact glass. Dirty scanner mirror. Dirty LSU slit glasses. Replace the drum unit (see page 1-5-36). Print example Causes Dirty or flawed drum. Dirty scanner mirror.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC (5) White streaks are printed vertically. Replace the transfer roller (see page 1-5-43). Print example Causes Foreign object in one of the developer units. Dirty or flawed drum. Clean the shading plate. Replace the transfer roller if it is extremely dirty (see page 1-5-43). Clean the slit glass. Print example Causes Dirty contact glass. Worn transfer belt. Replace the drum unit (see page 1-5-36). Dirty transfer roller. Replace the drum unit (see page 1-5-36). (7) Streaks are printed horizontally. Check procedures/corrective measures Perform the drum refresh. 1-4-91 . Dirty slit glass. Check procedures/corrective measures Run maintenance mode U089 to output four-color bar PG. and replace the developer unit for any faulty color (see page 1-5-36). (6) Black streaks are printed vertically. Clean the contact glass. Dirty developer section. rectly. Perform the drum refresh. Dirty transfer belt. Clean any part contaminated with toner in the developer section. Replace the transfer belt unit (see page 1-5-41). Dirty contact glass. replace it (see page 1-5-36). Flawed drum. Clean the transfer belt. Perform the laser scanner cleaning.

2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC (8) One side of the print image is darker than the other. Flawed drum. Check the gears and belts and. Check procedures/corrective measures Clean the contact glass. Check procedures/corrective measures Check if there is any foreign matter on the front and rear scanner rails. Replace the fuser unit (see page 1-5-45). Paper conveying section drive problem. Clean the heat roller and press roller. Check procedures/corrective measures Replace the LED unit (see page 1-5-19). grease them. Deformed or worn cleaning blade in the drum unit. Print example Causes Scanner moves erratically. Perform the drum refresh. Flawed developer roller. (10) Image is blurred. Replace the developer unit (see page 1-5-36). 1-4-92 . remove it. Replace the drum unit (see page 1-5-36). Print example Causes Dirty contact glass. Replace the drum unit (see page 1-5-36). Deformed press roller. If any. Dirty heat roller and press roller. (9) Spots are printed. Print example Causes Defective exposure lamp. Dirty or flawed drum. if necessary.

2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC (11) The leading edge of the image is consistently misaligned with the original. 1-4-93 . replace it. registration clutch or duplex clutch operating incorrectly. Defective pressure springs. If it operates Paper feed clutch. Print example Causes Check procedures/corrective measures Check the installation of the clutch. Print example Causes Paper curled. Misadjusted the deflection in the paper. clutch. motor. registration (see page 1-3-33). If it operates incorPaper feed clutch. Paper damp. (30 ppm/35 ppm model) Check the installation of the clutch or motor. registration motor or duplex motor operating incorrectly. middle incorrectly. Check procedures/corrective measures Check the paper storage conditions. (12) The leading edge of the image is sporadically misaligned with the original. (45 ppm/55 ppm model) (13) Paper is wrinkled. Replace the fuser unit (see page 1-5-45). middle rectly. Check the paper storage conditions. Misadjusted scanner leading edge registration.Run maintenance mode U034 to readjust the leading edge istration. Print example Causes Check procedures/corrective measures Misadjusted leading edge reg. Run maintenance mode U051 to readjust the deflection in the paper (see page 1-3-40). Run maintenance mode U066 to readjust the scanner leading edge registration (see page 1-3-53). replace it.

Print example Causes Wrong types of paper. Clean the transfer roller. Check procedures/corrective measures Check the paper storage conditions. (15) Part of image is missing. replace paper. Replace the transfer belt unit if it is extremely dirty (see page 1-5-41). Defective transfer belt cleaning. Dirty transfer belt. Defective fuser IH. Replace the transfer belt unit (see page 1-5-41). Dirt on the back surface of the contact glass and scanner mirror. Check procedures/corrective measures Check if the paper meets specifications. Replace the paper. Drum condensation. Replace the fuser unit (see page 1-5-45). (16) Fusing is loose. Defective fuser unit. Flawed heat roller or press roller. Dirty or flawed drum. Wrong types of paper. Perform the drum refresh. Replace the drum unit (see page 1-5-36). Clean the transfer belt. Perform the drum refresh. Defective pressure springs. Flawed drum.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC (14) Offset occurs. Print example Causes Paper damp. Print example Causes Deformed or worn cleaning blade in the drum unit. Dirty transfer roller. Clean the contact glass and scanner mirror. Replace the transfer roller if it is extremely dirty (see page 1-5-43). Replace the fuser unit (see page 1-5-45). Check procedures/corrective measures Replace the drum unit (see page 1-5-36). Check if the paper meets specifications. 1-4-94 . Paper creased. Replace paper.

Misadjusted scanner center line. Place the paper correctly. Original is not placed correctly. Print example Causes Defective image scanning unit. Check procedures/corrective measures Run maintenance item U034 to readjust the center line of image printing (see page 1-3-36). (18) Image center does not align with the original center. 1-4-95 . Run maintenance item U067 to readjust the scanner leading edge registration (see page 1-3-54). Perform the drum refresh. Print example Causes Misadjusted image center line.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC (17) Image is out of focus. Paper is not placed correctly. Place the original correctly. Drum condensation. Check procedures/corrective measures Replace the image scanning unit (see page 1-5-22).

Defective connector cable or poor contact in the connector. 4. Defective motor. Registration motor and feed PWB 1 (YC25) Feed PWB 1 (YC2) and engine PWB (YC5) 2. Check for broken gears and replace if any. replace the cord. replace the cable. 1.Check if the rollers and gears rotate smoothly. replace the cable. Check for broken gears and replace if any. If none. Broken power cord. Check for continuity across the contacts. grease the bushes and gears. Replace the registration motor. 4. Check for continuity.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC 1-4-4 Electric problems If the part causing the problem was not supplied. Defective motor. Defective PWB. If none. 1. Defective drive trans. Check procedures/corrective measures Measure the input voltage. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. 5. Problem (1) The machine does not operate when the main power switch is turned on.Check if the rollers and gears rotate smoothly.Check if the rollers and gears rotate smoothly. replace the cable. grease the bushes and gears. Reinsert the connector. No electricity at the power outlet. 1-4-96 . If none. Replace the engine PWB and check for correct operation (see page 1-5-54). 3. (4) Registration motor does not operate (45 ppm/55 ppm model only). Defective drive trans. 4. Replace the power source PWB (see page 1-5-56). 2. Causes 1. 4. Reinsert the connector. Troubleshooting to each failure must be in the order of the numbered symptoms. (2) MP lift motor does not operate. Defective main power switch. Replace the scanner motor. replace the power source PWB (see page 1-5-56). Replace the main PWB and check for correct operation (see page 1-5-49). Defective motor. 3. If not. Defective drive trans. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. Defective PWB. Defective PWB. Replace the MP lift motor. mission system. use the unit including the part for replacement. mission system. mission system. Defective connector cable or poor contact in the connector. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. If not. MP lift motor and relay PWB (YC3) Relay PWB (YC12) and engine PWB (YC17) 2. If none. If not. Check for broken gears and replace if any. 3. The power cord is not plugged in properly. 3. Defective connector cable or poor contact in the connector. If none. (3) Scanner motor does not operate. Check the contact between the power plug and the outlet. Defective power source PWB. 1. grease the bushes and gears. Replace the engine PWB and check for correct operation (see page 1-5-54). Scanner motor and ISC PWB (YC5) ISC PWB (YC3) and main PWB (YC11) 2. Reinsert the connector.

Defective motor. 1. Eject motor and front PWB (YC5) Front PWB (YC3) and engine PWB (YC7) (6) Eject motor does not operate. Middle motor and feed PWB 2 (YC7) Feed PWB 2 (YC1) and engine PWB (YC4) 2. Replace the duplex motor 2. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. Defective drive trans. mission system. mission system. (7) Duplex motor 1 does not operate (45 ppm/55 ppm model only). Defective PWB. 4. Defective connector cable or poor contact in the connector. 4. Defective motor. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. If none. If not. Defective drive trans. Defective drive trans. 2.Check if the rollers and gears rotate smoothly. If none. 3.Check if the rollers and gears rotate smoothly. grease the bushes and gears. Defective connector cable or poor contact in the connector. grease the bushes and gears. mission system. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. Reinsert the connector. replace the cable. 1.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Problem (5) Middle motor does not operate (45 ppm/55 ppm model only). Replace the middle motor. Replace the engine PWB and check for correct operation (see page 1-5-54). Replace the engine PWB and check for correct operation (see page 1-5-54). 3. If none. Replace the engine PWB and check for correct operation (see page 1-5-54). Defective motor. Defective drive trans. Check for broken gears and replace if any. Defective PWB. grease the bushes and gears. If not. Duplex motor 2 and relay PWB (YC7) Relay PWB (YC1) and engine PWB (YC14) (8) Duplex motor 2 does not operate (45 ppm/55 ppm model only). 1-4-97 . Defective connector cable or poor contact in the connector. Defective PWB. grease the bushes and gears. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. replace the cable. replace the cable. Reinsert the connector. If not. Defective motor. Check for broken gears and replace if any. Duplex motor 1 and relay PWB (YC16) Relay PWB (YC13) and engine PWB (YC23) 2. Check procedures/corrective measures Reinsert the connector.Check if the rollers and gears rotate smoothly. 3. Check for broken gears and replace if any. Check for broken gears and replace if any. 1. If not. Reinsert the connector. mission system. Defective connector cable or poor contact in the connector. Replace the duplex motor 1. Causes 1. 3. Replace the engine PWB and check for correct operation (see page 1-5-54). replace the cable. If none. Defective PWB. 4. Replace the eject motor. 2. 4.Check if the rollers and gears rotate smoothly.

Developer fan motor 1.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Problem (9) Toner fan motor 1. 1. 3. Replace the engine PWB and check for correct operation (see page 1-5-54). Replace the engine PWB and check for correct operation (see page 1-5-54). 2 and relay PWB (YC16) Relay PWB (YC13) and engine PWB (YC23) Replace the fuser fan motor 1 or 2. Replace the engine PWB and check for correct operation (see page 1-5-54). Defective connector cable or poor contact in the connector. 2 and front PWB (YC6) Front PWB (YC3) and engine PWB (YC7) Replace the Developer fan motor 1 or 2. Defective PWB. 1. Fuser fan motor 1. Reinsert the connector. (11) LSU fan motor does not operate. Belt fan motor 1. Replace the engine PWB and check for correct operation (see page 1-5-54). Also check for continuity within the connector cable. Causes 1. Toner fan motor 1. Defective connector cable or poor contact in the connector. Reinsert the connector. 2 does not operate. Defective motor. 2 does not operate. replace the cable. 2. Defective connector cable or poor contact in the connector. Reinsert the connector. 2. Defective connector cable or poor contact in the connector. (12) Belt fan motor 1. 3. Defective motor. If none. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. 2. 1-4-98 . 2. Check procedures/corrective measures Reinsert the connector. 1. replace the cable. Defective connector cable or poor contact in the connector. 2 and engine PWB (YC19) Replace the Belt fan motor 1 or 2. 3. replace the cable. Reinsert the connector. replace the cable. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. If none. 2 and engine PWB (YC19) Replace the toner fan motor 1 or 2. (14) Eject fan motor 1. 3. 2 and relay PWB (YC11) Relay PWB (YC13) and engine PWB (YC23) Replace the eject fan motor 1 or 2. Defective motor. Replace the engine PWB and check for correct operation (see page 1-5-54). 3. Reinsert the connector. 2 does not operate. (13) Fuser fan motor 1. Defective PWB. 1. Defective PWB. replace the cable. Defective PWB. Defective motor. replace the cable. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. Defective PWB. LSU fan motor and front PWB (YC16) Front PWB (YC2) and engine PWB (YC10) Replace the LSU fan motor. 2 does not operate. Defective connector cable or poor contact in the connector. 2. Defective motor. If none. Replace the engine PWB and check for correct operation (see page 1-5-54). 2 does not operate. Eject fan motor 1. If none. 2. 3. Defective PWB. Defective motor. If none. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. (10) Developer fan motor 1. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. 1. If none.

(20) Assist clutch 1. Defective PWB. Paper feed clutch 1. (19) Paper feed clutch 1. (16) Eject rear fan motor does not operate. 1. 3. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. Eject rear fan motor and feed PWB 1 (YC19) Feed PWB 1 (YC1) and engine PWB (YC6) Replace the eject rear fan motor. Power source fan motor and engine PWB (YC22) Replace the power source fan motor. 3. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. Causes 1. 3. 2. Defective clutch. Replace the engine PWB and check for correct operation (see page 1-5-54). 2 does not operate. Defective connector cable or poor contact in the connector. 2. Controller fan motor and main PWB (YC23) Replace the controller fan motor. Defective motor. Replace the engine PWB and check for correct operation (see page 1-5-54). Also check for continuity within the connector cable. Replace the engine PWB and check for correct operation (see page 1-5-54). 1-4-99 . Defective connector cable or poor contact in the connector. Defective PWB. If none. Assist clutch 1 and feed PWB 2 (YC10) Assist clutch 2 and feed PWB 2 (YC12) Feed PWB 2 (YC1) and engine PWB (YC4) Replace the assist clutch 1 or 2. Defective motor. 3.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Problem (15) Eject front fan motor does not operate. If none. 1. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. 1. 2. replace the cable. 2. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. Replace the engine PWB and check for correct operation (see page 1-5-54). Reinsert the connector. Defective motor. replace the cable. If none. Replace the main PWB and check for correct operation (see page 1-5-49). Check procedures/corrective measures Reinsert the connector. replace the cable. Defective connector cable or poor contact in the connector. Reinsert the connector. Reinsert the connector. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. 3. If none. Defective PWB. 3. Replace the engine PWB and check for correct operation (see page 1-5-54). Defective PWB. 2. Defective motor. Defective PWB. Defective clutch. Defective connector cable or poor contact in the connector. Defective connector cable or poor contact in the connector. Reinsert the connector. replace the cable. (17) Power source fan motor does not operate. 1. If none. Defective PWB. 2. replace the cable. 2 and feed PWB 2 (YC4) Feed PWB 2 (YC1) and engine PWB (YC4) Replace the paper feed clutch 1 or 2. Reinsert the connector. 2 does not operate (45 ppm/55 ppm model only). (18) Controller fan motor does not operate. Eject front fan motor and front PWB (YC4) Front PWB (YC3) and engine PWB (YC7) Replace the eject front fan motor. If none. replace the cable. Defective connector cable or poor contact in the connector. 1.

replace the cable. If none. Defective clutch. Reinsert the connector. (25) Duplex clutch 1 does not operate (30 ppm/35 ppm model only). replace the cable. Check procedures/corrective measures Reinsert the connector. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. Replace the engine PWB and check for correct operation (see page 1-5-54). If none. Defective PWB. Defective clutch. Registration clutch and feed PWB 1 (YC22) Feed PWB 1 (YC2) and engine PWB (YC5) Replace the registration clutch.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Problem (21) Paper conveying clutch does not operate. If none. Replace the engine PWB and check for correct operation (see page 1-5-54). If none. Reinsert the connector. Defective PWB. 1. Causes 1. Defective PWB. Defective PWB. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. 3. Reinsert the connector. Defective clutch. Duplex clutch 1 and relay PWB (YC11) Relay PWB (YC13) and engine PWB (YC23) Replace the Duplex clutch 1. 3. 1. replace the cable. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. 1. Defective clutch. (23) Registration clutch does not operate (30 ppm/35 ppm model only). 2. Defective connector cable or poor contact in the connector. Duplex clutch 2 and relay PWB (YC7) Relay PWB (YC1) and engine PWB (YC14) Replace the Duplex clutch 2. MP paper feed clutch and relay PWB (YC3) Relay PWB (YC12) and engine PWB (YC17) Replace the MP paper feed clutch. If none. Reinsert the connector. Defective connector cable or poor contact in the connector. (26) Duplex clutch 2 does not operate (30 ppm/35 ppm model only). Replace the engine PWB and check for correct operation (see page 1-5-54). Reinsert the connector. (22) MP paper feed clutch does not operate. replace the cable. 3. 3. Middle clutch and feed PWB 2 (YC7) Feed PWB 2 (YC1) and engine PWB (YC4) Replace the middle clutch. Defective PWB. Replace the engine PWB and check for correct operation (see page 1-5-54). 2. 2. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. Defective connector cable or poor contact in the connector. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. Defective connector cable or poor contact in the connector. 2. Defective PWB. Paper conveying clutch and feed PWB 2 (YC5) Feed PWB 2 (YC1) and engine PWB (YC4) Replace the paper conveying clutch. Defective connector cable or poor contact in the connector. replace the cable. Replace the engine PWB and check for correct operation (see page 1-5-54). Defective clutch. 2. 1-4-100 . 1. Defective clutch. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. 3. 2. replace the cable. Defective connector cable or poor contact in the connector. If none. (24) Middle clutch does not operate (30 ppm/35 ppm model only). Replace the engine PWB and check for correct operation (see page 1-5-54). 1. 3.

Defective PWB. (28) Feedshift solenoid does not operate. Deformed actuator. replace the cable. Reinsert the connector. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. 4. 2 and feed PWB 2 (YC8) Feed PWB 2 (YC1) and engine PWB (YC4) Check visually and replace if necessary. 1. Defective PWB. Replace the engine PWB and check for correct operation (see page 1-5-54). 3. Reinsert the connector. 3. If none. Defective connector cable or poor contact in the connector. Replace the paper sensor 1 or 2. 2 and feed PWB 2 (YC8) Feed PWB 2 (YC1) and engine PWB (YC4) Replace the pickup solenoid 1 or 2. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. 1-4-101 . Reinsert the connector. Defective sensor. Replace the engine PWB and check for correct operation (see page 1-5-54). Causes 1. Defective solenoid. (29) Cleaning solenoid does not operate. 2. Defective PWB. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. Defective PWB. 2. Defective connector cable or poor contact in the connector. 3. 1. replace the cable. 2 does not operate (45 ppm/55 ppm model only). Cleaning solenoid and feed PWB 1 (YC10) Feed PWB 1 (YC1) and engine PWB (YC4) Replace the pickup solenoid 1 or 2. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. Feedshift and front PWB (YC5) Front PWB (YC3) and engine PWB (YC7) Replace the feedshift solenoid 1 or 2. Defective solenoid. Pickup solenoid 1. If none. Defective PWB. replace the cable. (30) The message requesting paper to be loaded is shown when paper is present on the cassette. 4. Defective connector cable or poor contact in the connector. Defective sensor. (31) The message requesting paper to be loaded is shown when paper is present on the MP tray. Reinsert the connector.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Problem (27) Pickup solenoid 1. Replace the engine PWB and check for correct operation (see page 1-5-54). 2. Defective solenoid. replace the cable. Deformed actuator. Replace the MP paper sensor. If none. 3. 1. Defective connector cable or poor contact in the connector. replace the cable. If none. 2. 2. Replace the engine PWB and check for correct operation (see page 1-5-54). Check procedures/corrective measures Reinsert the connector. 1. Replace the engine PWB and check for correct operation (see page 1-5-54). Paper sensor 1. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. MP paper sensor and relay PWB (YC3) Relay PWB (YC12) and engine PWB (YC17) Check visually and replace if necessary. If none. 3. Defective connector cable or poor contact in the connector.

if any. duplex sensor 1. 2. Defective switch. Check visually and remove it. replace the cable. If none. replace the cable. Reinsert the connector. Defective connector cable or poor contact in the connector. 1. Reinsert the connector. 1. 2 and feed PWB 2 (YC3) Feed PWB 2 (YC1) and engine PWB (YC4) Replace the paper length switch 1. 1. Defective connector cable or poor contact in the connector. Defective connector cable or poor contact in the connector. Causes 1. Replace the feed sensor 1. (36) A message indicating unit open is displayed when the paper conveying unit is closed. middle sensor. Replace the engine PWB and check for correct operation (see page 1-5-54). If none. Defective switch. 1. 2. 2. 2 or paper width switch 1. Replace the engine PWB and check for correct operation (see page 1-5-54). Also check for continuity within the connector cable. replace the cable. fuser eject sensor. duplex sensor 1. 3. (35) A message indicating cover open is displayed when the front cover is closed. middle sensor. Defective sensor. 2 and feed PWB 2 (YC3) Paper width switch 1. (33) The size of paper on the MP tray is not displayed correctly. paper conveying sensor. Paper conveying unit switch and feed PWB 1 (YC15) Feed PWB 1 (YC4) and power source PWB (YC12) Replace the paper conveying unit switch. 2.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Problem (32) The size of paper on the cassette is not displayed correctly. Defective connector cable or poor contact in the connector. 2. Defective PWB. 2. Defective switch. eject full sensor or switchback sensor. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. loop sensor. replace the cable. fuser eject sensor. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. (34) A paper jam in the paper feed. Reinsert the connector. Front cover switch and front PWB (YC16) Front PWB (YC2) and engine PWB (YC10) Replace the front cover switch. 2. Defective switch. 2. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. A piece of paper torn from paper is caught around feed sensor 1. If none. eject full sensor or switchback sensor. registration sensor. 1-4-102 . Paper length switch 1. If none. loop sensor. Check procedures/corrective measures Reinsert the connector. paper conveying sensor. MP feed sensor. paper conveying or eject section is indicated when the main power switch is turned on. MP feed sensor. 2. Defective PWB. registration sensor. MP paper length switch and relay PWB (YC2) MP paper width switch and relay PWB (YC2) Relay PWB (YC12) and engine PWB (YC17) Replace the MP paper length switch or MP paper width switch. 3. 2.

Defective switch. 1-4-103 . Causes 1. replace the cable. If none. 2. If none. Defective connector cable or poor contact in the connector. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. (38) A message indicating cover open is displayed when the paper conveying cover is closed. 1. Defective connector cable or poor contact in the connector. replace the cable. Duplex cover switch and relay PWB (YC7) Relay PWB (YC1) and engine PWB (YC14) Replace the duplex cover switch.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Problem (37) A message indicating cover open is displayed when the duplex cover is closed. Paper conveying cover switch and feed PWB 2 (YC6) Feed PWB 2 (YC14) and power source PWB (YC4) Replace the paper conveying cover switch. 2. Defective switch. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. Check procedures/corrective measures Reinsert the connector. Reinsert the connector.

Clean with isopropyl alcohol. Problem (1) No primary paper feed. 2 installation. Check if the separation pulley is worn. Paper feed pulley MP paper feed pulley Defective paper feed clutch 1. Change the paper. Check visually and replace any deformed (see page 1-5-7. Load the paper correctly. paper conveying path. (2) No secondary paper feed.Clean with isopropyl alcohol. Check visually and remedy if necessary. ers are dirty with paper powder. Change the paper. 1-5-10. (4) Multiple sheets of paper are fed. Replace the separation pulley if it is worn (see page 1-5-7. Forwarding pulley Paper feed pulley MP paper feed pulley Check if the following rollers is deformed. use the unit including the part for replacement. Check if the contact between the right and left registration rollers is correct. Check if the paper is excessively curled. (5) Paper jams. Right registration roller Left registration roller Defective registration motor installation. Check the paper width guide visually and remedy or replace if necessary. ers are dirty with paper powder. Check if the paper is excessively curled. (3) Skewed paper feed. 1-4-104 . (45 ppm/55 ppm model) Defective registration clutch installation. Check visually and remedy if necessary. (30 ppm/35 ppm model) Check visually and remedy if necessary. Causes/check procedures Corrective measures Check if the surfaces of the following roll.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC 1-4-5 Mechanical problems If the part causing the problem was not supplied. Paper width guide in a cassette installed incorrectly. (6) Check if the drum unit or developer unit Toner drops on the is extremely dirty. Check if the heat roller or press roller is extremely dirty or deformed. 1-5Forwarding pulley 14). Clean the drum unit or developer unit. Check if the surfaces of the following roll. Check visually and replace the fuser unit (see page 1-5-45). Paper is loaded incorrectly. 1-5-10).

2*2 *1: 45 ppm/55 ppm model only *2: 30 ppm/35 ppm model only Corrective measures Grease the bushes and gears. Causes/check procedures Check if the rollers. 2 Assist clutch 1. Check visually and remedy if necessary. 2*1 Paper conveying clutch MP paper feed clutch Registration clutch*2 Middle clutch*2 Duplex clutch 1.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Problem (7) Abnormal noise is heard. Check if the following clutches are installed correctly. Paper feed clutch 1. 1-4-105 . pulleys and gears operate smoothly.

Check illegal characters are not contained within these names. 1105 2101 SMB protocol is not enabled. 3. 1. 1. and/or file names are invalid. (1) Scan to SMB error codes Code 1101 Contents Host destined does not exist on the network. 3. 4. 1. Login to the host has failed. 1103 Destined host. folder. as well as corrective actions. 2201 Writing scanned data has failed. Check the scanning file name. Check the host if the folder is properly shared. 2. 2. 5. If such an error is encountered. Confirm device's network parameters. Confirm device's network parameters. Confirm device's network parameters. 2. Confirm destined host. Confirm the network parameters the device is connected. 3. 2. Confirm the network parameters the device is connected. 1.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC 1-4-6 Send error code This section describes the scanning errors and descriptions. Check procedures/corrective measures 1. Error codes not described here could fall within software errors. 2. Confirm destined host and folder. Check the name of the folder and files conform with the naming syntax. Confirm that the LAN cable is properly connected to the device. Confirm the network parameters the device is connected. 3. 1102 Login to the host has failed. and advise the service representative. Confirm the network parameters the device is connected. 3. 1-4-106 . Confirm user name and password. preventive actions. Confirm device's SMB protocols. 1. Confirm destined host. turn power off then on. Check the SMB port number.

4. Confirm device's FTP protocols. Destined folder is invalid. 1. 1. 2. Check the FTP server name. Confirm the network parameters the device is connected. 1102 1103 Login to the FTP server has failed. 2. 2. 3.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC (2) Scan to FTP error codes Code 1101 Contents FTP server does not exist on the network. 5. Confirm device's security parameters. Check the FTP server name. Check the FTP server name. 4. Confirm device's network parameters. Check the FTP server name. 1. Access to the FTP server has failed. 1. 2. Confirm the network parameters the device is connected. 3. (Timeout) Connection with the FTP server has failed. Check the FTP port number. Confirm user name and password. TLS negotiation has failed. Confirm that the LAN cable is properly connected to the device. 1. Confirm device's network parameters. 3. 1. 5. 6. Confirm device's network parameters. Initializing TLS has failed. Confirm the network parameters the device is connected. (FTPS communication) FTP server responded with an error. Confirm device's network parameters. Check the FTP server name. 3. 1. 1. 1. Check the FTP server name. 1. Check the FTP server name. 2. (Connection timeout) 2201 Connection with the FTP server has failed. Confirm device's network parameters. 2. Check procedures/corrective measures 1. Check the FTP server name. Confirm the network parameters the device is connected. Confirm device's network parameters. 2. 2231 3101 1-4-107 . Confirm the network parameters the device is connected. Confirm device's network parameters. 3. 2. 2. Confirm destined folder. 1105 1131 1132 2101 FTP protocol is not enabled. 2202 Connection with the FTP server has failed. 4. Confirm the network parameters the device is connected. 2102 Access to the FTP server has failed. Check the FTP server. Confirm the network parameters the device is connected. Check the FTP server name. Check the FTP port number. Check illegal characters are not contained within these names. Confirm device's security parameters. 2. 1.

Connection to the SMTP/POP3 server has failed. Check the SMTP/POP3 server. Check the SMTP/POP3 server. 1. Confirm device's SMTP parameters. Check the SMTP/POP3 port number. 1. The device supports SMTP authentication services including CRAM-MD5. 4. Confirm device's network parameters. Confirm that the LAN cable is properly connected to the device. 1. Confirm the network parameters the device is connected. (Timeout) The size of scanning exceeded its limit. Connection to the SMTP/POP3 server has failed. Check the SMTP/POP3 server. 1. 2. Confirm the network parameters the device is connected.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC (3) Scan to E-mail error codes Code 1101 Contents SMTP/POP3 server does not exist on the network. SMTP/POP3 server responded with an error. 4. 2. Confirm the network parameters the device is connected. Sender’s address is not specified. 3. The domain the destined address belongs is prohibited by scanning restriction. PLAIN and LOGIN. 3. 1. Check the SMTP/POP3 server name. 1102 1104 Login to the SMTP/POP3 server has failed. 2. Check the SMTP/POP3 server name. Check the SMTP/POP3 server. Confirm device's network parameters. 1105 1106 2101 1. Confirm device's network parameters. SMTP protocol is not enabled. Confirm device's SMTP protocols. (Connection timeout) 2201 Connection to the SMTP/POP3 server has failed. Check the SMTP server. 1. Confirm device's network parameters. Check the SMTP/POP3 server name. Confirm the network parameters the device is connected. Confirm the network parameters the device is connected. 1. 1-4-108 . 3. 1. 5. Confirm device's network parameters. 1. Confirm device's SMTP protocols. 2. Confirm device's network parameters. 2. 2. DIGEST-MD5. 2. 5. Confirm the network parameters the device is connected. Check procedures/corrective measures 1. 6. 2202 2204 3101 3201 No SMTP authentication is found. Check the SMTP/POP3 port number. Confirm user name and password. 2102 Connection to the SMTP/POP3 server has failed. Confirm device's network parameters. 3. 1.

activity report. followed by five digits. (Error codes for V34 communication errors start with an E indication. etc. Error code UXXXXX Detailed classification of error code General classification of error code Error code indication Figure 1-4-5 1-4-109 . Items for which detailed classification is not necessary have 00 as the last two digits. The codes consist of an error code indication U followed by a 5-digit number. while the lower two indicate the detailed classification.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC 1-4-7 Error codes (1) Error code Error codes are listed on the communication reports.) The upper three of the five digits indicate general classification of the error and its cause.

1-4-115 U017XX error code table). A communication error occurred before starting T. Transmission was interrupted by a press of the stop/clear key. No document was present in the destination unit when polling reception started.1-4-114 U011XX error code table). the specified Subaddress confidential box number was not registered in the destination unit.34 mode (refer to P. Or.1-4-112 U008XX error code table). A page transmission error occurred in G3 mode (refer to P. An interoffice subaddress-based bulletin board reception was interrupted because of a mismatch in the specified subaddress confidential box number.1-4-112 U006XX error code table). A connection was made but interrupted during handshake with the receiver unit (refer to P.8 mode.30 protocol during reception in V. operation was interrupted due to a mismatch in permit ID or telephone number. Transmission in G3 mode was interrupted by a signal error (refer to P. A communication error occurred before starting T. in interoffice subaddress-based bulletin board reception. An invalid one-touch key was specified during communication. In interoffice subaddress-based bulletin board reception. Polling reception was interrupted because of a mismatch in individual numbers (destination unit is either of our make or by another manufacturer). Communication was interrupted because of a machine problem (refer to P.30 protocol during transmission in V. In interoffice subaddress-based bulletin board reception. or data was not stored in any subaddress confidential box in the destination unit. Reception in G3 mode was interrupted by a signal error (refer to P.1-4-115 U018XX error code table). Reception was interrupted by a press of the stop/clear key. Interoffice subaddress-based bulletin board reception failed because the destination unit had no subaddress-based bulletin board transmission capability. U03400 U03500 U03600 U03700 1-4-110 . In polling reception from a unit of our make.1-4-113 U010XX error code table).8 mode. A page reception error occurred in G3 mode (refer to P. operation was interrupted due to a mismatch in permit ID or telephone number.34 mode (refer to P.1-4-112 U009XX error code table). A communication error occurred when called in V. Communication was interrupted because of a problem in the destination unit.1-4-112 U004XX error code table).2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC (2) Table of general classification Error code U00000 U00100 U00200 U00300 U004XX U006XX U00700 U008XX U009XX U010XX U011XX U01400 U01500 U01600 U017XX U018XX U03000 U03200 U03300 Description No response or busy after the set number of redials. data was not stored in the box specified by the destination unit. A communication error occurred when calling in V. Recording paper on the destination unit has run out during transmission.

The password check reception or the restricted reception was interrupted because the permitted numbers did not match. or the destination receiver did not return its phone number. Memory overflowed during confidential reception. Encrypted transmission was interrupted because encryption keys did not agree. Subaddress-based transmission failed because the destination unit had no subaddressbased reception capability. the rejected numbers did match. the rejected FAX number’s did match. Encrypted reception was interrupted because of a mismatch in encryption keys. Transmission failed because an error occurred during JBIG encoding. or the machine in question did not acknowledge its phone number. In interoffice subaddress-based transmission. memory overflowed. Encrypted transmission failed because the destination unit had no encrypted communication capability. Memory overflowed during memory reception. In encrypted transmission. Password check reception or restricted reception was interrupted because the permit ID’s did not match. in subaddress-based confidential reception. Memory overflowed in the destination unit during transmission. U05300 U14000 U14100 U19000 U19100 U19300 1-4-111 . the specified encryption box was not registered in the destination unit. Password check transmission or restricted transmission was interrupted because the permit ID’s did not agree with. memory overflowed in the destination unit.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Error code U04000 U04100 U04200 U04300 U04400 U04500 U05100 U05200 Description In interoffice subaddress-based transmission mode. Or. the specified subaddress box number was not registered in the destination unit.

A page reception error remained after retry of transmission in the ECM mode. A page transmission error reoccurred after retry of transmission in the ECM mode. (2-3) U008XX error code table: Page transmission error Error code U00800 U00811 Description A page transmission error occurred because of reception of a RTN or PIN signal. U00431 U00432 U00433 U00440 U00450 U00460 U00462 (2-2) U006XX error code table: Problems with the unit Error code U00601 U00613 U00656 U00690 Image writing section problem Data was not transmitted to a modem error. An subaddress-based bulletin board transmission was interrupted because of a mismatch in Subaddress confidential box numbers. Or.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC (2-1) U004XX error code table: Interrupted phase B Error code U00430 Description Polling request was received but interrupted because of a mismatch in permit number. Encrypted reception was interrupted because the encryption key for the specified encryption box was not registered. Subaddress-based bulletin board transmission request was received but data was not present in the subaddress confidential box. 1-4-112 . Encrypted reception was interrupted because the specified encryption box number was not registered. Subaddress-based confidential reception was interrupted because the specified subaddress box was not registered. An subaddress-based bulletin board transmission was interrupted because the specified subaddress confidential box was not registered. The destination transmitter disconnected because the permit ID’s did not agree with while the destination transmitter is in password-check transmission or restricted transmission. Description Document jam or the document length exceeds the maximum. subaddress-based bulletin board transmission request was received but interrupted because of a mismatch in permit ID in the transmitting unit. (2-4) U009XX error code table: Page reception error Error code U00900 U00910 Description An RTN or PIN signal was transmitted because of a page reception error. System error.

34 mode. A DCN signal or invalid command was received during phase D of transmission. No relevant signal was received after transmission of a PPS (Q) signal during phase D of transmission. An MCF signal was received but no DIS signal was received after transmission of an EOM signal. A DCN signal was received after transmission of an RR signal (ECM).2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC (2-5) U010XX error code table: G3 transmission Error code U01000 Description An FTT signal was received for a set number of times after TCF signal transmission at 2400 bps. No relevant signal was received after transmission of an EOR. and the preset number of command retransfers was exceeded (ECM). and the preset number of command transfers was exceeded. During transmission in V. and the preset number of command retransfers was exceeded (between units of our make). U01001 U01016 U01019 U01020 U01021 U01022 U01028 U01052 U01080 U01092 U01093 U01094 U01095 U01096 U01097 1-4-113 . and the preset number of command retransfers was exceeded (ECM). A PIP signal was received after transmission of a PPS. T5 time-out was detected during ECM transmission (ECM). and the preset number of command retransfers was exceeded (ECM). A DCN or other inappropriate signal was received during phase B of transmission.NULL signal. communication was interrupted because of an impossible combination of the symbol speed and communication speed. The preset number of command retransfers for DCS/NSS signals was exceeded during phase B of transmission. No relevant signal was received after transmission of an RR signal. No relevant signal was received after transmission of a CTC signal. an RTN signal was received in response to a Q signal (excluding EOP) after transmission at 2400 bps. Function of the unit differs from that indicated by a DIS signal. and T1 timeout was detected.Q signal. The preset number of command retransfers was exceeded after transmission of an RR signal or no response. Or. No relevant signal was received after transmission of a CNC signal.

No response after transmission of a CNS signal (between units of our make). communication mode select) differs from that indicated by an NSS signal. No response after transmission of a DIS signal. No response after transmission of a DTC (NSC) signal. A DTC (NSC) signal was received when no transmission data was in the unit. During message reception. A DCN signal was received after transmission of an SPA signal (short protocol). There was no response. A DCN signal was received after transmission of a DTC signal. during phase C/D of reception. A DCN signal was received after transmission of an FTT signal.34 mode. No response after transmission of an FTT signal. or a DCN signal or invalid command was received. Communication was interrupted because an error occurred during an image data reception sequence in the V. Error line control was exceeded and a decoding error occurred for the message being received. No message was received during phase C of reception. 1-4-114 . Function of the unit (excl. Reception was aborted due to a modem malfunction during message reception. A DCN signal was received during phase B of reception. No response after transmission of an SPA signal (short protocol). transmission time exceeded the maximum transmission time per line.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC (2-6) U011XX error code table: G3 reception Error code U01100 U01101 U01102 U01110 U01111 U01113 U01125 U01129 U01141 U01143 U01155 U01160 U01162 U01191 U01193 U01194 U01195 U01196 Description Function of the unit differs from that indicated by a DCS signal.

a DCN signal was transmitted to the destination unit and the line was cut. the unit transmitted a DCN signal. A communication error occurred in phase 4 (modem parameter exchange). and the line was cut. 1) a DCN signal was received from the destination unit.30 process.30 process.34 reception Error code U01800 U01810 U01820 U01821 Description A communication error occurred in phase 2 (line probing). U01821: In the absence of a common communication speed between units (including when an impossible combination of communication speed and symbol speed occurs) after MPh exchange.34 transmission Error code U01700 U01720 U01721 Description A communication error occurred in phase 2 (line probing). For example. A communication error occurred in phase 4 (modem parameter exchange). For example. PPh/ALT/MPh/E was not detected.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC (2-7) U017XX error code table: V. Operation was interrupted due to the absence of a common communication speed between units. For example. INFO0/A/Abar (B/Bbar. in response to the signal. U01721: In the absence of a common communication speed between units (including when an impossible combination of communication speed and symbol speed occurs) after MPh exchange. 1-4-115 . INFO0/B/Bbar (A/Abar. U01800: A communication error that occurs at the receiver unit in the period after transmission of INFO0 before entering phase 3 (primary channel equivalent device training). CSI) signal was received from the destination unit and. for polling transmission)/INFOh was not detected. U01820: A communication error that occurs at the receiver unit in the period after initiating the control channel before entering the T. (2-8) U018XX error code table: V. U01700: A communication error that occurs at the transmitting unit in the period after transmission of INFO0 before entering phase 3 (primary channel equivalent device training). and the line was cut. For example. PPh/ALT/MPh/E was not detected. or 2) a DIS (NSF. U01720: A communication error that occurs at the transmitting unit in the period after initiating the control channel before entering the T. S/Sbar/PP/TRN was not detected. for polling reception)/probing tone was not detected. A communication error occurred in phase 3 (primary channel equivalent device training). Operation was interrupted due to the absence of a common communication speed between units. For example. U01810: A communication error that occurs at the receiver unit in phase 3 (primary channel equivalent device training).

1-4-116 .2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC This page is intentionally left blank.

press the Power key on the operation panel to off. To reassemble the parts. Make sure that the Power lamp is off before turning off the main power switch. never expose the drum surface to strong direct light. (3) Toner Store the toner container in a cool. do not touch parts with bare hands. Keep the drum at an ambient temperature between -20°C/-4°F and 40°C/104°F and at a relative humidity not higher than 85% RH. When removing the hook of the connector. 1-5-1 . clean it. The PWBs are susceptible to static charge. be sure to release the hook. Should it be touched by hands or stained with oil.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC 1-5-1 Precautions for assembly and disassembly 1-5 Assembly and disassembly (1) Precautions Before starting disassembly. When handling PWBs (printed wiring boards). When the fax kit is installed. Do not touch the drum surface with any object. Do not touch any PWB containing ICs with bare hands or any object prone to static charge. Avoid direct light and high humidity. When removing the drum unit. be sure to disconnect the modular cable before starting disassembly. use the original screws. Avoid exposure to any substance which is harmful to or may affect the quality of the drum. refer to the PARTS LIST. Take care not to get the cables caught. If the types and the sizes of screws are not known. And then unplug the power cable from the wall outlet. Avoid abrupt changes in temperature and humidity. dark place. (2) Drum Note the following when handling or storing the drum.

Through each window of the validation viewer. the left side part of the seal should be seen as follows: A black-colored band when seen through the left side window ( ) ) A shiny or gold-colored band when seen through the right side window ( The above will reveal that the toner container is a genuine Kyocera Mita branded toner container. it is a counterfeit. See through the left window ( marking) Validation viewer See through the right window ( marking) Validation viewer Brand protection seal Brand protection seal A black-colored band when seen through the left side window A shiny or gold-colored band when seen through the right side window Figure 1-5-1 The brand protection seal has an incision as shown below to prohibit reuse. Hold the validation viewer over the left side part of the brand protection seal on the toner container. A validation viewer is required to accomplish this. the Kyocera Mita toner container utilizes an optical security technology to enable visual validation. Incision Cut Figure 1-5-2 1-5-2 .2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC (4) How to tell a genuine Kyocera Mita toner container As a means of brand protection. otherwise.

Remove the strap and then remove the right lower cover. Open the right lower cover. Strap Conveying unit Right lower cover Figure 1-5-3 1-5-3 . 4. Pull the conveying unit out. 3. Pull the cassette 1 and cassette 2 out completely.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC 1-5-2 Paper feed section (1) Detaching and refitting the primary paper feed unit Procedure Remove the primary paper feed unit 1. 2.

7. Remove two screws A and then remove the right middle rear cover. Unhook the hook and then remove the right lower front cover. Remove three screws B and then remove the right lower rear cover. Open the handle cover. 10. Remove three screws. 6. Right middle rear cover Screws A Right lower rear cover Screws B Figure 1-5-4 8. Remove the rear upper cover and the rear lower cover (see page 1-5-65). Right lower front cover Hook Screws Right lower front cover Screw Handle cover Figure 1-5-5 1-5-4 . 9.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC 5.

2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC 11. Connector Connector Figure 1-5-6 12. *: Use the specific primary paper feed unit depending on model . 13. Remove two screws each from primary paper feed unit. [45ppm/55ppm] Primary paper feed unit Screws Primary paper feed unit Screws [30ppm/35ppm] Primary paper feed unit Primary paper feed unit Figure 1-5-7 1-5-5 .30 ppm/35 ppm or 45 ppm/55 ppm. Remove the primary paper feed unit. Remove two connectors.

Check or replace the primary paper feed unit and refit all the removed parts. you must confirm the inserted pin to the driving coupler. when the primary paper feed unit is refitted (see page 1-5-10). [45ppm/55ppm] Driving coupler Pin Pin Driving coupler Primary paper feed unit [30ppm/35ppm] Pin Driving coupler Primary paper feed unit Primary paper feed unit Primary paper feed unit Retard release lever Primary paper feed unit (lower side) [45ppm/55ppm] Figure 1-5-8 1-5-6 . *: When refit the primary paper feed unit. *: For 45ppm/55ppm model.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC 14. you must install the primary paper feed unit while pushing the retard release lever of the lower side.

2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC (2) Detaching and refitting the forwarding pulley. Remove the joint and three bushes. [30 ppm model / 35 ppm model] Procedure 1. Detaching the forward pulley and paper feed pulley 2. Stop ring Stop rings Stop ring Primary paper feed unit Figure 1-5-9 3. 4. Forwarding pulley holder assembly Spring Bush Bush Joint Bush Paper feed pulley shaft Figure 1-5-10 1-5-7 . Remove the spring and forwarding pulley holder assembly. Remove the primary paper feed unit (see page 1-5-3). Slide the paper feed pulley shaft. paper feed pulley and separation pulley. 5. Remove four stop rings.

Remove the feed gear Z30H OW and paper feed pulley. so that the on-way clutches meet each other. Paper feed pulley Feed gear Z30H OW Paper feed pulley Feed gear Z30H OW Oneway clutch Primary paper feed shaft Forwarding pulley holder Figure 1-5-11 8. *: To refit the feed gear Z30H OW.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC 6. Forwarding pulley Axis hole Gear Axis hole Forwarding pulley holder Figure 1-5-12 1-5-8 . Pull the forwarding pulley from the axis hole of forwarding pulley holder. be sure to correctly align it with the paper feed pulley. 7. Pull the primary paper feed shaft out from the forwarding pulley holder.

paper feed pulley or separation pulley is replaced. Remove the spring.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Detaching the separation pulley 9. paper feed pulley and separation pulley to the primary paper feed unit. When the forwarding pulley. 12. 14. Clean or replace the forwarding pulley. Remove the separation pulley from the retard holder. Separation pulley Axis hole Axis hole Retard holder Figure 1-5-14 1-5-9 . Spring Hole Hole Primary lower plate Retard holder Figure 1-5-13 11. paper feed pulley and separation pulley. Remove the retard holder from the primary lower plate. 13. perform maintenance mode U903 (clearing the jam counter) (see page 13-181). Refit the forwarding pulley. 10.

Remove the primary paper feed unit (see page 1-5-3). 3.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC (3) Detaching and refitting the forwarding pulley. [45 ppm model / 55 ppm model] Procedure 1. Refit the forwarding pulley. paper feed pulley or separation pulley is replaced. paper feed pulley. Clean or replace the forwarding pulley. paper feed pulley and separation pulley. 5. paper feed pulley. Paper feed pulley Feed gear Z30R OW Oneway clutch Stop ring A Primary paper feed unit Forwarding pulley Stop ring B Pickup gear Z30R Figure 1-5-15 4. separation pulley to the primary paper feed unit. 6. Detaching the forward pulley and paper feed pulley 2. When the forwarding pulley. Remove the stop ring A and then remove the one way clutch and the paper feed pulley. Remove the separation pulley while push the retard release lever. Remove the stop ring B and then remove the forwarding pulley. 8. perform maintenance mode U903 (clearing the jam counter) (see page 13-181). separation pulley. Remove the stop ring. Torque limiter Separation pulley Stop ring Retard release lever Figure 1-5-16 1-5-10 . 7.

MP tray Right cover Hooks Hook Hooks DU cover assembly Figure 1-5-18 1-5-11 Right cover .2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC (4) Detaching and refitting the MP tray paper feed unit Procedure 1. 2. Pull the conveying unit out. Remove four screws. Unhook seven hooks and then remove the DU cover assembly. Screw Screw Conveying unit Figure 1-5-17 4. Open the MP tray. 3.

be sure to fit in the positioning hole that was previously used. *: To refit the wire saddle. MP tray Lift arm MP tray paper feed unit Figure 1-5-20 MP tray 1-5-12 . Release the wire saddle. Connector Connector Wire saddle Installation hole Wire saddle Figure 1-5-19 8. Remove the MP tray. Remove two connectors. 6. insert it in the MP tray paper feed unit side by turning the lift arm. Remove the wire saddle. *: When refitting the MP tray. 7.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC 5.

Remove two screws. 10. Screw MP tray paper feed unit Screw MP tray paper feed unit Figure 1-5-21 1-5-13 .2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC 9. Remove the MP tray paper feed unit.

Remove the MP tray paper feed unit (see page 1-5-11). Remove the stop ring A and then slide the driving joint. Slide the bush A. *: Remove the DU lower guide easy by bending the top base that the hook is hooking because the hook of the DU lower guide lacks flexibility. Driving joint Bush A Stop ring A Bush B Stop ring B Figure 1-5-23 1-5-14 .2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC (5) Detaching and refitting the MP forwarding pulley. MP paper feed pulley and MP separation pulley Procedure 1. 4. 5. Unhook three hooks and then remove the Du lower guide. Detaching forwarding pulley and paper feed pulley 2. Remove the stop ring B and then remove the bush B. DU lower guide Hooks Hook MP tray paper feed unit Top base Figure 1-5-22 3.

7. *: To refit the one-way gear Z30R. 9. Remove the two stop ring. Remove the spring and the feed holder assembly from the top base.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC 6. mount the gear in the correct direction as shown. Unhook the hook of the feed holder assembly. one way gear Z30R and MP paper feed pulley. Remove the two bushes. Pull the feed MPF shaft out. Oneway gear Z30R MP paper feed pulley Oneway gear Z30R Stop ring Oneway clutch Bush Bush Stop ring Feed MFP shaft Figure 1-5-25 1-5-15 . Spring Hook Feed holder assembly Top base Top base Spring Hook Figure 1-5-24 8. 10.

Unhook two hooks and then remove the middle guide.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC 11. Remove the pickup MPF shaft from the axis holes of feed MPF holder. Hook Hook Middle guide Figure 1-5-27 1-5-16 . Pickup MFP shaft MP forwarding pulley Pickup gear Z30R Feed gear Z26H Axis hole Axis hole Feed MPF holder Figure 1-5-26 Detaching the MP separation pulley 13. Pull the pickup gear Z30R and MP forwarding pulley out from the pickup MFP shaft. 12.

2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC 14. Joint Retard holder assembly Spring Figure 1-5-28 16. Remove the retard holder assembly by turning it as shown. Remove the spring. Release the uniting of joint by sliding the retard holder assembly. 15. Retard holder assembly Figure 1-5-29 1-5-17 .

Remove two stop rings. Remove two bushes. perform maintenance mode U903 (clearing the jam counter) (see page 1-3-181). Pull the retard MPF shaft out and then remove the torque limiter and the MP separation pulley. 19. MP paper feed pulley and MP separation pulley to the MP tray paper feed unit.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC 17. 18. When the MP forwarding pulley. MP paper feed pulley or MP separation pulley is replaced. Retard MPF shaft Torque limiter MP separation pulley Bush Stop ring Retard holder Bush Stop ring Figure 1-5-30 1-5-18 . Clean or replace the MP forwarding pulley. 22. Refit the MP forwarding pulley. MP paper feed pulley and MP separation pulley. 20. 21.

the light guiding plate. ISU front cover Screws Screws ISU right cover Figure 1-5-32 1-5-19 . Use air blow when you clean the diffusion seat. Remove the original cover or the document processor. and reflector. Remove two screws and then remove the ISU right cover. LED mount assembly Diffusion seat Light guiding plate Reflector LED PWB White LED Diffusion seat Figure 1-5-31 Procedure 1.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC 1-5-3 Optical section (1) Detaching and refitting the exposure lamp Notes on handling the LED mount assembly Do not touch the diffusion seat and the light guiding plate. 2. Do not clean it using a cleaning cloth that adheres the fiber easily. 3. Remove two screws and then remove the ISU front cover.

Platen Film Film Film Film Figure 1-5-34 1-5-20 .2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC 4. Screw ISU rear cover Screw Figure 1-5-33 5. Remove two screws and then remove the ISU rear cover. 6. Remove the platen. Peels two films off.

Remove the FFC from the FFC connector. the light guiding plate and the diffusion sheet of the LED mount assembly. Check or replace the LED mount assembly and refit all the removed parts. *: When cleaning the reflector. When the LED mount assembly is replaced. Remove two screws and then remove the LED mount assembly. 9. clean it by air blow. Screw LED mount assembly Screw Figure 1-5-36 1-5-21 . Move the LED mount assembly to the cutting lack part. 8. Unhook two hooks and remove the FFC guide from the LED mount assembly. Not to leave the hair dust. 12. 13. Unhook the hook and remove the FFC cover from LED mount assembly. perform maintenance mode U411 (Adjusting the scanner automatically) (see page 1-3-153). LED mount assembly Cutting lack part Cutting lack part FFC cover Hook Hook FFC FFC connector FFC guide Hook LED mount assembly Figure 1-5-35 11.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC 7. 10.

2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC (2) Detaching and refitting the ISU Procedure Detaching the ISU 1. 2. Remove six screws and then remove the lens cover. Remove the connector. *: When removing the FFC from the FFC connector with a lock. Worn the electrostatic prevention band for the destruction prevention of the ISU circuit board by static electricity. 3. Remove the platen (see page 1-5-19). 5. FFC FFC connector with a lock Connector Figure 1-5-38 1-5-22 . remove it after release the lock by lifting the lock lever up (see page 1-5-50). Remove the FFC from the FFC connector with a lock. Screw Lens cover Screws Screw ISU PWB Figure 1-5-37 4.

[45ppm/55ppm] Screw Screw Screw Screw ISU [30ppm/35ppm] Screw Screw Screw Screw ISU Figure 1-5-39 1-5-23 . *: The ISU's are different depending on 30ppm model/35ppm model and 45ppm model/55ppm model. Remove four screws and then remove the ISU.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC 6.

Refit all the removed parts. 8. Fix the ISU as before with four screws. Match the line (c) of ISU to the positioning line (b) of same number on frame side. The rear and front of machine: Match the edge (e) of ISU to the positioning line (d) on frame side. 9. [45ppm/55ppm] c b Lens a e d ISU [30ppm/35ppm] c b Lens a e d ISU Figure 1-5-40 1-5-24 . The right and left of machine: Confirm the number (a) of seal pasted on lens. Decide the fix position of ISU by the following.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Refitting the ISU 7.

3. 4. Remove the left filter cover and the left filter. Remove two transfer belt filters.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC (3) Detaching and refitting the LSU Procedure 1. Remove three screws B and then remove the left cover. 8. Transfer belt filters Screw A Toner filter Screws B Screw B Left cover Left cover lid Left filter cover Left filter Figure 1-5-41 9. Remove the toner filter. Remove four screws and then remove the LSU retainer. 5. Remove the conveying unit (see page 1-5-39). Open the front cover and remove screw A. 6. Remove the left cover lid. 2. Screws LSU retainer Screws Figure 1-5-42 1-5-25 . 7. Remove the left upper cover (see page 1-5-49).

removing it after release the lock by lifting the lock lever up.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC 10. 11. Pull the LSU out a little. LSU *:45ppm/55ppm only Connectors FFC connector with a lock FFC FFC connector * with a lock FFC Figure 1-5-44 1-5-26 . Remove the following connector from the LSU. Remove two LSU retainer pins and two springs. Spring LSU retainer pin Screw Middle feed plate Screw Figure 1-5-43 12. Remove two screws and then remove the middle feed plate. 13. 30 ppm model/35 ppm model: FFC connector with a lock: 1pcs Connector: 2pcs 45 ppm model/55 ppm model: FFC connector with a lock: 2pcs Connector: 2pcs *: When remove the FFC from the FFC connector with a lock.

LSU Figure 1-5-45 15. Screws Screws Screws LSU mount lid Screw Figure 1-5-46 1-5-27 . Remove seven screws and then remove the LSU mount lid. Pull the LSU out from the body of the machine.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC 14.

Remove all the connectors and the FFC connectors with a lock.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC 16.) *: When remove the FFC from the FFC connector with a lock. Screw Hooks LSU relay PWB cover Hooks Figure 1-5-47 18. 20. (30ppm model/35ppm model has the FFC connector without a lock. Figure 1-5-48 1-5-28 . removing it after release the lock by lifting the lock lever up. Remove the electric wire from the electric wire support portion. Unhook four hooks and then remove the LSU relay PWB cover. 19. Remove the screw. 17. FFC support portions Electric wire support portion FFC FFC connector * with a lock Connector *: 30ppm/35ppm is FFC connector without the lock. Remove the FFC from the FFC support potion.

Remove two screws each and then remove the LSU front holder.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC 21. 22. Screw Spring LSU retainer pin LSU front holder Screw Figure 1-5-49 1-5-29 . Remove the LSU retainer pins and the springs.

When replacing the new LSU. *: Be sure to handle the front and rear handholds when handling the LSU. Check or replace the LSU and refit all the removed parts. Remove four LSUs. *: When reconnecting FFCs. *: Do not touch terminals and FFC contacts in the LSU APC board. following the precautions and instructions below.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC LSU (rear side) LSU (front side) Support portion 23. Support portion LSU(Y) LSU(Y) LSU(C) LSU(M) LSU(K) LSU support frame LSU (rear side) LSU (front side) (1) (2) Bos LSU(C) LSU(M) LSU(K) Figure 1-5-50 1-5-30 . 26. be sure to insert the FFC all the way in with the FFC connector. 24. *: Do not get the LSU in direct contact with the holding frame subsequently applying shocks to the polygon motor inside. 2)Performs maintenance mode U410 (Adjusting the halftone automatically) (see page 1-3-151).This is to avoid a lengthy servicing due to a possible error which could cause re-disassembly and -assembly. proceed as follows: 1)Performs maintenance mode U469 (Auto color registration correction) (see page 1-3-175). (2) Unhook the protrusions at the front of the LSU. Wrap an antistatic discharging belt around your wrist to prevent damage to the LSU. (1) Lift the far end of the LSU. 25.

Color registration begins. Auto correction 3. enter B as a value. [Manual]. Read figures at MH-1 to 7/CH-1 to 7/YH-1 to 7 and MV-3/CV-3/YV-3 of the reference chart and enter the figure marked at the scale which the BK fine line is in line with the M/C/Y fine lines. [Calibration] and then [Start]. Press [Color Registration]. Calibration begins. Press [Adjustment/Maintenance]. Place the printed chart as the original and then [Start]. A chart is printed. Press the system menu key. [Chart] and then [Ptint]. 4. Chart for adjustment Figure 1-5-51 Manual correction 5. Procedure 1. 1-5-31 . 7. using the +/. Press [Start] after all values have been entered. [Auto] and then [Start].keys. Press [Registration]. 2. Chart for adjustment Figure 1-5-52 (example) When a red bar exactly coincides with B. 6. Press [Color Registration]. A chart is printed. Color registration begins.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC (4) Color registration adjustment Follow the procedure below to replace the laser scanner unit.

Press [Chart] and [Print] to print a chart. The scale must be corresponding within the range of "A" from "1". 9. adjustment is complete.4. If they are within the range. Chart for adjustment Figure 1-5-54 If manual color registration has failed: 11. proceed to step 10.5/CV1.5/YV-1. perform the following steps: Sample 1 Sample 2 V-1 V-2 V-3 V-4 V-5 Figure 1-5-55 V-1 V-2 V-3 V-4 V-5 1-5-32 .2.2. If scales are out of range. repeat steps 6 through 9.4.4. Figure 1-5-53 10. If the balance between V-1 and V-5 is more than 2 scales (sample 1) or less than -2 scales (sample 2). Verify that scales of MV-1. If they are within the range.5 coincide within the range of 1 to A.2. Verify that each scale is within the range of 1to A. If they are out of range.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC 8. proceed to step 11.

Hexagon socket Allen wrench Hexagon socket Hexagon socket Figure 1-5-56 Hexagon socket 1-5-33 . Print a reference chart and verify the result. 13. Number of rotation (V-1. Open the front cover and then pull out the waste toner box tray (see page 1-5-34).V-5) x 4 clicks 14. 15.V-5) >= 2 scales (sample 1): rotate counterclockwise. Rotate the adjustment knob using a 5 mm hex wrench. Refit the waste toner box tray as before and then close the front cover. 16.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC 12. Turn the main power switch off and on. (V-1 . Correction automatically starts.V-5) <= -2 scales (sample 2): rotate clockwise. Direction of rotation (V-1 .

Remove all toner container each. 2. Open the front cover. 6. Remove four fixed screw of inner unit. Remove the screw and then open the connector cover. 3.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC 1-5-4 Image formation section (1) Detaching and refitting the inner unit Procedure 1. Hook Waste toner box tray Hook Figure 1-5-57 4. Inner unit Connector cover Screw Inner unit Connector Screw Screw Screw Screw Figure 1-5-58 1-5-34 . 5. Remove the connector. Detach the waste toner box tray while pushing up the hook of both ends.

Remove the inner unit.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC 7. 8. Inner unit Fixed lever Figure 1-5-59 1-5-35 . Release the lock by pushing the fixed lever at the right and left of inner unit.

Remove the inner unit (see page 1-534). 4. (The developer unit becomes basic and the drum units are combined. Connectors Toner supply shutter Developer unit Figure 1-5-60 6. 2. 5. Remove two connectors. Developer unit Drum unit Drum unit Developer unit Figure 1-5-61 1-5-36 . 3. Close the toner supply shutter.) 7. Pull the transfer belt unit out a little (see page 1-5-41).2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC (2) Detaching and refitting the developer unit and drum unit Detaching example: Developer unit Y and Drum unit Y Procedure 1. Remove the fuser unit (see page 1-545). Detach the developer unit while supporting bottom. Pull out as one body the developer unit and the drum unit.

Check or replace the drum unit and the developer unit and refit all the removed parts. 4)Performs maintenance mode U469 (Auto color registration correction) (see page 1-3-175). 3)Performs maintenance mode U469 (Auto color registration correction) (see page 1-3-175). Developer unit Figure 1-5-62 1-5-37 . When replacing the new developer unit. 11.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC 8. 9. 2)Performs maintenance mode U464 (Calibration) (see page 1-3-168). 3)Performs maintenance mode U464 (Calibration) (see page 1-3-168). 5)Performs maintenance mode U410 (Adjusting the halftone automatically) (see page 1-3-151). When replacing the new drum unit. 4)Performs maintenance mode U410 (Adjusting the halftone automatically) (see page 1-3-151). 2) Performs maintenance mode U140 (AC calibration) for 45 ppm/55 ppm model only (see page 1-3-91). proceed as follows: 1) Performs maintenance mode U119 (drum setup) (see page 1-3-83). proceed as follows: 1) Performs maintenance mode U140 (AC calibration) for 45 ppm/55 ppm model only (see page 1-3-91). Remove the drum unit from the developer unit. Drum unit 10.

4.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC (3) Detaching and refitting the charger roller unit Detaching example: Charger roller unit Y Procedure 1. 3. Remove the inner unit (see page 1-534). Check or replace the charger roller unit and refit all the removed parts. 2. Pull out the charger roller unit by picking and releasing the MC lock lever. When replacing the new charger roller unit. Charger roller unit Hook MC lock lever Figure 1-5-63 1-5-38 . that must hook the hook certain by operating the MC lock lever after inserting the charger roller unit until bumping. *: When refitting the charger roller unit. proceed as follows: Performs maintenance mode U930 (clearing the charger roller count) (see page 1-3-190).

2. Pull the conveying unit out.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC 1-5-5 Transfer section (1) Detaching and refitting the conveying unit Procedure 1. Unhook two hooks and then remove the conveying inner cover from the conveying unit. 3. Conveying unit Right front cover Screw Hook Hook Hook Right front cover Screw ? 1?5?64 4. Unhook three hooks and then remove the right front cover. Conveying unit Hook Hook Conveying inner cover Figure 1-5-65 1-5-39 . Remove three screws.

2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC 5. 6. Remove four screws. Conveying unit Screws Screws Conveying unit Figure 1-5-66 1-5-40 . Remove the conveying unit by lifting upward.

Remove the conveying unit (see page 1-5-39). Remove the connector. Connector Figure 1-5-67 4.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC (2) Detaching and refitting the transfer belt unit Procedure 1. 3. Pull out the transfer belt unit by lifting up both ends. 2. Remove the fuser unit (see page 1-545). Transfer belt unit Figure 1-5-68 1-5-41 .

7. *: When refitting the new transfer belt unit. Remove the transfer belt unit. Transfer belt unit Transfer belt unit Rail entrance Rail entrance Projection part Projection part Transfer belt unit Transfer belt unit Figure 1-5-69 1-5-42 . 2)Performs maintenance mode U464 (Calibration) (see page 1-3-168). Check or replace the transfer belt unit and refit all the removed parts. When replacing the new transfer belt unit. 4)Performs maintenance mode U410 (Adjusting the halftone automatically) (see page 1-3-151). proceed as follows: 1) Performs maintenance mode U469 (Transfer belt speed correction) (see page 1-3-175). 3)Performs maintenance mode U469 (Auto color registration correction) (see page 1-3-175). set the projected part aligned with the rail entrance.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC 5. 6.

Transfer roller (shaft) Bearing Bearing Stop ring Hook TC gear Z29R Transfer roller (shaft) Transfer roller TC guide Screw TC guide TC guide Screw Figure 1-5-71 1-5-43 .2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC (3) Detaching and reffiting the transfer roller Procedure 1. Remove the stop ring. 6. Remove the transfer roller. 4. Pull out the conveying unit. Loosen two fixed screws on the TC guide. 3. Unhook the hook and remove the TC gear Z29R. Remove two bearings. 5. Conveying unit Figure 1-5-70 2.

Check or replace the transfer roller and refit all the removed parts. proceed as follows: 1) Performs maintenance mode U127 (clearing the transfer counter) (see page 1-3-85). Ground plate Ground plate (terminal) Figure 1-5-72 Ground plate (frame) 1-5-44 . 8.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC 7. 4)Performs maintenance mode U410 (Adjusting the halftone automatically) (see page 1-3-151). 2)Performs maintenance mode U464 (Calibration) (see page 1-3-168). *: When refitting the transfer roller. confirm that the terminal of the ground plate is in contact with the ground plate in the frame. 3)Performs maintenance mode U469 (Auto color registration correction) (see page 1-3-175). When replacing the new transfer roller.

3. Pull out the conveying unit. Remove two connectors Connector Connector Fuser electric wire cover Screw Conveying unit Figure 1-5-73 1-5-45 .2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC 1-5-6 Fuser section (1) Detaching and reffiting the fuser unit Procedure 1. Remove the screw and then the fuser electric wire cover. 2.

2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC 4. 4)Performs maintenance mode U410 (Adjusting the halftone automatically) (see page 1-3-151). Check or replace the fuser unit and refit all the removed parts. 2)Performs maintenance mode U464 (Calibration) (see page 1-3-168). 3)Performs maintenance mode U469 (Auto color registration correction) (see page 1-3-175). Remove four screws (M4 × 10) and then remove the fuser unit. 6. When replacing the new fuser unit. Fuser unit Screws (M4×10) Screws (M4×10) Figure 1-5-74 1-5-46 . 5. proceed as follows: 1) Performs maintenance mode U167 (clearing the fuser count) (see page 1-3-100).

Remove the electric wire holder. Remove the fuser unit (see page 1-545). 5. 6. 9.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC (2) Detaching and reffiting Fuser IH unit Procedure 1. Remove four screws and then remove the fuser IH PWB cover (see page 1-565). 3. Fuser IH PWB Electric wire holder Wire saddle Connector Fuser IH PWB Figure 1-5-75 1-5-47 . Remove the rear upper cover and the rear lower cover (see page 1-5-65). 8. 4. *: Confirm the power plug is removed from the outlet without fail when you remove the connector because a high current is supplied to fuser IH unit by this connector. *: Confirm the connected connector was surely locked when you connect this connector again. Remove the right middle rear cover (see page 1-5-65). 2. Remove the right upper cover (see page 1-5-65). Remove the IH electric wire cover (see page 1-5-65). Release the wire saddle. 7. Remove two connectors from the fuser IH PWB according to the following notes.

2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC 10. 11. Unhook the hook by lifting up the fuser IH unit a little and then remove it. Fuser IH unit Screw Screw Hook Hook Fuser IH unit Figure 1-5-76 1-5-48 . Remove two screws.

2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC 1-5-7 PWBs (1) Detaching and refitting the main PWB Procedure 1. Remove the electric wire holder. Unhook six hooks and then remove the left upper cover. 4. 2. Remove two screws. Left upper cover Controller lid Screws Hooks Hook Left upper cover Hooks Figure 1-5-77 5. Open the controller lid. Remove the rear upper cover (see page 1-5-65). Electric wire holder Wire saddle Wire saddles Controller box Wire saddle Wire saddle Figure 1-5-78 1-5-49 . Release six wire saddles on the controller box. 3. 6.

Remove the following connectors that connected to the main PWB from the outside of the control box.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC 7. YC11 YC30 YC24 YC3 Main PWB FFC connector with a lock [Lock release/FFC detaching] FFC a [State of lock] 1 2 Lock lever Lock lever [Lock release/FFC detaching] b [State of lock] Lock lever 1 2 Lock lever FFC c [FFC connection/Lock] Projection Lock lever 2 1 Projection FFC Figure 1-5-79 1-5-50 . YC25 YC11 YC30 YC24 YC3 (FFC connector with a lock) YC17 (BK) YC21 (WH) YC12 YC25 Controller box Main PWB YC17YC21 YC12 *: When removing the FFC from the FFC connector with a lock. remove the FFC after released by lifting up the lock lever (see figure a and b). *: When connecting the FFC that there is a projection in the terminal both sides. lock by knocking down the lock lever after inserting the FFC to the connector until both projections are hidden (see figure c).

Controller box Hook Hook Screws Screw Screws Figure 1-5-80 10. Unhook two hooks and then remove the controller box. remove the FFC after released by lifting up the lock lever (see page 1-5-50) Main PWB YC23 YC27 YC32 YC1 YC9 YC8 BLACK YC2 BLUE FFC connector with a lock Main PWB Controller box Figure 1-5-81 1-5-51 . YC23 YC27 YC32 YC8 (FFC connector with a lock) YC9 YC1 [BLACK] (with a lock) YC2 [BLUE] (with a lock) *: When removing the FFC from the FFC connector with a lock. Remove the following connectors that connected to the main PWB. 9.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC 8. Remove five screws.

Remove two electric wire holders. Remove two screws. Remove five screws from the main PWB. Screws Main PWB Screws Screw Main PWB Figure 1-5-83 1-5-52 . Release the wire saddle. Electric wire holder Fan mootor holder Screws Electric wire holder Controller box Wire saddle Figure 1-5-82 15. 14. 13. 12. Remove the fan motor holder.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC 11.

remove the following devices from the main PWB and then reattach it to the new main PWB. EEPROM (YC14) Code DIMM (YS4) Memory DDR (YS1) *: Exchange EEPROM (YC14) and code DIMM (YC4) by the set. Remove the main PWB by releasing the projection of ground plate in the network connector.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC 16. Network connector Network connector Projections for ground Main PWB Main PWB BK WH YS4 Code DIMM (YS4) YS1 Memory DDR (YS1) BLACK YC14 BLUE EEPROM (YC14) Figure 1-5-84 1-5-53 . *: Check or replace the main PWB and refit all the removed parts. *: When replacing the main PWB.

Remove the controller box (see page 15-49). remove the FFC after released by lifting up the lock lever (see page 1-5-50) Engine PWB FFC connector with a lock YC2 YC5 YC7 YC10 YC4 YC1 YC27 YC3 YC26 YC6 1-5-54 YC9 YC45 YC8 YC46 YC17 YC12 YC15 YC16 YC18 YC22 YC21 YC20 YC19 Engine PWB Figure 1-5-85 . YC1 YC2 YC3 YC4 YC5 (FFC connector with a lock) YC6 (FFC connector with a lock) YC7 (FFC connector with a lock) YC10 (FFC connector with a lock) YC26 YC9 YC8 YC46 (FFC connector with a lock) YC12 (FFC connector with a lock) YC15 YC16 YC18 YC17 YC19 YC20 YC21 YC22 YC45 *: When removing the FFC from the FFC connector with a lock. Remove twenty three connectors of following from the engine PWB.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC (2) Detaching and refitting the engine PWB Procedure 1. 2.

4. Hook Engine PWB Hook Engine PWB Screws Screws Screws Engine PWB Engine PWB U100 EEPROM (U100) Figure 1-5-86 1-5-55 .2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC 3. Check or replace the engine PWB and refit all the removed parts. remove the EEPROM (U100) from the engine PWB and then reattach it to the new engine PWB. Unhook two hooks and then remove the engine PWB. Remove six screws. 5. *: When replacing the engine PWB.

2. 3. Remove four connectors. YC3 YC1 TB1 TB2 TB5 YC7 YC8 YC17 YC14 YC12 YC16 YC13 YC10 YC11 YC3 Wire saddle Power source assembly Wire saddles Wire saddles Power source PWB YC17 YC14 YC12 YC16 YC13YC10 YC11 YC1 TB1 TB2 TB5 YC7 YC8 Power source PWB Figure 1-5-88 1-5-56 . Release six wire saddles.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC (3) Detaching and refitting the power source PWB Procedure 1. Release three wire saddles. Connector Connector Connectors Wire saddle Wire saddle Waire saddle Figure 1-5-87 4. Remove the following eleven connectors and three tabs from the power source PWB. 5. Remove the rear under cover (see page 1-5-65).

Remove two screws. Screw Screw Power source assembly Figure 1-5-90 1-5-57 . Remove the power source assembly. Remove the connector from the coin vender plate. 7.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC 6. Release the wire saddle. 9. Connctor Wire saddle Coin vender plate Figure 1-5-89 8.

12. Check or replace the power source PWB and refit all the removed parts.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC 10. Remove the power source PWB. Remove eight screws. Screws Screws Screws Power source PWB Screw Figure 1-5-91 1-5-58 . 11.

2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC (4) Detaching and refitting the high voltage PWB 1 Procedure 1. Check or replace the high voltage PWB 1 and refit all the removed parts. Screws Screw Screws Screw PWB spacer Screws High voltage PWB 1 Figure 1-5-93 1-5-59 . Unhook two hooks of PWB spacer and then remove the high voltage PWB 1. 3. Remove the power source PWB (see page 1-5-56). Remove eight screws. Remove five connectors from high voltage PWB. 6. 5. Remove the main drive unit (see page 1-5-73). High voltage PWB 1 Connectors YC4 YC18 Connectors YC10 YC11 High voltage PWB 1 Connector Figure 1-5-92 YC3 4. 2.

High voltage PWB 2 assembly Connectors High voltage PWB 2 assembly Figure 1-5-94 4. Pull the transfer belt unit out a little (see page 1-5-41). 5. Hook Hook Screws High voltage PWB 2 assembly Figure 1-5-95 1-5-60 . Remove two connectors from the high voltage PWB 2 assembly. Remove the main drive unit (see page 1-5-73). Check or replace the high voltage PWB 2 and refit all the removed parts.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC (5) Detaching and refitting the high voltage PWB 2 Procedure 1. Unhook two hooks and then remove the high voltage PWB 2. 3. 2. Remove two screws. 6.

2. Unhook three hooks and then remove the front upper right cover. Remove the screw from the right upper cover. 5. Pull the conveying unit out. 4. Remove the screw and then remove the fan cover.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC (6) Detaching and refitting the operation PWB Procedure 1. Open the front cover. Right upper cover Screw Figure 1-5-96 3. Hooks Front upper right cover Screw Fan cover Figure 1-5-97 1-5-61 .

Screws USB electric wire (connector) Figure 1-5-99 1-5-62 . Remove two screws and then remove the USB electric wire (connector). Remove the screw and then remove the operation panel cover. Screw Operation panel cover Operation panel cover Figure 1-5-98 7.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC 6.

Remove four screws. 12. Pull the operation panel unit upward. 10.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC 8. Remove the operation panel unit. Remove four connectors from the operation PWB. Release three wire saddles. 11. Screws Screws Figure 1-5-100 9. Operation panel unit Operation PWB Connectors Connector Wire saddle Operation panel unit Connector Waire saddles Figure 1-5-101 1-5-63 .

15. remove the FFC after released by lifting up the lock lever (see page 1-5-50). Remove four screws and then remove the operation PWB. Screws Operation PWB Screw Screw Figure 1-5-103 1-5-64 . FFC Operation PWB FFC connector with a lock Connectors FFC Connectors Figure 1-5-102 14. *: When removing the FFC from the FFC connector with a lock. Check or replace the operation PWB and refit all the removed parts.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC 13. Remove four connectors and two FFC from the operation PWB.

Release two hanging parts and then remove the rear lower cover. Rear upper cover Screws Screws Screws Screw Figure 1-5-104 2. Remove eight screws. Remove seven screws and then remove the rear upper cover. 4. 3. Screw Screw Screws Rear lower cover Screws Figure 1-5-105 1-5-65 .2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC (7) Detaching and refitting the fuser IH PWB Procedure 1. Remove the fuser unit (see page 1-545).

Screws ISU right cover Right upper cover Screw Figure 1-5-106 7. Remove two screws. Remove the screw and five hooks and then remove the right upper cover. Remove two screws and then remove the ISU right cover. 8. Unhook two hooks and then remove the right middle rear cover. Right middle rear cover Screws Figure 1-5-107 1-5-66 .2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC 5. 6.

Remove the IH electric wire cover. 10. Release two wire saddles.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC 9. 12. Remove four connector from the fuser IH PWB. Remove four screws and the remove the fuser IH PWB cover. IH electric wire cover Screw Screws Screw Fuser IH PWB cover Figure 1-5-108 11. Wire saddle Connector Connectors Fuser IH PWB Connector Wire saddle Figure 1-5-109 1-5-67 .

2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC 13. Connector (YC27) Feed PWB 1 Electric wire holder Electric wire holder Figure 1-5-110 15. Remove three screws. Remove two electric wire holders. 14. IH box assembly Screw Hook Hook Screws IH box assembly Figure 1-5-111 1-5-68 . Unhook two hooks and then remove IH box assembly. 16. Remove the connector (YC27) from feed PWB 1.

20. 18. Remove six screws. Unhook the hook of the PWB spacer and then fuser IH PWB. Check or replace the fuser IH PWB and refit all the removed parts.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC 17. Remove two connectors. 19. Screws Screws Connector Screws Connector Fuser IH PWB PWB spacer IH box assembly Figure 1-5-112 1-5-69 .

(Have the housing.) *: Put support on the tip of the shaft so that the shaft may become the horizontal when you put drum drive unit K on the table etc. 3. Remove three screws. Remove the connector. 2. Remove the drum drive unit K. Screw Screws Screw (Shaft portion) Screws Drum drive unit K (housing portion) Figure 1-5-114 1-5-70 . Release the wire saddle.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC 1-5-8 Drive section (1) Detaching and refitting the drum drive unit K and the drum drive unit MCY Procedure Detaching the drum drive unit K 1. 5. Connector Wire saddle Figure 1-5-113 4. Remove the rear upper cover and the rear lower cover (see page 1-5-65). *: Do not have a shaft part alone when you carry drum drive unit K.

Screw Toner fan motor 2 Screw Toner fan motor 1 Toner unit duct Figure 1-5-116 1-5-71 . Remove the screw. 7. Connector Screw Figure 1-5-115 10. the toner fan motor 1 and the toner fan motor 2. Remove the left cover (see page 1-525).2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Detaching the drum drive unit MCY 6. Remove the left upper cover (see page 1-5-49). Remove the connector. 9. 8. Remove as one body the toner unit duct.

Remove three connector. Release two wire saddles.) *: Put support on the tip of the shaft so that the shaft may become the horizontal when you put drum drive unit CMY on the table etc. 12. Check or replace the drum drive unit K and the drum drive unit MCY and refit all the removed parts. (Shaft portion) (Shaft portion) Drum drive unit MCY (housing portion) Screw Screw Screw Screws Figure 1-5-118 1-5-72 .2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC 11. Remove five screws and then remove the drum drive unit MCY. Connector Wire saddle Connector Wire saddle Connector Figure 1-5-117 13. *: Do not have a shaft part alone when you carry drum drive unit MCY. 14. (Have the housing.

Remove the main drive unit. Connector Main drive unit Screw Screw Screw Screw Screw Figure 1-5-120 1-5-73 .2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC (2) Detaching and refitting the main drive unit Procedure 1. Remove two connectors. Remove the drum drive unit K and the drum drive unit MCY (see page 1-5-70). 2. 6. Main drive unit Connector Wire saddle Main drive unit Wire saddles Figure 1-5-119 4. Check or replace the main drive unit and refit all the removed parts. Remove five screws. 5. 3. Release three wire saddles on the main drive unit.

Remove the rear upper cover and the rear lower cover (see page 1-5-65). YC19 YC20. Remove five electric wire holders of feed PWB 1 assembly. transfer drive unit and feed drive unit Procedure Detaching the fuser drive unit 1. YC16 YC13. YC18. YC14 YC10. YC3 YC17. YC11 YC5. remove the FFC after released by lifting up the lock lever (see page 1-5-50). YC25 YC15. YC4 YC1 (FFC connector with a lock) YC2 (FFC connector with a lock) *: When removing the FFC from the FFC connector with a lock. YC19 YC18 YC20 YC3 YC27 YC26 Feed PWB 1 YC1 1-5-74 YC17 YC2 FFC connector with a lock YC14 YC13 YC15 YC16 YC23 YC25 YC11 YC5 YC10 YC12 Figure 1-5-122 YC4 . YC27 YC26. Release the wire saddle. Feed PWB 1 assembly Feed PWB 1 assembly Electric wire holder Electric wire holder Wire saddle Electric wire holder Electric wire holder Electric wire holder Figure 1-5-121 4. YC12 YC23.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC (3) Detaching and refitting the fuser drive unit. Remove the following twenty connectors from the feed PWB 1. 2. 3.

Engine PWB FFC connector with a lock (YC4) FFC FFC connector with a lock (YC1) Feed PWB 2 Figure 1-5-123 6. 7.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC 5. remove the FFC after released by lifting up the lock lever (see page 1-5-50). Remove the FFC from the FFC connector with a lock (YC4) on the engine PWB. Remove the feed PWB 1 assembly. Feed PWB 1 assembly Screw Screw Screw Screw Screw Screw Feed PWB 1 assembly Figure 1-5-124 1-5-75 . Remove three screws. *: When removing the FFC from the FFC connector with a lock. Remove the FFC from the FFC connector with a lock (YC1) on the feed PWB 2.

Transfer drive unit Screw Transfer drive unit Screw Transfer drive unit Clamp Connector [45ppm/55ppm] Clamp Screws Connector Screws [30ppm/35ppm] Figure 1-5-126 1-5-76 . 9. 12. Remove the transfer drive unit. Fuser drive unit Screw Fuser drive unit Connector Screw Screw Figure 1-5-125 Detaching the transfer drive unit 11. Remove the connector. 13. 14.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC 8. Remove the connector. Remove three screws. 10. Release the clamp. Pull out the transfer belt unit a little (see page 1-5-41). Remove three screws. Remove the fuser drive unit. 15.

Feed 2 FFC guide Screw Screw Screw Feed 2 FFC guide Screw Figure 1-5-128 1-5-77 . Remove three electric wires from the feed 2 FFC guide.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Detaching the feed drive unit 16. Remove two screws and then remove the feed 2 FFC guide. Electric wire holder Feed 2 FFC guide Electric wire holders Figure 1-5-127 17.

Feed drive unit Screw Screw Screw Screw Screw Screw Screw Screw Screw Screw Screw Screw [45ppm/55ppm] [30ppm/35ppm] Figure 1-5-130 1-5-78 YC12 Feed PWB 2 YC13 YC3 18.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC YC8 YC5 YC6 Figure 1-5-129 19. 20. Remove the feed drive unit. Remove the following nine connectors from the feed PWB 2. Remove three screws. YC10 YC11 YC7 YC8 YC3 YC5 YC6 YC13 YC12 Feed PWB 2 YC10 YC11 YC7 .

Check or replace the feed drive unit and refit all the removed parts. *: Connect the connector (yellow) to the connector of paper feed clutch 1 on stamp [YELLOW] side as before.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC 21. Feed drive unit Paper feed clutch 1 Connector Connector (Yellow) Paper feed clutch 2 Marking [YELLOW] Figure 1-5-131 1-5-79 . when removing the connector of the paper feed clutch as the check of the feed drive unit etc.

Check or replace the lift motor and refit all the removed parts. 6. Remove the connector each. Lift motor 1 Lift motor 2 Lift motor Connector Screws Figure 1-5-132 1-5-80 . 5. Remove two screws each. 3. 2.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC (4) Detaching and refitting the lift motor 1 and 2 Procedure 1. Remove the rear lower cover (see page 1-5-65). 4. Remove the lift motor 1 and 2. Remove the power source assembly (see page 1-5-56).

Unhook the hook and remove the eject filter units. Check or replace the eject filters and refit the filter. 2.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC 1-5-9 Others (1) Detaching the eject filter Procedure 1. Eject filter units Eject filter Hook Hook Eject cover Figure 1-5-133 1-5-81 . Remove the eject filters from the eject covers. 3.

Toner filter unit Levers Toner filter unit Figure 1-5-134 1-5-82 . 2.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC (2) Detaching and refitting the toner filter Procedure 1. Remove the toner filter unit while gripping the levers. Check or replace the toner filter unit and refit the filter.

Open the front cover.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC (3) Detaching and refitting the fan filter Procedure 1. 4. Refit the fan filter. Front cover Fan filter Lever Fan filter Figure 1-5-135 1-5-83 . 2. Clean the fan filter. Remove the fan filter by releasing the lever. 3.

2. Refit the transfer belt filter. Remove two transfer belt filters by releasing the lever.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC (4) Detaching and refitting the transfer belt filter Procedure 1. Lever Transfer belt filter Lever Transfer belt filters Figure 1-5-136 1-5-84 . 3. Clean the transfer belt filter.

2. 3. Clean the DU filter. DU filter DU filter Lever Lever DU filter MP tray Figure 1-5-137 1-5-85 . Remove two DU filters by releasing the lever. Refit the DU filter. 4.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC (5) Detaching and refitting the DU filter Procedure 1. Open the MP tray.

2. Check or replace the left filter and refit the filter. 3. Remove the left filter cover by releasing the lever. Remove the left filter. Left filter Lever Left filter cover Figure 1-5-138 1-5-86 .2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC (6) Detaching and refitting the left filter Procedure 1.

Screws Wire saddle Figure 1-5-139 5. Release the wire saddle. Remove two screws. 2. Unhook two hooks and pull out the HDD bracket a little.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC (7) Detaching and refitting the hard disk unit Procedure 1. 3. Remove the rear upper cover (see page 1-5-65). Perform maintenance mode U917 (backup data reading) (see page 1-3186). 4. Hook Hook HDD bracket Figure 1-5-140 1-5-87 .

1. Perform maintenance mode U024 (HDD formatting) (see page 1-3-29). Install the firmwares by the following procedure. 8. Screw Screw HDD bracket Screw Screw Screw Hard disk unit (45ppm/55ppm only) Hard disk unit Figure 1-5-142 1-5-88 . (Refer to operation guide. JP (Opt Font. 2)Connects to the machine the USB memory that preserved WeeklyTimer. and the PDF1. Number of hard disk unit equipment 30ppm model/35ppm model: 1 45ppm model/55ppm model: 2 [30ppm/35ppm] [45ppm/55ppm] Hard disk unit Hard disk unit Hard disk unit Lever Lever Connector Connector Figure 1-5-141 7.7 resource.Opt Msg). Perform maintenance mode U917 (backup data writing) (see page 1-3186). 1)Connects to the machine the USB memory that preserved Software LANGUAGE BR.) 3. 2. Replace the hard disk unit and refit all the removed parts.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC 6. Remove four screws and then remove the hard disk unit from the HDD bracket. The firmware is installed by switching the main power switch to ON/OFF. FMU application. Remove two connectors from the hard disk unit while pushing the lock lever. Installs the firmware from the application screen of the system menu.

be careful of the airflow direction (intake or exhaust). Fuse rear fan motor Developer fan motor 2 LSU fan motor IH fan motor Developer fan motor 1 Coil fan motor1 Fuser front fan motor Fuse fan motor 1 Eject fan motor 2 Fuser fan motor 2 Eject fan motor 1 Eject front fan motor Eject rear fan motor (Rating label:outside) Coil fan motor 2 Belt fan motor 1 (Rating label:inside) Controller fan motor Fuser fan motor 1 (Rating label:inside) Eject fan motor 1 (Rating label:inside) Toner fan motor 2 Belt fan motor 2 (Rating label:inside) Eject fan motor 2 (Rating label:inside) Toner fan motor 1 Fuser fan motor 2 (Rating label:inside) Power source fan motor (Rating label:inside) Figure 1-5-143 1-5-89 .2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC (8) Direction of installing the principal fan motors When detaching or refitting the fan motors.

color table and optional devices. Caution: Never turn the main power switch off during upgrading. Procedure 1. switch off the main power switch. [Completed] is displayed on the touch panel when upgrading is complete. 7. Perform maintenance item U000 (maintenance report output) and check U019 ROM version. optional language. Insert the USB memory in which the firmware has been written into a notch hole of the machine. 1-6-1 . Upgrading firmware starts (blinking the memory LED). USB memory Figure 1-6-1 6. And then unplug the power cable from the wall outlet. Insert the power plug and turn the main power switch on. motor control PWB. 9. and after verifying the power indicator has gone off. switch off the main power switch. Press the power key on the operation panel. And then unplug the power cable from the wall outlet. ISC PWB. 2. operation PWB. Wait for several seconds and then remove the USB memory from the machine. 3. fuser IH PWB. Insert the power plug and turn the main power switch on.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC 1-6-1 Upgrading the firmware 1-6 Requirements on PWB Replacement Follow the procedure below to upgrade the firmware of main PWB. and after verifying the power indicator has gone off. 8. 4. Perform maintenance item U000 (maintenance report output) and check that U019 ROM version has been upgraded. engine PWB. 5. Preparation Extract the file that has the download firmware and put them in the USB Memory. Press the power key on the operation panel.

remove the EEPROM (YC14) and code DIMM (YS4) from the main PWB that has been removed and then reattach it to the new main PWB. check "CODE" and "FLS" marked on the PWB and refit them to the original positions. Main PWB YS4 CODE FLS YS3 DIMM Figure 1-6-3 1-6-2 . Main PWB EEPROM YC14 Figure 1-6-2 When refitting DIMM.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC 1-6-2 Remarks on main PWB replacement When replacing the main PWB.

2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC When connecting the hard disk cables (YC1. YC21) to the PWB. YC2) to the PWB. match "BLACK" and "BLUE" marked on the PWB with the connector colors. Main PWB WH YC17 YC21 BK Figure 1-6-5 1-6-3 . match "BK" and "WH" marked on the PWB with the connector colors. Main PWB YC1 BLACK YC2 BLUE Figure 1-6-4 When connecting the USB cables (YC17.

2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC 1-6-3 Remarks on engine PWB replacement When replacing the engine PWB. remove the EEPROM (U100) from the engine PWB that has been removed and then reattach it to the new engine PWB. Engine PWB EEPROM U100 Figure 1-6-6 1-6-4 .

Paper sensor 1 (PS1) 12. and the paper conveying section that conveys the fed paper to the transfer/separation section. Paper gauge sensor 1 (U) (PGS1(U)) 16. 11 4 5 21 7 1 17 3 15 13 8 6 2 12 4 23 9 5 22 7 16 24 10 1 20 14 8 2 6 3 18 10 9 19 Figure 2-1-1 Cassette paper feed section 1.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC 2-1-1 Paper feed/conveying section 2-1 Mechanical Construction Paper feed/conveying section consists of the paper feed unit that feeds paper from the cassette and the MP tray paper feed unit that feeds paper from the MP tray. Cassette operation plate 3. Cassette base 2. for extracting and conveying the paper. Feed sensor 2 (FS2) 23. Paper conveying sensor (PCS) 24. Paper gauge sensor 2 (L) (PGS2(L)) 20. Paper is fed out of the cassette by the rotation of the forwarding pulley. Actuator (Paper gauge sensor 1) 18. Lift sensor 2 (LS2) 15. such as the forwarding pulley. Paper feed pulleys 6. and the pulleys. paper feed pulley and separation pulley. Feed sensor 1 (FS1) 22. Paper sensor 2 (PS2) 13. Paper conveying pulley 11. Paper gauge sensor 2 (U) (PGS2(U)) 2-1-1 19. Forwarding pulleys 5. Paper gauge sensor 1 (L) (PGS1(L)) 17. Actuator (Paper conveying sensor) *: 45 ppm/55 ppm model only . the paper feed pulley and the separation pulley. Cassette 4. (1) Cassette paper feed section Cassette paper feed section consists of the paper holder with the cassette operation plate activated by lift motor 1 and 2. Assist rollers* 8. Actuator (Paper gauge sensor 2) 21. Lift sensor 1 (LS1) 14. Assist pulleys* 9. Separation pulleys 7. Paper conveying roller 10.

2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC YC2-2 YC2-3 YC2-4 YC2-5 YC10-1 YC4-1 YC8-11 YC8-2 YC8-3 YC8-6 YC8-9 YC3-13 YC3-14 YC3-19 YC3-22 YC8-23 YC8-14 YC8-15 YC8-18 YC8-21 YC3-15 YC3-16 YC3-25 YC3-28 YC4-3 YC12-1 YC6-3 YC5-3 FPWB2 YC1 FEED_MOT_DIR FEED_MOT_RDY FEED_MOT_CLK FEED_MOT_REM ASIST_CL1 FEED_CL1_REM CAS1_P0_SENS PICK_SOL1_REM PICK_SOL1_RET CAS1_EMPTY_SENS CAS1_LIFT_UP_SENS LIFT_MOT1_RET LIFT_MOT1_DR CAS1_QUANT1 CAS1_QUANT2 CAS2_P0_SENS PICK_SOL2_REM PICK_SOL2_RET CAS2_EMPTY_SENS CAS2_LIFT_UP_SENS LIFT_MOT2_RET LIFT_MOT2_DR CAS2_QUANT1 CAS2_QUANT2 FEED_CL2_REM ASIST_CL2 FEED2_SENS V-FEED_CL_REM PGS2(U) PGS2(L) PUSOL2* PS2 LS2 LM2 PGS1(U) PGS1(L) PFCL2 FS2 PUSOL1* PS1 LS1 LM1 PFCL1 FS1 6 5 4 3 PFM ASCL1* PCCL PCS ASCL2* *: 45 ppm/55 ppm model only YC4 EPWB Figure 2-1-2 Cassette paper feed section block diagram 2-1-2 .

2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC (2) MP tray paper feed section Paper is fed out of the MP tray by the rotation of the MP forwarding pulley. The MP separation pulley prevents multiple sheets from being fed at one time by the torque limiter. MP support Tray 6. MP paper feed pulley and MP separation pulley. MP feed sensor (MPFS) 2-1-3 . 9 2 3 8 7 1 6 4 12 11 14 5 15 10 13 Figure 2-1-3 MP tray paper feed section 1. MP tray switch (MPTSW) 14. MP table 5. MP paper feed pulley 3. MP lift sensor 2 (MPLS2) 10. MP paper sensor (MPPS) 7. Actuator (MP paper length switch) 12. MP forwarding pulley 2. MP paper width switch (MPPWSW) 13. MP separate pulley 4. MP lift sensor 1 (MPLS1) 9. Actuator (MP paper sensor) 8. MP paper length switch (MPPLSW) 11.

2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC RYPWB YC3-5 MPF_LIFT_UP_SENS MPLS1 MPPS YC3-3 MPF_PPR_SET YC3-13 MPF_CL_REM MP PFCL MPLS2 MPPWSW MPPLSW MPTSW YC3-8 YC3-11 MPF_LIFT_DOWN_SENS MPF_JAM_SENS MPFS YC3-11 YC3-11 YC2-7 YC2-5 YC2-4 YC2-2 YC2-9 MPF_LIFT_DR_B MPF_LIFT_DR_A MPF_WID1 MPF_WID2 MPF_WID3 MPF_LNG MPF_TABLE MPLM YC12 YC17 FPWB1 YC1 YC6 EPWB Figure 2-1-4 MP tray paper feed section block diagram 2-1-4 .

Middle roller 2. 4 3 5 9 8 7 1 6 2 Figure 2-1-5 Paper conveying section 1.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC (3) Paper conveying section The paper conveying section conveys paper to the transfer/separation section as paper feeding from the cassette or MP tray. Middle pulley 3. Paper by feeding is conveyed by the middle roller to the position where the registration sensor (RS) is turned on. Registration sensor (RS) 2-1-5 . and then sent to the transfer/separation section by the right registration roller and left registration roller. Right registration roller 5. Paper conveying pulley 6. Regist deflection sensor (RDS) 8. Left registration roller 4. Actuator (regist deflection sensor) 9. or as paper refeeding for duplex printing. Middle sensor (MS) 7.

2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC FPWB2 RCL REG_SENS REG_CL_REM YC22-2 YC7-12 RS YC7-5 BEND_SENS RDS YC8-9 FFED1_SENS FPWB1 MS YC7-14 MID_CL_REM MCL YC2-2 YC2-3 YC2-4 YC2-5 FEED_MOT_DIR FEED_MOT_RDY FEED_MOT_CLK FEED_MOT_REM 6 5 4 3 PFM YC1 YC4 EPWB YC5-42 YC2-9 Figure 2-1-6 Paper conveying section block diagram (30 ppm/35 ppm model) 2-1-6 .

2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC FPWB2 RM YC7-12 REG_SENS RS REG_MOT_B/ REG_MOT_A/ REG_MOT_B REG_MOT_A YC25-1 YC25-2 YC25-3 YC25-4 YC7-5 BEND_SENS RDS YC8-9 YC7-1 YC7-2 YC7-3 YC7-4 YC2-2 YC2-3 YC2-4 YC2-5 FFED1_SENS MID_B/ MID_A/ MID_B MID_A FEED_MOT_DIR FEED_MOT_RDY FEED_MOT_CLK FEED_MOT_REM MS FPWB1 MM 6 5 4 3 PFM YC1 YC4 EPWB YC5-42 YC2-9 Figure 2-1-7 Paper conveying section block diagram (45 ppm/55 ppm model) 2-1-7 .

Charger roller 3. Drum frame 6. Charger cleaning roller 4. drum and cleaning section. The drum is electrically charged uniformly by means of a charger roller to form a latent image on the surface. The cleaning section consists of the cleaning blade and the cleaning roller which remove residual toner from the drum surface after transfer. Charger case 5. Drum screw 10. Cleaning lamp (CL) 2-1-8 .2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC 2-1-2 Drum section The drum section consists of the charger roller unit. 1 7 10 6 8 2 9 5 4 3 Figure 2-1-8 Drum section 1. Cleaning blade 7. Control roller 9. Cleaning roller 8. Drum 2. The cleaning lamp (CL) consists of LEDs and removes residual charge on the drum before main charging.

Main chager high voltage Y Drum unit Y DRPWB-Y EEPROM 6 5 YC14-2 YC14-3 CL-Y YC4-16 YC4-18 YC4-20 YC14-8 YC10 YC4-13 YC12-2 YC12-3 EEP_SDA YC4-15 YC4-17 YC4-19 YC12-8 ERS_C_REM FRPWB EPWB MCPWB DRPWB-C EEPROM EEP_SCL YC2 ERS_Y_REM START /STOP CLOCK LD YC4-14 EEP_SCL EEP_SDA DRM-Y Main chager high voltage C 4 3 CW/CCW [45 ppm/55 ppm model only] Drum unit C CL-C 6 START /STOP CLOCK DRM-C 5 4 3 LD CW/CCW HVPWB1 Figure 2-1-9 Drum section block diagram 2-1-9 Main chager high voltage M DRPWB-M EEPROM Drum unit M 6 5 4 3 YC10-2 YC10-3 YC5-18 YC5-20 YC10-8 YC3 YC9 START /STOP CLOCK LD CW/CCW YC5-14 YC5-16 EEP_SCL EEP_SDA ERS_M_REM DRM-M*2 DRM -MCY*1 YC5-13 YC5-15 YC5-17 YC5-19 YC7-8 YC7-2 YC7-3 EEP_SCL EEP_SDA CL-M *1: 30 ppm/35 ppm model *2: 45 ppm/55 ppm model ERS_K_REM Main chager high voltage K DRPWB-K EEPROM 6 5 START /STOP CLOCK LD 2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC DRM-K Drum unit K 4 3 CW/CCW CL-K .

Developer screw A 4. Magnet cover 9. the developer blade and the developer screws that agitate the toner. Developer blade 6.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC 2-1-3 Developer section The developer unit consists of the sleeve roller that forms the magnetic brush. Toner sensor (TS) 2-1-10 . the toner sensor (TS) checks whether or not toner remains in the developer unit. Also. Sleeve roller 2. Magnet roller 3. Developer case 7. Developer cover 8. Developer screw B 5. the magnet roller. 1 1 2 2 8 6 5 8 6 5 3 4 7 9 [30 ppm/35 ppm model] 4 7 9 3 [45 ppm/55 ppm model] Figure 2-1-10 Developer section 1.

Developer unit Y Magnet bias Y Sleeve bias Y TS-Y YC15-1 YC15-2 YC15-3 YC15-4 YC15-8 YC15-9 VM-Y YC15-12 YC10 YC7-2 TS-C YC7-3 YC7-4 YC7-5 VM-C FRPWB EPWB MCPWB YC13-12 VIB_MOT YC2 VIB_MOT TPD_TEMP VCONT TPD_Y TN_CLK EEP_SDA EEP_SCL 6 5 START /STOP CLOCK Developer unit C DRM-MCY 4 3 LD CW/CCW YC13-1 YC13-2 YC13-3 YC13-4 YC13-8 YC13-9 TPD_TEMP VCONT TPD_C TN_CLK EEP_SDA EEP_SCL Magnet bias C Sleeve bias C HVPWB Figure 2-1-11 Developer section block diagram 2-1-11 Developer unit M TS-M YC11-1 YC11-2 YC11-3 YC11-4 YC11-8 YC11-9 YC11-12 VIB_MOT TPD_TEMP VCONT TPD_M TN_CLK EEP_SDA EEP_SCL Magnet bias M Sleeve bias M VM-M YC3 YC9 Developer unit K 6 5 YC7-11 YC7-12 START /STOP CLOCK YC7-9 YC7-10 TS-K 4 3 LD CW/CCW YC9-1 YC9-2 YC9-3 YC9-4 YC9-8 YC9-9 YC9-12 TPD_TEMP VCONT TPD_K TN_CLK EEP_SDA EEP_SCL VIB_MOT DEVM-K Magnet bias K Sleeve bias K VM-K 2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC .

The mirror frame A and B travel to scan on the optical rails on the front and rear of the machine to scan from side to side. Scanner wire drum 11. CCD PWB (CCDPWB) 9. Original size indicator plate 14. ISU lens 8. Home position sensor (HPS) 15. ISU cover 10. Mirror frame A 2. Mirror A 6. Scanner reflector 5. Mirror B 7. Mirror frame B 3. Original detection switch (ODSW) 2-1-12 . Slit glass 13. Contact glass 12. 6 12 13 4 3 11 9 15 6 2 14 5 1 7 8 10 Figure 2-1-12 Image scanner section 1. the reflected light being converted to an electrical signal.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC 2-1-4 Optical section The optical section consists of the image scanner section for scanning and the laser scanner section for printing. (1) Image scanner section The original image is illuminated by the exposure lamp (EL) and scanned by the CCD image sensor in the CCD PWB (CCDPWB) via the three mirrors and ISU lens. The speed of the mirror frame B is half the speed of the mirror frame A. LED mount 4.

Image scanner unit HPS YC8-3 SDA SCL VSET POW HP_SW LEDPWB YC6-3 YC6-4 YC6-5 YC6-9 ORG_SW OSS YC13-2 ISCPWB MPWB Lens Figure 2-1-13 Image scanner section block diagram 2-1-13 Original CCDPWB CCD image sensor YC11 YC25 YC4 YC3 YC9 Reading image data YC2 SM YC5-1 YC5-2 YC5-3 YC5-4 SMOT_AP SMOT_BP SMOT_AN SMOT_BN 2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC ODSW YC14-3 CO_SW .

Also the LSU cleaning motor (LSUCM) is activated to conduct automatically cleaning of the LSU dust shield glass. Mirror B 5. LSU spiral 2-1-14 . The laser beam is dispersed as the polygon motor (PM) revolves to reflect the laser beam over the drum. 5 4 8 7 6 3 2 1 Figure 2-1-14 Laser scanner section 1. Polygon motor (PM) 2. f-θ lens B 6. f-θ lens A 3. Mirror A 4.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC (2) Laser scanner section The charged surface of the drum is then scanned by the laser beam from the laser scanner unit. Mirror C 7. Various lenses and mirror are housed in the laser scanner unit. and focalize it at the drum surface. LSU dust shield glass 8. adjust the diameter of the laser beam.

2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC YC5-2 YC5-3 YC5-9 YC5-25 YC5-26 YC5-28 YC5-29 YC4-3 YC4-4 YC4-5 BD_Bk LSU_TH_Bk LDD_CS_Bk DATA_1N_Bk DATA_1P_Bk DATA_2N_Bk DATA_2P_Bk REM_Bk LOCK_Bk CLK_Bk YC1-29 YC1-28 YC1-22 YC1-6 YC1-5 YC1-3 YC1-2 TH BD APC PWB-K PDPWB-K Laser scanner unit K 3 2 1 PM-K YC8-2 YC8-3 YC8-9 YC8-25 YC8-26 YC8-28 YC8-29 YC7-3 YC7-4 YC7-5 LSURPWB YC10-2 YC10-3 YC10-9 YC10-25 YC10-26 YC10-28 YC10-29 YC9-3 YC9-4 YC9-5 BD_M LSU_TH_M LDD_CS_M DATA_1N_M DATA_1P_M DATA_2N_M DATA_2P_M REM_M LOCK_M CLK_M YC1-29 YC1-28 YC1-22 YC1-6 YC1-5 YC1-3 YC1-2 TH BD APC PWB-M PDPWB-M Laser scanner unit M 3 2 1 PM-M BD_C LSU_TH_C LDD_CS_C DATA_1N_C DATA_1P_C DATA_2N_C DATA_2P_C REM_C LOCK_C CLK_C YC1-29 YC1-28 YC1-22 YC1-6 YC1-5 YC1-3 YC1-2 TH BD APC PWB-C PDPWB-C Laser scanner unit C 3 2 1 PM-C YC12-2 YC12-3 YC12-9 YC12-25 YC12-26 YC12-28 YC12-29 YC11-3 YC11-4 YC11-5 YC2 YC3 BD_Y LSU_TH_Y LDD_CS_Y DATA_1N_Y DATA_1P_Y DATA_2N_Y DATA_2P_Y REM_Y LOCK_Y CLK_Y YC1-29 YC1-28 YC1-22 YC1-6 YC1-5 YC1-3 YC1-2 TH BD APC PWB-Y PDPWB-Y Laser scanner unit Y 3 2 1 PM-Y YC11 YC12 EPWB DR_CCW YC21-1 DR_CW YC21-2 LSU CM Figure 2-1-15 Laser scanner unit block diagram 2-1-15 .

The transfer cleaning unit collects toner remaining on the transfer belt after secondary transfer and forwards it as waste toner to the waste toner box. Transfer edge motor (TREM) 16. Transfer skew sensor (TRSS) 14. Cleaning screw 2-1-16 . Also with the ID sensors (IDS) mounted on the machine frame. the transfer belt. Cleaning fur brush 18. Cleaning blade 20. Color release motor (CRM) 11. Primary transfer roller M 5. Drive roller 2. Backup roller 3. Transfer edge sensor (TRES) 15. and the four primary transfer rollers for respective color drums. (1) Intermediate transfer unit section The intermediate transfer unit section consists of the transfer cleaning unit. Tension roller 8. Color release sensor (CRS) 12. ID sensor (IDS) 10. Primary transfer roller K 4. 18 17 16 7 10 11 13 15 8 1 19 20 2 6 5 4 2 3 14 12 9 2 Figure 2-1-16 Intermediate transfer unit section 1.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC 2-1-5 Transfer/Separation section The transfer/separation section consists of the intermediate transfer unit section and the secondary transfer roller section. Transfer belt 9. Primary transfer roller C 6. Primary transfer roller Y 7. and forms a full-color toner image by superimposing and transferring single-color toner images formed on each drum onto the transfer belt. Transfer belt sensor (TRBLS) 13. the toner density on the transfer belt is measured. Cleaning roller 19. Cleaning pre brush 17.

2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC HVPWB2 Primary transfer bias Y Primary transfer bias M Primary transfer bias C Primary transfer bias K Cleaning bias DCS Transfer belt unit DES CRS TRPWB TRCM 3 4 5 6 CRM DCM ZIG_REV_SENS YC3-B8 ZIG_DR_CCW ZIG_DR_CW BELT_SPEED IDS1 IDS2 CLSOL 7 6 5 4 3 TRM YC3-B5 TRBLS RLS_SENS ZIG_SENS YC3-A12 YC3-A13 YC3-A3 YC3-A4 YC3-A5 YC3-A6 YC3-A7 YC3-B12 YC3-A10 YC6 YC1 YC2 YC5 EPWB YC10-6 YC10-7 YC10-11 YC10-12 YC10-14 YC10-15 REG_SENS_F_P REG_SENS_F_S REG_SENS_R_P REG_SENS_R_S CLN_SOL_REM CLN_SOL_RET TR_BRK TR_DIR TR_RDY TR_CLK TR_REM FPWB1 YC13-1 YC13-2 YC13-3 YC13-4 YC13-5 Figure 2-1-17 Intermediate transfer unit section block diagram 2-1-17 YC3-B13 YC3-B2 EEP_SDA EEP_SCL ICL_REM ICL_CLK ICL_RDY ICL_DIR RLS_DR .

The toner image formed on the transfer belt is transferred to the paper by the potential difference and the paper is separated by curvature separation. Transfer guide 5. Transfer release sensor (TRRS) 6. Separation brush 3. Secondary transfer frame 4.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC (2) Secondary transfer roller section The secondary transfer roller section consists of the secondary transfer roller mounted to the paper conveying unit and the separation brush. Secondary transfer roller 2. 2 5 1 6 3 4 Figure 2-1-18 Secondary transfer roller section 1. DC bias is applied from the high voltage PWB 2 (HVPWB2). To the secondary transfer roller. Transfer release motor (TRRM) 2-1-18 .

2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC HVPWB2 Separation brush Separation bias YC1-7 YC1-8 SP_REM T2_REM EPWB YC8-5 YC8-6 Secondary transfer bias TRRS Secondary transfer roller TRRM PRS_REM1 PRS_REM2 PRS_SENS FPWB1 PRS_REM1 PRS_REM2 PRS_SENS YC-14-4 YC-14-5 YC-14-2 YC1-16 YC1-15 YC1-14 YC6-49 YC6-50 YC6-51 RYPWB YC1 YC14 Figure 2-1-19 Secondary transfer roller section block diagram 2-1-19 .

Fuser eject roller 9. Fuser belt sensor (FUBLS) 12. Heat roller (Fuser belt) 2. and the toner is fused by heat and pressure and fixed onto the paper because the press roller is pressed by the fuser press spring. The surface temperature of heat roller and press roller are detected by the fuser thermistor (FTH) and controlled by the engine PWB (EPWB). 9 16 8 4 3 6 5 15 7 3 13 4 14 11 12 10 1 2 Figure 2-1-20 Fuser section 1. Side core 5. Fuser thermistor 3 (FTH3) 15. Loop sensor (LPS) 11. IH coils 4.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC 2-1-6 Fuser section The paper sent from the transfer/separation section is interleaved between the heat roller and the press roller. Separators 7. Press roller 3. Fuser thermistor 4 (FTH4) 2-1-20 . Fuser thermistor 1 (FTH1) 13. Right fuser cover 8. The heat roller (fuser belt) is heated by the fuser IH (FIH). Arch core 6. Fuser thermistor 2 (FTH2) 14. Fuser eject pulley 10.

2 YC3-2.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC YC26-B9 YC26-A13 YC26-A11 YC26-A12 YC26-A16 PRESS_TH FSR_SIZE_SENS FSR_RLS_DR_CW FSR_RLS_DR_CCW FSR_RLS_SENS FURS Y5 COIL_LIVE FTH4 FUES FURM Fuser unit EPWB FIHPWB Y6 YC26 YC4 YC6-1 YC6-2 +15V1 +15V2 FTS FTH2 FTH3 FTH1 MAIN_TH1.2 GUIDE_TH EDGE_TH YC1-5.17 YC26-B15 YC26-B11 MAIN_TH1.3 GUIDE_TH YC4-1 EDGE_TH 6 5 4 3 FUM YC5-1 COIL_COM YC26-A19 FSR_BLT_PLS FUBLS YC26-B16.6 YC1-7 YC1-9 FUPWB FPWB1 YC6-21 YC6-20 YC6-19 YC6-18 CW/CCW LD CLOCK START/STOP YC1-44 YC1-45 YC1-46 YC1-47 YC18-2 YC18-3 YC18-4 YC18-5 Figure 2-1-21 Fuser section block diagram 2-1-21 .

Upper change guide 11. Lower duplex roller 9. Middle pulley 2. Actuator (eject full sensor) 13. Eject full sensor (EFS) 12. Eject roller 5. Switchback sensor (SBS) 14. Upper duplex roller 7. 5 14 13 4 10 11 7 3 9 2 12 1 8 6 Figure 2-1-22 Eject/Feed shift section 1. Eject roller 3. Lower change guide 10. Eject pulley 6. Eject pulley 4. duplex conveying section or job separator.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC 2-1-7 Eject/Feedshift section The paper eject/feedshift section consists of the conveying path which sends the paper that has passed the fuser section to the top tray. Duplex pulley 8. Actuator (switchback sensor) 2-1-22 .

2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC YC5-19 YC5-20 YC5-13 JUNC_SOL_REM JUNC_SOL_RET EXIT_FEED_SENS FSSOL SBS YC5-16 FRPWB YC5-8 YC5-9 YC5-10 YC5-11 EXIT_PAP_SENS EFS SB_CORE_B/ SB_CORE_A/ SB_CORE_B SB_CORE_A MM YC3 YC7 EPWB Figure 2-1-23 Eject/Feed shift section block diagram 2-1-23 .

Duplex pulleys A 5. Actuator (duplex sensor 1) 8. Duplex sensor 1 (DUS1) 7. Actuator (duplex sensor 2) . Duplex pulleys B 2-1-24 6.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC 2-1-8 Duplex conveying section The duplex conveying section consists of conveying path which sends the paper sent from the eject/feedshift section to the paper feed/conveying section when duplex printing. Lower duplex roller 4. Upper duplex roller 2. Middle duplex roller 3. 7 6 1 4 4 5 2 9 5 4 8 3 Figure 2-1-24 Duplex conveying section 1. Duplex sensor 2 (DUS2) 9.

2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC YC23-1 YC13-12 YC11-2 DU_ENTER_SENS DUS1 YC23-4 YC13-9 YC11-9 DU_CL1_REM DUCL1 FPWB1 RYPWB YC14-5 YC1-14 YC9-2 DU_SENS DUS2 YC14-12 YC1-7 YC7-2 DU_CL2_REM DUCL2 YC1 YC6 YC5 EPWB Figure 2-1-25 Duplex conveying section block diagram (30 ppm/35 ppm model) YC2 2-1-25 .

2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC YC23-1 YC13-12 YC11-2 DU_ENTER_SENS DUS1 YC23-6 YC23-7 YC23-8 YC23-9 YC13-7 YC13-6 YC13-5 YC13-4 YC16-1 YC16-2 YC16-3 YC16-4 DU1_B/ DU1_A/ DU1_B DU1_A DUM1 FPWB1 RYPWB YC14-5 YC14-14 YC14-15 YC14-16 YC14-17 YC1 YC2 YC1-14 YC1-5 YC1-4 YC1-3 YC1-2 YC9-2 YC7-5 YC7-6 YC7-7 YC7-8 DU_SENS DU2_B/ DU2_A/ DU2_B DU2_A DUS2 DUM2 YC6 YC5 EPWB Figure 2-1-26 Duplex conveying section block diagram (45 ppm/55 ppm model) 2-1-26 .

............... LED PWB (LEDPWB) . 2.......... Engine PWB (EPWB)...... After full-wave rectification of AC power source input............ ISC PWB (ISCPWB) ...... 5....... switching for converting to 5 V DC for output......... Controls the software such as the print data processing and provides the interface with computers. etc..... Controls the scanner section....... Controls printer hardware such as high voltage/bias output control....... High voltage PWB 2 (HVPWB2) ...... After full-wave rectification of AC power source input..... Controls the fuser heater............ 2-2-1 .. and fuser temperature control.. switching for converting to 24 V DC and 12 V DC for output. paper conveying system control....... Reads the image of originals. 7..... 6.....2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC 2-2-1 Electrical parts layout 2-2 Electrical Parts Layout (1) PWBs 9 1 35 14 34 13 6 30 29 18 22 26 25 21 24 20 23 15 17 3 19 28 27 5 31 16 32 10 7 2 12 8 33 11 Machine right Machine inside 4 Figure 2-2-1 PWBs Machine left 1............ Exposes originals........ Generates main charging and developing bias...... 3....... Current PWB (CRPWB)*.... Generates transfer bias and separation bias.. High voltage PWB 1 (HVPWB1) ............... Power source PWB (PSPWB) ................. Main PWB (MPWB) . CCD PWB (CCDPWB)........ 4.. 8........ 9..

...... 35............... Controls horizontal synchronizing timing of laser beam (magenta)......... drive section......... Motor control PWB (MCPWB)......... 32. 22........ Controls horizontal synchronizing timing of laser beam (black). eject unit............... Drum PWB C (DRPWB-C).... APC PWB K (APCPWB-K) ........... Consists of wiring relay circuit between engine PWB and drum units...................... 23. Feed PWB 2 (FPWB2). Interface PWB (IFPWB) ............ Controls horizontal synchronizing timing of laser beam (yellow)... Generates and controls the laser beam (cyan). Consists of wiring relay circuits between main PWB and Fax control PWB.................. PD PWB M (PDPWB-M) .......... developer units.... Generates and controls the laser beam (magenta).. 11... 26........... Consists of wiring relay circuit between feed PWB 1 and paper conveying unit................. Consists of wiring relay circuit between engine PWB and drum motors..... *: 45 ppm model /55 ppm model only... Controls the fuser IH....... 30............... 27.... relay PWB... Reads the container information...... Consists of wiring relay circuit between engine PWB and fuser drive unit..... 2-2-2 .................. Controls touch panel and LCD indication... Generates and controls the laser beam (black)... Consists of wiring relay circuit between engine PWB and paper conveying section.............. Fuser IH PWB (FIHPWB). 20......... 28...... Operation PWB 3 (OPWB3).. 19........................ APC PWB M (APCPWB-M) .. 18........... LSU relay PWB (LSURPWB)........ PD PWB Y (PDPWB-Y) .. PD PWB C (PDPWB-C)................. 16. Generates and controls the laser beam (yellow)...... 25.......... Feed PWB 1 (FPWB1)................... Transfer PWB (TRPWB) ...................... Fuser PWB (FUPWB) .......... Consists of wiring relay circuit between engine PWB and laser scanner unit...... 34. Controls horizontal synchronizing timing of laser beam (cyan)... Drum individual information in EEPROM storage.. Drum PWB Y (DRPWB-Y) .................. Consists of the LED indicators..... 24.......... 21. Front PWB (FRPWB) .. Relay PWB (RPWB) ...... 33... Operation PWB 2 (OPWB2).. 29. Drum PWB K (DRPWB-K) . Drum individual information in EEPROM storage................ 15... developer motors........... APC PWB C (APCPWB-C) . Consists of the LED indicators and key switches... 31...................2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC 10. Drum individual information in EEPROM storage... Drum individual information in EEPROM storage... 12.... 17....... APC PWB Y (APCPWB-Y) ..................... Drum PWB M (DRPWB-M) ....... 14. 13... Operation PWB 1 (OPWB1). PD PWB K (PDPWB-K) . Transfer belt individual information in EEPROM storage......... Relays wirings from electrical components on the fuser unit...... RFID PWB (RFPWB) ................

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 Name used in service manual Main PWB (MPWB) Engine PWB (EPWB) Power source PWB (PSPWB) Current PWB (CRPWB) High voltage PWB 1 (HVPWB1) High voltage PWB 2 (HVPWB2) ISC PWB (ISCPWB) CCD PWB (CCDPWB) LED PWB (LEDPWB) Operation PWB 1 (OPWB1) Operation PWB 2 (OPWB2) Operation PWB 3 (OPWB3) Front PWB (FRPWB) Feed PWB 1 (FPWB1) Feed PWB 2 (FPWB2) Relay PWB (RPWB) Motor control PWB (MCPWB) LSU relay PWB (LSURPWB) APC PWB K (APCPWB-K) APC PWB M (APCPWB-M) APC PWB C (APCPWB-C) APC PWB Y (APCPWB-Y) PD PWB K (PDPWB-K) PD PWB M (PDPWB-M) PD PWB C (PDPWB-C) PD PWB Y (PDPWB-Y) Drum PWB K (DRPWB-K) Drum PWB M (DRPWB-M) Drum PWB C (DRPWB-C) Drum PWB Y (DRPWB-Y) Transfer PWB (TRPWB) Fuser PWB (FUPWB) Fuser IH PWB (FIHPWB) RFID PWB (RFPWB) Interface PWB (IFPWB) Name used in parts list PARTS PWB MAIN ASSY SP PARTS PWB ENGINE ASSY SP PARTS UNIT LOW VOLTAGE SP PARTS PWB CURRENT AVE ASSY SP PARTS UNIT HIGH VOLTAGE MAIN SP PARTS UNIT HIGH VOLTAGE TRANSFER SP PARTS PWB ISC ASSY SP PARTS PWB PANEL MAIN ASSY J SP PARTS PWB OPERATION ASSY SP PARTS PWB OPERATION LED ASSY SP PARTS PWB FRONT CLR ASSY SP PARTS PWB FEED 1 ASSY SP PARTS PWB FEED 2 ASSY SP PARTS PWB JUNCTION ASSY SP PARTS PWB MOTOR CONTROL ASSY SP PARTS PWB LSU JUNC CLR ASSY SP PARTS PWB RFID ASSY SP PARTS PWB KUIO ASSY SP 2-2-3 .2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC List of correspondences of PWB names No.

Detects the length of paper (cassette 2)................ Detects the width of paper (cassette 2).. 8.... Detects a paper misfeed in the vertical conveying section. Lift sensor 1 (LS1).... Paper sensor 1 (PS1) . Detects the presence of paper (MP tray).... 14.. Detects the presence of paper (cassette 1)...... 9. Paper sensor 2 (PS2) . Paper gauge sensor 1 (L) (PGS1(L))................... Feed sensor 2 (FS2) ... 18.... Front cover switch (FRCSW) . Detects the presence of paper (cassette 2)... Detects a paper misfeed in the paper feed section (cassette 2).. 4. 7. Detects the paper gauge (cassette 2)................2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC (2) Switches and sensors 28 30 55 54 53 34 33 32 31 51 47 2 63 41 43 44 42 39............... Detects a paper misfeed in the paper feed section (cassette 1)... Detects the length of paper (cassette 1).. 12. Detects activation of upper limit of the bottom plate (cassette 1)... MP paper sensor (MPPS) ......... Paper length switch 1 (PLSW1) .......... Lift sensor 2 (LS2)................ 15.. Paper gauge sensor 1 (U) (PGS1(U))........ Main power switch (MSW) .............. Paper width switch 1 (PWSW1) ...... 11.... 5....... 3...... 10. 6...40 38 37 36 60 3 5 13 11 14 12 7 8 4 6 9 10 16 64 Machine right Machine inside Machine left 29 56 48 50 49 52 46 58 45 57 61 19 24 25 20 62 1 18 22 21 23 35 27 26 59 15 17 Figure 2-2-2 Switches and sensors 1..... Turns ON/OFF the AC power source....... 16........ Paper conveying sensor (PCS)......... Paper gauge sensor 2 (L) (PGS2(L))......... 17... Paper length switch 2 (PLSW2) ............................ Detects the paper gauge (cassette 1)........ 13.............. Detects the width of paper (cassette 1)............. Detects activation of upper limit of the bottom plate (cassette 2). 2-2-4 ... Detects the paper gauge (cassette 1)... Paper width switch 2 (PWSW2) . Detects the opening and closing of the front cover. Detects the paper gauge (cassette 2)................. 2.... Feed sensor 1 (FS1) ......... Paper gauge sensor 2 (U) (PGS2(U))...

............. Detects the size of the original........... Detects the outside temperature and humidity.... Detects a paper misfeed in the fuser section................. Fuser thermistor 4 (FTH4) ...................... Eject full sensor (EFS) .......... 30..... Fuser thermistor 3 (FTH3) .. 61... Fuser eject sensor (FUES) ......... 37........ Detects skew of transfer belt center position............. Detects the toner density in the developing unit K....... Screw sensor M (SRS-M) ........ 47..... Fuser thermistor 2 (FTH2) .. 48... Detects positioning of transfer belt rotation......... 51.... Switchback sensor (SBS) ............................................. 42...... Detects separation of secondary transfer roller.. Detects separation of primary transfer rollers M... Transfer skew sensor (TRSS)..... 56... 38.............. Original size sensor (OSS) . and Y.. Waste toner sensor 1 (WTS1). Screw sensor Y (SRS-Y) .... ID sensor 1 (IDS1) ........ Outer temperature sensor 1 (OTEMS1). Detects activation of lower limit of the MP plate............. Detects the heat roller (fuser belt) temperature....2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC 19.. Controls the toner replenishing for the toner container C......................... Waste toner sensor 2 (WTS2).. 2-2-5 .... Detects the toner density in the developing unit Y........ Paper conveying unit switch (PCUSW) ..... Measures image density for color calibration. MP lift sensor 1 (MPLS1) .... 33.. Detects a paper misfeed in the eject section.. Regist deflection sensor (RDS)................. Duplex cover switch (DUCSW) .. 49.. 62........... Detects a paper misfeed in the duplex section.... Paper conveying cover switch (DUCSW) ..................... Detects when the inner tray is full. C....... Duplex sensor 2 (DUS2) ... Detects the deflection in the paper... Transfer release sensor (TRRS) .............. Detects the optical system in the home position...... Detects the outside temperature and humidity.... 25.... Detects the press roller temperature............ Controls the toner replenishing for the toner container Y............... Measures image density for color calibration. Registration sensor (RS)........ Loop sensor (LPS) .... 28..... Detects fuser pressure release setting (envelope mode)... 40..................... 22... Duplex sensor 1 (DUS1) ... 58.. Detects a paper misfeed in the MP paper feed section..... 53....... Toner sensor Y (TS-Y) .. 64...................................... 45............. 63. 54... Detects when the waste toner box is full.......... Detects the width of paper (MP tray).............. Detects positioning of fuser belt rotation.. Screw sensor K (SRS-K) ... 41........................ Detects the toner density in the developing unit M............. Detects the heat roller (fuser belt) temperature... Detects a paper misfeed in the paper conveying section................. 59................ Detects a paper misfeed... MP lift sensor 2 (MPLS2) ........... Detects the length of paper (MP tray)..... Detects the opening/closing of the document processor........... Middle sensor (MS)........... 24. Transfer edge sensor (TRES) ........... 55...... 27.. Detects the heat roller (fuser belt) temperature. 46...... Controls the fuser motor by detecting deflection in the paper. 44...... Screw sensor C (SRS-C) .... Detects activation of upper limit of the MP plate. Color release sensor (CRS)................................................ MP paper length switch (MPPLSW)............ Detects the opening and closing of the paper conveying unit.. Detects a paper misfeed in the eject and switchback sections. 23............... Detects the MP tray extension is extend.......... Transfer belt sensor (TRBLS) .. Toner sensor M (TS-M) ..... Outer temperature sensor 2 (OTEMS2)..... 21..... Detects a paper misfeed in the duplex section............. ID sensor 2 (IDS2) ... MP tray switch (MPTSW)....... 34........... 52... Controls the toner replenishing for the toner container M. Detects the opening and closing of the duplex cover........... 43.. 57.. 31......... Toner sensor C (TS-C)............. Home position sensor (HPS) .. 60................... MP feed sensor (MPFS) ... Fuser belt sensor (FUBLS) .. 26......... 32.. MP paper width switch (MPPWSW).. 29........ Detects edge position of the transfer belt........ 35...................... Fuser thermistor 1 (FTH1) ............ Controls the toner replenishing for the toner container K............................ Detects when the waste toner box is full.......... 39.. Controls the secondary paper feed start timing.......... Toner sensor K (TS-K) ............. Original detection switch (ODSW) ...... Detects the toner density in the developing unit C.. 50..... 20...... Detects the opening and closing of the paper conveying cover...... Fuser release sensor (FURS) ........ 36.....

. 14............. Replenishes toner to the developing unit M 2-2-6 .... Polygon motor M (PM-M)... Drum motor Y (DRM-Y)*2 .... Drum motor M (DRM-M)*2 .. Registration motor (RM)*2....... 11. Drives the drum unit C..... Operates the bottom plate (cassette 2)........ 10..... Middle motor (MM)*2 ................ C and Y................. 6...... 15.... Lift motor 2 (LM2)............... Drum motor K (DRM-K) . Drives the paper conveying section.... Replenishes toner to the developing unit K 17... Toner motor M (TM-M) ......... Toner motor K (TM-K) ............................. Drives the polygon mirror C...... Lift motor 1 (LM1)....... Drives the polygon mirror K.. MP lift motor (MPLM) . 12. 3..2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC (3) Motors 5 35 36 19 18 17 16 34 33 30 29 27 25 21 24 31 23 20 22 28 10 12 6 11 1 32 26 9 15 8 14 7 13 37 4 2 Machine right Machine inside 3 Machine left Figure 2-2-3 Motors 1............................................ Drives the polygon mirror Y........ Drum motor C (DRM-C)*2 ...... Polygon motor Y (PM-Y) .................................. Operates the bottom plate (cassette 1)........ 2......................... Drives the polygon mirror M.................. 9... 5............... 13. Drives the drum unit K.................. 4.... Drives the registration section....... 7.. Drives the drum units M........ Drives the drum unit Y.......... 8........ Scanner motor (SM)................. Drives the optical system.. Polygon motor C (PM-C).. Drives the drum unit M................. Drum motor MCY (DRM-MCY)*1 ........ 16... Paper feed motor (PFM) .... Operates the MP plate........ Polygon motor K (PM-K) ..... Drives the paper feed section...................

......... Vibration motor Y (VM-Y) . Drives the developer unit K..... Vibration motor C (VM-C) ... Replenishes toner to the developing unit Y 20.. 37. 36...................... *1: 30 ppm model /35 ppm model only.. Drives the developer units M........................ Drives the transfer cleaning section.. Transfer skew motor (TRSM)..... Color release motor (CRM).... 30. 27. Drives the transfer section........ Drives the duplex section... Drives LSU dust shield glass cleaning system.... Toner lump in the developer unit Y vibrates. Drives the duplex section.. 31........... Transfer cleaning motor (TRCM) ....................... LSU cleaning motor (LSUCM) ........ 22........ Replenishes toner to the developing unit C 19........ Vibration motor M (VM-M)......... C................... Duplex motor 2 (DUM2)*2 .............. Fuser release motor (FURM) . Toner lump in the developer unit M vibrates..... C and Y. Drives separation of secondary transfer roller........... 26.............. Vibration motor K (VM-K) ... 34.... Drives skew of transfer tension roller..... Developer motor MCY (DEVM-MCY) .......... 35................. 21. Transfer motor (TRM) ......... 23..... Developer motor K (DEVM-K).... Drives waste toner system.... Toner motor C (TM-C)... Transfer release motor (TRRM) ......... 29.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC 18............ 33... Drives separation of primary transfer rollers M..... Toner lump in the developer unit K vibrates.. and Y............. Waste toner motor (WTM)... Toner lump in the developer unit C vibrates....................... 32....... *2: 45 ppm model /55 ppm model only.......... 24.......... 28... 25.. Drives the fuser section. Duplex motor 1 (DUM1)*2 . Drives the eject section... Fuser motor (FUM) .......... 2-2-7 .. Toner motor Y (TM-Y) ......... Drives fuser pressure release..... Eject motor (EM) ................

. 15....... Toner fan motor 1 (TFM1) .. 5.... Cools the transfer belt section..... Fuser front fan motor (FUFFM)....... Fuser rear fan motor (FURFM) .. Cools the eject section (front side)............ Cools the developer section.............. 8......... 2-2-8 ..... Belt fan motor 2 (BLFM2).......... Cools the developer section. Cools the laser scanner unit section...... 6................... 7... 4........... 12.. 3...... 10........ 11............ Coil fan motor 2 (CFM2) .......... Belt fan motor 1 (BLFM1).....2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC (4) Fan motors 16 10........... 2....... Cools the toner container section.. Belt fan motor 1 (BLFM1). Cools the IH coil.......... Cools the fuser section (front side). Cools the IH coil....... Developer fan motor 1 (DEVFM1) ....7 1 2 8..........18 20 13 15 10 17 18 11 12 6. Coil fan motor 1 (CFM1) ....... Cools the eject section (rear side)........ IH fan motor (IHFM) .. Belt fan motor 2 (BLFM2). 13............ 9.. Cools the toner container section...... 16............ Developer fan motor 2 (DEVFM2) .... 14.... Cools the transfer belt section.................9 4 3 14 5 Machine right 19 Machine inside Machine left Figure 2-2-4 Motors 1.11 17........ LSU fan motor (LSUFM) .......... Cools the transfer belt section.. Cools the transfer belt section.............. Toner fan motor 2 (TFM2) ...... Eject front fan motor (EFFM) .... Cools the fuser IH PWB. Eject rear fan motor (ERFM). Cools the fuser section (rear side)....

.........2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC 17......... 19.. Power source fan motor (PSFM) .... Eject fan motor (EFM).................. Cools the eject section... Cools the power source section.... Cools the eject section... 20... Eject fan motor (EFM).... Controller fan motor (CONFM).... 18................. Cools the controller section..... 2-2-9 ..

. Cleaning lamp K (CL-K) .. Controls the pickup roller.. 7. Registration clutch (RCL)*1 .......... Controls the pickup roller.... Assist clutch 2 (ASCL2)*2 ............ Eliminates the residual electrostatic charge on the drum (magenta)..................... Pickup solenoid 2 (PUSOL2)*2 ... 14. Controls the drive of vertical conveying section... Middle clutch (MCL)*1 . 12. Pickup solenoid 1 (PUSOL1)*2 ....... Primary paper feed from cassette 2. 4.. Paper feed clutch 1 (PFCL1) .. Primary paper feed from cassette 1.... Duplex clutch 2 (DUCL2)*1 .. Controls the drive of duplex section..... 3.... Controls the ID sensor cleaning.......... 8......2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC (5) Others 13 22 9 19 20 18 17 16 15 14 1 11 8 7 10 6 3 2 5 4 Machine right Machine inside 12 21 Figure 2-2-5 Others Machine left 1.. Assist clutch 1 (ASCL1)*2 ..... 16...... Duplex clutch 1 (DUCL1)*1 ............... Controls the feedshift guide..... MP paper feed clutch (MPPFCL) .................. Eliminates the residual electrostatic charge on the drum (cyan)........... Controls primary paper feed from the MP tray. Controls the drive of the assist roller............ 6.. 11... 5............... 2... 2-2-10 .. Controls the drive of paper conveying section. 9....... Cleaning lamp C (CL-C)...... 17......... Controls the secondary paper feed.......... Feedshift solenoid (FSSOL)......................... Controls the drive of duplex section....... 15... 10.... Paper feed clutch 1 (PFCL1) .................. Cleaning lamp M (CL-M). Controls the drive of the assist roller.. Paper conveying clutch (PCCL)................... 13............. Cleaning solenoid (CLSOL) .... Eliminates the residual electrostatic charge on the drum (black)......................

.... 21..... *1: 30 ppm model /35 ppm model only...2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC 18. Dehumidifies the cassette section (option)............. 22... 2-2-11 ...... 19....... Heats the heat roller (fuser belt).. Storages the image data and information of job accounting mode......... Cleaning lamp Y (CL-Y) ....... Cassette heater (CH) .................................... *2: 45 ppm model /55 ppm model only...... Fuser thermostat (FTS)..... Hard disk (HDD)..... 20.......................... Prevents overheating of the heat roller (fuser belt).......... Eliminates the residual electrostatic charge on the drum (yellow)............. Fuser IH (FIH) ....

2-2-12 .2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC This page is intentionally left blank.

2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC 2-3-1 Main PWB 2-3 Operation of the PWBs WH 5 1 5 BK 1 6 U45 50 YC25 1 1 1 1 7 YC13 YC16 1 YC12 13 YC17 YC21 1 YC5 1 8 YC11 6 YC30 U113 80 1 U25 YC20 YC10 1 1 YC7 12 1 1 1 8 15 1 1 10 U112 YC33 1 YS4 2 YC23 3 1 YC27 3 YC32 1 YC24 9 1 72 CODE FLS YS2 YS1 YS3 72 U1 U6 200 200 7 1 1 YC1 YC9 1 40 BLACK 7 1 YC18 5 BAT1 YC2 1 5 YC8 YC3 BLUE YC15 YC14 Figure 2-3-1 Main PWB silk-screen diagram 2-3-1 .

3 V DC (pulse) Image control signal 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Image control signal 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Image control signal 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Image control signal 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Image control signal 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Image control signal 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Image control signal 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Image control signal 2-3-2 .3 V DC (pulse) Clock signal Ground 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Image control signal Ground 0/3.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Connector YC1 Connected to hard disk 1 Pin 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 YC2 Connected to hard disk 2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 YC3 Connected to engine PWB 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 GND TXP TXN GND RXN RXP GND GND TXP TXN GND RXN RXP GND HSYNC_AN HSYNC_AP HSYNC_BN HSYNC_BP HSYNC_CN HSYNC_CP HSYNC_DN HSYNC_DP VSYNC_AN VSYNC_AP VSYNC_BN VSYNC_BP VSYNC_CN VSYNC_CP VSYNC_DN VSYNC_DP SGND TCLKP TCLKN SGND TCP TCN Signal I/O O O I I O O I I O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O Voltage Ground HDD1 data signal HDD1 data signal Ground HDD1 data signal HDD1 data signal Ground Ground HDD2 data signal HDD2 data signal Ground HDD2 data signal HDD2 data signal Ground Description 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Image control signal 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Image control signal 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Image control signal 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Image control signal 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Image control signal 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Image control signal 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Clock signal 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Image control signal 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Image control signal 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Image control signal 0/3.

3 V DC 3.3 V DC (pulse) Transmission data 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Image control signal 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Transmission data 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Image control signal Ground 0/3.3 V DC Ground Sleep signal Engine hold signal Not used Ground Engine interrupt signal Engine busy signal Engine communication direction signal 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Transmission data 0/3.3 V DC power output 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Image control signal 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Transmission data 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Serial communication data signal 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Connector YC3 Connected to engine PWB Pin 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 YC5 Connected to ethernet 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 Signal SGND TBP TBN SGND TAP TAN SGND SLEEP HLD_ENG NC SGND EG IRN EG SO EG SBSY EG SDIR EG_SI EG_SCLK SGND TD1+ TD1TD2+ TD2CT1 CT2 TD3+ TD3TD4+ TD4GRLED_A1 GRLED_K1 YWLED_A2 YWLED_K2 I/O O O O O O O O I O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O Voltage Ground Description 0/3.3 V DC power output 3.3 V DC (pulse) Image control signal 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Transmission data 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Engine lock signal Ground 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Transmission data 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Transmission data 3.3 V DC (pulse) Transmission data 0/3.3 V DC 3.3 V DC (pulse) Serial communication data signal 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC LED emitter signal LED emitter signal LED emitter signal LED emitter signal 2-3-3 .3 V DC 0/3.

3 V DC (pulse) KMAS received data signal 0/3.3 V DC 5 V DC 0/3.3 V DC power to IFPWB Ground Reset signal Control signal Audio signal Ground USB data signal USB data signal 3.3 V DC 0/3.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Connector YC7 Connected to KMAS Pin 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 YC8 Connected to interface PWB 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 YC9 Connected to interface PWB 1 2 3 4 5 6 Signal KMDET NC KMDREQ KMACK KMRXD SGND KMTXD SGND SGND SGND +5V +5V RESET0 WAKEUP0 AUDIO0 GND USB_DP0 USB_DN0 VBUS0 GND RESET1 WAKEUP1 AUDIO1 GND USB_DP1 USB_DN1 VBUS1 GND 5V_CUT0 GND 5V GND 5V_CUT1 I/O I I O O I O O I O I I/O I/O O I O I I/O I/O O I O I Voltage 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) KMAS transmission data signal 2-3-4 .3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC Description KMAS set signal Not used KMAS control signal KMAS control signal Ground Ground Ground Ground 5 V DC power to KMAS 5 V DC power to KMAS Reset signal Control signal Audio signal Ground USB data signal USB data signal 3.3 V DC Analog 3.3 V DC Analog 3.3 V DC 5 V DC 5 V DC 0/3.3 V DC power to IFPWB Ground 5 V DC cut signal Ground 5 V DC power to IFPWB Ground 5 V DC cut signal 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.

3 V DC (pulse) Image data signal 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Image data signal 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Image data signal Ground 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Image data signal Ground 0/3.3 V DC power to DPRPWB 3.3 V DC 3.3 V DC (pulse) Image data signal 2-3-5 .3 V DC (pulse) DPRPWB VSYNCB signal 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Image data signal 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Image data signal 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Image data signal 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) DPRPWB MREB signal Ground 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Image data signal 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Image data signal 0/3.3 V DC 3.3 V DC power to DPRPWB 3.3 V DC (pulse) DPRPWB HSYNCB signal 0/3.3 V DC power to DPRPWB 3.3 V DC (pulse) Image data signal 0/3.3 V DC Voltage Ground Ground 3.3V 3.3V 3.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Connector YC10 Connected to DP relay PWB Pin 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 GND GND 3.3 V DC (pulse) Image data signal 0/3.3V VCLKB VSYNCB HSYNCB MREB GND DRB0 DRB1 DRB2 DRB3 DRB4 DRB5 DRB6 DRB7 GND DGB0 DGB1 DGB2 DGB3 DGB4 DGB5 DGB6 DGB7 GND DBB0 DBB1 DBB2 DBB3 DBB4 DBB5 DBB6 Signal I/O O O O O I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 3.3 V DC (pulse) Image data signal 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Image data signal 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Image data signal 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Image data signal 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Image data signal 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Image data signal 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) DPRPWB clock signal 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Image data signal 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Image data signal 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Image data signal 0/3.3 V DC power to DPRPWB Description 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Image data signal 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Image data signal 0/3.3 V DC 3.3V 3.

2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Connector YC10 Connected to DP main PWB Pin 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 DBB7 HHALF SLEEP TWS_DET GND LA2 LA3 LA4 LA5 LA6 LA7 LA8 LA9 LA10 LA11 LA12 LA13 LA14 LA15 LA16 LA17 GND LD0 LD1 LD2 LD3 LD4 LD5 LD6 LD7 GND INT RESETZ GND CEZ WEZ Signal I/O I O O I O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O I/O I/O I/O I/O I/O I/O I/O I/O I O O O Voltage Description 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Image data signal 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Address bus signal 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Address bus signal 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Address bus signal 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Address bus signal 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Address bus signal 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Address bus signal 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Address bus signal 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Address bus signal 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Address bus signal 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Address bus signal 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Data bus signal 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Address bus signal 0/3.3 V DC DPRPWB Control signal DPRPWB Control signal DPRPWB Control signal Ground 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Address bus signal 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Data bus signal 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Data bus signal 0/3.3 V DC Ground DPRPWB Control signal DPRPWB Control signal Ground 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Data bus signal 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Address bus signal Ground 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Address bus signal 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Address bus signal 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) DPRPWB Control signal 2-3-6 .3 V DC (pulse) Data bus signal 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) DPRPWB Control signal 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Data bus signal 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Address bus signal 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Data bus signal 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Data bus signal 0/3.

3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC 3.3 V DC power to DPRPWB Ground Ground Ground Scanner interrupt signal Scanner communication direction signal Scanner hold signal Scanner busy signal 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC Sleep return signal Energy save signal 3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Serial communication data signal 0/3.3 V DC Analog 0/3.3 V DC power to OPWB1 Memory LED control signal Attention LED control signal Processing LED control signal 24 V down signal Sleep return signal Audio output signal Reset signal Power key: On/Off Operation panel status signal Ground 2-3-7 .3V 3.3 V DC power to DPRPWB 3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) DPRPWB clock signal 3.3 V DC 3.3V 3.3 V DC (pulse) Serial communication data signal 0/3.3V GND GND GND SC_IRN SC_DIR SC_HLDN SC_BSY SC_SI SC_SO SC_CLK DEEP_POWERO N ENERGY_SAVE SUPND_POWER LED_MEMORY_N LED_ATTENTION _N LED_PROCESSI NG_N SHUT_DOWN LIGHTOFF_POW ERON AUDIO PANEL RESET INT_POWERKEY _N PANEL_STATUS GND Signal I/O O O O O O O O O O O O I O O O O O O O O O O O I I Voltage Description 0/3.3 V DC 3.3 V DC (pulse) Scanner clock signal 0/3.3 V DC power to DPRPWB 3.3 V DC 0/3.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Connector YC10 Connected to DP main PWB Pin 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 YC11 Connected to ISC PWB 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 YC12 Connected to operation PWB 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 OEZ SCLKIN 3.3 V DC 0/3.3V 3.3 V DC 3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC 3.3 V DC (pulse) DPRPWB Control signal 0/3.3 V DC power to DPRPWB 3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.

3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Data bus signal 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Data bus signal 0/3.3 V DC Control signal Control signal 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Address bus signal 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Address bus signal 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Data bus signal 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Data bus signal 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Data bus signal 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Data bus signal 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Address bus signal 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Data bus signal 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Address bus signal 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Data bus signal 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Address bus signal 0/3.3 V DC Control signal Control signal Control signal 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Address bus signal 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Address bus signal 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Data bus signal 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Data bus signal 0/3.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Connector YC16 Connected to CF card Pin 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 GND D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 /CE1 A10 /OE A9 A8 A7 VCC A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A0 D0 D1 D2 WP /CD2 /CD1 D11 D12 D13 D14 D15 /CE2 /VS1 /IORD /IOWD /WE Signal I/O I/O I/O I/O I/O I/O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O I/O I/O I/O O O O I/O I/O I/O I/O I/O O O O O O Voltage Ground Description 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Data bus signal 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Address bus signal 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Address bus signal 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Address bus signal 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Data bus signal 0/3.3 V DC Control signal Control signal Control signal Control signal Control signal 2-3-8 .3 V DC Control signal 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Address bus signal 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Data bus signal 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.

3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Data bus signal 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Data bus signal 5 V DC 5 V DC 5 V DC 12 V DC Ground 5 V DC power output USB data signal USB data signal Not used Ground 5 V DC power output USB data signal USB data signal Ground 5 V DC power output USB data signal USB data signal Not used Ground CONFM: On/Off Ground 2-3-9 .3 V DC (pulse) Data bus signal 0/3.3 V DC Description Control signal Control signal Control signal Control signal Reset signal Control signal Control signal REG signal Control signal Control signal 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Connector YC16 Connected to CF card Pin 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 YC17 Connected to operation PWB 1 1 2 3 4 5 YC20 Connected to USB 1 2 3 4 YC21 Connected to USB host 1 2 3 4 5 YC23 Connected to controller fan motor 1 2 Signal RDY/BSY VCC CSEL VS2 RESET /WAIT INPACK /REG BVD2 BVD1 D8 D9 D10 GND VBUS DATA DATA + NC GND VBUS DATADATA+ GND VBUS DATA DATA + NC GND +12V GND I/O I O O O I O O I O O I/O I/O I/O O I/O I/O O I/O I/O O I/O I/O O Voltage 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.

2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Connector YC24 Connected to power source PWB Pin 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 YC25 Connected to ISC PWB 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 YC27 Connected to hard disk 1 YC30 Connected to operation PWB 1 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 YC32 Connected to hard disk 2 1 2 3 +12V +12V +12V +12V GND GND GND GND GND HTPDN LOCKN GND RX0N RX0P GND GND +5V_HDD GND +5V +5V +5V GND GND GND GND +5V_HDD GND Signal I/O O O O O I I I I O O O O O Voltage 12 V DC 12 V DC 12 V DC 12 V DC 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Received data signal 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Received data signal 5 V DC 5 V DC 5 V DC 5 V DC 5 V DC Ground Ground 5 V DC power to HDD1 Ground 5 V DC power from OPWB1 5 V DC power from OPWB1 5 V DC power from OPWB1 Ground Ground Ground Ground 5 V DC power to HDD2 Ground 2-3-10 .3 V DC Description 12 V DC power from PSPWB 12 V DC power from PSPWB 12 V DC power from PSPWB 12 V DC power from PSPWB Ground Ground Ground Ground Ground Control signal Lock signal Ground 0/3.

3 V DC (pulse) Clock signal 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Serial communication data signal Ground 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Clock signal 0/3.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Connector YC33 Connected to fiery relay PWB Pin 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 Signal SGND SDOCLK SDO SGND SDICLK SDI SGND SGND 12V 12V I/O O O O I O O Voltage Ground Description 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Serial communication data signal 12 V DC 12 V DC Ground Ground 12 V DC power to FIRPWB 12 V DC power to FIRPWB 2-3-11 .

2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC 2-3-2 Engine PWB 24 1 4 A20 A1 A10 A1 1 12 6 1 2 1 20 1 B19 B1 YC27 B1 1 YC1 13 12 B1 YC49 A16 YC17 11 3 1 12 14 7 22 1 6 1 YC26 B20 B10 YC24 1 YC25 B1 YC23 YC22 YC21 YC20 A1 YC19 A19 YC3 A1 YC4 1 1 B16 1 4 U1 U13 U100 U8 YC48 YC4 1 50 64 20 YC5 21 50 1 11 12 1 YC7 1 50 1 YC10 22 40 YC9 12 YC8 1 YC50 40 1 YC46 40 1 YC47 40 Figure 2-3-2 Engine PWB silk-screen diagram 2-3-12 1 YC11 64 1 YC12 YC6 40 1 60 YC15 YC2 U4 28 1 10 1 YC16 15 YC18 8 1 .

3 V DC 0/24 V DC 24 V DC 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) TRCM clock signal A10 RLS_SENS A11 +5V A12 ZIG_MOT_DR_C CW A13 ZIG_MOT_DR_C W A14 GND A15 BLT_INDEX A16 +5V B1 GND 2-3-13 .3V2 +3.3 V DC power to FRPWB 24 V DC power to TRCM Ground TRCM: On/Off TRCM ready signal TRCM drive switch signal CRM: On/Off 24 V DC power to CRM Ground CRS: On/Off 5 V DC power to CRS TRSM: On/Off (CCW) TRSM: On/Off (CW) Ground Not used Ground Ground Description 0/3.3 V DC 24 V DC 0/3.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Connector YC1 Connected to feed PWB 1 Pin 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 YC2 Connected to front PWB 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 YC3 Connected to transfer belt unit A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 A9 GND +5V GND +12V GND GND +24V1 +24V1 GND GND GND GND GND +24V +24V +5V +3.3 V DC 5 V DC 0/24 V DC 0/24 V DC Voltage Ground 5 V DC power from FPWB1 Ground 12 V DC power from FPWB1 Ground Ground 24 V DC power from FPWB1 24 V DC power from FPWB1 Ground Ground Ground Ground Ground 24 V DC power to FRPWB 24 V DC power to FRPWB 5 V DC power to FRPWB 3.3 V DC 0/3.3V1 +24V1 GND ICL_MOT_REM ICL_MOT_CLK ICL_MOT_RDY ICL_MOT_DIR RLS_MOT_DR +24V1 GND Signal I/O I I I I O O O O O O I O I O O O I O O O 5 V DC 12 V DC 24 V DC 24 V DC 24 V DC 24 V DC 5 V DC 3.3 V DC 3.3 V DC power to FRPWB 3.3 V DC 0/3.

3 V DC 5 V DC 3.3 V DC (pulse) EEPROM clock signal 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) PFM clock signal 2-3-14 .2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Connector YC3 Connected to transfer belt unit Pin B2 B3 B4 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 B9 Signal ZIG_SENS +5V GND GND BLT_SPEED +5V TEMP ZIG_REV_SENS GND I/O I O I O I I O O O I/O O O I O O O O O O I I I I I I I I Voltage 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3V2 B12 EEP_SCL2 B13 EEP_SDA2 B14 GND B15 A0 B16 A1 YC4 Connected to feed PWB 2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 GND FEED_MOT_REM FEED_MOT_CLK FEED_MOT_RDY FEED_MOT_DIR FEED_CL1_REM FEED_CL2_REM ASIST_CL2 LIFT_MOT2_REM GND LIFT_MOT1_REM 1 CAS2_WID CAS2_LNG3 CAS2_LNG2 CAS2_LNG1 CAS1_WID CAS1_LNG3 CAS1_LNG2 CAS1_LNG1 GND 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) EEPROM data signal 0/3.3 V DC 0/24 V DC 0/24 V DC 0/24 V DC 0/24 V DC 0/24 V DC 0/3.3 V DC power to TRPWB B10 +5V B11 +3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC 5 V DC 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC Ground Not used Not used Ground PFM: On/Off PFM ready signal PFM drive switch signal PFCL1: On/Off PFCL2: On/Off ASCL2: On/Off LM2: On/Off Ground LM1: On/Off PWSW2: On/Off PLSW2: On/Off PLSW2: On/Off PLSW2: On/Off PWSW1: On/Off PLSW1: On/Off PLSW1: On/Off PLSW1: On/Off Ground 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC Description TRSS: On/Off 5 V DC power to TRSS Ground Ground TRBLS: On/Off 5 V DC power to TRBLS TEMP signal TRES: On/Off Ground 5 V DC power to TRES 3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC 5 V DC Analog 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.

3 V DC 0/24 V DC 0/24 V DC 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) MM clock signal 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC 0/24 V DC MM control signal ASCL1: On/Off 2-3-15 .3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC 0/24 V DC 0/24 V DC 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC Description PGS2(L): On/Off PGS2(U): On/Off PGS1(L): On/Off PGS1(U): On/Off LM1 lock signal LM2 lock signal Current signal PCCL: On/Off RLCSW: On/Off PFPCS1: On/Off FS1: On/Off LS1: On/Off Ground PS1: On/Off PUSOL1: On/Off (RET) PUSOL1: On/Off (ACT) FS2: On/Off LS2: On/Off PS2: On/Off PUSOL2: On/Off (RET) PUSOL2: On/Off (ACT) Ground RS: On/Off PCS: On/Off RDS: On/Off MM control signal MM/MCL: On/Off 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC 0/24 V DC 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Connector YC4 Connected to feed PWB 2 Pin 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 Signal CAS2_QUANT2 CAS2_QUANT1 CAS1_QUANT2 CAS1_QUANT1 LIFT_MOT1_LOC K LIFT_MOT2_LOC K CURRENT_SIG V-FEED_CL COVER_OPEN FEED2_SENS CAS1_P0 CAS1_LIFT_UP GND CAS1_EMPTY PICK_SOL1_RET PICK_SOL1_REM CAS2_P0 CAS2_LIFT_UP CAS2_EMPTY PICK_SOL2_RET PICK_SOL2_REM GND REG_SENS FEED1_SENS BEND_SENS MID_MOT_PH MID_MOT_REM( ROL_CL) MID_MOT_CLK MID_MOT_PD ASIST_CL1 I/O I I I I I I I O I I I I I O O I I I O O I I I O O O O O Voltage 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.

3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) DUM1 clock signal 0/3.3 V DC Voltage Ground Not used LPS: On/Off Ground FUFM: On/Off DUM1 control signal DUM1/DUCL1: On/Off Ground EFM: On/Off DUS1: On/Off Not used Ground TRCM: On/Off Description 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC TRCM ready signal TRCM drive switch signal TRCM break signal Ground Not used Not used Not used Not used Ground Not used Not used Not used 2-3-16 .3 V DC 0/24 V DC 0/3.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Connector YC5 Connected to feed PWB 1 Pin 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 GND M_TEMP LOOP_SENS GND EDGE_FAN_H DU1_MOT_PD DU1_MOT_CLK DU1_MOT_REM( CL_H) GND EXIT_FAN DU_ENTER_SEN S TCON_SET GND TRANS_MOT_RE M TRANS_MOT_CL K TRANS_MOT_RD Y TRANS_MOT_DI R TRANS_MOT_BR K GND DRM_MOT_BK_R EM DRM_MOT_BK_R DY DRM_MOT_BK_D IR DRM_MOT_BK_B RK GND DLP_MOT_BK_R EM DLP_MOT_BK_C LK DLP_MOT_BK_R DY Signal I/O I O O O O O I O O I O O 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) TRCM clock signal 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC 0/24 V DC 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.

3 V DC 0/24 V DC 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) RM clock signal 2-3-17 .3 V DC Voltage Not used Ground Not used Not used Not used Not used Ground Not used Not used Not used Not used Ground RM control signal RM/RCL: On/Off Ground Not used IHFM: On/Off IHFM alarm signal Power off signal Not used Not used Ground Description 0/3.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Connector YC5 Connected to feed PWB 1 Pin 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 Signal DLP_MOT_BK_DI R GND DRM_MOT_CLR_ REM DRM_MOT_BK_C LR_CLK DRM_MOT_CLR_ RDY DRM_MOT_CLR_ DIR GND DLP_MOT_CLR_ REM DLP_MOT_CLR_ CLK DLP_MOT_CLR_ RDY DLP_MOT_CLR_ DIR GND REG_MOT_PD REG_MOT_CLK REG_MOT_REM( CL) GND IH_PWB_FAN_L IH_PWB_FAN_H IH_PWB_FAN_AL M POWER_OFF DRM_HEAT_REM IH_PWB_FAN(U) _ALM GND I/O O O O O I O 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.

3 V DC Voltage Ground Job separator set signal JEM: On/Off JEM drive switch signal JOCS: On/Off JFSSOL: On/Off Ground Not used Not used Not used Fuser relay signal Not used ERFM: On/Off ERFM: On/Off Ground Not used FUM: On/Off Description 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) JEM clock signal 0/3.3 V DC 0/24 V DC 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC 0/24 V DC 0/24 V DC 0/3.3 V DC FUM ready signal FUM drive switch signal FUM break signal Ground MPTSW: On/Off MPPWSW: On/Off MPPWSW: On/Off MPPWSW: On/Off MPPLSW: On/Off Ground MPPS: On/Off MPLS1: On/Off MPLS2: On/Off MPFS: On/Off 2-3-18 .2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Connector YC6 Connected to feed PWB 1 Pin 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 GND JOB_SET JOB_MOT_REM JOB_MOT_CLK JOB_MOT_DIR JOB_OPEN_SEN S JOB_SOL_REM GND MAIN_HEAT_RE M SUB_HEAT_REM ZEROC FSR_RELAY PRESS_REM EXIT_REAR_FAN _L EXIT_REAR_FAN _H GND FSR_CL_REM FSR_MOT_REM FSR_MOT_CLK FSR_MOT_RDY FSR_MOT_DIR FSR_MOT_BRK GND MPF_TABLE MPF_WID1 MPF_WID2 MPF_WID3 MPF_LNG GND MPF_PPR_SET MPF_LIFT_UP MPF_LIFT_DOW N MPF_JAM O O O I I I I I I I I I Signal I/O I O O O I O O O O O 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) FUM clock signal 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.

3 V DC 0/24 V DC 0/24 V DC 0/3.3 V DC 0/24 V DC 0/24 V DC Analog Analog Analog Analog Analog Analog Description MPPFCL: On/Off MPLM: On/Off MPLM: On/Off Ground Not used Not used Not used Not used Not used DUM2 control signal DUM2/DUCL2: On/Off Ground DUCSW: On/Off Not used TRRM: On/Off TRRM: On/Off TRRS: On/Off DUS2: On/Off Not used Ground CLSOL: On/Off (RET) CLSOL: On/Off (ACT) IDS2 detection signal IDS2 detection signal IDS2 control signal Ground IDS1 detection signal IDS1 detection signal IDS1 control signal Ground 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) DUM2 clock signal 2-3-19 .3 V DC 0/3.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Connector YC6 Connected to feed PWB 1 Pin 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 Signal MPF_CL MPF_LIF2 MPF_LIFT1 GND TC_MOT_LOCK TC_TONER_LED TC_TONER_FUL L TC_TONER_VCO NT INTER_LOCK DU2_PD DU2_CLK DU2_REM(CL_L OW) GND DU_OPEN DU_FAN PRESS_MOT_RE M1 PRESS_MOT_RE M2 PRESS_RLS_SE NS DU_SENS BELT_JAM_SENS GND CLN_SOL_RET CLN_SOL_REM REG_SENS_R_S REG_SENS_R_P REG_R_LED GND REG_SENS_F_S REG_SENS_F_P REG_F_LED GND I/O O O O O O O I O O I I O O I I O I I O Voltage 0/24 V DC 0/24 V DC 0/24 V DC 0/3.

3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC EM control signal EM drive switch signal Ground DEVFM2: On/Off DEVFM2: On/Off DEVFM1: On/Off DEVFM1: On/Off WTS2 detection signal WTS2 detection signal WTS2 control signal Ground Not used Not used 2-3-20 .3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) WTS1 LED emitter signal 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC 0/24 V DC 0/24 V DC 0/24 V DC 0/24 V DC Analog Analog 0/3.3 V DC Voltage Ground Not used Not used Not used Not used Not used CFM1 alarm signal CFM1: On/Off CFM1: On/Off EFFM: On/Off Not used FSSOL: On/Off (ACT) FSSOL: On/Off (RET) Ground EFS: On/Off SBS: On/Off EM: On/Off EM control signal Description 0/3.3 V DC 0/24 V DC 0/24 V DC 0/24 V DC 0/24 V DC 0/24 V DC 0/3.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Connector YC7 Connected to front PWB Pin 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 GND WTNR_SET INTER_LOCK IH_CORE_SENS IH_CORE_MOT_ REM IH_CORE_CLK WTNR_LED IH_COIL_FAN_AL M IH_COIL_FAN_H IH_COIL_FAN_L EXIT_FAN CONTAIN_FAN JUNC_SOL_REM JUNC_SOL_RET GND EXIT_PAPE_SEN S EXIT_FEED_SEN S SB_MOT_REM SB_MOT_PH SB_MOT_CLK SB_MOT_PD SB_MOT_DIR GND DLP_FAN_ Bk_H DLP_FAN_ Bk_L DLP_FAN_CLR_ H DLP_FAN_CLR_L WTNR_SET WTNR_NEAR WTNR_VCONT GND ROT_MOT_REM ROT_MOT_CLK Signal I/O O I O O O O O I I O O O O O O O O O I I O 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) EM clock signal 0/3.

3 V DC Analog Analog Analog Analog 0/3.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Connector YC7 Connected to front PWB Pin 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 YC8 Connected to high voltage PWB 2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 Signal ROT_MOT_PD ROT_MOT_DIR ROT_HP_SENS THOP_MOT_Bk_ REM THOP_MOT_M_R EM THOP_MOT_C_R EM THOP_MOT_Y_R EM GND ENCODE_ Bk ENCODE_M ENCODE_C ENCODE_Y THOP_ Bk THOP_M THOP_C THOP_Y GND SGND SGND SP_CNT T2_CNT SP_REM T_REM FB_CNT T1_CNT_Bk T1_CNT_M T1_CNT_C T1_CNT_Y T1_CLR_OFF_RE M I/O O O O O O O O O O O Analog Analog 0/3.3 V DC Voltage Not used Not used Not used Not used Not used Not used Not used Ground Not used Not used Not used Not used Not used Not used Not used Not used Ground Ground Ground Separation bias control voltage Secondary transfer bias control voltage Separation bias: On/Off Secondary transfer bias: On/Off Primary transfer cleaning bias: On/Off Primary transfer bias K control voltage Primary transfer bias M control voltage Primary transfer bias C control voltage Primary transfer bias Y control voltage Primary transfer control signal Description 2-3-21 .3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.

3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) MCPWB serial communication data signal 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC MCPWB ready signal MCPWB control signal TBLS: On/Off Not used DRM-K control signal DRM-M control signal DRM-C control signal DRM-Y control signal Ground Ground 5 V DC power to MCPWB 5 V DC power to MCPWB Not used Not used Not used MCPWB control signal MCPWB control signal Not used Ground DRM-K control signal CL-K: On/Off DEVPWB-K detection signal DEVPWB-K control signal Developer thermistor K detection signal Ground DRM-M control signal CL-M: On/Off DEVPWB-M detection signal DEVPWB-M control signal 2-3-22 .3 V DC Analog 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC 0/24 V DC Analog 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) MCPWB serial communication data signal 0/3.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Connector YC9 Connected to motor control PWB Pin 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 YC10 Connected to front PWB 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 Signal MOT_CLK MOT_SDO MOT_SEL MOT_SDI MOT_RDY EMERGENCY BLT_SPEED BLT_INDEX DRM_INDEX_BK DRM_INDEX_M DRM_INDEX_C DRM_INDEX_Y GND GND +5V +5V BLT_BRAKE BLT_VM BLT_REM MOT_DATA_SET DRM_ON BLT_FG GND DRM_INDEX_Bk ERS_Bk TPD_Bk_1 DLP_VCONT_Bk _1 TPD_TEMP_Bk GND DRM_INDEX_M ERS_M TPD_M_1 DLP_VCONT_M_ 1 I/O O O O I I O O O O O O O O O O I O I O I I O I O Voltage Description 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) MCPWB clock signal 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC MCPWB select signal 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC 5 V DC 5 V DC 0/3.3 V DC 0/24 V DC Analog 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.

2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Connector YC10 Connected to front PWB Pin 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 Signal TPD_TEMP_M GND DRM_INDEX_C ERS_C TPD_C_1 DLP_VCONT_C_ 1 TPD_TEMP_C GND TN_CLK GND EEP_SCL1 GND EEP_SDA1 GND TPD_Y_1 DLP_VCONT_Y_ 1 TPD_TEMP_Y ERS_Y DRM_INDEX_Y FRONT_OPEN GND I2C_SCL GND I2C_SDA GND LSU_FAN_REM CLEAN_MOT_LO CK CLEAN_MOT_RE M GND I/O I I O I O I O O I/O I O I O I I O I/O O I O Voltage Analog 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) EEPROM data signal 2-3-23 .3 V DC (pulse) EEPROM data signal 0/3.3 V DC Analog 0/24 V DC 0/3.3 V DC Analog Analog 0/3.3 V DC 0/24 V DC Analog 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) EEPROM clock signal 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Clock signal 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) EEPROM clock signal 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC 0/24 V DC 0/3.3 V DC 0/24 V DC Description Developer thermistor M detection signal Ground DRM-C control signal CL-C: On/Off DEVPWB-C detection signal DEVPWB-C control signal Developer thermistor C detection signal Ground Ground Ground Ground DEVPWB-Y detection signal DEVPWB-Y control signal Developer thermistor Y detection signal CL-Y: On/Off DRM-Y control signal FRCSW: On/Off Ground Ground Ground LSUFM: On/Off WTM lock signal WTM: On/Off Ground 0/3.

3 V DC (pulse) Video data signal K (P) 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Video data signal M (P) 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Video data signal K (N) Ground 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC Ground APCPWB-K control signal APCPWB-K control signal APCPWB-K control signal APCPWB-K control signal APCPWB-K control signal APCPWB-K control signal APCPWB-K control signal Ground 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Video data signal M (N) 0/3.3 V DC Ground APCPWB-M control signal APCPWB-M control signal APCPWB-M control signal APCPWB-M control signal APCPWB-M control signal Ground 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Video data signal K (N) 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Video data signal K (N) Ground 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Video data signal C (P) 2-3-24 .3 V DC (pulse) Video data signal K (P) 0/3.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Connector YC11 Connected to LSU relay PWB Pin 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 Signal SGND DATA_2PBK(LVD S) DATA_2NBK(LVD S) SGND GAIN_FIX_BK PARA_SIG_P2_B K PARA_SIG_P1_B K PARA_SIG_P0_B K INT_ST_1_BK INT_ST_2_BK PARA_SIG_P3_2 BK SGND DATA_4PBK(LVD S) DATA_4NBK(LVD S) SGND DATA_3PBK(LVD S) DATA_3NBK(LVD S) SGND DATA_2P_M(LVD S) DATA_2N_M(LVD S) SGND GAIN_FIX_M PALA_STG_P2_M PALA_STG_P1_M PALA_STG_P0_M INT_ST_M SGND DATA_2P_C(LVD S) I/O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O Voltage Ground Description 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Video data signal K (P) 0/3.

3 V DC (pulse) Serial communication data signal 2-3-25 .3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) APCPWB-C EEPROM data signal 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC Ground APCPWB-Y control signal APCPWB-Y control signal APCPWB-Y control signal APCPWB-Y control signal APCPWB-Y control signal Ground 0/3.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Connector YC11 Connected to LSU relay PWB Pin 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 Signal DATA_2N_C(LVD S) SGND GAIN_FIX_C PALA_STG_P2_C PALA_STG_P1_C PALA_STG_P0_C INT_ST_C SGND DATA_2P_Y(LVD S) DATA_2N_Y(LVD S) SGND GAIN_FIX_Y PALA_STG_P2_Y PALA_STG_P1_Y PALA_STG_P0_Y INT_ST_Y SGND EEPROM_CS_1_ BK IDD_CS_1_BK EEPROM_CS_2_ BK IDD_CS_2_BK EEPROM_CS_M IDD_CS_M EEPROM_CS_C IDD_CS_C EEPROM_CS_Y IDD_CS_Y SGND MSET_N SGND SDO SGND I/O O O O O O O O O O O O O O I/O O I/O O I/O O I/O O I/O O O O Voltage Description 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) APCPWB-K EEPROM data signal 0/3.3 V DC APCPWB-K control signal 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Video data signal Y (N) 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Video data signal C (N) 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) APCPWB-Y EEPROM data signal 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC Ground APCPWB-C control signal APCPWB-C control signal APCPWB-C control signal APCPWB-C control signal APCPWB-C control signal Ground 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) APCPWB-K EEPROM data signal 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) APCPWB-M EEPROM data signal 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Video data signal Y (P) 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC APCPWB-K control signal APCPWB-M control signal APCPWB-C control signal APCPWB-Y control signal Ground Control signal Ground Ground 0/3.

3 V DC (pulse) Video data signal K (P) 0/3.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Connector YC11 Connected to LSU relay PWB YC12 Connected to LSU relay PWB Pin 61 62 63 64 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 SDI SGND CLK SGND CLK_BK LOCK_BK REM_BK SGND DATA_1PBK(LVD S) DATA_1NBK(LVD S) SGND SDCLK_BK SGND PARA_SIG_P4_B K PARA_SIG_P3_B K CUALM_BK LSU_TH_BK BD_BK SGND CLK_M LOCK_M REM_M SGND DATA_1P_M(LVD S) DATA_1N_M(LVD S) SGND SDCLK_M SGND PARA_SIG_P4_M PARA_SIG_P3_M CUALM_M LSU_TH_M Signal I/O I O O I O O O O O O I I I O I O O O O O O I I Voltage Description 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) PM-K clock signal 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC 0/24 V DC Ground Ground PM-K lock signal PM-K: On/Off Ground 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Serial communication data signal 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Clock signal 0/3.3 V DC 0/24 V DC PM-M lock signal PM-M: On/Off Ground 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Video data signal M (P) 0/3.3 V DC Analog Ground Ground APCPWB-K control signal APCPWB-K control signal APCPWB-K alarm signal LSU thermistor K detection signal Ground 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC Analog Ground Ground APCPWB-M control signal APCPWB-M control signal APCPWB-M alarm signal LSU thermistor M detection signal 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) APCPWB-M clock signal 2-3-26 .3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Video data signal K (N) 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) APCPWB-K clock signal 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Video data signal M (N) 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) PM-M clock signal 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Horizontal synchronization signal K 0/3.

3 V DC (pulse) PM-Y clock signal 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Video data signal Y (P) 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC Analog Ground Ground APCPWB-Y control signal APCPWB-Y control signal APCPWB-Y alarm signal LSU thermistor Y detection signal Ground 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Horizontal synchronization signal C 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Connector YC12 Connected to LSU relay PWB Pin 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 Signal BD_M SGND CLK_C LOCK_C REM_C SGND DATA_1P_C(LVD S) DATA_1N_C(LVD S) SGND SDCLK_C SGND PARA_SIG_P4_C PARA_SIG_P3_C CUALM_C LSU_TH_C BD_C SGND CLK_Y LOCK_Y REM_Y SGND DATA_1P_Y(LVD S) DATA_1N_Y(LVD S) SGND SDCLK_Y SGND PARA_SIG_P4_Y PARA_SIG_P3_Y CUALM_Y LSU_TH_Y BD_Y SGND I/O I O I O O O O O O I I I O I O O O O O O I I I Voltage Description 0/3.3 V DC 0/24 V DC Ground PM-C lock signal PM-C: On/Off Ground 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) APCPWB-C clock signal 0/3.3 V DC 0/24 V DC Ground Ground APCPWB-C control signal APCPWB-C control signal APCPWB-C alarm signal LSU thermistor C detection signal Ground PM-Y lock signal PM-Y: On/Off Ground 0/3.3 V DC Analog 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Video data signal Y (N) 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Horizontal synchronization signal M 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) PM-C clock signal 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) APCPWB-Y clock signal 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Video data signal C (N) 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Horizontal synchronization signal Y 2-3-27 .3 V DC (pulse) Video data signal C (P) 0/3.

3 V DC PWM PWM PWM PWM PWM PWM PWM Voltage Ground Ground 3.C DC_REC_REM AC_MAG_CLK_C AC_MAG_CNT_C DISCHARGE_C AC_MAIN_CNT_ C AC_SLV_CNT_C DC_MAG_CNT_C DC_SLV_CNT_C AC_SLV_CLK_C DC_MAG_REM MAIN_IDC_C DC_MAIN_CNT_ C SGND Signal I/O I I O O O O O O O O O I O O O O O O I O O O O O O O O 3.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Connector YC13 Connected to feed PWB 1 Pin 1 2 3 4 YC16 Connected to high voltage PWB 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 GND GND 3.3 V DC power from FPWB1 Ground DC main charger Y: On/Off DC charger roller Y control signal DC charger roller Y control signal DC sleeve bias Y control voltage DC magnet bias Y control voltage AC sleeve bias Y control voltage AC charger roller Y control signal Main charger Y control signal Description 0/3.3V3 3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC power from FPWB1 3.3 V DC 3.3 V DC (pulse) AC charger roller Y clock signal 0/3.3 V DC PWM PWM Main charger C control signal AC charger roller C control signal AC sleeve bias C control voltage DC magnet bias C control voltage DC sleeve bias C control voltage DC main charger C: On/Off DC charger roller C control signal DC charger roller C control signal Ground 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) AC sleeve bias C clock signal 2-3-28 .3 V DC (pulse) AC sleeve bias Y clock signal 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) AC magnet bias C clock signal 0/3.3V2 SGND AC_MAIN_CLK DC_MAIN_REM DC_MAIN_CNT_ Y MAIN_IDC_Y AC_SLV_CLK_Y DC_SLV_CNT_Y DC_MAG_CNT_Y AC_SLV_CNT_Y AC_MAIN_CNT_ Y DISCHARGE_Y AC_MAG_CNT_Y AC_MAG_CLK_Y DC_REC_CNT N.3 V DC (pulse) AC magnet bias C control voltage PWM PWM PWM PWM PWM 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) AC magnet bias Y control voltage 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) AC magnet bias Y clock signal PWM PWM DC bias Y control voltage Not used DC bias C control voltage 0/3.

3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC DFMPWB select signal 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) AC magnet bias M clock signal PWM PWM PWM PWM PWM PWM PWM PWM PWM DC charger roller K control signal DC charger roller K control signal Main charger K control signal DC sleeve bias K control voltage DC magnet bias K control voltage AC sleeve bias K control voltage AC charger roller K control signal DC charger roller K control signal DC charger roller K control signal Ground 0/3.3 V DC DFMPWB ready signal DFMPWB detection signal Ground 2-3-29 .3 V DC (pulse) AC magnet bias M control voltage 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) DFMPWB serial communication data signal 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) AC sleeve bias K clock signal 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) AC sleeve bias M clock signal 0/3.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Connector YC17 Connected to high voltage PWB 1 Pin 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 YC18 Connected to 1000-sheet/ 4000-sheet finisher 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Signal SGND DC_MAIN_CNT_ M MAIN_IDC_M AC_SLV_CLK_M DC_SLV_CNT_M DC_MAG_CNT_ M AC_SLV_CNT_M AC_MAIN_CNT_ M DISCHARGE_M AC_MAG_CNT_M AC_MAG_CLK_M AC_MAG_CLK_B k AC_MAG_CNT_B k DISCHARGE_Bk AC_SLV_CNT_Bk DC_MAG_CNT_B k DC_SLV_CNT_Bk AC_SLV_CLK_Bk AC_MAIN_CNT_ Bk MAIN_IDC_Bk DC_MAIN_CNT_ Bk SGND DF_CLK DF_SDO DF_SEL DF_SDI DF_RDY DF_DET GND I/O O O O O O O O I O O O O I O O O O O O O O O O O I O PWM PWM PWM PWM PWM PWM PWM Voltage Ground DC charger roller Y control signal DC charger roller M control signal DC sleeve bias M control voltage DC magnet bias M control voltage AC sleeve bias M control voltage AC charger roller M control signal Main charger M control signal Description 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) DFMPWB clock signal 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) DFMPWB serial communication data signal 0/3.

3 V DC power to PFMPWB (side) B10 +3. and belt fan motor 1/2 Pin A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 A9 Signal PF_CLK PF_SDO PF_SEL PF_SDI PF_RDY PF_PAUSE PF_CAS1_OPEN PF_CAS2_OPEN +3.3 V DC (pulse) PFMPWB clock signal (side) 0/3.3 V DC power to PFMPWB Ground Ground TFM1: On/Off 24 V DC power to TFM1 TFM2: On/Off 24 V DC power to TFM2 Not used Not used Not used Not used A10 GND A11 GND A12 TN_FAN1 A13 +24V1 A14 TN_FAN2 A15 +24V1 A16 LVU_FAN1 A17 +24V1 A18 LVU_FAN2 A19 +24V1 B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 B9 SIDE_CLK SIDE_SDO SIDE_SEL SIDE_SDI SIDE_RDY SIDE_PAUSE TANDEM_CAS1O PEN TANDEM_CAS2O PEN SIDE_MULTI_OP EN 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) PFMPWB serial communication data signal 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) PFMPWB serial communication data signal (side) 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) PFMPWB serial communication data signal 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3V4 I/O O O O I I O I I O O O O O O O O I I O I I O O I O Voltage Description 0/3.3 V DC 3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) PFMPWB clock signal 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Serial communication data signal input 24 V DC BLFM124 V DC power to BLFM1 2-3-30 .3V4 B11 GND B12 +24V1 0/3.3 V DC PFMPWB ready signal (side) PFMPWB pause signal (side) PFMPWB control signal (side) PFMPWB control signal (side) PFMPWB control signal (side) 3. toner fan motor 1/2.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Connector YC19 Connected to paper feeder/ large capacity feeder.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC 0/24 V DC 24 V DC 0/24 V DC 24 V DC PFMPWB ready signal PFMPWB pause signal PFMPWB control signal PFMPWB control signal 3.3 V DC (pulse) PFMPWB serial communication data signal (side) 0/3.3 V DC PFMPWB select signal (side) 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC 3.3 V DC PFMPWB select signal 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.

3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) BRCM1 clock signal 2-3-31 .3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC 0/3. toner fan motor 1/2.3 V DC 5 V DC 0/3.C BRIDGE2 REM BRIDGE2 PH BRIDGE2 CLK BRIDGE2 PD BRIDGE2 DIR BRIDGE1 REM BRIDGE1 PH BRIDGE1 CLK BRIDGE1 PD 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Connector YC19 Connected to paper feeder/ large capacity feeder.3 V DC Description BLFM1: On/Off 24 V DC power to BLFM2 BLFM2: On/Off Not used Not used Not used Not used Not used Not used Not used Not used Not used Not used Not used Not used Not used Not used 24 V DC power to BRSOL BRSOL: On/Off (ACT) BRSOL: On/Off (RET) Ground BRECSW: On/Off Ground BRES: On/Off 5 V DC power to BRES Not used BRCM2: On/Off BRCM2 control signal BRCM2 control signal BRCM2 drive switch signal BRCM2: On/Off BRCM1 control signal BRCM1 control signal B13 BELT_FAN1 B14 +24V1 B15 BELT_FAN2 B16 DLP_FAN1 B17 +24V1 B18 DLP_FAN2 B19 +24V1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 DECAL_HP_SEN S GUIDE_REM GUIDE_CLK GUIDE_PD GUIDE_DIR DECAL_REM DECAL_PH DECAL_CLK DECAL_PD DECAL_DIR +24V EXIT_SOL_REM EXIT_SOL_RET GND EXIT_COV_OPE N GND EXIT_SENS +5V N. and belt fan motor 1/2 YC20 Connected to bridge unit Pin Signal I/O O O O O O O I I O O O O O O O O O O Voltage 0/24 V DC 24 V DC 0/24 V DC 24 V DC 0/24 V DC 0/24 V DC 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) BRCM2 clock signal 0/3.

3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Serial communication data signal 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Connector YC20 Connected to bridge unit Pin 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 YC22 Connected to power source fan motor YC23 Connected to coin vender 1 2 Signal BRIDGE1 DIR BRIDGE_SENS 2 BRIDGE_OPEN BRIDGE_SENS 1 GND 5V GND GND +24V1 +24V1 LVU_FAN +24V1 I/O O I I I O O O O O Voltage 0/3.3 V DC 5 V DC 24 V DC 24 V DC 0/24 V DC 24 V DC Description BRCM1 drive switch signal BRCS2: On/Off BRCSW: On/Off BRCS1: On/Off Ground 5 V DC power to BRPWB Ground Ground 24 V DC power to BRPWB 24 V DC power to BRPWB PSFM: On/Off 24 V DC power to PSFM 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 +24V GND GND COIN_EN FGND FEED_COUNT EJECT_COUNT COPYING_SIG TXD_COIN GND RXD_COIN GND GND DC1_SET DC1_COUNT +24V 1 O I O O O O I I O O 24 V DC 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) MCL: On/Off YC24 Connected to key counter 1 2 3 4 2-3-32 .3 V DC 24 V DC 24 V DC power to coin vender Ground Ground Coin vender enable signal Ground Coin vender control signal Coin vender control signal Coin vender control signal Serial communication data signal Ground Ground Key counter set signal Key counter count signal 24 V DC power to key card 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.

3 V DC 5 V DC Description 5 V DC power to key card 5 V DC power to key card 5 V DC power to key card 5 V DC power to key card 5 V DC power to key card 5 V DC power to key card 5 V DC power to key card 5 V DC power to key card Key card enable signal 24 V DC power to key card Key card control signal Key card control signal Key card control signal Key card control signal Key card control signal Key card control signal Key card control signal Key card control signal Ground Key card count signal FURFM alarm signal FURFM: On/Off 24 V DC power to FURFM FUFFM alarm signal FUFFM: On/Off 24 V DC power to FUFFM CFM2 alarm signal CFM2: On/Off 24 V DC power to CFM2 FURM: On/Off (CCW) FURM: On/Off (CW) Ground FUES: On/Off 5 V DC power to FUES Ground A10 +24V B10 COUNT A10 FSR_RLS_DR_C CW A11 FSR_RLS_DR_C W A12 GND A13 FSR_SIZE_SENS A14 +5V A15 GND 2-3-33 .3 V DC 0/3.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Connector YC25 Connected to key card Pin A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 A9 B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 B9 YC26 Connected to fuser unit and fuser IH PWB A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 A9 +5V +5V +5V +5V +5V +5V +5V +5V COPY_ENABLE KEY7 KEY6 KEY5 KEY4 KEY3 KEY2 KEY1 KEY0 GND EDGE_FAN_ALM EDGE_FAN +24V1 EDGE_FAN_ALM EDGE_FAN +24V1 FSR_FAN_ALM FSR_FAN +24V1 Signal I/O O O O O O O O O I O O O O O O O O O O I O O I O O I O O O O I O Voltage 5 V DC 5 V DC 5 V DC 5 V DC 5 V DC 5 V DC 5 V DC 5 V DC 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC 0/24 V DC 24 V DC 0/24 V DC 0/24 V DC 0/3.3 V DC 0/24 V DC 24 V DC 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC 24 V DC 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC 0/24 V DC 24 V DC 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.

3 V DC (pulse) Serial communication data signal 0/3. toner motor K/M/C/Y and screw sensor K/M/C/Y 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 EEP_SDA2 GND EEP_SCL2 3.3 V DC 5 V DC Description FURS: On/Off 5 V DC power to FURS Ground FUBLS: On/Off 5 V DC power to FUBLS Not used A16 FSR_RLS_SENS Connected to A17 +5V fuser unit and A18 GND fuser IH PWB A19 FSR_BLT_PLS A20 +5V B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 B9 PRESS_HEART_ REM IH_RXD IH_TXD ROTATION IH_HEAT_REM +3.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Connector YC26 Pin Signal I/O I O I O I O O O O I I I I I O O I/O I O O O O O O O I Voltage 0/3.3 V DC 5 V DC 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) EEPROM clock signal 2-3-34 .3V2 +24V1 TMOT_Y_DR +24V1 TMOT_C_DR +24V1 TMOT_M_DR +24V1 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC 3.3 V DC (pulse) Serial communication data signal 0/3.3 V DC power to RFPWB 24 V DC power to TM-Y TM-Y: On/Off 24 V DC power to TM-C TM-C: On/Off 24 V DC power to TM-M TM-M: On/Off 24 V DC power to TM-K B10 GND B11 EDGE_TH B12 GND B13 GUIDE_TH1 B14 GND B15 GUIDE_TH2 B16 MAIN_TH2 B17 MAIN_TH1 B18 GND B19 +24V1 B20 BRIDGE_FAN YC27 Connected to RFID PWB.3 V DC Analog Analog Analog Analog Analog 24 V DC 0/24 V DC 3.3 V DC 24 V DC 0/24 V DC 24 V DC 0/24 V DC 24 V DC 0/24 V DC 24 V DC FIH control signal FIH: On/Off 5 V DC power to FIH Ground Ground FTH4 detection signal Ground FTH3 detection signal Ground Not used Ground FTH2 detection signal FTH1 detection signal FTH1 detection signal Ground 24 V DC power to BRFM BRFM: On/Off Ground 3.3 V DC (pulse) EEPROM data signal 0/3.3V2 GND GND PRESS_TH 0/3.

toner motor K/M/C/Y and screw sensor K/M/C/Y Pin 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 YC46 Connected to main PWB 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 Signal TMOT_Bk_DR GND ENCODE_Y +5V GND ENCODE_C +5V GND ENCODE_M +5V GND ENCODE_K +5V HSYNC_AN HSYNC_AP HSYNC_BN HSYNC_BP HSYNC_CN HSYNC_CP HSYNC_DN HSYNC_DP VSYNC_AN VSYNC_AP VSYNC_BN VSYNC_BP VSYNC_CN VSYNC_CP VSYNC_DN VSYNC_DP SGND TCLKP TCLKN SGND TCP TCN SGND I/O O I O I O I O I O I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Voltage 0/24 V DC 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Image control signal 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Image control signal 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Image control signal 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Image control signal 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Image control signal 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Image control signal 0/3.3 V DC 5 V DC 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Image control signal 0/3.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Connector YC27 Connected to RFID PWB.3 V DC (pulse) Image control signal 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Image control signal Ground 2-3-35 .3 V DC (pulse) Image control signal 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Image control signal 0/3.3 V DC 5 V DC 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Clock signal Ground 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Image control signal 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Clock signal 0/3.3 V DC 5 V DC 0/3.3 V DC 5 V DC Description TM-K: On/Off Ground SRS-Y: On/Off 24 V DC power to SRS-Y Ground SRS-C: On/Off 24 V DC power to SRS-C Ground SRS-M: On/Off 24 V DC power to SRS-M Ground SRS-K: On/Off 24 V DC power to SRS-K 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Image control signal 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Image control signal 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Image control signal 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Image control signal 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Image control signal 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Image control signal Ground 0/3.

3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Image control signal 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Serial communication data signal 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Image control signal Ground 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Image control signal 2-3-36 .3 V DC Ground Sleep signal Engine hold signal Not used Ground Engine interrupt signal Engine busy signal Engine communication direction signal 0/3.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Connector YC46 Connected to main PWB Pin 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 YC47 Connected to fiery relay PWB 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 TBP TBN SGND TAP TAN SGND SLEEP HLD_ENG NC SGND EG IRN EG SO EG SBSY EG SDIR EG_SI EG_SCLK SGND NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC SGND CH1_N CH1_P SGND CH2_N CH2_P SGND CH3_N Signal I/O I I I I I I I O I I I I O O O O O Voltage Description 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Image control signal 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Image control signal 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Image control signal 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Serial communication data signal 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Image control signal 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Image control signal Ground 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Image control signal Ground 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Engine lock signal Ground Not used Not used Not used Not used Not used Not used Not used Not used Not used Not used Not used Ground 0/3.

3 V DC (pulse) Image control signal 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Image control signal 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Image control signal 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Image control signal 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Image control signal 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Image control signal 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Image control signal 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Image control signal 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Image control signal 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Image control signal 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Image control signal 0/3.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Connector YC47 Connected to fiery relay PWB Pin 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 Signal CH3_P SGND VCLK_N VCLK_P SGND VSYNC_DP VSYNC_DN VSYNC_CP VSYNC_CN VSYNC_BP VSYNC_BN VSYNC_AP VSYNC_AN HSYNC_DP HSYNC_DN HSYNC_CP HSYNC_CN HSYNC_BP HSYNC_BN HSYNC_AP HSYNC_AN I/O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O Voltage Description 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Image control signal 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Clock signal Ground 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Image control signal 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Image control signal 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Image control signal 2-3-37 .3 V DC (pulse) Clock signal 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Image control signal Ground 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Image control signal 0/3.

2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC 2-3-3 Power source PWB 30 ppm model/35 ppm model 1 4 3 18 1 1 8 1 6 16 YC3 1 3 YC14 YC12 YC11 1 1 4 1 6 YC9 YC13 YC10 YC7 YC8 1 2 YC1 TB1 TB2 TB3 YC4 1 1 4 6 1 3 YC5 YC6 Figure 2-3-3 Power source PWB silk-screen diagram (30 ppm model/35 ppm model) 2-3-38 .

2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Connector TB Connected to AC inlet and main power switch YC1 Connected to main power switch YC3 Connected to fuser IH PWB YC5 Connected to cassette heater Pin 1 2 3 1 2 LIVE NEUTRAL DH_LIVE MSW_OUT MSW_IN Signal I/O I I I O I Voltage 120 V AC 220-240 V AC 120 V AC 220-240 V AC 120 V AC 220-240 V AC 120 V AC 220-240 V AC 120 V AC 220-240 V AC 120 V AC 220-240 V AC 120 V AC 220-240 V AC 120 V AC 220-240 V AC 120 V AC 220-240 V AC 120 V AC 220-240 V AC 120 V AC 220-240 V AC 120 V AC 220-240 V AC 120 V AC 220-240 V AC Description AC power input AC power input AC power input AC power output to MSW AC power output from MSW 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 IH_NEUTRAL NC IH_LIVE DH_LIVE DH_LIVE NC NC DH_NEUTRAL DH_NEUTRAL DH_LIVE DH_NEUTRAL O O O O O O O O AC power output to IHPWB Not used AC power output to IHPWB AC power output to CH AC power output to CH Not used Not used AC power output to CH AC power output to CH AC power output to PFCH AC power output to PFCH YC6 Connected to paper feeder /large capacity feeder YC7 Connected to LSU relay PWB 1 2 1 2 3 4 +24V1 +24V1 GND GND O O - 24 V DC 24 V DC - 24 V DC power to LSURPWB 24 V DC power to LSURPWB Ground Ground 2-3-39 .

1000-sheet/ 4000-sheet finisher and ISC PWB 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 GND GND GND +24V1 +24V1 +24V1 +24V1 +24V1 +24V1 +12V GND GND GND GND +24V1 +24V1 +24V1 +24V1 +24V1 +24V1 +24V1 +24V1 GND GND GND GND GND GND GND GND Signal I/O O O O O O O O O O O O O O 24 V DC 24 V DC 24 V DC 24 V DC 24 V DC 24 V DC 12 V DC 24 V DC 24 V DC 24 V DC 24 V DC 24 V DC 24 V DC Voltage Ground Ground Ground 24 V DC power to MCPWB 24 V DC power to MCPWB 24 V DC power to MCPWB 24 V DC power to FPWB1 24 V DC power to FPWB1 24 V DC power to FPWB1 12 V DC power to FPWB1 Ground Ground Ground Ground 24 V DC power to paper feeder/large capacity feeder 24 V DC power to paper feeder/large capacity feeder 24 V DC power to 1000-sheet/4000sheet finisher 12 V DC power to 1000-sheet/4000sheet finisher 24 V DC power to ISCPWB 12 V DC power to ISCPWB Not used Not used Ground Ground Ground Ground Ground Ground Ground Ground Description 2-3-40 .2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Connector YC8 Connected to motor control PWB Pin 1 2 3 4 5 6 YC9 Connected to feed PWB 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 YC10 Connected to paper feeder/ large capacity feeder.

3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Connector YC13 Connected to high voltage PWB 1 Pin 1 2 3 4 5 6 YC14 Connected to feed PWB 1 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Signal +24V1 +24V1 +24V1 PGND PGND PGND POWER_OFF DRUM_HEAT_RE M GND FSR_RELAY_RE M +12V1 +12V1 +12V1 +12V1 GND GND GND GND I/O O O O I I I O O O O Voltage 24 V DC 24 V DC 24 V DC 0/3.3 V DC 12 V DC 12 V DC 12 V DC 12 V DC Description 24 V DC power to HVPWB1 24 V DC power to HVPWB1 24 V DC power to HVPWB1 Ground Ground Ground Sleep mode signal: On/Off FH: On/Off Ground Power relay signal: On/Off 12 V DC power to MPWB 12 V DC power to MPWB 12 V DC power to MPWB 12 V DC power to MPWB Ground Ground Ground Ground 2-3-41 .

2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC 45 ppm model/55 ppm model 1 4 3 18 1 1 8 1 6 16 1 1 4 1 6 YC3 1 3 YC17 YC15 YC14 YC12 YC16 YC13 YC10 YC11 TB4 TB3 1 1 2 YC2 2 YC1 TB5 TB1 TB2 1 4 YC5 1 4 YC18 YC7 1 3 1 1 4 6 1 3 YC4 YC8 YC9 Figure 2-3-4 Power source PWB silk-screen diagram (45 ppm model/55 ppm model) 2-3-42 .

2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Connector TB Connected to AC inlet and main power switch Pin 1 2 3 4 5 YC1 Connected to main power switch YC3 Connected to fuser IH PWB YC8 Connected to cassette heater 1 2 LIVE NEUTRAL LIVE NEUTRAL DH_LIVE MSW_OUT MSW_IN Signal I/O I I I O I Voltage 120 V AC 220-240 V AC 120 V AC 220-240 V AC 120 V AC 220-240 V AC 120 V AC 220-240 V AC 120 V AC 220-240 V AC 120 V AC 220-240 V AC 120 V AC 220-240 V AC 120 V AC 220-240 V AC 120 V AC 220-240 V AC 120 V AC 220-240 V AC 120 V AC 220-240 V AC 120 V AC 220-240 V AC 120 V AC 220-240 V AC Description AC power input AC power input Not used Not used AC power input AC power output to MSW AC power output from MSW 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 IH_NEUTRAL NC IH_LIVE DH_LIVE DH_LIVE NC NC DH_NEUTRAL DH_NEUTRAL DH_LIVE DH_NEUTRAL O O O O O O O O AC power output to IHPWB Not used AC power output to IHPWB AC power output to CH AC power output to CH Not used Not used AC power output to CH AC power output to CH AC power output to PFCH AC power output to PFCH YC9 Connected to paper feeder/ large capacity feeder YC10 Connected to LSU relay PWB 1 2 1 2 3 4 +24V1 +24V1 GND GND O O - 24 V DC 24 V DC - 24 V DC power to LSURPWB 24 V DC power to LSURPWB Ground Ground 2-3-43 .

1000-sheet/ 4000-sheet finisher and ISC PWB 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 GND GND GND +24V1 +24V1 +24V1 +24V1 +24V1 +24V1 +12V GND GND GND GND +24V1 +24V1 +24V1 +24V1 +24V1 +24V1 +24V1 +24V1 GND GND GND GND GND GND GND GND Signal I/O O O O O O O O O O O O O O 24 V DC 24 V DC 24 V DC 24 V DC 24 V DC 24 V DC 12 V DC 24 V DC 24 V DC 24 V DC 24 V DC 24 V DC 24 V DC Voltage Ground Ground Ground 24 V DC power to MCPWB 24 V DC power to MCPWB 24 V DC power to MCPWB 24 V DC power to FPWB1 24 V DC power to FPWB1 24 V DC power to FPWB1 12 V DC power to FPWB1 Ground Ground Ground Ground 24 V DC power to paper feeder/large capacity feeder 24 V DC power to paper feeder/large capacity feeder 24 V DC power to 1000-sheet/4000sheet finisher 12 V DC power to 1000-sheet/4000sheet finisher 24 V DC power to ISCPWB 12 V DC power to ISCPWB Not used Not used Ground Ground Ground Ground Ground Ground Ground Ground Description 2-3-44 .2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Connector YC11 Connected to motor control PWB Pin 1 2 3 4 5 6 YC12 Connected to feed PWB 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 YC13 Connected to paper feeder/ large capacity feeder.

2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Connector YC14 Connected to main PWB Pin 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 YC16 Connected to high voltage PWB 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 YC17 Connected to feed PWB 1 1 2 3 Signal +12V1 +12V1 +12V1 +12V1 GND GND GND GND +24V1 +24V1 +24V1 PGND PGND PGND POWER_OFF DRUM_HEAT_RE M GND I/O O O O O O O O I I Voltage 12 V DC 12 V DC 12 V DC 12 V DC 24 V DC 24 V DC 24 V DC 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC Description 12 V DC power to MPWB 12 V DC power to MPWB 12 V DC power to MPWB 12 V DC power to MPWB Ground Ground Ground Ground 24 V DC power to HVPWB1 24 V DC power to HVPWB1 24 V DC power to HVPWB1 Ground Ground Ground Sleep mode signal: On/Off FH: On/Off Ground 2-3-45 .

2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC 2-3-4 ISC PWB 4 1 3 1 YC5 1 YC14 YC1 5 1 YC13 3 1 YC9 40 1 YC6 11 Figure 2-3-5 ISC PWB silk-screen diagram 1 YC11 6 1 YC4 7 1 8 YC7 6 1 YC3 1 1 YC12 16 3 YC8 1 YC2 5 2-3-46 .

3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Serial communication data signal 0/3.3 V DC Scanner busy signal Scanner hold signal Scanner communication direction signal Scanner interrupt signal Ground Ground Control signal Lock signal Ground 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Serial communication data signal 0/3.3 V DC Analog 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Connector YC3 Connected to main PWB Pin 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 YC4 Connected to main PWB 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 YC5 Connected to scanner motor YC6 Connected to LED PWB 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 YC7 Connected to power source PWB 1 2 3 4 5 6 Signal SC_CLK SC_SO SC_SI SC_BSY SC_HLDN SC_DIR SC_IRN GND(SPARE) GND HTPDN LOCKN GND TX0N TX0P GND SMOT AP SMOT BP SMOT AN SMOT BN +5V FAIL SDA SCL VSET SGND PGND PWM POW +24V1 +24V1 +24V1 GND GND GND +24V2 +24V2 I/O I O I I I I I O O O O O O O O O I I/O O O O O O O I I I Voltage Description 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Transmission data signal 0/24 V DC (pulse) 0/24 V DC (pulse) 0/24 V DC (pulse) 0/24 V DC (pulse) 5 V DC 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Transmission data signal 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC 24 V DC 24 V DC 24 V DC 24 V DC 24 V DC Ground SM drive control signal SM drive control signal SM drive control signal SM drive control signal 5 V DC power to LEDPWB Error signal Data signal Analog voltage Ground Ground PWM signal LED driver: On/Off 24 V DC power to LEDPWB 24 V DC power to LEDPWB 24 V DC power from PSPWB Ground Ground Ground 24 V DC power from PSPWB 24 V DC power from PSPWB 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Scanner clock signal 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Clock signal 2-3-47 .

3 V DC (pulse) Image data signal 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Image data signal 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Clock signal 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Image data signal Ground 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Image data signal 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Serial communication data signal 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Image data signal Ground 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Image data signal 0/3.3 V DC power to HPS Ground HPS: On/Off Ground Ground Ground Clamp signal Ground Reset signal Control signal Control signal Shift gate signal 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Clock signal 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Enable signal 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Clock signal 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Clock signal Ground 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Image data signal Ground 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Image data signal Ground 0/3.3V GND HP_SW GND CCDCLK1 GND CCDCLK2 GND CP GND RS VSG TG SH AFE_SI AFE_EN AFE_SO AFECLK GND DIS_CIS_1P DIS_CIS_1N GND DIS_CIS_2P DIS_CIS_2N GND DIS_CIS_3P DIS_CIS_3N GND DIS_CIS_4P DIS_CIS_4N GND DIS_CIS_5P DIS_CIS_5N GND DIS_CISCKP DIS_CISCKN I/O O I O O O O O O O I O O O I I I I I I I I I I O O Voltage 3.3 V DC (pulse) Image data signal 0/3.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Connector YC8 Connected to home position sensor YC9 Connected to CCD PWB Pin 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 Signal +3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Clock signal 2-3-48 .3 V DC Description 3.3 V DC (pulse) Image data signal Ground 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Serial communication data signal 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.

3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC Voltage Ground Select signal Ground Ground Clamp signal Ground 5 V DC power to CCDPWB Ground 10 V DC power to CCDPWB Ground 3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Serial communication data signal 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC power to CCDPWB Ground Ground DPTS: On/Off ready signal Select signal Description 0/3.3V GND GND(SPARE) DP_TMG DP_RDY DP_SEL DP_CLK DP_SO DP_SI DP_OPEN Reserve GND GND GND Reserve 24V2 24V2 24V2 GND ORG_SW +5.3 V DC 24 V DC 24 V DC 24 V DC 0/3.1V Signal I/O O O O O O O I I O O O I I O O O I O 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Clock signal 0/3.3 V DC 5 V DC DC10V 3.3 V DC (pulse) Serial communication data signal 0/3.3 V DC 5 V DC DPOCSW: On/Off Not used Ground Ground Ground Not used 24 V DC power to DPMPWB 24 V DC power to DPMPWB 24 V DC power to DPMPWB Ground OSS: On/Off 5 V DC power to OSS 2-3-49 .2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Connector YC9 Connected to CCD PWB Pin 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 YC11 Connected to CCD PWB 1 2 3 4 5 6 YC12 Connected to DP main PWB 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 YC13 Connected to original size sensor 1 2 3 GND CCDSEL GND AFE_MCLK GND(AFE_SHD) CLPIN GND(AFE_SHP) +5.3 V DC (pulse) Clock signal 0/3.1V GND +10V GND +3.3 V DC 0/3.

3 V DC Description 3.3 V DC 0/3.3V GND CO_SW I/O O I Voltage 3.3 V DC power to ODSW Ground ODSW: On/Off 2-3-50 .2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Connector YC14 Connected to original detection switch Pin 1 2 3 Signal +3.

2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC 2-3-5 Operation PWB 1 1 6 12 5 1 1 1 12 YC3 15 YC15 40 YC4 1 YC9 1 1 4 YC6 1 20 YC11 1 YC8 2 9 YC14 YC13 YC12 1 5 4 Figure 2-3-6 Operation PWB 1 silk-screen diagram 2-3-51 SW1 1 YC5 1 1 4 1 YC10 YC1 12 YC2 .

3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC 3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC Analog 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC Description 5 V DC power from MPWB 5 V DC power from MPWB 5 V DC power from MPWB Ground Ground 5 V DC power input USB data signal USB data signal Not used Ground Ground Not used Sleep return signal Energy save signal 3.3 V DC power from MPWB Memory LED control signal Attention LED control signal Processing LED control signal 24 V down signal Sleep return signal Audio output signal Reset signal Power key: On/Off Operation panel status signal Ground 2-3-52 .2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Connector YC1 Connected to main PWB Pin 1 2 3 4 5 YC2 Connected to main PWB 1 2 3 4 5 YC3 Connected to main PWB 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 +5V +5V +5V GND GND VBUS DN DP ID GND GND SECOND_TRAY_ SW BEEP_POWERO N ENERGY_SAVE SUPND_POWER LED_MEMORY_N LED_ATTENTION _N LED_PROCESSI NG_N SHUT_DOWN LIGHTOFF_POW ERON AUDIO PANEL RESET INT_POWERKEY _N PANEL_STATUS SGND Signal I/O I I I I I/O I/O I I I I I I I I I I O O Voltage 5 V DC 5 V DC 5 V DC 5 V DC 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.

3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC Voltage Ground Ground Ground Ground LCD Control signal LCD Control signal LCD Control signal LCD Control signal Ground LCD Control signal LCD Control signal LCD Control signal Ground LCD Control signal LCD Control signal LCD Control signal Ground LCD Control signal LCD Control signal LCD Control signal Ground LCD Control signal LCD Control signal LCD Control signal Ground LCD Control signal LCD Control signal LCD Control signal Ground Ground Ground LCD enable signal LCD mode switch signal Description 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) LCD clock signal 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Connector YC4 Connected to LCD Pin 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 Signal SGND SGND CK SGND SGND SC R0(LSB) R1 R2 SGND R3 R4 R5(MSB) SGND G0(LSB) G1 G2 SGND G3 G4 G5(MSB) SGND B0(LSB) B1 B2 SGND B3 B4 B5(MSB) SGND H_SYNC SGND V_SYNC SGND ENB CM I/O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) LCD horizontal synchronization signal 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) LCD vertical synchronization signal 2-3-53 .3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.

2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Connector YC4 Connected to LCD Pin 37 38 39 40 YC5 Connected to touch panel 1 2 3 4 YC6 Connected to operation PWB 2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 3.3 V DC (pulse) Operation panel key scan return signal 4 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Operation panel key scan return signal 3 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Operation panel key scan return signal 1 0/3.position signal 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Operation panel key scan return signal 2 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Scan signal 4 0/3.3 V DC 3.3V 3.3 V DC (pulse) Scan signal 2 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Operation panel key scan return signal 0 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Scan signal 3 0/3.3 V DC power to LCD 3.3 V DC (pulse) Operation panel LED display drive signal 0 0/3.3 V DC power to LCD 3.3 V DC 3.3 V DC power to LCD Touch panel Y.3 V DC 3.3V BOT YLEFT X+ TOP Y+ RIGHT XKEY4 SCAN2 INT_POWERKEY _N SCAN1 LED1 SUPND_POWER KEY3 KEY2 KEY1 LED0 KEY0 SCAN4 SCAN3 SCAN0 GND GND GND GND GND GND Signal I/O O O O O I I I I I O I O O O I I I O I O O O Voltage 3.3 V DC (pulse) Operation panel LED display drive signal 1 3.3 V DC (pulse) Scan signal 0 Ground Ground Ground Ground Ground Ground 2-3-54 .position signal Touch panel X+ position signal Touch panel Y+ position signal Touch panel X.3V 3.3 V DC Power key: On/Off 0/3.3V 3.3 V DC Analog Analog Analog Analog Description 3.3 V DC 3.3 V DC power to OPWB2 0/3.3 V DC power to LCD 3.3 V DC (pulse) Scan signal 1 0/3.

3 V DC (pulse) Scan signal 1 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Operation panel key scan return signal 5 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Scan signal 0 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Operation panel LED display drive signal 4 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Scan signal 2 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Scan signal 4 0/3.3 V DC Analog Analog 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Operation panel key scan return signal 6 0/3.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Connector YC7 Connected to operation PWB 2 Pin 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 YC8 Connected to operation PWB 3 YC11 Connected to speaker YC14 Connected to LCD 1 2 3 4 1 2 1 2 3 4 Signal SCAN4 KEY5 KEY6 KEY7 SCAN0 SCAN1 SCAN2 SCAN3 LED2 LED3 LED4 GND PROCESSING_L ED MEMORY LED ATTENTION_LED GND VO2 VO1 LED_A NC LED_C NC I/O O I I I O O O O O O O O O O O O O I Voltage Description 0/3.3 V DC Ground Processing LED control signal Memory LED control signal Attention LED control signal Ground Speaker sound signal (+) Speaker sound signal (-) LED control signal Not used LED control signal Not used 2-3-55 .3 V DC (pulse) Scan signal 3 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Operation panel LED display drive signal 2 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Operation panel LED display drive signal 3 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Operation panel key scan return signal 7 0/3.

2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC 1 1 1 8 YC4 9 1 10 40 1 1 YC5 YC1 YC2 50 20 20 YC3 10 1 1 YC17 YC12 10 YC18 1 10 YC19 1 YC8 10 YC14 1 11 1 YC13 YC11 1 10 1 YC15 YC10 11 1 YC9 10 1 3 1 YC7 11 2-3-6 Front PWB 40 1 2-3-56 YC16 1 9 Figure 2-3-7 Front PWB silk-screen diagram 20 YC6 21 .

3 V DC power from EPWB 5 V DC power from EPWB 24 V DC power from EPWB 24 V DC power from EPWB Ground Ground Ground Ground Ground Ground DRM-K control signal CL-K: On/Off DEVPWB-K detection signal DEVPWB-K control signal Developer thermistor K detection signal Ground DRM-M control signal CL-M: On/Off DEVPWB-M detection signal DEVPWB-M control signal Developer thermistor M detection signal Ground DRM-C control signal CL-C: On/Off DEVPWB-C detection signal DEVPWB-C control signal Developer thermistor C detection signal Ground Ground 0/3.3 V DC Analog 0/3.3 V DC power from EPWB 3.3 V DC 3.3 V DC (pulse) Clock signal 0/3.3V2 +5V +24V +24V GND GND GND GND GND GND DRM_INDEX_Bk ERS_Bk_REM TPD_ Bk_1 DLP_VCONT_Bk _1 TPD_TEMP_Bk GND DRM_INDEX_M ERS_ M_REM TPD_M_1 DLP_VCONT_M_ 1 TPD_TEMP_M GND DRM_INDEX_C ERS_C_REM TPD_C_1 DLP_VCONT_C_ 1 TPD_TEMP_C GND TN_CLK GND EEP_SCL1 I/O I I I I I O I O I O O I O I O O I O I O I I Voltage 3.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Connector YC1 Connected to engine PWB Pin 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 YC2 Connected to engine PWB 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 Signal +3.3 V DC Analog Description 3.3 V DC 0/24 V DC Analog 0/3.3 V DC 5 V DC 24 V DC 24 V DC 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) EEPROM clock signal 2-3-57 .3 V DC 0/24 V DC Analog 0/3.3 V DC Analog 0/3.3V1 +3.3 V DC 0/24 V DC Analog 0/3.

3 V DC (pulse) WTS1 LED emitter signal 2-3-58 .3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC 0/24 V DC 0/3.3 V DC 0/24 V DC 0/3.3 V DC 0/24 V DC 0/24 V DC 0/24 V DC 0/24 V DC 0/24 V DC Voltage Ground Ground DEVPWB-Y detection signal DEVPWB-Y control signal Developer thermistor Y detection signal CL-Y: On/Off DRM-Y control signal FRCSW: On/Off Ground Ground Ground LSUFM: On/Off WTM lock signal WTM: On/Off Ground Ground Not used Not used Not used Not used Not used CFM1 alarm signal CFM1: On/Off CFM1: On/Off EFFM: On/Off Not used FSSOL: On/Off (ACT) FSSOL: On/Off (RET) Ground Description 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) EEPROM data signal 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) EEPROM data signal 0/3.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Connector YC2 Connected to engine PWB Pin 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 YC3 Connected to engine PWB 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 GND EEP_SDA1 GND TPD_Y_1 DLP_VCONT_Y_ 1 TPD_TEMP_Y ERS_Y_REM DRM_INDEX_ Y FRONT_OPEN GND I2C_SCL GND I2C_SDA GND LSU_FAN_REM CLEAN_MOT_LO CK CLEAN_MOT_RE M GND GND WTNR_SET INTER_LOCK IH_CORE_SENS IH_CORE_MOT_ REM IH_CORE_CLK WTNR_LED IH_COIL_FAN_AL M IH_COIL_FAN_H IH_COIL_FAN_L EXIT_FAN CONTAIN_FAN JUNC_SOL_REM JUNC_SOL_RET GND Signal I/O I/O O I O I O O I I/O I O I I O I I I I I Analog 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) EEPROM clock signal 0/3.3 V DC Analog 0/24 V DC 0/3.

3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Connector YC3 Connected to engine PWB Pin 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 Signal EXIT_PAPER_SE NS EXIT_FEED_SEN S SB_MOT_REM SB_MOT_PH SB_MOT_CLK SB_MOT_PD SB_MOT_DIR GND DLP_FAN_ Bk _H DLP_FAN_ Bk _L DLP_FAN_CLR_ H DLP_FAN_CLR_L WTNR_FULL WTNR_NEAR WTNR_VCONT GND ROT_MOT_REM ROT_MOT_CLK ROT_MOT_PD ROT_MOT_DIR ROT_HP_SENS THOP_MOT_Bk_ REM THOP_MOT_M_R EM THOP_MOT_C_R EM THOP_MOT_Y_R EM GND ENCODE_ Bk ENCODE_M ENCODE_C ENCODE_Y THOP_ Bk THOP_M I/O O O I I I I I I I I I O O I Voltage 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC 0/24 V DC 0/24 V DC 0/24 V DC 0/24 V DC Analog Analog 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) EM clock signal 2-3-59 .3 V DC EFS: On/Off SBS: On/Off EM: On/Off EM control signal EM control signal EM drive switch signal Ground DEVFM2: On/Off DEVFM2: On/Off DEVFM1: On/Off DEVFM1: On/Off WTS2 detection signal WTS2 detection signal WTS2 control signal Ground Not used Not used Not used Not used Not used Not used Not used Not used Not used Ground Not used Not used Not used Not used Not used Not used Description 0/3.

2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Connector YC3 Connected to engine PWB YC4 Connected to coil fan motor 1 and eject front fan motor Pin 48 49 50 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 YC5 Connected to eject unit 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 Signal THOP_C THOP_Y GND 5V LED1 5V LED2 IH_COIL_FAN_AL M IH_COIL_FAN 24V 24V EXIT FAN ROT_CORE A ROT_CORE B ROT_CORE A/ ROT_CORE B/ GND ROT_HP_SENS 5V SB_CORE B/ SB_CORE A/ SB_CORE B SB_CORE A GND EXIT_FEED_SEN S 5V GND EXIT_PAPER_SE NS 5V +24V1 JUNC_SOL_KYU JUNC_SOL_FUK I/O I O O O O O O O O I O I O O O O 0/3.3 V DC 5 V DC 24 V DC 0/24 V DC 0/24 V DC Voltage Not used Not used Ground Not used Not used Not used Not used CFM1 alarm signal CFM1: On/Off 24 V DC power to CFM1 24 V DC power to EFFM EFFM: On/Off Not used Not used Not used Not used Not used Not used Not used EM drive control signal EM drive control signal EM drive control signal EM drive control signal Ground SBS: On/Off 5 V DC power to SBS Ground EFS: On/Off 5 V DC power to EFS 24 V DC power to FSSOL FSSOL: On/Off (ACT) FSSOL: On/Off (RET) Description 2-3-60 .3 V DC 5 V DC 0/3.3 V DC 0/24 V DC 24 V DC 24 V DC 0/24 V DC 0/24 V DC (pulse) 0/24 V DC (pulse) 0/24 V DC (pulse) 0/24 V DC (pulse) 0/3.

3V2 3V VIB_MOT Signal I/O O O O O O O I/O O O O I O O I O I O I O I/O O O O O Voltage 24 V DC 0/24 V DC 24 V DC 0/24 V DC 3.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Connector YC6 Connected to developer fan motor 1/2 YC7 Connected to drum unit K Pin 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 YC8 Connected to waste toner sensor 1/2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 YC9 Connected to developer unit K 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 24V DLP_FAN_Bk 24V DLP_FAN_M 3.3 V DC (pulse) EEPROM data signal 24 V DC 0/24 V DC 5 V DC Analog 5 V DC Analog 5 V DC Analog 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) EEPROM data signal 0/3.3 V DC Description 24 V DC power to DEVFM2 DEVFM2: On/Off 24 V DC power to DEVFM1 DEVFM1: On/Off 3.3 V DC 3.3V2 EEP_SCL1 EEP_SDA1 GND DRM_ADR0_Bk DRM_ADR1_Bk 24V ERS_Bk_REM 5V WTNR_FULL WTNR_LED 5V_LED GND WTNR_SET 5V WTNR_NEAR WTNR_LED 5V_LED TPD_TEMP_BK DLP_VCONT_BK _1 TPD_BK_1 TN_CLK_BK GND DLP_ADR1_BK DLP_ADR0_BK EEP_SDA1 EEP_SCL1 3.3 V DC power to DEVPWB-K 3.3 V DC power to DRPWB-K 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) EEPROM clock signal 0/3.3 V DC power to VM-K VM-K: On/Off 2-3-61 .3 V DC Analog Ground Not used Not used 24 V DC power to CL-K CL-K: On/Off 5 V DC power to WTS1 WTS1 detection signal 5 V DC power to WTS1 Ground WTS2 detection signal 5 V DC power to WTS2 Not used Not used Not used Developer thermistor K detection signal DEVPWB-K control signal DEVPWB-K detection signal Ground Not used Not used 0/3.3 V DC 0/24 V DC 3.3 V DC (pulse) Clock signal 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) WTS1 LED emitter signal 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) EEPROM clock signal 3.

3 V DC (pulse) EEPROM data signal 0/3.3 V DC power to DRPWB-C 0/3.3V2 EEP_SCL1 EEP_SDA1 GND DRM_ADR0_M DRM_ADR1_M 24V ERS_M_REM TPD_TEMP_M DLP_VCONT_M_ 1 TPD_M_1 TN_CLK_M GND DLP_ADR1_M DLP_ADR0_M EEP_SDA1 EEP_SCL1 3.3V2 EEP_SCL1 EEP_SDA1 GND DRM_ADR0_C DRM_ADR1_C 24V ERS_C_REM Signal I/O O O I/O O O I O I O I/O O O O O O O I/O O O Voltage 3.3 V DC (pulse) EEPROM clock signal 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) EEPROM clock signal 3.3 V DC (pulse) EEPROM data signal 24 V DC 0/24 V DC Ground Not used Not used 24 V DC power to CL-C CL-C: On/Off 2-3-62 .3 V DC (pulse) EEPROM clock signal 0/3.3 V DC Analog Ground Not used Not used 24 V DC power to CL-M CL-M: On/Off Developer thermistor M detection signal DEVPWB-M control signal DEVPWB-M detection signal Ground Not used Not used 0/3.3 V DC 0/24 V DC 3.3 V DC 3.3 V DC power to VM-M VM-M: On/Off 3.3 V DC (pulse) Clock signal 0/3.3V2 3V VIB_MOT 3.3 V DC power to DEVPWB-M 3.3 V DC Description 3.3 V DC power to DRPWB-M 0/3.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Connector YC10 Connected to drum unit M Pin 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 YC11 Connected to developer unit M 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 YC12 Connected to drum unit C 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 3.3 V DC 3.3 V DC (pulse) EEPROM data signal 24 V DC 0/24 V DC Analog 0/3.

3 V DC 3.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Connector YC13 Connected to developer unit C Pin 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 YC14 Connected to drum unit Y 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 YC15 Connected to developer unit Y 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 Signal TPD_TEMP_C DLP_VCONT_C_ 1 TPD_C_1 TN_CLK_C GND DLP_ADR1_C DLP_ADR0_C EEP_SDA1 EEP_SCL1 3.3V2 EEP_SCL1 EEP_SDA1 GND DRM_ADR0_ Y DRM _ADR1_ Y 24V ERS_ Y _REM TPD_TEMP_Y DLP_VCONT_Y_ 1 TPD_Y_1 TN_CLK_Y GND DLP_ADR1_Y DLP_ADR0_Y EEP_SDA1 EEP_SCL1 3.3 V DC (pulse) Clock signal 0/3.3 V DC power to DEVPWB-C 3.3 V DC power to DRPWB-Y 0/3.3 V DC 0/24 V DC 3.3 V DC 0/24 V DC 3.3 V DC (pulse) EEPROM clock signal 0/3.3V2 3V VIB_MOT I/O I O I O I/O O O O O O O I/O O O I O I O I/O O O O O Voltage Analog 0/3.3 V DC 3.3V2 3V VIB_MOT 3.3 V DC Analog Ground Not used Not used 24 V DC power to CL-Y CL-Y: On/Off Developer thermistor Y detection signal DEVPWB-Y control signal DEVPWB-Y detection signal Ground Not used Not used 0/3.3 V DC power to DEVPWB-Y 3.3 V DC power to VM-C VM-C: On/Off 3.3 V DC 3.3 V DC (pulse) EEPROM clock signal 3.3 V DC (pulse) EEPROM data signal 24 V DC 0/24 V DC Analog 0/3.3 V DC power to VM-Y VM-Y: On/Off 2-3-63 .3 V DC Analog Description Developer thermistor C detection signal DEVPWB-C control signal DEVPWB-C detection signal Ground Not used Not used 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) EEPROM clock signal 3.3 V DC (pulse) Clock signal 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) EEPROM data signal 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) EEPROM data signal 0/3.

front cover switch.3 V DC Description 3.3V1 I2C_SDA GND I2C_SCL Signal I/O O I O O O O O O O I O Voltage 3.3 V DC (pulse) EEPROM data signal 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) EEPROM data signal 0/3. LSU fan motor and waste toner motor Pin 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 YC19 Connected to outer temperature sensor 2 1 2 3 4 3.3 V DC (pulse) EEPROM clock signal 0/3.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Connector YC16 Connected to outer temperature sensor 1.3 V DC (pulse) EEPROM clock signal 2-3-64 .3 V DC power to OTEM2 Ground 0/3.3 V DC 24 V DC DC0V/243V DC0V/243V 24 V DC 3.3 V DC power to OTEM1 Ground FRCSW: On/Off Ground 24 V DC power to LSUFM LSUFM: On/Off WTM: On/Off 24 V DC power to WTM Ground 3.3 V DC 0/3.3V1 I2C_SDA GND I2C_SCL FRONT_OPEN GND 24V LSU_FAN_OUT CL_MOT 24V GND 3.

2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC 2-3-7 Feed PWB 1 11 YC20 2 1 YC19 1 7 8 YC3 1 64 YC18 1 20 1 YC27 9 4 YC26 1 YC4 1 YC17 YC4 1 18 50 1 YC14 1 1 2 15 YC16 YC10 12 1 6 1 1 1 YC23 YC4 YC12 YC13 10 8 3 YC22 2 1 YC25 4 1 8 YC9 1 7 Figure 2-3-8 Feed PWB 1 silk-screen diagram 1 YC8 1 1 YC11 3 1 YC5 3 1 YC15 2-3-65 .

3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC 0/24 V DC 0/24 V DC 0/3.3 V DC 0/24 V DC 0/24 V DC 0/24 V DC DUM2 control signal Not used Not used Not used Not used Not used Ground MPLM: On/Off MPLM: On/Off MPPFCL: On/Off 2-3-66 .3 V DC (pulse) DUM2 clock signal 0/3.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Connector YC1 Connected to engine PWB Pin 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 GND REG_F_LED REG_SENS_F_P REG_SENS_F_S GND REG_R_LED REG_SENS_RP( BK) REG_SENS_RS( BK) CLN_SOL_REM CLN_SOL_RET GND BELT_JAM_SENS DU_SENS PRESS_RLS_SE NS PRESS_MOT_RE M2 PRESS_MOT_RE M1 DU_FAN DU_OPEN GND DU2_REM(CL_L OW) DU2_CLK DU2_PD INTER_LOCK TC_TONER_VCO NT TC_TONER_FUL L TC_TONER_LED TC_MOT_LOCK GND MPF_LIFT1 MPF_LIF2 MPF_CL Signal I/O I O O I O O I I O O I I O I I I I I I Analog Analog Analog Analog Analog Analog 0/24 V DC 0/24 V DC 0/3.3 V DC Voltage Ground IDS1 control signal IDS1 detection signal IDS1 detection signal Ground IDS2 control signal IDS2 detection signal IDS2 detection signal CLSOL: On/Off (ACT) CLSOL: On/Off (RET) Ground Not used DUS2: On/Off TRRS: On/Off TRRM: On/Off TRRM: On/Off Not used DUCSW: On/Off Ground DUM2/DUCL2: On/Off Description 0/3.

3 V DC (pulse) FUM clock signal 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC Description MPFS: On/Off MPLS2: On/Off MPLS1: On/Off MPPS: On/Off Ground MPPLSW: On/Off MPPWSW: On/Off MPPWSW: On/Off MPPWSW: On/Off MPTSW: On/Off Ground FUM break signal FUM drive switch signal FUM ready signal FUM: On/Off Not used Ground ERFM: On/Off ERFM: On/Off Not used Fuser relay signal Not used Not used Not used Ground JFSSOL: On/Off JOCS: On/Off JEM drive switch signal JEM: On/Off Job separator set signal Ground 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC 0/24 V DC 0/24 V DC 0/3.3 V DC 0/24 V DC 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) JEM clock signal 2-3-67 .3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Connector YC1 Connected to engine PWB Pin 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 Signal MPF_JAM MPF_LIFT_DOW N MPF_LIFT_UP MPF_PPR_SET GND MPF_LNG MPF_WID3 MPF_WID2 MPF_WID1 MPF_TABLE GND FSR_MOT_BRK FSR_MOT_DIR FSR_MOT_RDY FSR_MOT_CLK FSR_MOT_REM FSR_CL_REM GND EXIT_REAR_FAN _H EXIT_REAR_FAN _L PRESS_REM FSR_RELAY ZEROC SUB_HEAT_REM MAIN_HEAT_RE M GND JOB_SOL_REM JOB_OPEN_SEN S JOB_MOT_DIR JOB_MOT_CLK JOB_MOT_REM JOB_SET GND I/O O O O O O O O O O I I O I I I I I I O I I I O Voltage 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.

3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) RM clock signal 0/3.3 V DC Voltage Ground Not used Not used Power off signal IHFM alarm signal IHFM: On/Off Not used Ground RM/RCL: On/Off Description 0/3.3 V DC RM control signal Ground Not used Not used Not used Not used Ground Not used Not used Not used Not used Ground Not used Not used Not used Not used 2-3-68 .3 V DC 0/24 V DC 0/3.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Connector YC2 Connected to engine PWB Pin 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 GND IH_PWB_FAN(U) _ALM DRM_HEAT_REM POWER_OFF IH_PWB_FAN_AL M IH_PWB_FAN_H IH_PWB_FAN_L GND REG_MOT_REM( CL) REG_MOT_CLK REG_MOT_PD GND DLP_MOT_CLR_ DIR DLP_MOT_CLR_ RDY DLP_MOT_CLR_ CLK DLP_MOT_CLR_ REM GND DRM_MOT_CLR_ DIR DRM_MOT_CLR_ RDY DRM_MOT_BK_C LR_CLK DRM_MOT_CLR_ REM GND DLP_MOT_BK_DI R DLP_MOT_BK_R DY DLP_MOT_BK_C LK DLP_MOT_BK_R EM Signal I/O I O I I I I 0/3.

3 V DC 0/24 V DC 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) DUM1 clock signal 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) TRCM clock signal 0/3.3 V DC 0/24 V DC 0/3.3 V DC DUM1 control signal FUFM: On/Off Ground LPS: On/Off Not used Ground 2-3-69 .3 V DC Voltage Ground Not used Not used Not used Not used Ground TRCM break signal TRCM drive switch signal TRCM ready signal Description 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC TRCM: On/Off Ground Not used DUS1: On/Off EFM: On/Off Ground DUM1/DUCL1: On/Off 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Connector YC2 Connected to engine PWB Pin 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 GND DRM_MOT_BK_B RK DRM_MOT_BK_D IR DRM_MOT_BK_R DY DRM_MOT_BK_R EM GND TRANS_MOT_BR K TRANS_MOT_DI R TRANS_MOT_RD Y TRANS_MOT_CL K TRANS_MOT_RE M GND TCON_SET DU_ENTER_SEN S EXIT_FAN GND DU1_MOT_REM( CL_H) DU1_MOT_CLK DU1_MOT_PD EDGE_FAN_H GND LOOP_SENS M_TEMP GND Signal I/O I I O I I O I I I I I O 0/3.

3 V DC power to IDS1 IDS1 control signal Ground IDS1 detection signal IDS1 detection signal 3.3 V DC Analog Analog Analog 3.3 V DC power to IDS2 IDS2 control signal Ground IDS2 detection signal IDS2 detection signal 24 V DC power to CLSOL CLSOL: On/Off (ACT) CLSOL: On/Off (RET) 2-3-70 .3V REG_F_LED GND REG_SENS_F_P REG_SENS_F_S 3.3 V DC Analog Analog Analog 24 V DC 0/24 V DC 0/24 V DC Description 24 V DC power to EPWB 24 V DC power to EPWB Ground Ground 12 V DC power to EPWB Ground 5 V DC power to EPWB Ground 24 V DC power from PSPWB 24 V DC power from PSPWB 24 V DC power from PSPWB 12 V DC power from PSPWB Ground Ground Ground Ground Ground FH: On/Off Sleep mode signal: On/Off Ground Not used 3.3 V DC 3.3V REG_R_LED GND REG_SENS_R_P REG_SENS_R_S 24V CLN_SOL_REM CLN_SOL_RET I/O O O O O I I I I O O O O I I O O I I O O O Voltage 24 V DC 24 V DC 12 V DC 5 V DC 24 V DC 24 V DC 24 V DC 12 V DC 0/3.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Connector YC3 Connected to engine PWB Pin 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 YC4 Connected to power source PWB 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 YC5 Connected to power source PWB YC10 Connected to ID sensor1/2 and cleaning solenoid 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 Signal +24V1 +24V1 GND GND +12V GND +5V GND +24V1 +24V1 +24V1 +12V GND GND GND GND GND DRM_HEAT_REM POWER_OFF GND M_TEMP 3.3 V DC 0/3.

3 V DC Description 24 V DC power to IHFM IHFM: On/Off IHFM alarm signal 24 V DC power to FPWB2 24 V DC power to FPWB2 5 V DC power to FPWB2 Ground Ground Ground TRM break signal TRM drive switch signal TRM ready signal 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC 24 V DC 24 V DC 5 V DC 0/3.3 V DC 5 V DC 0/24 V DC 0/24 V DC TRM: On/Off Ground 24 V DC power to TRM Not used Not used Not used Not used Not used Not used Not used DUS2: On/Off TRRS: On/Off 5 V DC power to FPWB2 TRRM: On/Off TRRM: On/Off 2-3-71 .3 V DC (pulse) TRM clock signal 0/24 V DC 24 V DC 0/3.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Connector YC11 Connected to IH fan motor YC12 Connected to feed PWB 2 Pin 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 YC13 Connected to transfer motor 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 YC14 Connected to relay PWB 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Signal +24V1 IH_PWB_FAN IH_PWB_FAN_AL M +24V2 +24V2 +5V GND GND GND TRANS_MOT_BR K TRANS_MOT_DI R TRANS_MOT_RD Y TRANS_MOT_CL K TRANS_MOT_RE M GND 24V2 GND 24V2 TANK_SET REG_BK_LED REG_BK_SENS1 _P REG_BK_SENS1 _S BELT_JAM_SENS DU_SENS PRESS_RLS_SE NS 5V PRESS_RLSMOT 21 PRESS_RLSMOT 2 I/O O O I O O O O O I O O O I I O O O Voltage 24 V DC 0/24 V DC 0/3.

2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Connector YC14 Connected to relay PWB Pin 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 YC15 Connected to paper conveying unit switch YC16 Connected to high voltage PWB 2 YC17 Connected to relay PWB 1 2 3 24V2 DU_FAN DU_CL_LOWER_ REM DU_OPEN_SW DU2_B/ DU2_A/ DU2_B DU2_A 5V_LED +24V1 N.3 V DC 0/3.C +24V2 Signal I/O O O I O O O O O I Voltage 24 V DC 0/24 V DC 0/3.3 V DC 3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC power to FPWB2 MPPLSW: On/Off 2-3-72 .3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC 0/24 V DC (pulse) 0/24 V DC (pulse) 0/24 V DC (pulse) 0/24 V DC (pulse) 24 V DC 24 V DC Description 24 V DC power to FPWB2 Not used DUCL2: On/Off DUCSW: On/Off DUM2 drive control signal DUM2 drive control signal DUM2 drive control signal DUM2 drive control signal Not used 24 V DC power to PCUSW Not used 24 V DC power from PCUSW 1 2 +24V2 GND O - 24 V DC - 24 V DC power to HVPWB2 Ground 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 TC_TONER_LED TC_TONER_FUL L TC_TONER_MOT _B TC_TONER_MOT _A MPF_LIFT_MOT_ B MPF_LIFT_MOT_ A 24V2 MPF_CL_REM MPF_JAM_SENS MPF_LIFT_DOW N_SENS MPF_LIFT_UP_S ENS MPF_PPR_SET LED_3.3 V DC Not used Not used Not used Not used MPLM: On/Off MPLM: On/Off 24 V dc power to FPWB2 MPPFCL: On/Off MPFS: On/Off MPLS2: On/Off MPLS1: On/Off MPPS: On/Off 3.3V3 MPF_LNG O O O O I I I I O I 0/24 V DC 0/24 V DC 24 V DC 0/24 V DC 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.

3 V DC 0/24 V DC 24 V DC 0/24 V DC 24 V DC Description MPPWSW: On/Off MPPWSW: On/Off MPPWSW: On/Off MPTSW: On/Off Ground Ground FUM break signal FUM drive switch signal FUM ready signal FUM: On/Off Ground 24 V DC power to FUM ERFM: On/Off 24 V DC power to ERFM 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) FUM clock signal 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 JOB_SET GND GND JOB_MOT_REM 24V1 JOB_MOT_CLK 5V JOB_MOT_DIR JOB_OPEN_SEN S JOB_SOL_REM NC I O O O O O I O - 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Connector YC17 Connected to relay PWB Pin 15 16 17 18 19 20 YC18 Connected to fuser motor 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 YC19 Connected to eject rear fan motor YC20 Connected to job separator 1 2 Signal MPF_WID3 MPF_WID2 MPF_WID1 MPF_TABLE GND GND FSR_MOT_BRK FSR_MOT_DIR FSR_MOT_RDY FSR_MOT_CLK FSR_MOT_REM GND 24V2 EXIT_REAR_FAN +24V1 I/O I I I I O O I O O O O O Voltage 0/3.3 V DC 24 V DC 5 V DC 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) JEM clock signal 2-3-73 .3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC 0/24 V DC - Job separator set signal Ground Ground JEM: On/Off 24 V DC power to JMPWB 5 V DC power to JMPWB JEM drive switch signal JOCS: On/Off JFSSOL: On/Off Not used 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.

3 V DC 3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC 24 V DC Description DUS1: On/Off EFM: On/Off 24 V DC power to FPWB2 DUCL1: On/Off Ground DUM1 drive control signal DUM1 drive control signal DUM1 drive control signal DUM1 drive control signal FUFM: On/Off LPS: On/Off 3.3 V DC 3.3V3 GND GND MAIN_HEAT_RE M SUB_HEAT_REM +24V2 ZEROC GND GND FSR_RELAY +24V1 PRESS_REM I/O I O O O O O O O O I O O O O O O O O O Voltage 0/3.3 V DC 0/24 V DC 24 V DC 0/24 V DC 0/24 V DC (pulse) 0/24 V DC (pulse) 0/24 V DC (pulse) 0/24 V DC (pulse) 0/24 V DC 0/3.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Connector YC23 Connected to relay PWB Pin 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 YC25 Connected to registration motor YC26 Connected to engine PWB 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 YC27 Connected to fuser IH PWB 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Signal DU_ENTER_SEN S EXIT_FAN 24V2 DU_CL_UPPER_ REM GND DU1_B/ DU1_A/ DU1_B DU1_A EDGE_FAN_REM LOOP_SENS 3.3 V DC power to EPWB 3.3V REG_MOT_B/ REG_MOT_A/ REG_MOT_B REG_MOT_A 3.3 V DC 0/24 V DC (pulse) 0/24 V DC (pulse) 0/24 V DC (pulse) 0/24 V DC (pulse) 3.3V2 3.3 V DC power to EPWB Ground Ground Not used Not used Not used Not used Not used Ground Fuser relay signal 24 V DC power to IHPWB Not used 2-3-74 .3 V DC power to FPWB2 RM drive control signal RM drive control signal RM drive control signal RM drive control signal 3.

2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC 2-3-8 Feed PWB 2 50 1 1 6 YC10 YC1 YC11 1 7 2 1 YC2 YC4 28 15 1 YC7 1 24 1 15 YC8 YC3 13 12 1 1 2 14 3 1 YC5 3 Figure 2-3-9 Feed PWB 2 silk-screen diagram 5 YC6 2-3-75 YC13 YC12 1 1 4 .

3 V DC 0/3.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Connector YC1 Connected to engine PWB Pin 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 GND FEED_MOT_REM FEED_MOT_CLK FEED_MOT_RDY FEED_MOT_DIR FEED_CL1_REM FEED_CL2_REM ASIST_CL2 LIFT_MOT2_REM GND LIFT_MOT1_REM 1 CAS2_WID CAS2_LNG3 CAS2_LNG2 CAS2_LNG1 CAS1_WID CAS1_LNG3 CAS1_LNG2 CAS1_LNG1 GND CAS2_QUANT2 CAS2_QUANT1 CAS1_QUANT2 CAS1_QUANT1 LIFT_MOT1_LOC K LIFT_MOT2_LOC K CURRENT_SIG V-FEED_CL COVER_OPEN FEED2_SENS CAS1_P0 CAS1_LIFT_UP GND CAS1_EMPTY Signal I/O I I O I I I I I I O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O I O O O O O 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC 0/24 V DC 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) PFM clock signal 2-3-76 .3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC 0/24 V DC 0/24 V DC 0/24 V DC 0/24 V DC 0/24 V DC 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC Voltage Ground PFM: On/Off PFM ready signal PFM drive switch signal PFCL1: On/Off PFCL2: On/Off ASCL2: On/Off LM2: On/Off Ground LM1: On/Off PWSW2: On/Off PLSW2: On/Off PLSW2: On/Off PLSW2: On/Off PWSW1: On/Off PLSW1: On/Off PLSW1: On/Off PLSW1: On/Off Ground PGS2(L): On/Off PGS2(U): On/Off PGS1(L): On/Off PGS1(U): On/Off LM1 lock signal LM2 lock signal Current signal PCCL: On/Off RLCSW: On/Off PFPCS1: On/Off FS1: On/Off LS1: On/Off Ground PS1: On/Off Description 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.

3 V DC MM control signal ASCL1: On/Off Not used PFM drive switch signal PFM ready signal PFM: On/Off Ground 24 V DC power to PFM PLSW1: On/Off PLSW1: On/Off Ground PLSW1: On/Off PWSW1: On/Off Ground PLSW2: On/Off PLSW2: On/Off Ground PLSW2: On/Off PWSW2: On/Off Ground 0/3. lift motor 1/2.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC 0/24 V DC 0/3.3 V DC 0/24 V DC 0/24 V DC 0/3.3 V DC 24 V DC 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) PFM clock signal 2-3-77 .3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC Description PUSOL1: On/Off (RET) PUSOL1: On/Off (ACT) FS2: On/Off LS2: On/Off PS2: On/Off PUSOL2: On/Off (RET) PUSOL2: On/Off (ACT) Ground RS: On/Off PCS: On/Off RDS: On/Off MM control signal MM/MCL: On/Off 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) MM clock signal 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC 0/3. paper width switch 1/2.3 V DC 0/3. paper gauge sensor 1(U)/ (L) and paper gauge sensor 2(U)/(L) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 Signal PICK_SOL1_RET PICK_SOL1_REM CAS2_P0 CAS2_LIFT_UP CAS2_EMPTY PICK_SOL2_RET PICK_SOL2_REM GND REG_SENS FEED1_SENS BEND_SENS MID_MOT_PH MID_MOT_REM( ROL_CL) MID_MOT_CLK MID_MOT_PD ASIST_CL1 FEED_MOT_GAI N FEED_MOT_DIR FEED_MOT_RDY FEED_MOT_CLK FEED_MOT_REM GND 24V2 CAS1_LNG1 CAS1_LNG2 GND CAS1_LNG3 CAS1_WID GND CAS2_LNG1 CAS2_LNG2 GND CAS2_LNG3 CAS2_WID GND I/O I I O O O I I O O O I I I I I O I O O O I I I I I I I I Voltage 0/24 V DC 0/24 V DC 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Connector YC1 Connected to engine PWB Pin 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 YC2 Connected to paper feed motor 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 YC3 Connected to paper length switch 1/2.3 V DC 0/3.

3 V DC LM1: On/Off LM1: On/Off LM2: On/Off LM2: On/Off 5 V DC power to PGS1(U) Ground PGS1(U): On/Off 5 V DC power to PGS1(L) Ground PGS1(L): On/Off 5 V DC power to PGS2(U) Ground PGS2(U): On/Off 5 V DC power to PGS2(L) Ground PGS2(L): On/Off PFCL1: On/Off PFCL124 V DC power to PFCL1 PFCL2: On/Off 24 V DC power to PFCL2 Not used 24 V DC power to PCCL PCCL: On/Off 5 V DC power to PCS Ground PCS: On/Off PCCSW: On/Off Ground Description 2-3-78 . lift motor 1/2.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Connector YC3 Connected to paper length switch 1/2.3 V DC 5 V DC 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC 5 V DC 0/3. paper width switch 1/2.3 V DC 5 V DC 0/3. paper gauge sensor 1(U)/ (L) and paper gauge sensor 2(U)/(L) Pin 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 YC4 Connected to paper feed clutch 1/2 YC5 Connected to paper conveying clutch YC6 Connected to paper conveying sensor and paper conveying cover switch 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 Signal LIFT_MOT1_RET LIFT_MOT1_DR LIFT_MOT2_RET LIFT_MOT2_DR LED_5V GND CAS1_QUANT1 LED_5V GND CAS1_QUANT2 LED_5V GND CAS2_QUANT1 LED_5V GND CAS2_QUANT2 FEED_CL1_REM 24V2 FEED_CL2_REM 24V2 NC 24V2 V-FEED_CL_REM LED_5V GND FEED2_SENS COVER_OPEN GND I/O O O O O O I O I O I O I O O O O O O O I I Voltage 0/24 V DC 0/24 V DC 0/24 V DC 0/24 V DC 5 V DC 0/3.3 V DC 0/24 V DC 24 V DC 0/24 V DC 24 V DC 24 V DC 0/24 V DC 5 V DC 0/3.

3 V DC 5 V DC 0/3.3 V DC 5 V DC 0/3.3 V DC 24 V DC 0/24 V DC 0/24 V DC 5 V DC 0/3.3 V DC 5 V DC 0/3.3 V DC 5 V DC 0/3.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Connector YC7 Connected to middle motor. regist deflection sensor.3 V DC 5 V DC Description MM drive control signal MM drive control signal MM drive control signal MM drive control signal RDS: On/Off Ground 5 V DC power to RDS Ground MS: On/Off 5 V DC power to MS Ground RS: On/Off 5 V DC power to RS MCL: On/Off 24 V DC power to MCL 24 V DC power to PUSOL1 PUSOL1: On/Off (ACT) PUSOL1: On/Off (RET) 5 V DC power to PS1 Ground PS1: On/Off 5 V DC power to LS1 Ground LS1: On/Off 5 V DC power to FS1 FS1: On/Off Ground 24 V DC power to PUSOL2 PUSOL2: On/Off (ACT) PUSOL2: On/Off (RET) 5 V DC power to PS2 Ground PS2: On/Off 5 V DC power to LS2 2-3-79 . middle sensor and registration sensor Pin 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 YC8 Connected to primary paper feed unit 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 Signal MID_B/ MID_A/ MID_B MID_A BEND_SENS GND 5V GND FEED1_SENS 5V GND REG_SENS 5V MID_CL_REM 24V2 24V2 PICK_SOL1_REM PICK_SOL1_RET LED_5V GND CAS1_EMPTY_S ENS LED_5V GND CAS1_LIFT_UP_ SENS 5V CAS1_P0_SENS GND 24V2 PICK_SOL2_REM PICK_SOL2_RET LED_5V GND CAS2_EMPTY_S ENS LED_5V I/O O O O O I O I O I O O O O O O O I O I O I O O O O I O Voltage 0/24 V DC (pulse) 0/24 V DC (pulse) 0/24 V DC (pulse) 0/24 V DC (pulse) 0/3.3 V DC 5 V DC 0/24 V DC 24 V DC 24 V DC 0/24 V DC 0/24 V DC 5 V DC 0/3.

3 V DC 5 V DC Current signal Ground 5 V DC power from CRPWB 2-3-80 .3 V DC 0/24 V DC 24 V DC Voltage Ground LS2: On/Off 5 V DC power to FS2 FS2: On/Off Ground ASCL1: On/Off 24 V DC power to ASCL1 Description 1 2 3 4 5 6 GND GND GND +5V +24V2 +24V2 ASIST_CL2 24V2 O O O O O 5 V DC 24 V DC 24 V DC 0/24 V DC 24 V DC Ground Ground Ground 5 V DC power to FPWB1 24 V DC power to FPWB1 24 V DC power to FPWB1 ASCL2: On/Off 24 V DC power to ASCL2 YC12 Connected to assist clutch 2 YC13 Connected to current PWB 1 2 1 2 3 CURRENT_SIG GND 5V1 I I 0/3.3 V DC 5 V DC 0/3.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Connector YC8 Connected to primary paper feed unit Pin 20 21 22 23 24 YC10 Connected to assist clutch 1 YC11 Connected to feed PWB 1 1 2 GND CAS2_LIFT_UP_ SENS 5V CAS2_P0_SENS GND ASIST_CL1 24V2 Signal I/O I O I O O 0/3.

2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC 2-3-9 Relay PWB 1 YC6 7 10 9 YC5 1 2 YC15 Figure 2-3-10 Relay PWB silk-screen diagram YC2 1 1 1 1 YC12 YC3 16 20 1 YC4 4 8 2 1 YC7 1 YC8 1 6 3 YC1 YC14 1 11 YC9 YC10 1 1 18 12 YC13 YC16 1 1 8 YC11 9 1 2-3-81 .

3 V DC 5 V DC 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC 0/24 V DC 24 V DC 0/24 V DC 0/24 V DC 5 V DC 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Connector YC1 Connected to feed PWB 1 Pin 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 YC2 Connected to MP tray unit 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Signal 5V_LED DU2_A DU2_B DU2_A/ DU2_B/ DU_OPEN_SW DU_CL_LOWER_ REM DU_FAN 24V2 PRESS_RLS_RE M2 PRESS_RLS_RE M1 5V PRESS_RLS_SE NS DU_SENS BELT_JAM_SENS REG_BK_SENS1 _S REG_BK_SENS1 _P REG_BK_LED GND MPF_LNG 5V MPF_WID3 MPF_WID2 GND MPF_WID1 GND MPF_TABLE I/O I I I I O I I I I I O O I O I I I I 0/24 V DC (pulse) 0/24 V DC (pulse) 0/24 V DC (pulse) 0/24 V DC (pulse) 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC Voltage Not used DUM2 drive control signal DUM2 drive control signal DUM2 drive control signal DUM2 drive control signal DUCSW: On/Off DUCL2: On/Off Not used 24 V DC power from FPWB1 TRRM: On/Off TRRM: On/Off 5 V DC power from FPWB1 TRRS: On/Off DUS2: On/Off Not used Not used Not used Not used Ground MPPLSW: On/Off 5 V DC power to MPPLSW MPPWSW: On/Off MPPWSW: On/Off Ground MPPWSW: On/Off Ground MPTSW: On/Off Description 2-3-82 .3 V DC 0/3.

3 V DC power to MPPLSW Ground MPPS: On/Off Ground MPLS1: On/Off 5 V DC power to MPLS1 Ground MPLS2: On/Off 5 V DC power to MPLS1 Ground MPFS: On/Off 5 V DC power to MPFS MPPFCL: On/Off 24 V DC power to MPPFCL MPLM: On/Off MPLM: On/Off 24 V DC power to DUCL2 DUCL2: On/Off DUCSW: On/Off Ground DUM2 drive control signal DUM2 drive control signal DUM2 drive control signal DUM2 drive control signal Ground DUS2: On/Off 5 V DC power to DUS2 2-3-83 .3 V DC 5 V DC 0/3.3V3 GND MPF_PPR_SET GND MPF_LIFT_UP_S ENS 5V GND MPF_LIFT_DOW N_SENS 5V GND MPF_JAM_SENS 5V MPF_CL_REM 24V2 MPF_LIFT_DR_A MPF_LIFT_DR_B 24V2 DU_CL2_REM DU_OPEN GND DU2_B/ DU2_A/ DU2_B DU2_A GND DU_SENS 5V I/O O I I O I O I O O O O O O O I O O O O I O Voltage 3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Connector YC3 Connected to MP tray unit Pin 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 YC7 Connected to duplex clutch 2.3 V DC 5 V DC Description 3.3 V DC 5 V DC 0/24 V DC 24 V DC 0/24 V DC 0/24 V DC 24 V DC 0/24 V DC 0/3.3 V DC 0/24 V DC (pulse) 0/24 V DC (pulse) 0/24 V DC (pulse) 0/24 V DC (pulse) 0/3. duplex cover switch and duplex motor 2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 YC9 Connected to duplex sensor 2 1 2 3 Signal LED_3.3 V DC 5 V DC 0/3.

3V3 MPF_PPR_SET MPF_LIFT_UP_S ENS MPF_LIFT_DOW N_SENS MPF_JAM_SENS I/O I O I O O O O O O O O O O O O I O O O O Voltage 0/3.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Connector YC10 Connected to loop sensor Pin 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 YC11 Connected to duplex sensor 1. eject fan motor and duplex clutch 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 YC12 Connected to feed PWB 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 Signal LOOP_SENS GND 5V 3.3 V DC LPS: On/Off Ground 5 V DC power to LPS Not used Not used Not used Not used Not used Not used Not used Not used Ground DUS1: On/Off 5 V DC power to DUS1 EFM1: On/Off 24 V DC power to EFM1 EFM2: On/Off 24 V DC power to EFM2 24 V DC power to DUCL1 DUCL1: On/Off Ground Ground MPTSW: On/Off MPPWSW: On/Off MPPWSW: On/Off MPPWSW: On/Off MPPLSW: On/Off 3.3 V DC 3.3V REG_BK_LED GND REG_BK_SENS1 _P REG_BK_SENS1 _S GND BELT_JAM_SENS 5V GND DU_ENTER_SEN S 5V EXIT_FAN_REM 24V2 EXIT_FAN_REM 24V2 24V2 DU_CL_UPPER_ REM GND GND MPF_TABLE MPF_WID1 MPF_WID2 MPF_WID3 MPF_LNG LED_3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC 5 V DC 0/24 V DC 24 V DC 0/24 V DC 24 V DC 24 V DC 0/24 V DC 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC 5 V DC 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC power from FPWB1 MPPS: On/Off MPLS1: On/Off MPLS2: On/Off MPFS: On/Off Description 2-3-84 .3 V DC 0/3.

2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Connector YC12 Connected to feed PWB 1 Pin 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 YC13 Connected to feed PWB 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 YC14 Connected to transfer release sensor and transfer release motor 1 2 3 4 5 6 Signal MPF_CL_REM 24V2 MPF_LIFT_MOT_ A MPF_LIFT_MOT_ B TC_TONER_MOT _A TC_TONER_MOT _B TC_TONER_FUL L TC_TONER_LED 3.3 V DC 0/24 V DC 0/24 V DC (pulse) 0/24 V DC (pulse) 0/24 V DC (pulse) 0/24 V DC (pulse) 0/24 V DC 24 V DC 0/24 V DC 0/3.3 V DC 5 V DC 0/24 V DC 0/24 V DC Description MPPFCL: On/Off 24 V DC power from FPWB1 MPLM: On/Off MPLM: On/Off Not used Not used Not used Not used 3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC power from FPWB1 LPS: On/Off FUFM: On/Off DUM1 drive control signal DUM1 drive control signal DUM1 drive control signal DUM1 drive control signal Ground DUCL1: On/Off 24 V DC power from FPWB1 EFM: On/Off DUS1: On/Off Ground TRRS: On/Off 5 V DC power to TRRS TRRM: On/Off TRRM: On/Off Not used 2-3-85 .3 V DC 0/3.3V LOOP_SENS EDGE_FAN_REM DU1_A DU1_B DU1_A/ DU1_B/ GND DU_CL_UPPER_ REM 24V2 EXIT_FAN DU_ENTER_SEN S GND PRESS_RLS_SE NS 5V PRESS_RLS_RE M1 PRESS_RLS_RE M2 NC I/O I I I I I I I I I I I I I I O I O O O Voltage 0/24 V DC 24 V DC 0/24 V DC 0/24 V DC 3.

2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Connector YC16 Connected to duplex motor 1 and fuser fan motor 1/2 Pin 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Signal DU1_B/ DU1_A/ DU1_B DU1_A EDGE_FAN_REM 24V2 EDGE_FAN_REM 24V2 I/O O O O O O O O O Voltage 0/24 V DC (pulse) 0/24 V DC (pulse) 0/24 V DC (pulse) 0/24 V DC (pulse) 0/24 V DC 24 V DC 0/24 V DC 24 V DC Description DUM1 drive control signal DUM1 drive control signal DUM1 drive control signal DUM1 drive control signal FUFM1: On/Off 24 V DC power to FUFM1 FUFM2: On/Off 24 V DC power to FUFM2 2-3-86 .

2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC 2-3-10 Motor control PWB 1 24 YC5 22 12 10 1 1 1 Figure 2-3-11 Motor control PWB silk-screen diagram 1 14 YC3 11 1 14 YC7 YC1 1 YC6 YC4 24 YC2 6 2-3-87 .

3 V DC 5 V DC 5 V DC 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) MCPWB clock signal 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) MCPWB serial communication data signal 0/3.3 V DC Not used MCPWB control signal MCPWB control signal Not used Not used Not used 5 V DC power to MCPWB 5 V DC power to MCPWB Ground Ground DRM-Y control signal 2-3-88 .3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC Voltage Ground Ground Ground 24 V DC power from PSPWB 24 V DC power from PSPWB 24 V DC power from PSPWB DRM-C control signal DRM-M control signal DRM-K control signal Not used TBLS: On/Off MCPWB control signal MCPWB ready signal Description 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) MCPWB serial communication data signal 0/3.3 V DC MCPWB select signal 0/3.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Connector YC2 Connected to power source PWB Pin 1 2 3 4 5 6 YC3 Connected to engine PWB 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 GND GND GND +24V1 +24V1 +24V1 DRM_INDEX_C DRM_INDEX_M DRM_INDEX_BK BLT_INDEX BLT_SPEED EMERGENCY ENG_RDY ENG_SDO ENG_SEL ENG_SDI ENG_CLK BLT_FG MOT_ON MOT_DATA_SET BLT_REM BLT_VM BLT_BRAKE +5V +5V GND GND DRM_INDEX_Y Signal I/O I I I I I I I I O O I I I I I I I I 24 V DC 24 V DC 24 V DC 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.

2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Connector YC4 Connected to drum motor C/Y Pin 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 YC5 Connected to drum motor K/M 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC DRM_C_BRAKE DRM_Y_BRAKE DRM_C_GAIN DRM_Y_GAIN DRM_C_CW/ CCW DRM_Y_CW/ CCW DRM_C_LD DRM_Y_LD DRM_C_CLK DRM_Y_CLK DRM_C_S/S DRM_Y_S/S PGND PGND +24V1 +24V1 NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC DRM_BK_BRAKE DRM_M_BRAKE DRM_BK_GAIN Signal I/O O O O O O O O O O O 0/24 V DC 0/24 V DC 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) DRM-C clock signal 0/3.3 V DC Voltage Not used Not used Not used Not used Not used Not used Not used Not used Not used Not used Not used Not used DRM-C: On/Off DRM-Y: On/Off DRM-C control signal DRM-Y control signal Description 0/3.3 V DC 24 V DC 24 V DC DRM-C control signal DRM-Y control signal Ground Ground 24 V DC power to DRM-C 24 V DC power to DRM-Y Not used Not used Not used Not used Not used Not used Not used Not used Not used Not used Not used 2-3-89 .3 V DC (pulse) DRM-Y clock signal 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.

3 V DC 24 V DC 0/24 V DC 0/3.3 V DC Voltage Not used DRM-K: On/Off DRM-M: On/Off DRM-K control signal DRM-M control signal Description 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) DRM-K clock signal 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) DRM-M clock signal 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) DEVM-MCY clock signal 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) DEVM-K clock signal 2-3-90 .3 V DC 24 V DC DRM-K control signal DRM-M control signal Ground Ground 24 V DC power to DRM-K 24 V DC power to DRM-M Not used DEVM-MCY: On/Off DEVM-MCY control signal DEVM-MCY control signal Ground 24 V DC power to DEVM-MCY Not used DEVM-K: On/Off DEVM-K control signal DEVM-K control signal Ground 24 V DC power to DRM-K 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Connector YC5 Connected to drum motor K/M Pin 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 YC7 Connected to developer motor MCY/K 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 Signal DRM_M_GAIN DRM_BK_CW/ CCW DRM_M_CW/ CCW DRM_BK_LD DRM_M_LD DRM_BK_CLK DRM_M_CLK DRM_BK_S/S DRM_M_S/S PGND PGND +24V1 +24V1 DLP_M_GAIN DLP_M_CW/CCW DLP_M_LD DLP_M_CLK DLP_M_S/S PGND +24V1 DLP_BK_GAIN DLP_BK_CW/ CCW DLP_BK_LD DLP_BK_CLK DLP_BK_S/S PGND +24V1 I/O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O 0/24 V DC 0/24 V DC 0/3.3 V DC 24 V DC 24 V DC 0/24 V DC 0/3.

2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC 2-3-11 LSU relay PWB 10 1 5 1 10 1 5 1 10 1 5 1 10 YC2 60 YC1 8 1 Figure 2-3-12 LSU relay PWB silk-screen diagram 2-3-91 YC3 YC4 YC5 YC6 YC7 YC8 YC9 YC10 1 1 5 1 .

3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC Description 24 V DC power from PSPWB 24 V DC power from PSPWB Ground Ground 5 V DC power from EPWB 5 V DC power from EPWB Ground Ground 3.3 V DC (pulse) APCPWB-K EEPROM data signal 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) APCPWB-Y EEPROM data signal 0/3.3 V DC power from EPWB Ground Ground Ground Ground Ground Control signal Ground APCPWB-Y control signal APCPWB-C control signal APCPWB-M control signal APCPWB-K control signal APCPWB-K control signal Ground APCPWB-Y control signal APCPWB-Y control signal APCPWB-Y control signal APCPWB-Y control signal APCPWB-Y control signal Ground 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Clock signal 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) APCPWB-M EEPROM data signal 0/3.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Connector YC1 Connected to power source PWB and engine PWB Pin 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 YC2 Connected to engine PWB 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 Signal +24V1 +24V1 GND GND +5V1 +5V1 GND GND +3.3 V DC (pulse) Serial communication data signal 0/3.3V2 GND SGND CLK SGND SDI SGND SDO SGND MSET_N SGND LDD_CS 1 Y EEPROM CS Y LDD_CS 1 C EEPROM CS C LDD_CS 1 M EEPROM CS M LDD_CS 2 Bk EEPROM CS 2 Bk LDD_CS 1 Bk EEPROM CS 1 Bk SGND INT_ST 1 Y PALA_SIG P0 Y PALA_SIG P1 Y PALA_SIG P2 Y GAIN FIX Y SGND I/O O O O O O I O I I I I/O I I/O I I/O I I/O I I/O I I I I I Voltage 24 V DC 24 V DC 5 V DC 5 V DC 3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Serial communication data signal 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) APCPWB-K EEPROM data signal 2-3-92 .3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) APCPWB-C EEPROM data signal 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.

3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Video data signal Y (N) 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Video data signal M (N) 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Video data signal K (P) Ground 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Video data signal C (P) 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Video data signal M (P) Ground 0/3.3 V DC Ground APCPWB-C control signal APCPWB-C control signal APCPWB-C control signal APCPWB-C control signal APCPWB-C control signal Ground 0/3.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Connector YC2 Connected to engine PWB Pin 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 Signal DATA_2N_Y(LVD S) DATA_2P_Y(LVD S) SGND INT_ST 1 C PALA_SIG P0 C PALA_SIG P1 C PALA_SIG P2 C GAIN FIX C SGND DATA_2N_C(LVD S) DATA_2P_C(LVD S) SGND INT_ST 1 M PALA_SIG P0 M PALA_SIG P1 M PALA_SIG P2 M GAIN FIX M SGND DATA_2N_M(LVD S) DATA_2P_M(LVD S) SGND DATA_3NBk(LVD S) DATA_3PBk(LVD S) SGND DATA_4NBk(LVD S) DATA_4PBk(LVD S) SGND PALA_SIG P3_2Bk I/O I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Voltage Description 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Video data signal K (N) 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC Ground APCPWB-K control signal 2-3-93 .3 V DC (pulse) Video data signal Y (P) 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Video data signal K (P) 0/3.3 V DC Ground APCPWB-M control signal APCPWB-M control signal APCPWB-M control signal APCPWB-M control signal APCPWB-M control signal Ground 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Video data signal C (N) 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Video data signal K (N) 0/3.

3 V DC (pulse) Horizontal synchronization signal Y 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) PM-Y clock signal 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Video data signal K (N) 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Video data signal Y (P) 0/24 V DC 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC Analog 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) APCPWB-Y clock signal 0/3.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Connector YC2 Connected to engine PWB Pin 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 YC3 Connected to engine PWB 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 Signal INT_ST 2 Bk INT_ST 1 Bk PALA_SIG P0 Bk PALA_SIG P1 Bk PALA_SIG P2 Bk GAIN FIX Bk SGND DATA_2NBk(LVD S) DATA_2PBk(LVD S) SGND SGND BD Y LSU_TH Y CUALM Y PALA_SIG P3 Y PALA_SIG P4 Y SGND SDCLK Y SGND DATA_1N_Y(LVD S) DATA_1P_Y(LVD S) SGND REM Y LOCK Y CLK Y SGND BD C LSU_TH C CUALM C PALA_SIG P3 C PALA_SIG P4 C SGND SDCLK C SGND I/O I I I I I I I I O O O I I I I I I O I O O O I I I Voltage 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Horizontal synchronization signal C 0/3.3 V DC Ground Ground LSU thermistor Y detection signal APCPWB-Y alarm signal APCPWB-Y control signal APCPWB-Y control signal Ground Ground 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Video data signal Y (N) 0/3.3 V DC Ground PM-Y: On/Off PM-Y lock signal Ground LSU thermistor C detection signal APCPWB-C alarm signal APCPWB-C control signal APCPWB-C control signal Ground Ground 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Video data signal K (P) Analog 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) APCPWB-C clock signal 2-3-94 .3 V DC Description APCPWB-K control signal APCPWB-K control signal APCPWB-K control signal APCPWB-K control signal APCPWB-K control signal APCPWB-K control signal Ground 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.

2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Connector YC3 Connected to engine PWB Pin 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 Signal DATA_1N_C(LVD S) DATA_1P_C(LVD S) SGND REM C LOCK C CLK C SGND BD M LSU_TH M CUALM M PALA_SIG P3 M PALA_SIG P4 M SGND SDCLK M SGND DATA_1N_M(LVD S) DATA_1P_M(LVD S) SGND REM M LOCK M CLK M SGND BD Bk LSU_TH Bk CUALM Bk PALA_SIG P3 Bk PALA_SIG P4 Bk SGND SDCLK Bk SGND DATA_1NBk(LVD S) DATA_1PBk(LVD S) I/O I I I O I O O O I I I I I I O I O O O I I I I I Voltage Description 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Video data signal C (N) 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Video data signal K (P) 2-3-95 .3 V DC (pulse) APCPWB-K clock signal 0/3.3 V DC Analog 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Video data signal M (P) 0/24 V DC 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) APCPWB-M clock signal 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) PM-C clock signal 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Horizontal synchronization signal K 0/3.3 V DC Ground PM-C: On/Off PM-C lock signal Ground LSU thermistor M detection signal APCPWB-M alarm signal APCPWB-M control signal APCPWB-M control signal Ground Ground 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Video data signal K (N) 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Video data signal M (N) 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) PM-M clock signal 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Video data signal C (P) 0/24 V DC 0/3.3 V DC Ground PM-M: On/Off PM-M lock signal Ground LSU thermistor K detection signal APCPWB-K alarm signal APCPWB-K control signal APCPWB-K control signal Ground Ground 0/3.3 V DC Analog 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Horizontal synchronization signal M 0/3.

3 V DC (pulse) PM-K clock signal 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) APCPWB-K clock signal 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Video data signal K (P) 2-3-96 .3 V DC (pulse) Video data signal K (N) 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Connector YC3 Connected to engine PWB Pin 57 58 59 60 YC4 Connected to polygon motor K 1 2 3 4 5 YC5 Connected to APC PWB K 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 Signal SGND REM Bk LOCK Bk CLK Bk 24V PGND REM Bk LOCK Bk CLK Bk SGND BD Bk LSU_TH Bk PALA_SIG P3_2Bk LDD_CS 2 Bk 5V 5V 5V LDD_CS 1 Bk SDI1 SDO1 CLK1 EEPROM CS 1 Bk MSET_N CUALM Bk INT_ST 2 Bk INT_ST 1 Bk PALA_SIG P0 Bk PALA_SIG P1 Bk PALA_SIG P2 Bk PALA_SIG P3 Bk PALA_SIG P4 Bk SDCLK Bk GAIN FIX Bk DATA_1NBk(LVD S) DATA_1PBk(LVD S) I/O I O I O O I O I I O O O O I O O I/O O I O O O O O O O O O O O 0/24 V DC 0/3.3 V DC APCPWB-K control signal APCPWB-K alarm signal APCPWB-K control signal APCPWB-K control signal APCPWB-K control signal APCPWB-K control signal APCPWB-K control signal APCPWB-K control signal APCPWB-K control signal APCPWB-K control signal 0/3.3 V DC Voltage Ground PM-K: On/Off PM-K lock signal 24 V DC power to PM-K Ground PM-K: On/Off PM-K lock signal Ground LSU thermistor K detection signal Not used Not used 5 V DC power to APCPWB-K 5 V DC power to APCPWB-K 5 V DC power to APCPWB-K APCPWB-K control signal Description 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC Analog 5 V DC 5 V DC 5 V DC 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) PM-K clock signal 0/3.3 V DC 24 V DC 0/24 V DC 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Serial communication data signal 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Serial communication data signal 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) APCPWB-K EEPROM data signal 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Horizontal synchronization signal K 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) APCPWB-K clock signal 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.

3 V DC (pulse) Video data signal K (P) 24 V DC 0/24 V DC 0/3.3 V DC Ground 24 V DC power to PM-M Ground PM-M: On/Off PM-M lock signal Ground LSU thermistor M detection signal Not used Not used 5 V DC power to APCPWB-M 5 V DC power to APCPWB-M 5 V DC power to APCPWB-M APCPWB-M control signal 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Serial communication data signal 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Serial communication data signal 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC Analog 5 V DC 5 V DC 5 V DC 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Video data signal M (N) 2-3-97 .3 V DC (pulse) Video data signal K (N) 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) APCPWB-M EEPROM data signal 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Horizontal synchronization signal M 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) APCPWB-M clock signal 0/3.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Connector YC5 Connected to APC PWB K Pin 27 28 29 30 YC7 Connected to polygon motor M 1 2 3 4 5 YC8 Connected to APC PWB M 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 Signal SGND DATA_2NBk(LVD S) DATA_2PBk(LVD S) SGND 24V PGND REM M LOCK M CLK M SGND BD M LSU_TH M 5V 5V 5V LDD_CS 1 M SDI1 SDO1 CLK1 EEPROM CS M MSET_N CUALM M INT_ST 1 M PALA_SIG P0 M PALA_SIG P1 M PALA_SIG P2 M PALA_SIG P3 M PALA_SIG P4 M SDCLK M GAIN FIX M DATA_1N_M(LVD S) I/O O O O O I O I I O O O O I O O I/O O I O O O O O O O O O O Voltage Ground Description 0/3.3 V DC APCPWB-M control signal APCPWB-M alarm signal APCPWB-M control signal APCPWB-M control signal APCPWB-M control signal APCPWB-M control signal APCPWB-M control signal APCPWB-M control signal APCPWB-M control signal APCPWB-M control signal 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) APCPWB-M clock signal 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) PM-M clock signal 0/3.

3 V DC Ground 24 V DC power to PM-C Ground PM-C: On/Off PM-C lock signal Ground LSU thermistor C detection signal Not used Not used 5 V DC power to APCPWB-C 5 V DC power to APCPWB-C 5 V DC power to APCPWB-C APCPWB-C control signal 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) APCPWB-C clock signal 2-3-98 .3 V DC (pulse) Serial communication data signal 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Video data signal M (P) 24 V DC 0/24 V DC 0/3.3 V DC APCPWB-C control signal APCPWB-C alarm signal APCPWB-C control signal APCPWB-C control signal APCPWB-C control signal APCPWB-C control signal APCPWB-C control signal APCPWB-C control signal APCPWB-C control signal APCPWB-C control signal 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) PM-C clock signal 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) APCPWB-C clock signal 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Horizontal synchronization signal C 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Serial communication data signal 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC Analog 5 V DC 5 V DC 5 V DC 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Connector YC8 Connected to APC PWB M Pin 26 27 28 29 30 YC9 Connected to polygon motor C 1 2 3 4 5 YC10 Connected to APC PWB C 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 Signal DATA_1P_M(LVD S) SGND DATA_2N_M(LVD S) DATA_2P_M(LVD S) SGND 24V PGND REM C LOCK C CLK C SGND BD C LSU_TH C 5V 5V 5V LDD_CS 1 C SDI1 SDO1 CLK1 EEPROM CS C MSET_N CUALM C INT_ST 1 C PALA_SIG P0 C PALA_SIG P1 C PALA_SIG P2 C PALA_SIG P3 C PALA_SIG P4 C SDCLK C GAIN FIX C I/O O O O O O I O I I O O O O I O O I/O O I O O O O O O O O O Voltage Description 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) APCPWB-C EEPROM data signal 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Video data signal M (P) Ground 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Video data signal M (N) 0/3.

3 V DC (pulse) Horizontal synchronization signal Y 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Video data signal C (N) 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Serial communication data signal 0/3.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Connector YC10 Connected to APC PWB C Pin 25 26 27 28 29 30 YC11 Connected to polygon motor Y 1 2 3 4 5 YC12 Connected to APC PWB Y 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 Signal DATA_1N_C(LVD S) DATA_1P_C(LVD S) SGND DATA_2N_C(LVD S) DATA_2P_C(LVD S) SGND 24V PGND REM Y LOCK Y CLK Y SGND BD Y LSU_TH Y 5V 5V 5V LDD_CS 1 Y SDI1 SDO1 CLK1 EEPROM CS Y MSET_N CUALM Y INT_ST 1 Y PALA_SIG P0 Y PALA_SIG P1 Y PALA_SIG P2 Y PALA_SIG P3 Y PALA_SIG P4 Y SDCLK Y I/O O O O O O O I O I I O O O O I O O I/O O I O O O O O O O O Voltage Description 0/3.3 V DC Ground 24 V DC power to PM-Y Ground PM-Y: On/Off PM-Y lock signal Ground LSU thermistor Y detection signal Not used Not used 5 V DC power to APCPWB-Y 5 V DC power to APCPWB-Y 5 V DC power to APCPWB-Y APCPWB-Y control signal 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Video data signal C (N) 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Serial communication data signal 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) APCPWB-Y clock signal 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Video data signal C (P) Ground 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC APCPWB-Y control signal APCPWB-Y alarm signal APCPWB-Y control signal APCPWB-Y control signal APCPWB-Y control signal APCPWB-Y control signal APCPWB-Y control signal APCPWB-Y control signal APCPWB-Y control signal 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) PM-Y clock signal 0/3.3 V DC Analog 5 V DC 5 V DC 5 V DC 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) APCPWB-Y EEPROM data signal 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) APCPWB-Y clock signal 2-3-99 .3 V DC (pulse) Video data signal C (P) 24 V DC 0/24 V DC 0/3.

3 V DC (pulse) Video data signal Y (N) 0/3.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Connector YC12 Connected to APC PWB Y Pin 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 Signal GAIN FIX Y DATA_1N_Y(LVD S) DATA_1P_Y(LVD S) SGND DATA_2N_Y(LVD S) DATA_2P_Y(LVD S) SGND I/O O O O O O Voltage 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Video data signal Y (P) Ground 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Video data signal Y (P) Ground 2-3-100 .3 V DC Description APCPWB-Y control signal 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Video data signal Y (N) 0/3.

000 pages) Drum unit K Developing unit K Transfer belt unit Transfer roller MK-8305B/Maintenance kit (600.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC 2-4-1 Appendixes 2-4 Appendixes (1) Maintenance kits 30 ppm model/35 ppm model Maintenance part name Name used in service MK-8305A/Maintenance kit (600.000 pages) Fuser unit Name used in parts list MK-8305A/MAINTENANCE KIT DK-8505 (K) DV-8305K TR-8505 PARTS ROLLER SECONDLY TRANSFER SP MK-8305B/MAINTENANCE KIT DK-8505 (C) DK-8505 (M) DK-8505 (Y) DV-8305C DV-8305M DV-8305Y MK-8305C/MAINTENANCE KIT FK-UNIT Parts No. 1702LK0UN0 1702LK0UN1 1702LK0UN2 Alternative part No. 072LK0UN 072LK0U1 072LK0U2 - 2-4-1 .000 pages) Drum unit C Drum unit M Drum unit Y Developing unit C Developing unit M Developing unit Y MK-8305C/Maintenance kit (300.

000 pages) Fuser unit Name used in parts list MK-8505A/MAINTENANCE KIT DK-8505 (K) DV-8505K TR-8505 PARTS ROLLER SECONDLY TRANSFER SP MK-8505B/MAINTENANCE KIT DK-8505 (C) DK-8505 (M) DK-8505 (Y) DV-8505C DV-8505M DV-8505Y MK-8505C/MAINTENANCE KIT FK-UNIT Parts No.000 pages) Drum unit K Developing unit K Transfer belt unit Transfer roller MK-8505B/Maintenance kit (600.000 pages) Drum unit C Drum unit M Drum unit Y Developing unit C Developing unit M Developing unit Y MK-8505C/Maintenance kit (300. 072LC0UN 072LC0U1 072LC0U2 - 2-4-2 . 1702LC0UN0 1702LC0UN1 1702LC0UN2 Alternative part No.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC 45 ppm model/55 ppm model Maintenance part name Name used in service MK-8505A/Maintenance kit (600.

5 mm/5" Heat roller 936 mm/36 7/8" Transfer belt 2-4-3 .2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC (2) Repetitive defects gauge First occurrence of defect 37.5 mm/1 1/2" 39 mm/1 9/16" Carger roller Magnet roller Sleeve roller Right registration roller Left registration roller Transfer roller 57 mm/2 1/4" 63 mm/2 1/2" 75 mm/2 15/16" 94 mm/3 11/16" Drum 94.2 mm/3 11/16" Press roller (30 ppm/35 ppm) 109.9 mm/4 5/16" Press roller (45 ppm/55 ppm) 127.

EXIT. To return FRPO parameters to their factory default values. 6. FRPO parameters Item Top margin Left margin Page length Page width Default pattern resolution Page orientation Default font No. This section provides information on how to use the FRPO command and its parameters using examples. so you will know the parameter values before the changes are made. value. EXIT. Note: Before changing any FRPO parameter. Using FRPO commands for reprogramming firmware The current settings of the FRPO parameters are listed as optional values on the service status page. print out a service status page.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC (3) Firmware environment commands The printer maintains a number of printing parameters in its memory. EXIT.(!R! FRPO INIT. * FRPO A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 B8 C1 C2 C3 C5 PCL font switch Total host buffer size Form feed time-out value Top margin Left margin C8 H8 H9 L1 L2 L3 L4 Setting values Integer value in inches Fraction value in 1/100 inches Integer value in inches Fraction value in 1/100 inches Integer value in inches Fraction value in 1/100 inches Integer value in inches Fraction value in 1/100 inches 0: 300 dpi 1: 600 dpi 0: Portrait 1: Landscape Middle two digits of power-up font Last two digits of power-up font First two digits of power-up font 0: HP compatibility mode 32: Conventional compatibility mode 0 to 99 in units of the size defined by FRPO S5 Value in units of 5 seconds (1 to 99) Top margin (integer value) Top margin (decimal value) Left margin (integer value) Left margin (decimal value) Factory setting 0 0 0 0 17 30 17 30 0 0 0 0 0 0 5 6 0 50 0 50 2-4-4 . There parameters may be changed permanently with the FRPO (Firmware RePrOgram) commands. send the FRPO INIT (FRPO-INITialize) command.) The FRPO command is sent to the printer in the following sequence: !R! FRPO parameter. Example: Changing emulation mode to PCL6 !R! FRPO P1.

resolves to KPDL ASCII code of 33 to 126 1 (inner tray) Duplex mode Sleep timer time-out time Ecoprint level Default emulation mode Carriage-return action N5 N6 P1 P2 60 0 120V: 9 220-240V: 6 1 Linefeed action P3 1 Automatic emulation switching Alternative emulation (For KPDL3) Automatic emulation switching trigger P4 P5 P7 120V: 1 220-240V: 0 6 120V: 11 220-240V: 10 Command recognition character Default stacker P9 R0 82 (R) 1 2-4-5 .2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Factory setting 10 61 8 11 0 Item Page length Page width FRPO L5 L6 L7 L8 N4 Setting values Page length (integer value) Page length (decimal value) Page width (integer value) Page width (decimal value) 0: Off 1: Long edge binding 2: Short edge binding Value in units of 1 minute (1 to 240) 0: Off 2: On 6: PCL 6 9: KPDL 0: Ignores 1: Carriage-return 2: Carriage-return + linefeed 0: Ignores 1: Linefeed 2: Linefeed + carriage-return 0: AES disabled 1: AES enabled Same as the P1 values except that 9 is ignored. if AES fails. 0: Page eject commands 1: None 2: Page eject and prescribe EXIT commands 3: Prescribe EXIT commands 4: Formfeed (^L) commands 6: Pescribe EXIT and formfeed commands 10: Page eject commands.

8 cm) 15: JIS B6 (12.7 ´ 42 cm) 11: B4 (25.8 × 20 cm) 33: Officio II 39: 8K 40: 16K 42: 8.4 cm) 12: US Ledger (11 ´ 17 inches) 13: ISO A5 14: A6 (10.9 ´ 32.) 1: Monarch (3-7/8 × 7-1/2 inches) 2: Business (4-1/8 × 9-1/2 inches) 3: International DL (11 × 22 cm) 4: International C5 (16.2 cm) 16: Commercial #9 (3-7/8 × 8-7/8 inches) 17: Commercial #6 (3-5/8 × 6-1/2 inches) 18: ISO B5 (17.7 × 17.7 ´ 36.6 × 25 cm) 19: Custom (11.4 cm) 31: Hagaki (10 × 14.7 cm) 10: A3 (29.8 cm) 32: Ofuku-hagaki (14.2 × 25.5 × 13.8 × 18.7 inches) 30: C4 (22.0 × 29.7 cm) 9: JIS B5 (18.5 × 14.5 inches 50: Statement 51: Folio 52: Youkei 2 53: Youkei 4 0: MP tray 1: Cassette 1 2: Cassette 2 3: Cassette 3 4: Cassette 4 5: Cassette 5 6: Cassette 6 7: Cassette 7 0: Off 1: On 0: 10 KB 1: 100 KB 2: 1024 KB 0: Off 1: On Lines per inch (integer value) Lines per inch (decimal value) Default cassette R4 1 A4/letter equation Host buffer size S4 S5 1 1 Wide A4 Line spacing * T6 U0 U1 0 6 0 2-4-6 .2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Factory setting 0 Item Default paper size FRPO R2 Setting values 0: Size of the default paper cassette (See R4.9 cm) 5: Executive (7-1/4 × 10-1/2 inches) 6: US Letter (8-1/2 × 11 inches) 7: US Legal (8-1/2 × 14 inches) 8: A4 (21.2 × 22.

99: HP PCL symbol set coding Default font pitch (integer value) Default font pitch (decimal value) Integer value in 100 points: 0 to 9 Integer value in points: 0 to 99 decimal value in 1/100 points: 0. 50. enclosed with single or double quotation marks 0: Courier = darkness Letter Gothic = darkness 1: Courier = regular Letter Gothic = darkness 4: Courier = darkness Letter Gothic = regular 5: Courier = regular Letter Gothic = regular 0: Black & white 1: Color 0: Low (normal) 1: High Code set at power up in daisywheel emulation U7 53 Font pitch for fixedpitch scalable font * Font height for the default scalable font * U8 U9 V0 V1 V2 V3 V9 10 0 0 12 0 Courier 5 Default scalable font * Default weight (courier and letter Gothic) Color mode Gloss mode W1 W6 1 0 2-4-7 . 75 Name of typeface of up to 32 characters. 25.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Factory setting 10 0 41 Item Character spacing * Country code FRPO U2 U3 U6 Setting values Characters per inch (integer value) Characters per inch (decimal value) 0: US-ASCII 1: France 2: Germany 3: UK 4: Denmark 5: Sweden 6: Italy 7: Spain 8: Japan 9: US Legal 10: IBM PC-850 (Multilingual) 11: IBM PC-860 (Portuguese) 12: IBM PC-863 (Canadian French) 13: IBM PC-865 (Norwegian) 14: Norway 15: Denmark 2 16: Spain 2 17: Latin America 50 .99: HP PCL symbol set coding 0: Same as the default emulation mode (P1) 1: IBM 6: IBM PC-8 7 .

0: Off 1: On Value in units of 5 seconds (1 to 99) 0: Not detect 127: Detect Paper type for cassettes 1 and 2 X1 X2 1 Paper type for optional cassettes 3 to 7 X3 X4 X5 X6 X10 1 PCL paper source X9 0 Automatic continue for ‘Press GO’ Automatic continue timer Error message for device error Y0 Y1 Y3 0 6 (30 s) 127 2-4-8 .2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Factory setting 1 Item Paper type for the MP tray FRPO X0 Setting values 1: Plain 2: Transparency 3: Preprinted 4: Label 5: Bond 6: Recycle 7: Vellum 9: Letterhead 10: Color 11: Prepunched 12: Envelope 13: Cardstock 14: Coated 16: Thick 17: High quality 21 to 28: Custom1 to 8 1: Plain 3: Preprinted 5: Bond 6: Recycled 7: Vellum 9: Letterhead 10: Color 11: Prepunched 16: Thick 17: High quality 21 to 28: Custom1 to 8 1: Plain 3: Preprinted 5: Bond 6: Recycled 9: Letterhead 10: Color 11: Prepunched 17: High quality 21 to 28: Custom1 to 8 0: Performs paper selection depending on media type. 1: Performs paper selection depending on paper sources.

3: Prints the error report and displays the error message. 1: Through the image. 9: Through the image. Loads Letter. 0 e-MPS error Y6 3 *: Ignored in some emulation modes. 3: Through the image. A4 size paper depending on the image size. 10: Enlarges or reduces the image to fit in the current paper size. A4 size paper depending on the image size. 2-4-9 . 8: Through the image. Loads paper from the current paper cassette. Loads Letter. 2: Enlarges or reduces the image to fit in the current paper size. 0: Does not print the error report and display the error message. 1: Prints the error report. 2: Displays the error message. A4 size paper depending on the image size. Preprintedand Letterhead) Default operation for PDF direct printing FRPO Y4 0: Off 1: On Setting values Y5 0: Enlarges or reduces the image to fit in the current paper size. Loads Letter. Loads paper from the current paper cassette. A4 size paper depending on the image size. Loads paper which is the same size as the image. Loads Letter.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Factory setting 0 Item Duplex operation for specified paper type (Prepunched.

2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC This page is intentionally left blank. 2-4-10 .

1-3-33 5 Adjusting the leading edge registration of the MP tray (printing adjustment) Registration motor turning on timing (secondary paper feed start timing) U034 LSU Out Top U034 test pattern P.1-3-33 7 Adjusting the leading edge margin (printing adjustment) LSU illumination start timing U402 Lead U402 test pattern P.1-3-39 3 Adjusting the center line of the MP tray (printing adjustment) Adjusting the LSU print start timing U034 LSU Out Left U034 test pattern P. 4 Adjusting the center line of the cassettes (printing adjustment) Adjusting the LSU print start timing U034 LSU Out Left U034 test pattern P.1-3-146 8 Adjusting the trailing edge margin (printing adjustment) LSU illumination end timing U402 Trail U402 test pattern P.1-3-39 Remarks 1 2 Adjusting the magnification in the auxiliary scanning direction (printing adjustment) Data processing U039 Vertical U039 test pattern P. U070: For copying originals from the DP. 2-4-11 .1-3-33 To make an adjustment for duplex copying. select Duplex.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC (4) Chart of image adjustment procedures Adjusting order Item Adjusting the magnification in the main scanning direction (printing adjustment) Image Description Data processing Maintenance mode Item No.1-3-146 10 Adjusting magnification of the scanner in the main scanning direction (scanning adjustment) Data processing U065 U070 Y Scan Zoom Y Scan Zoom Test chart P.1-3-56 U065: For copying an original placed on the platen.1-3-146 9 Adjusting the left and right margins (printing adjustment) LSU illumination start/end timing U402 A Margin C Margin U402 test pattern P. select Duplex. U039 Horizon Mode Original U039 test pattern Page P.1-3-51 P.1-3-33 To make an adjustment for duplex copying. 6 Adjusting the leading edge registration of the cassette (printing adjustment) Registration motor turning on timing (secondary paper feed start timing) U034 LSU Out Top U034 test pattern P.

1-3-148 U403: For copying an original placed on the contact glass U404: For copying originals from the DP.5 % Machine: ± 1.0/-1.1-3-147 P.1-3-148 U403: For copying an original placed on the contact glass U404: For copying originals from the DP.1-3-54 12 U072 Front Back Front Rotate Test chart P. select Back.8 % Using DP: ± 1.5 % Machine: ± 1.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC Adjusting order Maintenance mode Item No. To make an adjustment for duplex copying.5 mm or less MP tray: 1.1-3-60 U067: For copying an original placed on the platen.0 mm MP tray: ± 2.5 mm or less Duplex: 2. U066: For copying an original placed on the platen.5 mm MP tray: +1.1-3-53 U071 Front Head Back Head B Margin B Margin Test chart P. U403: For copying an original placed on the contact glass U404: For copying originals from the DP. 11 Adjusting the original scan data (image adjustment) U067 Front Rotate Test chart P.5 mm Cassette: 1.5 mm/375 mm Using DP: ± 3.0/-1.0 mm/375 mm Skewed paper feed (left-right difference) Lateral image shifting Item Leading edge registration Specifications Cassette: +1. To make an adjustment for trailing edge registration. U070: For copying originals from the DP. select Rotate. the following adjustments are automatically made: Adjusting the scanner magnification (U065) Adjusting the scanner leading edge registration (U066) Adjusting the scanner center line (U067) When maintenance item U411 (Automatic adjustment in the DP) is run using the specified original (P/N 302AC68243).1-3-147 P. To make an adjustment for rotate copying. To make an adjustment for duplex copying. 16 Adjusting the left and right margins (scanning adjustment) Adjusting the original scan data (image adjustment) U403 U404 A Margin C Margin A Margin C Margin Test chart P. select Rotate. select Back Head.0 mm Duplex: ± 3.0 % Using DP: ± 1. U072: For copying originals from the DP.1-3-51 P. U065 U070 Mode X Scan Zoom X Scan Zoom Item Adjusting magnification of the scanner in the auxiliary scanning direction (scanning adjustment) Adjusting the center line (scanning adjustment) Image Description Original scanning speed Original Test chart Page P.1-3-147 P.1-3-148 15 Adjusting the trailing edge margin (scanning adjustment) Adjusting the original scan data (image adjustment) U403 U404 D Margin D Margin Test chart P. When maintenance item U411 (Automatic adjustment in the scanner) is run using the specified original (P/N 7505000005).5 mm Duplex: +1. Adjusting the leading edge registration (scanning adjustment) 13 Original scan start timing U066 P.0 mm or less Cassette: ± 2.1-3-58 14 Adjusting the leading edge margin (scanning adjustment) Adjusting the original scan data (image adjustment) U403 U404 P.0/-1.0 mm 2-4-12 . the following adjustments are automatically made: Adjusting the DP magnification (U070) Adjusting the DP leading edge registration (U071) Adjusting the DP center line (U072) Image quality Item 100% magnification Enlargement/ reduction Lateral squareness Specifications Machine: ± 0. U071: For copying originals from the DP.1-3-56 Remarks U065: For copying an original placed on the platen.

1 (30 ppm model/35 ppm model/45 ppm model/55 ppm model) YC18 DF_CLK DF_SDO DF_SEL DF_SDI DF_RDY DF_DET GND 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 A9 A10 B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 B9 B10 A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 A9 A10 B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 B9 B10 BRES BRECSW 5V Vout GND 1 2 1 2 3 1 2 1 2 3 5 4 3 Relay 2 1 1 2 3 YC20 4 5 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 N.3V4 GND GND A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 A9 A10 A11 A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 A9 A10 A11 A11 A10 A9 A8 A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 A9 A10 A11 A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 A9 A10 A11 A12 A13 A14 B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 B9 B10 B11 B12 B13 B14 1 2 Relay 3 4 5 2 1 2 1 A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 A9 A10 A11 A12 A13 A14 B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 B9 B10 B11 B12 B13 B14 1 2 1 2 + + BRPWB 5 6 7 8 GUIDE_B/ GUIDE_A/ GUIDE_B GUIDE_A PFEPWB Connector holder BRIDGE UNIT TN_FAN1 +24V1 TN_FAN2 +24V1 LVU_FAN1 +24V1 A12 A13 A14 A15 A16 A17 A18 A19 A12 A13 A14 A15 A16 A17 A18 A19 KEY COUNTER Connector holder KEY COUNTER (option) YC24 1 2 3 4 4 3 2 1 4 3 2 1 +24V1 DC1_COUNT DC1_SET GND LVU_FAN2 +24V1 B11 B10 B9 B8 B7 B6 B5 B4 B3 B2 B1 Connector holder 5 4 3 2 1 Relay B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 B9 B10 B11 KEY CARD (option for JAPAN only) A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 A9 A10 B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 B9 B10 A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 A9 A10 B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 B9 B10 YC25 +5V +5V +5V +5V +5V +5V +5V +5V COPY_ENABLE +24V KEY7 KEY6 KEY5 KEY4 KEY3 KEY2 KEY1 KEY0 GND COUNT EPWB SIDE_CLK SIDE_SDO SIDE_SEL SIDE_SDI SIDE_RDY SIDE_PAUSE TANDEM_CAS1_OPEN TANDEM_CAS2_OPEN SIDE_MULTI_OPEN +3.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC (5) Wiring diagram No.3V4 GND +24V1 BELT_FAN1 +24V1 BELT_FAN2 DLP_FAN1 +24V1 DLP_FAN2 +24V1 B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 B9 B10 B11 B12 B13 B14 B15 B16 B17 B18 B19 B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 B9 B10 B11 B12 B13 B14 B15 B16 B17 B18 B19 4 3 Relay 2 1 3 4 1 2 Relay Relay TFM1 TFM2 Connector holder KEY CARD MK-2 1 2 1 2 Relay 2 1 2 1 + + - BLFM1 BLFM2 Relay FG COIN VENDER (option) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 YC23 +24V GND GND COIN_EN FGND FEED_COUNT EJECT_COUNT COPYING_SIG TXD_COIN GND RXD_COIN GND COIN VENDER Relay 2-4-13 .C +5V EXIT_SENS GND EXIT_COV_OPEN GND EXIT_SOL_RET EXIT_SOL_REM +24V1 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 DFEPWB From PSPWB (3) BRSOL RET ACT COM 3 2 1 Relay 1 2 3 YC4 YC2 DECAL DIR DECAL PD DECAL CLK DECAL MODE DECAL REM GUIDE DIR GUIDE PD GUIDE CLK GUIDE REM DECAL_HP_SENS 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 DECAL_DIR DECAL_PD DECAL_CLK DECAL_PH DECAL_REM GUIDE_DIR GUIDE_PD GUIDE_CLK GUIDE_REM DECAL_HP_SENS BRCS2 GND Vout 5V 3 2 1 3 2 1 1 2 3 1 2 3 GND BRIDGE_SENS2 +5V YC6 Document finisher (option) Connector holder Connector holder YC1 +24V +24V GND GND +5V GND 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6 19 18 17 16 15 14 Relay BRCSW 1 2 1 2 4 5 6 7 4 3 2 1 4 3 2 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 4 5 6 7 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 GND BRIDGE_OPEN +5V NC Connector holder BRCS1 GND Vout 5V 3 2 1 3 2 1 1 2 3 1 2 3 GND BRIDGE_SENS 1 +5V YC7 BRCM1 /B /A B A /B /A B A 4 3 2 1 4 3 2 1 BRIDGE1_B/ BRIDGE1_A/ BRIDGE1_B BRIDGE1_A BRIDGE2_B/ BRIDGE2_A/ BRIDGE2_B BRIDGE2_A 1 2 3 4 5 6 19 18 17 16 15 14 38 37 36 35 34 33 +24V1 +24V1 GND GND 5V GND Paper feeder (option) From PSPWB (2) 1 2 1 2 1 2 PFCH YC3 BRCM2 YC8 1 2 3 4 NC GND DECAL_HP_SENS +5V YC5 1 2 3 4 DECAL_B/ DECAL_A/ DECAL_B DECAL_A BRIDGE_SENS 1 BRIDGE OPEN BRIDGE_SENS 2 BRIDGE1 DIR BRIDGE1 PD BRIDGE1 CLK BRIDGE1 MODE BRIDGE1 REM BRIDGE2 DIR BRIDGE2 PD BRIDGE2 CLK BRIDGE2 MODE BRIDGE2 REM 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 BRIDGE_SENS 1 BRIDGE_OPEN BRIDGE_SENS 2 BRIDGE1 DIR BRIDGE1 PD BRIDGE1 CLK BRIDGE1 PH BRIDGE1 REM BRIDGE2 DIR BRIDGE2 PD BRIDGE2 CLK BRIDGE2 PH BRIDGE2 REM YC49 24VC GND SIG 1 2 3 From PSPWB (1) 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 YC19 PF_CLK PF_SDO PF_SEL PF_SDI PF_RDY PF_PAUSE PF_CAS1_OPEN PF_CAS2_OPEN +3.

2 (30 ppm model) YC11 SGND CLK SGND SDI SGND SDO SGND MSET_N SGND IDD_CS_Y EEPROM_CS_Y IDD_CS_C EEPROM_CS_C IDD_CS_M EEPROM_CS_M IDD_CS_2_BK EEPROM_CS_2_BK IDD_CS_1_BK EEPROM_CS_1_BK SGND INT_ST_Y PALA_STG_P0_Y PALA_STG_P1_Y PALA_STG P2_Y GAIN_FIX_Y SGND DATA_2N_Y(LVDS) DATA_2P_Y(LVDS) SGND INT_ST_ C PALA_STG_P0_C PALA_STG_P1_C PALA_STG_P2_C GAIN_FIX_C SGND DATA_2N_C(LVDS) DATA_2P_C(LVDS) SGND INT_ST_M PALA_STG_P0_M _ PALA STG_P1_M PALA_STG_P2_M GAIN_FIX_M SGND DATA_2N_M(LVDS) DATA_2P_M(LVDS) SGND DATA_3N_BK(LVDS) DATA_3P_BK(LVDS) SGND DATA_4N_BK(LVDS) DATA_4P_BK(LVDS) SGND PARA_SIG_P3_2_BK INT_ST_2_BK INT_ST_1_BK PARA_SIG_P0_BK PARA_SIG_P1_BK PARA_SIG_P2_BK GAIN_FIX_BK SGND DATA_2N_BK(LVDS) DATA_2P_ BK(LVDS) SGND 64 63 62 61 60 59 58 57 56 55 54 53 52 51 50 49 48 47 46 45 44 43 42 41 40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 YC3 GND TH BD +5V 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 4 3 2 1 4 3 2 1 GND TH PD +5V YC2 PDPWB-K GND TH PD +5V 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 4 3 2 1 4 3 2 1 GND TH PD +5V PDPWB-C APCPWB-K APCPWB-C YC3 SGND 1 BD_BK 2 3 LSU_TH_BK 5V 4 5 NC ENABLE_BK 6 7 S/H_BK 8 VCONT_BK DATA_1N_BK(LVDS) 9 DATA_1P_BK(LVDS) 10 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 YC1 SGND BD_BK LSU_TH_BK 5V NC ENABLE_BK S/H_BK VCONT_BK DATA_1N_BK(LVDS) DATA_1P_BK(LVDS) YC7 SGND BD_C LSU_TH_C 5V NC ENABLE_C S/H_C VCONT_C DATA_1N_C(LVDS) DATA_1P_C(LVDS) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 YC1 SGND BD_C LSU_TH_C 5V NC ENABLE_C S/H_C VCONT_C DATA_1N_C(LVDS) DATA_1P_C(LVDS) YC4 24V PGND REM Bk LOCK Bk CLK Bk 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 5 4 3 2 1 5 4 3 2 1 +24V GND START/STOP LOCKED EXT.CLOCK PM-Y LSURPWB YC1 +24V1 +24V1 GND GND +5V1 +5V1 GND GND 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 6 5 4 3 2 1 6 5 4 3 2 1 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 YC7 +24V1 +24V1 GND GND PSPWB YC15 +5V_AN +5V_AN GND GND +3.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC No.CLOCK PM-C YC2 GND TH PD +5V 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 4 3 2 1 4 3 2 1 GND TH PD +5V YC2 PDPWB-M YC12 SGND BD_Y LSU_TH_Y CUALM_Y PARA_SIG_P3_Y PARA_SIG_P4_Y SGND SDCLK_Y SGND DATA_1N_Y(LVDS) DATA_1P_Y(LVDS) SGND REM_Y LOCK_Y CLK_Y SGND BD_C LSU_TH_C CUALM_C PARA_SIG_P3_C PARA_SIG_P4_C SGND SDCLK_C SGND DATA_1N_C(LVDS) DATA_1P_C(LVDS) SGND REM_C LOCK_C CLK_C SGND BD_M LSU_TH_M CUALM_M PARA_SIG_P3_M PARA_SIG_P4_M SGND SDCLK_M SGND DATA_1N_M(LVDS) DATA_1P_M(LVDS) SGND REM_M LOCK_M CLK_M SGND BD_BK LSU_TH_BK CUALM_BK PARA_SIG_P3_BK PARA_SIG_P4_BK SGND SDCLK_BK SGND DATA_1N_BK(LVDS) DATA_1P_BK(LVDS) SGND REM_BK LOCK_BK CLK_BK 60 59 58 57 56 55 54 53 52 51 50 49 48 47 46 45 44 43 42 41 40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 60 59 58 57 56 55 54 53 52 51 50 49 48 47 46 45 44 43 42 41 40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 YC2 SGND BD_Y LSU_TH_Y CUALM_Y PARA_SIG_P3_Y PARA_SIG_P4_Y SGND SDCLK_Y SGND DATA_1N_Y(LVDS) DATA_1P_Y(LVDS) SGND REM_Y LOCK_Y CLK_Y SGND BD_C LSU_TH_C CUALM_C PARA_SIG_P3_C PARA_SIG_P4_C SGND SDCLK_C SGND DATA_1N_C(LVDS) DATA_1P_C(LVDS) SGND REM_C LOCK_C CLK_C SGND BD_M LSU_TH_M CUALM_M PARA_SIG_P3_M PARA_SIG_P4_M SGND SDCLK_M SGND DATA_1N_M(LVDS) DATA_1P_M(LVDS) SGND REM_M LOCK_M CLK_M SGND BD_BK LSU_TH_BK CUALM_BK PARA_SIG_P3_BK PARA_SIG_P4_BK SGND SDCLK_BK SGND DATA_1N_BK(LVDS) DATA_1P_BK(LVDS) SGND REM_BK LOCK_BK CLK_BK GND TH PD +5V 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 4 3 2 1 4 3 2 1 GND TH PD +5V PDPWB-Y EPWB APCPWB-M APCPWB-Y YC5 SGND BD_M LSU_TH_M 5V NC ENABLE_M S/H_M VCONT_M DATA_1N_M(LVDS) DATA_1P_M(LVDS) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 YC1 SGND BD_M LSU_TH_M 5V NC ENABLE_M S/H_M VCONT_M DATA_1N_M(LVDS) DATA_1P_M(LVDS) YC9 SGND BD_Y LSU_TH_Y 5V NC ENABLE_Y S/H_Y VCONT_Y DATA_1N_Y(LVDS) DATA_1P_Y(LVDS) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 YC1 SGND BD_Y LSU_TH_Y 5V NC ENABLE_Y S/H_Y VCONT_Y DATA_1N_Y(LVDS) DATA_1P_Y(LVDS) YC6 24V PGND REM M LOCK M CLK M 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 5 4 3 2 1 5 4 3 2 1 +24V GND START/STOP LOCKED EXT.3V2 GND EPWB YC21 LSUCM 1 2 Relay 2 1 2 1 2 1 DR_CW DR_CCW 2-4-14 .CLOCK YC8 PM-K 24V PGND REM C LOCK C CLK C 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 5 4 3 2 1 5 4 3 2 1 +24V GND START/STOP LOCKED EXT.CLOCK YC10 PM-M 24V PGND REM Y LOCK Y CLK Y 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 5 4 3 2 1 5 4 3 2 1 +24V GND START/STOP LOCKED EXT.

CLOCK PM-C PM-K YC8 SGND BD M LSU_TH M 5V 5V 5V LDD_CS 1 M SDI1 SDO1 CLK1 EEPROM CS M MSET_N CUALM M INT_ST 1 M PALA_SIG P0 M _ PALA SIG P1 M PALA_SIG P2 M PALA_SIG P3 M PALA_SIG P4 M SDCLK M GAIN FIX M DATA_1N_M(LVDS) DATA_1P_M(LVDS) SGND DATA_2N_M(LVDS) DATA_2P_M(LVDS) SGND 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 YC1 SGND BD M LSU_TH M 5V 5V 5V LDD_CS 1 M SDI1 SDO1 CLK1 EEPROM CS M MSET_N CUALM M INT_ST 1 M PALA_SIG P0 M _ PALA SIG P1 M PALA_SIG P2 M PALA_SIG P3 M PALA_SIG P4 M SDCLK M GAIN FIX M DATA_1N_M(LVDS) DATA_1P_M(LVDS) SGND DATA_2N_M(LVDS) DATA_2P_M(LVDS) SGND YC2 GND TH PD +5V 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 4 3 2 1 4 3 2 1 GND TH PD +5V YC12 YC1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 SGND BD Y LSU_TH Y 5V 5V 5V LDD_CS 1 Y SDI1 SDO1 CLK1 EEPROM CS Y MSET_N CUALM Y INT_ST 1 Y PALA_SIG P0 Y PALA_SIG P1 Y PALA_SIG P2 Y PALA_SIG P3 Y PALA_SIG P4 Y SDCLK Y GAIN FIX Y DATA_1N_Y(LVDS) DATA_1P_Y(LVDS) SGND DATA_2N_Y(LVDS) DATA_2P_Y(LVDS) SGND PDPWB-M YC12 SGND BD_Y LSU_TH_Y CUALM_Y PARA_SIG_P3_Y PARA_SIG_P4_Y SGND SDCLK_Y SGND DATA_1N_Y(LVDS) DATA_1P_Y(LVDS) SGND REM_Y LOCK_Y CLK_Y SGND BD_C LSU_TH_C CUALM_C PARA_SIG_P3_C PARA_SIG_P4_C SGND SDCLK_C SGND DATA_1N_C(LVDS) DATA_1P_C(LVDS) SGND REM_C LOCK_C CLK_C SGND BD_M LSU_TH_M CUALM_M PARA_SIG_P3_M PARA_SIG_P4_M SGND SDCLK_M SGND DATA_1N_M(LVDS) DATA_1P_M(LVDS) SGND REM_M LOCK_M CLK_M SGND BD_BK LSU_TH_BK CUALM_BK PARA_SIG_P3_BK PARA_SIG_P4_BK SGND SDCLK_BK SGND DATA_1N_BK(LVDS) DATA_1P_BK(LVDS) SGND REM_BK LOCK_BK CLK_BK 60 59 58 57 56 55 54 53 52 51 50 49 48 47 46 45 44 43 42 41 40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 60 59 58 57 56 55 54 53 52 51 50 49 48 47 46 45 44 43 42 41 40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 YC3 SGND BD_Y LSU_TH_Y CUALM_Y PARA_SIG_P3_Y PARA_SIG_P4_Y SGND SDCLK_Y SGND DATA_1N_Y(LVDS) DATA_1P_Y(LVDS) SGND REM_Y LOCK_Y CLK_Y SGND BD_C LSU_TH_C CUALM_C PARA_SIG_P3_C PARA_SIG_P4_C SGND SDCLK_C SGND DATA_1N_C(LVDS) DATA_1P_C(LVDS) SGND REM_C LOCK_C CLK_C SGND BD_M LSU_TH_M CUALM_M PARA_SIG_P3_M PARA_SIG_P4_M SGND SDCLK_M SGND DATA_1N_M(LVDS) DATA_1P_M(LVDS) SGND REM_M LOCK_M CLK_M SGND BD_BK LSU_TH_BK CUALM_BK PARA_SIG_P3_BK PARA_SIG_P4_BK SGND SDCLK_BK SGND DATA_1N_BK(LVDS) DATA_1P_BK(LVDS) SGND REM_BK LOCK_BK CLK_BK APCPWB-M SGND BD Y LSU_TH Y 5V 5V 5V LDD_CS 1 Y SDI1 SDO1 CLK1 EEPROM CS Y MSET_N CUALM Y INT_ST 1 Y PALA_SIG P0 Y PALA_SIG P1 Y PALA_SIG P2 Y PALA_SIG P3 Y PALA_SIG P4 Y SDCLK Y GAIN FIX Y DATA_1N_Y(LVDS) DATA_1P_Y(LVDS) SGND DATA_2N_Y(LVDS) DATA_2P_Y(LVDS) SGND YC2 GND TH PD +5V 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 4 3 2 1 4 3 2 1 GND TH PD +5V PDPWB-Y EPWB APCPWB-Y YC7 24V PGND REM M LOCK M CLK M 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 5 4 3 2 1 5 4 3 2 1 +24V GND START/STOP LOCKED EXT.CLOCK YC4 24V PGND REM Bk LOCK Bk CLK Bk 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 5 4 3 2 1 5 4 3 2 1 +24V GND START/STOP LOCKED EXT.3V2 GND EPWB YC21 LSUCM 1 2 2 1 2 1 DR_CW DR_CCW 2-4-15 .2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC No.2 (35 ppm model/45 ppm model/55 ppm model) YC11 SGND CLK SGND SDI SGND SDO SGND MSET_N SGND IDD_CS_Y EEPROM_CS_Y IDD_CS_C EEPROM_CS_C IDD_CS_M EEPROM_CS_M IDD_CS_2_BK EEPROM_CS_2_BK IDD_CS_1_BK EEPROM_CS_1_BK SGND INT_ST_Y PALA_STG_P0_Y PALA_STG_P1_Y PALA_STG P2_Y GAIN_FIX_Y SGND DATA_2N_Y(LVDS) DATA_2P_Y(LVDS) SGND INT_ST_ C PALA_STG_P0_C PALA_STG_P1_C PALA_STG_P2_C GAIN_FIX_C SGND DATA_2N_C(LVDS) DATA_2P_C(LVDS) SGND INT_ST_M PALA_STG_P0_M _ PALA STG_P1_M PALA_STG_P2_M GAIN_FIX_M SGND DATA_2N_M(LVDS) DATA_2P_M(LVDS) SGND DATA_3N_BK(LVDS) DATA_3P_BK(LVDS) SGND DATA_4N_BK(LVDS) DATA_4P_BK(LVDS) SGND PARA_SIG_P3_2_BK INT_ST_2_BK INT_ST_1_BK PARA_SIG_P0_BK PARA_SIG_P1_BK PARA_SIG_P2_BK GAIN_FIX_BK SGND DATA_2N_BK(LVDS) DATA_2P_ BK(LVDS) SGND 64 63 62 61 60 59 58 57 56 55 54 53 52 51 50 49 48 47 46 45 44 43 42 41 40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 64 63 62 61 60 59 58 57 56 55 54 53 52 51 50 49 48 47 46 45 44 43 42 41 40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 YC2 SGND CLK SGND SDI SGND SDO SGND MSET_N SGND IDD_CS_Y EEPROM_CS_Y IDD_CS_C EEPROM_CS_C IDD_CS_M EEPROM_CS_M IDD_CS_2_BK EEPROM_CS_2_BK IDD_CS_1_BK EEPROM_CS_1_BK SGND INT_ST 1 Y PALA_STG_P0_Y PALA_STG_P1_Y PALA_STG P2_Y GAIN_FIX_Y SGND DATA_2N_Y(LVDS) DATA_2P_Y(LVDS) SGND INT_ST 1 C PALA_STG_P0_C PALA_STG_P1_C PALA_STG_P2_C GAIN_FIX_C SGND DATA_2N_C(LVDS) DATA_2P_C(LVDS) SGND INT_ST 1 M PALA_STG_P0_M _ PALA STG_P1_M PALA_STG_P2_M GAIN_FIX_M SGND DATA_2N_M(LVDS) DATA_2P_M(LVDS) SGND DATA_3N_BK(LVDS) DATA_3P_BK(LVDS) SGND DATA_4N_BK(LVDS) DATA_4P_BK(LVDS) SGND PARA_SIG_P3_2 BK INT_ST 2 BK INT_ST 1 BK PARA_SIG_P0_BK PARA_SIG_P1_BK PARA_SIG_P2_BK GAIN_FIX_BK SGND DATA_2N_BK(LVDS) DATA_2P_ BK(LVDS) SGND YC5 SGND BD Bk LSU_TH Bk PALA_SIG P3_2Bk LDD_CS 2 Bk 5V 5V 5V LDD_CS 1 Bk SDI1 SDO1 CLK1 EEPROM CS 1 Bk MSET_N CUALM Bk INT_ST 2 Bk INT_ST 1 Bk PALA_SIG P0 Bk PALA_SIG P1 Bk PALA_SIG P2 Bk PALA_SIG P3 Bk PALA_SIG P4 Bk SDCLK Bk GAIN FIX Bk DATA_1N_Bk(LVDS) DATA_1P_Bk(LVDS) SGND DATA_2N_Bk(LVDS) DATA_2P_Bk(LVDS) SGND 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 YC1 SGND BD Bk LSU_TH Bk PALA_SIG P3_2Bk LDD_CS 2 Bk 5V 5V 5V LDD_CS 1 Bk SDI1 SDO1 CLK1 EEPROM CS 1 Bk MSET_N CUALM Bk INT_ST 2 Bk INT_ST 1 Bk PALA_SIG P0 Bk PALA_SIG P1 Bk PALA_SIG P2 Bk PALA_SIG P3 Bk PALA_SIG P4 Bk SDCLK Bk GAIN FIX Bk DATA_1N_Bk(LVDS) DATA_1P_Bk(LVDS) SGND DATA_2N_Bk(LVDS) DATA_2P_Bk(LVDS) SGND YC3 GND TH BD +5V 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 4 3 2 1 4 3 2 1 GND TH PD +5V PDPWB-K YC10 SGND BD C LSU_TH C 5V 5V 5V LDD_CS 1 C SDI1 SDO1 CLK1 EEPROM CS C MSET_N CUALM C INT_ST 1 C PALA_SIG P0 C PALA_SIG P1 C PALA_SIG P2 C PALA_SIG P3 C PALA_SIG P4 C SDCLK C GAIN FIX C DATA_1N_C(LVDS) DATA_1P_C(LVDS) SGND DATA_2N_C(LVDS) DATA_2P_C(LVDS) SGND 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 YC1 SGND BD C LSU_TH C 5V 5V 5V LDD_CS 1 C SDI1 SDO1 CLK1 EEPROM CS C MSET_N CUALM C INT_ST 1 C PALA_SIG P0 C PALA_SIG P1 C PALA_SIG P2 C PALA_SIG P3 C PALA_SIG P4 C SDCLK C GAIN FIX C DATA_1N_C(LVDS) DATA_1P_C(LVDS) SGND DATA_2N_C(LVDS) DATA_2P_C(LVDS) SGND YC2 GND TH PD +5V 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 4 3 2 1 4 3 2 1 GND TH PD +5V PDPWB-C APCPWB-K APCPWB-C YC6 SDI_2 1 SDO_2 2 3 CLK_2 _ 4 EEPROM CS 2 Bk 5 SGND DATA_3N_Bk(LVDS) 6 DATA_3P_Bk(LVDS) 7 8 SGND DATA_4N_Bk(LVDS) 9 DATA_4P_Bk(LVDS) 10 YC9 24V PGND REM C LOCK C CLK C 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 5 4 3 2 1 5 4 3 2 1 +24V GND START/STOP LOCKED EXT.3V2 GND 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 YC10 +24V1 +24V1 GND GND PSPWB YC15 6 5 4 3 2 1 6 5 4 3 2 1 +5V_AN +5V_AN GND GND +3.CLOCK PM-Y LSURPWB YC1 +24V1 +24V1 GND GND +5V1 +5V1 GND GND +3.CLOCK YC11 PM-M 24V PGND REM Y LOCK Y CLK Y 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 5 4 3 2 1 5 4 3 2 1 +24V GND START/STOP LOCKED EXT.

3V2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1 2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1 2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 YC11 TPD_TEMP_M DLP_VCONT_M_1 TPD_M_1 TN_CLK_M GND DLP_ADR1_M DLP_ADR0_M EEP_SDA1 EEP_SCL1 3.3V EEP SCL EEP SDA GND A0 A1 5V LED2 IH_COIL_FAN_ALM IH_COIL_FAN 24V 24V EXIT FAN 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 3 2 1 2 1 1 2 3 1 2 S + + - YC12 6 5 4 3 2 1 6 5 4 3 2 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6 3.3V2 EEP_SCL1 EEP_SDA1 GND DRM_ADR0_Bk DRM_ADR1_Bk 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6 6 5 4 3 2 1 6 5 4 3 2 1 +3.3V EEP SCL EEP SDA GND A0 A1 Drum unit K DRPWB-K Developer unit Y YC1 TPD_TEMP DLP_VCONT TPD_1 TN_CLK GND DLP_ADR1 DLP_ADR0 EEP_SDA1 EEP_SCL1 3.3V SDA GND SCL 2 1 1 2 3 4 2 1 4 3 2 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 1 2 Relay 2 1 2 1 1 2 Relay Relay 3 4 2 1 9 10 11 4 3 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 3.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC No.3V2 EEP_SCL1 EEP_SDA1 GND DRM_ADR0_Y DRM_ADR1_Y WTS2 WTS1 Relay EPWB CL-Y DRM1 ERASER (+) ERS1 DR (-) 2 1 2 1 7 8 7 8 24V ERS_Y_REM 5V DRM_INDEX_Y GND YC7 GND WTNR_SET INTER_LOCK IH_CORE_SENS IH_CORE_MOT_REM IH_CORE_CLK WTNR_LED IH_COIL_FAN_ALM IH_COIL_FAN_H IH_COIL_FAN_L EXIT_FAN CONTAIN_FAN JUNC_SOL_REM JUNC_SOL_RET GND EXIT_PAPE_SENS EXIT_FEED_SENS ROT_MOT_REM ROT_MOT_PH ROT_MOT_CLK ROT_MOT_PD ROT_MOT_DIR GND DLP_FAN_Bk_H DLP_FAN_Bk_L DLP_FAN_CLR_H DLP_FAN_CLR_L WTNR_SET WTNR_NEAR WTNR_VCONT GND ROT_MOT_REM ROT_MOT_CLK ROT_MOT_PD ROT_MOT_DIR ROT_HP_SENS THOP_MOT_Bk_REM THOP_MOT_M_REM THOP_MOT_C_REM THOP_MOT_Y_REM GND ENCODE_Bk ENCODE_M ENCODE_C ENCODE_Y THOP_Bk THOP_M THOP_ C THOP_Y GND 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 YC3 GND WTNR_SET INTER_LOCK IH_CORE_SENS IH_CORE_MOT_REM IH_CORE_CLK WTNR_LED IH_COIL_FAN_ALM IH_COIL_FAN_H IH_COIL_FAN_L EXIT_FAN CONTAIN_FAN JUNC_SOL_REM JUNC_SOL_RET GND EXIT_PAPE_SENS EXIT_FEED_SENS ROT_MOT_REM ROT_MOT_PH ROT_MOT_CLK ROT_MOT_PD ROT_MOT_DIR GND DLP_FAN_Bk_H DLP_FAN_Bk_L DLP_FAN_CLR_H DLP_FAN_CLR_L WTNR_FULL WTNR_NEAR WTNR_VCONT GND ROT_MOT_REM ROT_MOT_CLK ROT_MOT_PD ROT_MOT_DIR ROT_HP_SENS THOP_MOT_Bk_REM THOP_MOT_M_REM THOP_MOT_C_REM THOP_MOT_Y_REM GND ENCODE_Bk ENCODE_M ENCODE_C ENCODE_Y THOP_Bk THOP_M THOP_ C THOP_Y GND YC6 DLP_FAN_M 24V DLP_FAN_Bk 24V 4 3 2 1 4 3 2 1 8 9 10 11 12 5 4 3 2 1 1 2 1 2 Relay Relay 2 1 2 1 + + - DEVFM2 DEVFM1 Developer unit C YC1 TPD_TEMP DLP_VCONT TPD_1 TN_CLK GND DLP_ADR1 DLP_ADR0 EEP_SDA1 EEP_SCL1 3.3V2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1 2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1 2 YC1 TPD_TEMP DLP_VCONT TPD_1 TN_CLK GND DLP_ADR1 DLP_ADR0 EEP_SDA1 EEP_SCL1 3.3V SDA GND SCL OTEMS2 TS-C YC4 5V LED1 1 2 1 2 VM-C Drum unit C DRPWB-C +3.3V2 3V VIB_MOT 24V ERS_Bk_REM 7 8 7 8 2 1 2 1 DRM1 ERASER (+) ERS1 DR (-) CL-K TS-Y 5V DRM_INDEX_Bk GND YC8 YC2 +3.3V2 EEP_SCL1 EEP_SDA1 GND DRM_ADR0_M DRM_ADR1_M CL-M DRM1 ERASER (+) ERS1 DR (-) 2 1 2 1 7 8 7 8 24V ERS_M_REM 5V DRM_INDEX_M GND FSSOL 2-4-16 .3V2 3V VIB_MOT YC2 GND DRM_INDEX_Bk ERS_Bk_REM TPD_Bk_1 DLP_VCONT_Bk_1 TPD_TEMP_Bk GND DRM_INDEX_M ERS_M_REM TPD_M_1 DLP_VCONT_M_1 TPD_TEMP_M GND DRM_INDEX_C ERS_C_REM TPD_C_1 DLP_VCONT_C_1 TPD_TEMP_C GND TN_CLK GND EEP_SCL1 GND EEP_SDA1 GND TPD_Y_1 DLP_VCONT_Y_1 TPD_TEMP_Y ERS_Y_REM DRM_INDEX_Y FRONT_OPEN GND I2C_SCL GND I2C_SDA GND LSU_FAN_REM CLEAN_MOT_LOCK CLEAN_MOT_REM GND 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 YC10 1 GND DRM_INDEX_Bk 2 3 ERS_Bk 4 TPD_Bk_1 5 DLP_VCONT_Bk_1 TPD_TEMP_Bk 6 GND 7 8 DRM_INDEX_M 9 ERS_M 10 TPD_M_1 11 DLP_VCONT_M_1 TPD_TEMP_M 12 GND 13 14 DRM_INDEX_C ERS_C 15 16 TPD_C_1 17 DLP_VCONT_C_1 18 TPD_TEMP_C 19 GND 20 TN_CLK 21 GND 22 EEP_SCL1 23 GND 24 EEP_SDA1 25 GND 26 TPD_Y_1 27 DLP_VCONT_Y_1 28 TPD_TEMP_Y 29 ERS_Y 30 DRM_INDEX_Y 31 FRONT_OPEN 32 GND I2C_SCL 33 GND 34 I2C_SDA 35 GND 36 LSU_FAN_REM 37 38 CLEAN_MOT_LOCK 39 CLEAN_MOT_REM 40 GND 3.3V2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1 2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1 2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 YC15 TPD_TEMP_Y DLP_VCONT_Y_1 TPD_Y_1 TN_CLK_Y GND DLP_ADR1_Y DLP_ADR0_Y EEP_SDA1 EEP_SCL1 3.3V1 +3.3V2 +5V +24V +24V GND GND GND GND GND 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 VM-Y Drum unit Y DRPWB-Y +3.3V2 +5V +24V +24V GND GND GND GND GND 5V_LED WTNR_LED WTNR_NEAR 5V WTNR_SET GND 5V_LED WTNR_LED WTNR_FULL 5V 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Relay 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 Relay 3 2 1 4 3 2 1 1 2 3 A K E C 1 2 3 5V Vout GND LED TR YC14 6 5 4 3 2 1 6 5 4 3 2 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6 3.3V2 Developer unit K TS-K FRPWB VM-K YC7 3.3V2 3V 3.3V EEP SCL EEP SDA GND A0 A1 YC1 +3.3V2 EEP_SCL1 EEP_SDA1 GND DRM_ADR0_C DRM_ADR1_C Relay CFM1 EFFM Relay YC17 GND IH_CORE_SENS 5V IH_CORE B/ IH_CORE B IH_CORE A IH_CORE A/ 24V EXIT PAPER(SUB) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 CL-C DRM1 ERASER (+) ERS1 DR (-) 2 1 2 1 7 8 7 8 24V ERS_C_REM 5V DRM_INDEX_C GND Developer unit M YC1 TPD_TEMP DLP_VCONT TPD_1 TN_CLK GND DLP_ADR1 DLP_ADR0 EEP_SDA1 EEP_SCL1 3.3V1 +3.3V1 I2C_SDA GND I2C_SCL 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 4 3 2 1 Relay 1 2 3 4 4 3 2 1 1 2 3 4 +3.3 (30 ppm model/35 ppm model/45 ppm model/55 ppm model) YC16 OTEMS1 FRCSW LSUFM WTM + - +3.3V1 I2C_SDA GND I2C_SCL FRONT_OPEN GND 24V LSU_FAN_OUT CL_MOT 24V GND WTNR_SET 5V WTNR_FULL WTNR_LED _ 5V LED 5V WTNR_NEAR WTNR_LED 5V_LED YC9 TPD_TEMP_BK DLP_VCONT_BK_1 TPD_BK_1 TN_CLK_BK GND DLP_ADR1_BK DLP_ADR0_BK EEP_SDA1 EEP_SCL1 3.3V2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1 2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1 2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 YC13 TPD_TEMP_C DLP_VCONT_C_1 TPD_C_1 TN_CLK_C GND DLP_ADR1_C DLP_ADR0_C EEP_SDA1 EEP_SCL1 3.3V2 3V VIB_MOT TS-M YC5 ROT_CORE A ROT_CORE B ROT_CORE A/ ROT_CORE B/ GND ROT_HP_SENS 5V SB_CORE B/ SB_CORE A/ SB_CORE B SB_CORE A GND EXIT_FEED_SENS 5V GND EXIT_PAPER_SENS 5V +24V1 JUNC_SOL_KYU JUNC_SOL_FUK 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 Relay 6 5 4 3 2 1 8 9 10 11 12 13 3 2 1 3 2 1 3 2 1 Relay GND Vout 5V 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 4 3 2 1 3 2 1 4 3 2 1 3 2 1 B/ A/ B A GND Vout 5V VM-M Eject unit EM SBS EFS COM ACT KEEP Drum unit M DRPWB-M YC10 +3.3V EEP SCL EEP SDA GND A0 A1 6 5 4 3 2 1 6 5 4 3 2 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6 3.

2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC No.4 (30 ppm model/35 ppm model/45 ppm model/55 ppm model) YC26 +5V FSR_BLT_PLS GND +5V FSR_RLS_SENS GND +5V FSR_SIZE_SENS GND FSR_RLS_DR_CW FSR_RLS_DR_CCW +24V1 FSR_FAN FSR_FAN_ALM +24V1 EDGE_FAN EDGE_FAN_ALM +24V1 EDGE_FAN EDGE_FAN_ALM BRIDGE_FAN +24V1 GND MAIN_TH1 MAIN_TH2 GUIDE_TH2 GND GUIDE_TH1 GND EDGE_TH GND PRESS_TH GND A20 A19 A18 A17 A16 A15 A14 A13 A12 A11 A10 A9 A8 A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 B20 B19 B18 B17 B16 B15 B14 B13 B12 B11 B10 B9 B8 A20 A19 A18 A17 A16 A15 A14 A13 A12 A11 A10 A9 A8 A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 B20 B19 B18 B17 B16 B15 B14 B13 B12 B11 B10 B9 B8 1 2 Relay 2 1 + A12 A12 A13 A13 B13 B13 B10 B10 B11 B11 B12 B12 1 2 3 1 2 3 A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 A9 A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 A9 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 Relay 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 1 2 1 2 3 Relay 2 1 3 2 1 + S 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 5V Vout GND 5V Vout GND 5V Vout GND FUBLS FURS FUES FURM Fuser unit A10 A10 A11 A11 Relay FURFM Connector holder YC1 YC2 YC3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 1 2 3 2 1 3 2 1 2 1 2 1 + S FUFFM FTH1 BRFM B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 B9 B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 B9 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 FUPWB YC4 YC5 GND FSR_NCTH1 FSR_NCTH2 FTH2 FTH3 1 2 Relay 2 1 FTH4 YC4 GND +3.3V2 IH_HEAT_REM ROTATION IH_TXD IH_RXD PRESS_HEART_REM B7 B6 B5 B4 B3 B2 B1 B7 B6 B5 B4 B3 B2 B1 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6 SGND Vcc IH_REM ROTATION RXD TXD 1 2 3 Relay 3 2 1 + S CFM2 FIH YC9 COIL_LIVE COIL_COM 1 1 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 YC10 YC6 EPWB FTS FIHPWB +15V1 +15V2 3 3 4 YC8 3 2 1 3 2 1 GND FSR_RELAY +24V 4 YC1 IH_NEUTRAL IH_LIVE 1 2 1 2 1 2 From PSPWB FPWB1 YC27 MAIN_HEAT_REM SUB_HEAT_REM +24V2 ZEROC GND GND FSR_RELAY +24V1 PRESS_REM 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 YC11 +24V1 IH_PWB_FAN IH_PWB_FAN_ALM 1 2 3 3 2 1 1 2 3 Relay 3 2 1 + S IHFM YC19 EXIT_REAR_FAN +24V1 1 2 2 1 1 2 Relay 2 1 + ERFM 2-4-17 .

C 1 2 3 FPWB1 EPWB 2-4-18 .3V REG_R_LED GND REG_SENS_R_P REG_SENS_R_S 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 3 2 1 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 +3.3V REG_F_LED GND _ REG SENS_F_P REG_SENS_F_S 3.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC No.3V LED_REF GND VO_P VO_S 1 2 3 COM ACT RET ID sensor IDS1 FUM IDS2 CN1 YC13 TRANS_MOT_BRK TRANS_MOT_DIR TRANS_MOT_RDY TRANS_MOT_CLK TRANS_MOT_REM GND 24V2 GND 24V2 TANK_SET 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 SIG2 SIG1 SGND +5V BRAKE CW/CCW FG VM START/STOP PGND +24V1 CN2 +5V S.GND SIG_1 +5V S.5 (30 ppm model/35 ppm model) YC6 GND JOB_SET JOB_MOT_REM _ JOB MOT_CLK JOB_MOT_DIR JOB_OPEN_SENS JOB_SOL_REM GND MAIN_HEAT_REM SUB_HEAT_REM ZEROC FSR_RELAY PRESS_REM _ EXIT REAR_FAN_L EXIT_REAR_FAN_H GND FSR_CL_REM FSR_MOT_REM FSR_MOT_CLK FSR_MOT_RDY FSR_MOT_DIR FSR_MOT_BRK GND MPF_TABLE MPF_WID1 MPF_WID2 MPF_WID3 MPF_LNG GND MPF_PPR_SET MPF_LIFT_UP MPF_LIFT_DOWN MPF_JAM MPF_CL MPF_LIF2 MPF_LIFT1 GND TC_MOT_LOCK TC_TONER_LED _ TC TONER_FULL TC_TONER_VCONT INTER_LOCK DU2_PD DU2_CLK DU2_REM_(CL_LOW) GND DU_OPEN DU_FAN PRESS_MOT_REM1 PRESS_MOT_REM2 PRESS_RLS_SENS DU_SENS BELT_JAM_SENS GND CLN_SOL_RET CLN_SOL_REM _ REG SENS_R_S(BK) REG_SENS_R_P(BK) REG_R_LED GND REG_SENS_F_S REG_SENS_F_P REG_F_LED GND 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 64 63 62 61 60 59 58 57 56 55 54 53 52 51 50 49 48 47 46 45 44 43 42 41 40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 64 63 62 61 60 59 58 57 56 55 54 53 52 51 50 49 48 47 46 45 44 43 42 41 40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 YC1 GND JOB_SET JOB_MOT_REM _ JOB MOT_CLK JOB_MOT_DIR JOB_OPEN_SENS JOB_SOL_REM GND MAIN_HEAT_REM SUB_HEAT_REM ZEROC FSR_RELAY PRESS_REM _ EXIT REAR_FAN_L EXIT_REAR_FAN_H GND FSR_CL_REM FSR_MOT_REM FSR_MOT_CLK FSR_MOT_RDY FSR_MOT_DIR FSR_MOT_BRK GND MPF_TABLE MPF_WID1 MPF_WID2 MPF_WID3 MPF_LNG GND MPF_PPR_SET MPF_LIFT_UP MPF_LIFT_DOWN MPF_JAM MPF_CL MPF_LIF2 MPF_LIFT1 GND TC_MOT_LOCK TC_TONER_LED _ TC TONER_FULL TC_TONER_VCONT INTER_LOCK DU2_PD DU2_CLK DU2_REM_(CL_LOW) GND DU_OPEN DU_FAN PRESS_MOT_REM1 PRESS_MOT_REM2 PRESS_RLS_SENS DU_SENS BELT_JAM_SENS GND CLN_SOL_RET CLN_SOL_REM _ REG SENS_R_S(BK) REG_SENS_R_P(BK) REG_R_LED GND REG_SENS_F_S REG_SENS_F_P REG_F_LED GND Fuser drive unit YC18 FSR_MOT_BRK FSR_MOT_DIR FSR_MOT_RDY FSR_MOT_CLK FSR_MOT_REM GND 24V2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 6 5 4 3 2 1 CW/CCW LD CLOCK START/STOP GND +24V YC10 GND M_TEMP 3.GND SIG_2 1 2 3 4 5 6 24V CLN_SOL_REM CLN_SOL_RET Relay CLSOL TRM JMPWB YC2 YC20 JOB_SET GND GND JOB_MOT_REM 24V1 JOB_MOT_CLK 5V JOB_MOT_DIR JOB_OPEN_SENS _ JOB SOL_REM NC 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 1 10 9 2 8 3 7 4 6 5 Relay 5 6 7 4 8 3 9 2 10 1 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 Job separator YC8 DLP_MOT_BK_DIR DLP_MOT_BK_RDY DLP_MOT_BK_CLK DLP_MOT_BK_REM GND +24V1 1 2 3 4 5 6 YC1 JOB_SET GND GND JOB_MOT_REM 24V1 JOB_MOT_CLK 5V JOB_MOT_DIR JOB_OPEN_SENS JOB_SOL_REM GND JOB_OPEN_SENS +5V1 JOB_B/ JOB_A/ JOB_B JOB_A +24V1 JOB_SOL_OUT 1 2 3 5 6 7 8 9 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 3 2 1 4 3 2 1 2 1 3 2 1 4 3 2 1 GND Vout 5V B/ A/ B A 1 2 JOCS JEM COM ACT YC6 DLP_MOT_CLR_DIR DLP_MOT_CLR_RDY DLP_MOT_CLR_CLK DLP_MOT_CLR_REM GND +24V1 1 2 3 4 5 6 JFSSOL YC22 YC9 DRM_MOT_BK_BRK DRM_MOT_BK_DIR DRM_MOT_BK_RDY DRM_MOT_BK_CLK DRM_MOT_BK_REM GND +24V2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 REG_CL_REM 24V2 2 1 1 2 3 2 1 3 2 1 RCL YC5 GND M_TEMP LOOP_SENS GND EDGE_FAN_H DU1_MOT_PD DU1_MOT_CLK DU1_MOT_REM(CL_H) GND EXIT_FAN DU_ENTER_SENS TCON_SET GND TRANS_MOT_REM TRANS_MOT_CLK TRANS_MOT_RDY TRANS_MOT_DIR TRANS_MOT_BRK GND DRM_MOT_BK_REM DRM_MOT_BK_RDY DRM_MOT_BK_DIR DRM_MOT_BK_BRK GND DLP_MOT_BK_REM DLP_MOT_BK_CLK DLP_MOT_BK_RDY DLP_MOT_BK_DIR GND DRM_MOT_CLR_REM DRM_MOT_BK_CLR_CLK DRM_MOT_CLR_RDY DRM_MOT_CLR_DIR GND DLP_MOT_CLR_REM DLP_MOT_CLR_CLK DLP_MOT_CLR_RDY DLP_MOT_CLR_DIR GND REG_MOT_PD REG_MOT_CLK REG_MOT_REM(CL) GND IH_PWB_FAN_L IH_PWB_FAN_H _ IH PWB_FAN_ALM POWER_OFF DRM_HEAT_REM IH_PWB_FAN(U)_AL GND 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 50 49 48 47 46 45 44 43 42 41 40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 50 49 48 47 46 45 44 43 42 41 40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 YC2 GND M_TEMP LOOP_SENS GND EDGE_FAN_H DU1_MOT_PD DU1_MOT_CLK DU1_MOT_REM(CL_H) GND EXIT_FAN DU_ENTER_SENS TCON_SET GND TRANS_MOT_REM TRANS_MOT_CLK TRANS_MOT_RDY TRANS_MOT_DIR TRANS_MOT_BRK GND DRM_MOT_BK_REM DRM_MOT_BK_RDY DRM_MOT_BK_DIR DRM_MOT_BK_BRK GND DLP_MOT_BK_REM DLP_MOT_BK_CLK DLP_MOT_BK_RDY DLP_MOT_BK_DIR GND DRM_MOT_CLR_REM DRM_MOT_BK_CLR_CLK DRM_MOT_CLR_RDY DRM_MOT_CLR_DIR GND DLP_MOT_CLR_REM DLP_MOT_CLR_CLK DLP_MOT_CLR_RDY DLP_MOT_CLR_DIR GND REG_MOT_PD REG_MOT_CLK REG_MOT_REM(CL) GND IH_PWB_FAN_L IH_PWB_FAN_H _ IH PWB_FAN_ALM POWER_OFF DRM_HEAT_REM IH_PWB_FAN(U)_AL GND YC25 REG_MOT_B/ REG_MOT_A/ REG_MOT_B REG_MOT_A 1 2 3 4 YC7 DRM_MOT_CLR_BRK DRM_MOT_CLR_DIR DRM_MOT_CLR_RDY DRM_MOT_CLR_CLK DRM_MOT_CLR_REM GND +24V1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 YC21 24V2 FSR_CL_REM N.3V LED_REF GND VO_P VO_S +3.

5 (45 ppm model/55 ppm model) YC6 GND JOB_SET JOB_MOT_REM _ JOB MOT_CLK JOB_MOT_DIR JOB_OPEN_SENS JOB_SOL_REM GND MAIN_HEAT_REM SUB_HEAT_REM ZEROC FSR_RELAY PRESS_REM _ EXIT REAR_FAN_L EXIT_REAR_FAN_H GND FSR_CL_REM FSR_MOT_REM FSR_MOT_CLK FSR_MOT_RDY FSR_MOT_DIR FSR_MOT_BRK GND MPF_TABLE MPF_WID1 MPF_WID2 MPF_WID3 MPF_LNG GND MPF_PPR_SET MPF_LIFT_UP MPF_LIFT_DOWN MPF_JAM MPF_CL MPF_LIF2 MPF_LIFT1 GND TC_MOT_LOCK TC_TONER_LED _ TC TONER_FULL TC_TONER_VCONT INTER_LOCK DU2_PD DU2_CLK DU2_REM_(CL_LOW) GND DU_OPEN DU_FAN PRESS_MOT_REM1 PRESS_MOT_REM2 PRESS_RLS_SENS DU_SENS BELT_JAM_SENS GND CLN_SOL_RET CLN_SOL_REM _ REG SENS_R_S(BK) REG_SENS_R_P(BK) REG_R_LED GND REG_SENS_F_S REG_SENS_F_P REG_F_LED GND 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 64 63 62 61 60 59 58 57 56 55 54 53 52 51 50 49 48 47 46 45 44 43 42 41 40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 64 63 62 61 60 59 58 57 56 55 54 53 52 51 50 49 48 47 46 45 44 43 42 41 40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 YC1 GND JOB_SET JOB_MOT_REM _ JOB MOT_CLK JOB_MOT_DIR JOB_OPEN_SENS JOB_SOL_REM GND MAIN_HEAT_REM SUB_HEAT_REM ZEROC FSR_RELAY PRESS_REM _ EXIT REAR_FAN_L EXIT_REAR_FAN_H GND FSR_CL_REM FSR_MOT_REM FSR_MOT_CLK FSR_MOT_RDY FSR_MOT_DIR FSR_MOT_BRK GND MPF_TABLE MPF_WID1 MPF_WID2 MPF_WID3 MPF_LNG GND MPF_PPR_SET MPF_LIFT_UP MPF_LIFT_DOWN MPF_JAM MPF_CL MPF_LIF2 MPF_LIFT1 GND TC_MOT_LOCK TC_TONER_LED _ TC TONER_FULL TC_TONER_VCONT INTER_LOCK DU2_PD DU2_CLK DU2_REM_(CL_LOW) GND DU_OPEN DU_FAN PRESS_MOT_REM1 PRESS_MOT_REM2 PRESS_RLS_SENS DU_SENS BELT_JAM_SENS GND CLN_SOL_RET CLN_SOL_REM _ REG SENS_R_S(BK) REG_SENS_R_P(BK) REG_R_LED GND REG_SENS_F_S REG_SENS_F_P REG_F_LED GND Fuser drive unit YC18 FSR_MOT_BRK FSR_MOT_DIR FSR_MOT_RDY FSR_MOT_CLK FSR_MOT_REM GND 24V2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 6 5 4 3 2 1 CW/CCW LD CLOCK START/STOP GND +24V YC10 GND M_TEMP 3.C 1 2 3 FPWB1 EPWB 2-4-19 .GND SIG_2 1 2 3 4 5 6 24V CLN_SOL_REM CLN_SOL_RET Relay CLSOL TRM JMPWB YC2 YC20 JOB_SET GND GND JOB_MOT_REM 24V1 JOB_MOT_CLK 5V JOB_MOT_DIR JOB_OPEN_SENS _ JOB SOL_REM NC 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 1 10 9 2 8 3 7 4 6 5 Relay 5 6 7 4 8 3 2 9 1 10 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 Job separator YC8 DLP_MOT_BK_DIR DLP_MOT_BK_RDY DLP_MOT_BK_CLK DLP_MOT_BK_REM GND +24V1 1 2 3 4 5 6 YC1 JOB_SET GND GND JOB_MOT_REM 24V1 JOB_MOT_CLK 5V JOB_MOT_DIR JOB_OPEN_SENS JOB_SOL_REM GND JOB_OPEN_SENS +5V1 JOB_B/ JOB_A/ JOB_B JOB_A +24V1 JOB_SOL_OUT 1 2 3 5 6 7 8 9 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 3 2 1 4 3 2 1 2 1 3 2 1 4 3 2 1 GND Vout 5V B/ A/ B A 1 2 JOCS JEM COM ACT YC6 DLP_MOT_CLR_DIR DLP_MOT_CLR_RDY DLP_MOT_CLR_CLK DLP_MOT_CLR_REM GND +24V1 1 2 3 4 5 6 JFSSOL YC22 YC9 DRM_MOT_BK_BRK DRM_MOT_BK_DIR DRM_MOT_BK_RDY DRM_MOT_BK_CLK DRM_MOT_BK_REM GND +24V2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 REG_CL_REM 24V2 2 1 YC5 GND M_TEMP LOOP_SENS GND EDGE_FAN_H DU1_MOT_PD DU1_MOT_CLK DU1_MOT_REM(CL_H) GND EXIT_FAN DU_ENTER_SENS TCON_SET GND TRANS_MOT_REM TRANS_MOT_CLK TRANS_MOT_RDY TRANS_MOT_DIR TRANS_MOT_BRK GND DRM_MOT_BK_REM DRM_MOT_BK_RDY DRM_MOT_BK_DIR DRM_MOT_BK_BRK GND DLP_MOT_BK_REM DLP_MOT_BK_CLK DLP_MOT_BK_RDY DLP_MOT_BK_DIR GND DRM_MOT_CLR_REM DRM_MOT_BK_CLR_CLK DRM_MOT_CLR_RDY DRM_MOT_CLR_DIR GND DLP_MOT_CLR_REM DLP_MOT_CLR_CLK DLP_MOT_CLR_RDY DLP_MOT_CLR_DIR GND REG_MOT_PD REG_MOT_CLK REG_MOT_REM(CL) GND IH_PWB_FAN_L IH_PWB_FAN_H _ IH PWB_FAN_ALM POWER_OFF DRM_HEAT_REM IH_PWB_FAN(U)_AL GND 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 50 49 48 47 46 45 44 43 42 41 40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 50 49 48 47 46 45 44 43 42 41 40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 YC2 GND M_TEMP LOOP_SENS GND EDGE_FAN_H DU1_MOT_PD DU1_MOT_CLK DU1_MOT_REM(CL_H) GND EXIT_FAN DU_ENTER_SENS TCON_SET GND TRANS_MOT_REM TRANS_MOT_CLK TRANS_MOT_RDY TRANS_MOT_DIR TRANS_MOT_BRK GND DRM_MOT_BK_REM DRM_MOT_BK_RDY DRM_MOT_BK_DIR DRM_MOT_BK_BRK GND DLP_MOT_BK_REM DLP_MOT_BK_CLK DLP_MOT_BK_RDY DLP_MOT_BK_DIR GND DRM_MOT_CLR_REM DRM_MOT_BK_CLR_CLK DRM_MOT_CLR_RDY DRM_MOT_CLR_DIR GND DLP_MOT_CLR_REM DLP_MOT_CLR_CLK DLP_MOT_CLR_RDY DLP_MOT_CLR_DIR GND REG_MOT_PD REG_MOT_CLK REG_MOT_REM(CL) GND IH_PWB_FAN_L IH_PWB_FAN_H _ IH PWB_FAN_ALM POWER_OFF DRM_HEAT_REM IH_PWB_FAN(U)_AL GND YC25 REG_MOT_B/ REG_MOT_A/ REG_MOT_B REG_MOT_A 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 4 3 2 1 4 3 2 1 B/ A/ B A RM YC7 DRM_MOT_CLR_BRK DRM_MOT_CLR_DIR DRM_MOT_CLR_RDY DRM_MOT_CLR_CLK DRM_MOT_CLR_REM GND +24V1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 YC21 24V2 FSR_CL_REM N.3V REG_R_LED GND REG_SENS_R_P REG_SENS_R_S 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 3 2 1 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 +3.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC No.3V REG_F_LED GND _ REG SENS_F_P REG_SENS_F_S 3.3V LED_REF GND VO_P VO_S +3.GND SIG_1 +5V S.3V LED_REF GND VO_P VO_S 1 2 3 COM ACT RET ID sensor IDS1 FUM IDS2 CN1 YC13 TRANS_MOT_BRK TRANS_MOT_DIR TRANS_MOT_RDY TRANS_MOT_CLK TRANS_MOT_REM GND 24V2 GND 24V2 TANK_SET 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 SIG2 SIG1 SGND +5V BRAKE CW/CCW FG VM START/STOP PGND +24V1 CN2 +5V S.

3V3 MPF_PPR_SET MPF_LIFT_UP_SENS MPF_LIFT_DOWN_SENS MPF_JAM_SENS MPF_CL_REM 24V2 MPF_LIFT_MOT_A MPF_LIFT_MOT_B _ TC TONER_MOT_A TC_TONER_MOT_B TC_TONER_FULL TC_TONER_LED MP tray YC3 MPF_LIFT_DR_B MPF_LIFT_DR_A 24V2 MPF_CL_REM 5V MPF_JAM_SENS GND 5V MPF_LIFT_DOWN_SENS GND 5V MPF_LIFT_UP_SENS GND MPF_PPR_SET GND LED_3.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC No.3V3 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Relay 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 5V Vout GND 5V Vout GND Vout GND 3.3V LOOP_SENS EDGE_FAN_REM DU1_A DU1_B DU1_A/ DU1_B/ GND DU_CL_UPPER_REM 24V2 EXIT_FAN DU_ENTER_SENS YC8 24V2 DU_FAN_REM 24V2 DU_FAN_REM 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 Relay 2 1 YC11 GND DU_ENTER_SENS 5V EXIT_FAN_REM 24V2 EXIT_FAN_REM 24V2 24V2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 3 2 1 2 1 2 1 3 2 1 3 2 1 Relay Relay 3 2 1 GND Vout 5V 1 2 1 2 DUS1 + + EFM1 EFM2 YC17 GND GND MPF_TABLE MPF_WID1 MPF_WID2 MPF_WID3 MPF_LNG LED_3.3V LOOP_SENS EDGE_FAN_REM DU1_A DU1_B DU1_A/ DU1_B/ GND DU_CL_UPPER_REM 24V2 EXIT_FAN DU_ENTER_SENS 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 C31 C32 C33 C34 C35 C36 C37 C38 C39 C40 C41 C42 C31 C32 C33 C34 C35 C36 C37 C38 C39 C40 C41 C42 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 YC13 3.3V REG_BK_LED GND REG_BK_SENS1_P REG_BK_SENS1_S GND BELT_JAM_SENS 5V 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 1 2 3 1 2 3 LPS MPPFCL 5V Vout GND MPFS MPLS2 MPLS1 MPPS YC14 GND PRESS_RLS_SENS 5V PRESS_RLS_REM1 PRESS_RLS_REM2 NC 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6 3 2 1 2 1 3 2 1 Relay GND Vout 5V 1 2 TRRS TRRM YC14 5V_LED DU2_A DU2_B DU2_A/ DU2_B/ DU_OPEN_SW DU_CL_LOWER_REM DU_FAN 24V2 PRESS_RLSMOT2 PRESS_RLSMOT21 5V PRESS_RLS_SENS DU_SENS BELT_JAM_SENS REG_BK_SENS1_S REG_BK_SENS1_P REG_BK_LED 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 D43 D44 D45 D46 D47 D48 D49 D50 D51 D52 D53 D54 D55 D56 D57 D58 D59 D60 D43 D44 D45 D46 D47 D48 D49 D50 D51 D52 D53 D54 D55 D56 D57 D58 D59 D60 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 YC1 5V_LED DU2_A DU2_B DU2_A/ DU2_B/ DU_OPEN_SW DU_CL_LOWER_REM DU_FAN 24V2 PRESS_RLSMOT2 PRESS_RLSMOT21 5V PRESS_RLS_SENS DU_SENS BELT_JAM_SENS REG_BK_SENS1_S REG_BK_SENS1_P REG_BK_LED YC2 MPF_TABLE GND MPF_WID1 GND MPF_WID2 MPF_WID3 5V MPF_LNG GND 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 9 8 7 6 5 3 2 1 1 2 3 1 2 1 2 3 4 Relay 3 2 1 1 2 1 2 3 4 Vout GND WID1 GND WID2 WID3 1 2 3 YC4 MPTSW MPPWSW 1 2 3 5V Vout GND 24V2 ID_SOL_REM 1 2 Relay MPPLSW YC9 GND DU_SENS 5V 1 2 3 1 2 3 3 2 1 3 2 1 GND Vout 5V YC5 A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 A9 A10 A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 A9 A10 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 TANK_SET +24V2 GND +24V2 GND TRANS_MOT_REM TRANS_MOT_CLK TRANS_MOT_RDY TRANS_MOT_DIR TRANS_MOT_BRK YC6 24V2 GND TRANS_MOT_REM TRANS_MOT_CLK TRANS_MOT_RDY TRANS_MOT_DIR TRANS_MOT_BRK 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 DUS2 YC7 24V2 DU_CL2_REM DU_OPEN GND DU2_B/ DU2_A/ DU2_B DU2_A 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 3 2 1 2 1 3 2 1 2 1 DUCL2 DUCSW RYPWB 2-4-20 .3V3 MPF_PPR_SET MPF_LIFT_UP_SENS MPF_LIFT_DOWN_SENS MPF_JAM_SENS MPF_CL_REM 24V2 MPF_LIFT_MOT_A MPF_LIFT_MOT_B _ TC TONER_MOT_A TC_TONER_MOT_B TC_TONER_FULL TC_TONER_LED 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 B11 B12 B13 B14 B15 B16 B17 B18 B19 B20 B21 B22 B23 B24 B25 B26 B27 B28 B29 B30 Drawer Drawer B11 B12 B13 B14 B15 B16 B17 B18 B19 B20 B21 B22 B23 B24 B25 B26 B27 B28 B29 B30 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 YC12 GND GND MPF_TABLE MPF_WID1 MPF_WID2 MPF_WID3 MPF_LNG LED_3.6 (30 ppm model/35 ppm model) YC16 FPWB1 DU1_B/ DU1_A/ DU1_B DU1_A EDGE_FAN_REM 24V2 EDGE_FAN_REM 24V2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 2 1 2 1 Relay Relay 1 2 1 2 + + FUFM1 FUFM2 YC23 3.3V 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 1 2 1 2 3 1 2 3 Relay 1 2 3 1 2 3 2 1 DU_CL_UPPER_REM DUCL1 OUT GND 5V YC10 MPLM LOOP_SENS GND 5V 3.

2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC No.3V3 MPF_PPR_SET MPF_LIFT_UP_SENS MPF_LIFT_DOWN_SENS MPF_JAM_SENS MPF_CL_REM 24V2 MPF_LIFT_MOT_A MPF_LIFT_MOT_B _ TC TONER_MOT_A TC_TONER_MOT_B TC_TONER_FULL TC_TONER_LED 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 B11 B12 B13 B14 B15 B16 B17 B18 B19 B20 B21 B22 B23 B24 B25 B26 B27 B28 B29 B30 Drawer Drawer B11 B12 B13 B14 B15 B16 B17 B18 B19 B20 B21 B22 B23 B24 B25 B26 B27 B28 B29 B30 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 YC12 GND GND MPF_TABLE MPF_WID1 MPF_WID2 MPF_WID3 MPF_LNG LED_3.3V 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 1 2 1 2 3 1 2 3 Relay 1 2 3 1 2 3 2 1 DU_CL_UPPER_REM YC10 MPLM LOOP_SENS GND 5V 3.3V LOOP_SENS EDGE_FAN_REM DU1_A DU1_B DU1_A/ DU1_B/ GND DU_CL_UPPER_REM 24V2 EXIT_FAN DU_ENTER_SENS 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 C31 C32 C33 C34 C35 C36 C37 C38 C39 C40 C41 C42 C31 C32 C33 C34 C35 C36 C37 C38 C39 C40 C41 C42 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 YC13 3.3V3 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Relay 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 5V Vout GND 5V Vout GND Vout GND 3.6 (45 ppm model/55 ppm model) YC16 FPWB1 DU1_B/ DU1_A/ DU1_B DU1_A EDGE_FAN_REM 24V2 EDGE_FAN_REM 24V2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 4 3 2 1 2 1 2 1 4 3 2 1 Relay Relay B/ A/ B A 1 2 1 2 DUM1 + + FUFM1 FUFM2 YC23 3.3V LOOP_SENS EDGE_FAN_REM DU1_A DU1_B DU1_A/ DU1_B/ GND DU_CL_UPPER_REM 24V2 EXIT_FAN DU_ENTER_SENS YC8 24V2 DU_FAN_REM 24V2 DU_FAN_REM 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 4 3 Relay 2 1 YC11 GND DU_ENTER_SENS 5V EXIT_FAN_REM 24V2 EXIT_FAN_REM 24V2 24V2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 3 2 1 2 1 2 1 3 2 1 Relay Relay GND Vout 5V 1 2 1 2 DUS1 + + EFM1 EFM2 YC17 GND GND MPF_TABLE MPF_WID1 MPF_WID2 MPF_WID3 MPF_LNG LED_3.3V REG_BK_LED GND REG_BK_SENS1_P REG_BK_SENS1_S GND BELT_JAM_SENS 5V 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 1 2 3 1 2 3 OUT GND 5V LPS MPPFCL 5V Vout GND MPFS MPLS2 MPLS1 MPPS YC14 GND PRESS_RLS_SENS 5V PRESS_RLS_REM1 PRESS_RLS_REM2 NC 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6 3 2 1 2 1 3 2 1 Relay GND Vout 5V 1 2 TRRS TRRM YC14 5V_LED DU2_A DU2_B DU2_A/ DU2_B/ DU_OPEN_SW DU_CL_LOWER_REM DU_FAN 24V2 PRESS_RLSMOT2 PRESS_RLSMOT21 5V PRESS_RLS_SENS DU_SENS BELT_JAM_SENS REG_BK_SENS1_S REG_BK_SENS1_P REG_BK_LED 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 D43 D44 D45 D46 D47 D48 D49 D50 D51 D52 D53 D54 D55 D56 D57 D58 D59 D60 D43 D44 D45 D46 D47 D48 D49 D50 D51 D52 D53 D54 D55 D56 D57 D58 D59 D60 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 YC1 5V_LED DU2_A DU2_B DU2_A/ DU2_B/ DU_OPEN_SW DU_CL_LOWER_REM DU_FAN 24V2 PRESS_RLSMOT2 PRESS_RLSMOT21 5V PRESS_RLS_SENS DU_SENS BELT_JAM_SENS REG_BK_SENS1_S REG_BK_SENS1_P REG_BK_LED YC2 MPF_TABLE GND MPF_WID1 GND MPF_WID2 MPF_WID3 5V MPF_LNG GND 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 9 8 7 6 5 3 2 1 1 2 3 1 2 1 2 3 4 Relay 3 2 1 1 2 1 2 3 4 Vout GND WID1 GND WID2 WID3 1 2 3 YC4 MPTSW MPPWSW 1 2 3 5V Vout GND 24V2 ID_SOL_REM 1 2 Relay MPPLSW YC9 GND DU_SENS 5V 1 2 3 1 2 3 3 2 1 3 2 1 GND Vout 5V YC5 A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 A9 A10 A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 A9 A10 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 TANK_SET +24V2 GND +24V2 GND TRANS_MOT_REM TRANS_MOT_CLK TRANS_MOT_RDY TRANS_MOT_DIR TRANS_MOT_BRK YC6 24V2 GND TRANS_MOT_REM TRANS_MOT_CLK TRANS_MOT_RDY TRANS_MOT_DIR TRANS_MOT_BRK 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 DUS2 YC7 24V2 DU_CL2_REM DU_OPEN GND DU2_B/ DU2_A/ DU2_B DU2_A 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 2 1 4 3 2 1 2 1 4 3 2 1 B/ A/ B A DUCSW DUM2 RYPWB 2-4-21 .3V3 MPF_PPR_SET MPF_LIFT_UP_SENS MPF_LIFT_DOWN_SENS MPF_JAM_SENS MPF_CL_REM 24V2 MPF_LIFT_MOT_A MPF_LIFT_MOT_B _ TC TONER_MOT_A TC_TONER_MOT_B TC_TONER_FULL TC_TONER_LED MP tray YC3 MPF_LIFT_DR_B MPF_LIFT_DR_A 24V2 MPF_CL_REM 5V MPF_JAM_SENS GND 5V MPF_LIFT_DOWN_SENS GND 5V MPF_LIFT_UP_SENS GND MPF_PPR_SET GND LED_3.

7 (30 ppm model/35 ppm model) YC12 +24V2 +24V2 +5V GND GND GND 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6 6 5 4 3 2 1 6 5 4 3 2 1 YC11 +24V2 +24V2 +5V GND GND GND YC7 MID_B/ MID_A/ MID_B MID_A BEND_SENS GND 5V GND FEED1_SENS 5V GND REG_SENS 5V 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 4 3 2 1 3 2 1 3 2 1 3 2 1 4 3 2 1 3 2 1 3 2 1 3 2 1 TH OUT GND 5V GND Vout 5V GND Vout 5V Middle guide unit RDS YC13 5V1 GND CURRENT_SIG 3 2 1 3 2 1 1 2 3 From CRPWB Relay MS RS MCL YC2 FEED_MOT_GAIN FEED_MOT_DIR FEED_MOT_RDY FEED_MOT_CLK FEED_MOT_REM GND 24V2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 6 5 4 3 2 1 CW/CCW LD CLOCK START/STOP GND +24V Paper feed drive unit FPWB1 MID_CL_REM 24V2 YC5 V-FEED_CL_REM 24V2 NC 3 2 1 1 2 3 3 2 1 3 2 1 PFM PCCL YC10 ASIST_CL1 1 2 Primary paper feed unit YC8 YC4 GND FEED_MOT_REM FEED_MOT_CLK _ FEED MOT_RDY FEED_MOT_DIR FEED_CL1_REM FEED_CL2_REM ASIST_CL2 LIFT_MOT2_REM GND LIFT_MOT1_REM1 CAS2_WID CAS2_LNG3 CAS2_LNG2 CAS2_LNG1 CAS1_WID CAS1_LNG3 CAS1_LNG2 CAS1_LNG1 GND CAS2_QUANT2 CAS2_QUANT1 CAS1_QUANT2 CAS1_QUANT1 LIFT_MOT1_LOCK LIFT_MOT2_LOCK CURRENT_SIG V-FEED_CL COVER_OPEN FEED2_SENS CAS1_P0 CAS1_LIFT_UP GND CAS1_EMPTY PICK_SOL1_RET PICK_SOL1_REM CAS2_P0 CAS2_LIFT_UP CAS2_EMPTY PICK_SOL2_RET PICK_SOL2_REM GND REG_SENS FEED1_SENS BEND_SENS MID_MOT_PH MID_MOT_REM(ROL) MID_MOT_CLK MID_MOT_PD ASIST_CL1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 24V2 YC1 GND FEED_MOT_REM FEED_MOT_CLK _ FEED MOT_RDY FEED_MOT_DIR FEED_CL1_REM FEED_CL2_REM ASIST_CL2 LIFT_MOT2_REM GND LIFT_MOT1_REM1 CAS2_WID CAS2_LNG3 CAS2_LNG2 CAS2_LNG1 CAS1_WID CAS1_LNG3 CAS1_LNG2 CAS1_LNG1 GND CAS2_QUANT2 CAS2_QUANT1 CAS1_QUANT2 CAS1_QUANT1 LIFT_MOT1_LOCK LIFT_MOT2_LOCK CURRENT_SIG V-FEED_CL COVER_OPEN FEED2_SENS CAS1_P0 CAS1_LIFT_UP GND CAS1_EMPTY PICK_SOL1_RET PICK_SOL1_REM CAS2_P0 CAS2_LIFT_UP CAS2_EMPTY PICK_SOL2_RET PICK_SOL2_REM GND REG_SENS FEED1_SENS BEND_SENS MID_MOT_PH MID_MOT_REM(ROL) MID_MOT_CLK MID_MOT_PD ASIST_CL1 24V2 PICK_SOL1_REM PICK_SOL1_RET LED_5V GND CAS1_EMPTY_SENS LED_5V GND CAS1_LIFT_UP_SENS 5V CAS1_P0_SENS GND 24V2 PICK_SOL2_REM PICK_SOL2_RET LED_5V GND CAS2_EMPTY_SENS LED_5V GND CAS2_LIFT_UP_SENS 5V CAS2_P0_SENS GND 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 3 2 1 3 2 1 3 2 1 3 2 1 3 2 1 3 2 1 5V GND Vout 5V GND Vout 5V Vout GND 3 2 1 3 2 1 3 2 1 3 2 1 3 2 1 3 2 1 5V GND Vout 5V GND Vout 5V Vout GND YC12 ASIST_CL2 24V2 1 2 PS1 YC4 FEED_CL1_REM 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 Relay LS1 FS1 24V2 FEED_CL2_REM 24V2 3 2 1 3 2 1 3 2 1 3 2 1 PFCL1 PFCL2 Connector holder PS2 LS2 FS2 YC3 CAS1_LNG1 CAS1_LNG2 GND CAS1_LNG3 CAS1_WID GND CAS2_LNG1 CAS2_LNG2 GND CAS2_LNG3 CAS2_WID GND LIFT_MOT1_RET LIFT_MOT1_DR 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 6 5 4 3 2 1 6 5 4 3 2 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6 4 3 2 1 2 1 4 3 2 1 2 1 2 1 4 3 2 1 2 1 4 3 2 1 2 1 2 1 SW1 SW2 COM SW3 SW1 SW2 COM SW3 Relay PLSW1 PWSW1 PLSW2 PWSW2 LM1 LM2 Relay Relay YC6 Relay LED_5V GND FEED2_SENS COVER_OPEN GND 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 5 4 3 2 1 1 2 3 4 5 3 2 1 2 1 3 2 1 2 1 5V GND Vout PCS PCCSW LIFT_MOT2_RET LIFT_MOT2_DR Connector holder Lower guide unit 15 16 1 2 2 1 2 1 LED_5V GND CAS1_QUANT1 LED_5V GND CAS1_QUANT2 LED_ 5V GND CAS2_QUANT1 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 6 5 4 Relay 3 2 1 6 5 4 Relay 3 2 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6 3 2 1 3 2 1 3 2 1 3 2 1 3 2 1 3 2 1 3 2 1 3 2 1 5V GND Vout 5V GND Vout 5V GND Vout 5V GND Vout PGS1(U) PGS1(L) PGS2(U) PGS2(L) EPWB FPWB2 LED_5V GND CAS2_QUANT2 2-4-22 .2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC No.

2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC No.7 (45 ppm model/55 ppm model) YC12 +24V2 +24V2 +5V GND GND GND 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6 6 5 4 3 2 1 6 5 4 3 2 1 YC11 +24V2 +24V2 +5V GND GND GND YC7 MID_B/ MID_A/ MID_B MID_A BEND_SENS GND 5V GND FEED1_SENS 5V GND REG_SENS 5V 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 4 3 2 1 4 3 2 1 3 2 1 3 2 1 4 3 2 1 3 2 1 3 2 1 1 2 3 4 TH OUT GND 5V GND Vout 5V GND Vout 5V B/ A/ B A Middle guide unit MM YC13 5V1 GND CURRENT_SIG 3 2 1 3 2 1 1 2 3 From CRPWB RDS Relay MS RS YC2 FEED_MOT_GAIN FEED_MOT_DIR FEED_MOT_RDY FEED_MOT_CLK FEED_MOT_REM GND 24V2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 6 5 4 3 2 1 CW/CCW LD CLOCK START/STOP GND +24V Paper feed drive unit FPWB1 MID_CL_REM 24V2 YC5 V-FEED_CL_REM 24V2 NC 3 2 1 1 2 3 3 2 1 3 2 1 PFM PCCL YC10 Primary paper feed unit YC8 YC4 GND FEED_MOT_REM FEED_MOT_CLK _ FEED MOT_RDY FEED_MOT_DIR FEED_CL1_REM FEED_CL2_REM ASIST_CL2 LIFT_MOT2_REM GND LIFT_MOT1_REM1 CAS2_WID CAS2_LNG3 CAS2_LNG2 CAS2_LNG1 CAS1_WID CAS1_LNG3 CAS1_LNG2 CAS1_LNG1 GND CAS2_QUANT2 CAS2_QUANT1 CAS1_QUANT2 CAS1_QUANT1 LIFT_MOT1_LOCK LIFT_MOT2_LOCK CURRENT_SIG V-FEED_CL COVER_OPEN FEED2_SENS CAS1_P0 CAS1_LIFT_UP GND CAS1_EMPTY PICK_SOL1_RET PICK_SOL1_REM CAS2_P0 CAS2_LIFT_UP CAS2_EMPTY PICK_SOL2_RET PICK_SOL2_REM GND REG_SENS FEED1_SENS BEND_SENS MID_MOT_PH MID_MOT_REM(ROL) MID_MOT_CLK MID_MOT_PD ASIST_CL1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 ASIST_CL1 24V2 1 2 1 2 3 2 1 3 2 1 ASCL1 YC1 GND FEED_MOT_REM FEED_MOT_CLK _ FEED MOT_RDY FEED_MOT_DIR FEED_CL1_REM FEED_CL2_REM ASIST_CL2 LIFT_MOT2_REM GND LIFT_MOT1_REM1 CAS2_WID CAS2_LNG3 CAS2_LNG2 CAS2_LNG1 CAS1_WID CAS1_LNG3 CAS1_LNG2 CAS1_LNG1 GND CAS2_QUANT2 CAS2_QUANT1 CAS1_QUANT2 CAS1_QUANT1 LIFT_MOT1_LOCK LIFT_MOT2_LOCK CURRENT_SIG V-FEED_CL COVER_OPEN FEED2_SENS CAS1_P0 CAS1_LIFT_UP GND CAS1_EMPTY PICK_SOL1_RET PICK_SOL1_REM CAS2_P0 CAS2_LIFT_UP CAS2_EMPTY PICK_SOL2_RET PICK_SOL2_REM GND REG_SENS FEED1_SENS BEND_SENS MID_MOT_PH MID_MOT_REM(ROL) MID_MOT_CLK MID_MOT_PD ASIST_CL1 24V2 PICK_SOL1_REM PICK_SOL1_RET LED_5V GND CAS1_EMPTY_SENS LED_5V GND CAS1_LIFT_UP_SENS 5V CAS1_P0_SENS GND 24V2 PICK_SOL2_REM PICK_SOL2_RET LED_5V GND CAS2_EMPTY_SENS LED_5V GND CAS2_LIFT_UP_SENS 5V CAS2_P0_SENS GND 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 3 2 1 Relay 1 2 3 3 2 1 3 2 1 3 2 1 3 2 1 3 2 1 3 2 1 COM ACT RET 5V GND Vout 5V GND Vout 5V Vout GND COM ACT RET 3 2 1 3 2 1 3 2 1 3 2 1 3 2 1 3 2 1 5V GND Vout 5V GND Vout 5V Vout GND PUSOL1 PS1 YC12 ASIST_CL2 24V2 1 2 1 2 3 2 1 3 2 1 ASCL2 Relay YC4 FEED_CL1_REM 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 LS1 FS1 PUSOL2 PS2 LS2 FS2 24V2 FEED_CL2_REM 24V2 3 2 1 3 2 1 3 2 1 3 2 1 PFCL1 PFCL2 Connector holder 3 2 1 Relay 1 2 3 YC3 CAS1_LNG1 CAS1_LNG2 GND CAS1_LNG3 CAS1_WID GND CAS2_LNG1 CAS2_LNG2 GND CAS2_LNG3 CAS2_WID GND LIFT_MOT1_RET LIFT_MOT1_DR 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 6 5 4 3 2 1 6 5 4 3 2 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6 4 3 2 1 2 1 4 3 2 1 2 1 2 1 4 3 2 1 2 1 4 3 2 1 2 1 2 1 SW1 SW2 COM SW3 SW1 SW2 COM SW3 Relay PLSW1 PWSW1 PLSW2 PWSW2 LM1 LM2 Relay Relay YC6 Relay LED_5V GND FEED2_SENS COVER_OPEN GND 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 5 4 3 2 1 1 2 3 4 5 3 2 1 2 1 3 2 1 2 1 5V GND Vout PCS PCCSW LIFT_MOT2_RET LIFT_MOT2_DR Connector holder Lower guide unit 15 16 1 2 2 1 2 1 LED_5V GND CAS1_QUANT1 LED_5V GND CAS1_QUANT2 LED_ 5V GND CAS2_QUANT1 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 6 5 4 Relay 3 2 1 6 5 4 Relay 3 2 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6 3 2 1 3 2 1 3 2 1 3 2 1 3 2 1 3 2 1 3 2 1 3 2 1 5V GND Vout 5V GND Vout 5V GND Vout 5V GND Vout PGS1(U) PGS1(L) PGS2(U) PGS2(L) EPWB FPWB2 LED_5V GND CAS2_QUANT2 2-4-23 .

3V2 YC6 TM-Y SRS-Y GND SIG 5V 1 2 3 2 1 Relay 2 1 1 2 Relay 3 4 5 5 4 3 2 1 5 6 7 8 9 10 Connector holder 11 12 Connector holder 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 5 6 5 6 +24V1 TMOT_Y_DR +24V1 TMOT_C_DR +24V1 TMOT_M_DR +24V1 TMOT_Bk_DR 3 2 1 8 9 10 11 12 8 9 10 11 12 DLP_Y_GAIN DLP_Y_CW/CCW DLP_Y_LD DLP_Y_CLK DLP_Y_S/S PGND +24V1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 TM-C SRS-C GND SIG 5V 1 2 3 2 1 Relay 2 1 1 2 Relay 3 4 5 5 4 3 2 1 1 2 3 3 2 1 DLP_C_GAIN DLP_C_CW/CCW DLP_C_LD DLP_C_CLK DLP_C_S/S PGND +24V1 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 Relay 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 GND ENCODE_Y +5V GND ENCODE_C +5V YC7 DLP_M_GAIN DLP_M_CW/CCW DLP_M_LD DLP_M_CLK DLP_M_S/S PGND +24V1 1 2 1 2 6 5 1 2 2 1 Relay 1 2 + 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 6 5 4 3 2 1 DEVM-MCY CW/CCW LD CLOCK START/STOP GND +24V TM-M SRS-M GND SIG 5V 1 2 3 2 1 Relay 2 1 1 2 Relay 3 4 5 5 4 3 2 1 4 5 6 7 8 9 3 2 1 YC22 GND ENCODE_M +5V GND ENCODE_K +5V 3 4 5 6 3 4 5 6 4 3 2 1 LVU_FAN +24V1 PSFM DLP_BK_GAIN DLP_BK_CW/CCW DLP_BK_LD DLP_BK_CLK DLP_BK_S/S PGND +24V1 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 6 5 4 3 2 1 6 5 4 3 2 1 TM-K SRS-K GND SIG 5V 1 2 3 2 1 Relay 2 1 1 2 Relay 3 4 5 5 4 3 2 1 10 11 12 Relay 3 4 5 6 DEVM-K CW/CCW LD CLOCK START/STOP GND +24V 3 2 1 2-4-24 .8 (30 ppm model/35 ppm model) YC4 NC NC NC NC DRM_C_BRAKE _ DRM C_GAIN DRM_C_CW/CCW DRM_C_LD DRM_C_CLK DRM_C_S/S PGND +24V1 1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 17 19 21 23 YC3 TRCM +24V GND START/STOP CLOCK LD CW/CCW 1 2 3 4 5 6 6 5 4 3 2 1 A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A16 A15 A14 A13 A12 A11 A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 +24V1 GND ICL_MOT _ _REM _ ICL MOT_CLK ICL_MOT_RDY ICL_MOT_DIR YC9 YC3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 MOT_CLK MOT_SDO MOT_SEL MOT_SDI MOT_RDY EMERGENCY BLT_SPEED BLT_INDEX DRM_INDEX_BK DRM_INDEX_M DRM_INDEX_C CRM CRS GND SIG 5V 3 2 1 2 1 3 2 1 Relay 1 2 1 2 Relay 3 4 5 5 4 3 2 1 A7 A8 A9 A10 A11 A10 A9 A8 A7 A6 A7 A8 A9 A10 A11 A7 A8 A9 A10 A11 RLS_MOT_DR +24V1 GND RLS_SENS +5V MOT_CLK MOT_SDO MOT_SEL MOT_SDI MOT_RDY EMERGENCY BLT_SPEED BLT_INDEX DRM_INDEX_BK DRM_INDEX_M DRM_INDEX_C Connector holder Connector holder DCM 2 1 Relay 1 2 DCS TRBLS GND SIG 5V GND SIG 5V TH OUT GND 5V 3 2 1 3 2 1 4 3 2 1 3 2 1 3 2 1 4 3 2 1 6 5 4 3 2 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 B9 B10 B11 B12 B13 B14 B15 B16 Relay A12 A13 A14 A15 A16 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 B16 B15 B14 B13 B12 B11 B10 B9 B8 B7 B6 B5 B4 B3 B2 B1 A12 A13 A14 A15 A16 B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 B9 B10 B11 B12 B13 B14 B15 B16 A12 A13 A14 A15 A16 B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 B9 B10 B11 B12 B13 B14 B15 B16 ZIG_MOT_DR_CCW ZIG_MOT_DR_CW GND BLT_INDEX +5V GND ZIG_SENS +5V GND BLT_SPEED +5V TEMP ZIG_REV_SENS GND +5V +3.3V EEP_SCL EEP_SDA GND A0 A1 EPWB MCPWB NC NC NC NC DRM_M_BRAKE DRM_M_GAIN DRM_M_CW/CCW DRM_M_LD DRM_M_CLK DRM_M_S/S PGND +24V1 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 DRM-MCY 6 5 4 3 2 1 6 5 4 3 2 1 CW/CCW LD CLOCK START/STOP GND +24V RFPWB YC1 SDA GND SCL +3.3V2 EEP_SCL2 EEP_SDA2 GND A0 A1 DRM_INDEX_Y GND GND +5V +5V BLT_BRAKE BLT_VM BLT_REM MOT_DATA_SET DRM_ON BLT_FG 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 DRM_INDEX_Y GND GND +5V +5V BLT_BRAKE BLT_VM BLT_REM MOT_DATA_SET DRM_ON BLT_FG NC NC NC NC DRM_Y_BRAKE DRM_Y_GAIN DRM_Y_CW/CCW DRM_Y_LD DRM_Y_CLK DRM_Y_S/S PGND +24V1 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 YC5 NC NC NC NC DRM_BK_BRAKE DRM_BK_GAIN DRM_BK_CW/CCW DRM_BK_LD DRM_BK_CLK DRM_BK_S/S PGND +24V1 1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 17 19 21 23 1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 17 19 21 23 DRM-K 6 5 4 3 2 1 6 5 4 3 2 1 CW/CCW LD CLOCK START/STOP GND +24V DES Relay TRPWB +3.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC No.3V 4 3 2 1 4 3 2 1 1 2 3 4 12 11 10 9 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 YC27 EEP_SDA2 GND EEP_SCL2 3.

2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC No.3V2 EEP_SCL2 EEP_SDA2 GND A0 A1 DRM_INDEX_Y GND GND +5V +5V BLT_BRAKE BLT_VM BLT_REM MOT_DATA_SET DRM_ON BLT_FG 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 DRM_INDEX_Y GND GND +5V +5V BLT_BRAKE BLT_VM BLT_REM MOT_DATA_SET DRM_ON BLT_FG NC NC NC NC DRM_Y_BRAKE DRM_Y_GAIN DRM_Y_CW/CCW DRM_Y_LD DRM_Y_CLK DRM_Y_S/S PGND +24V1 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 DRM-Y 6 5 4 3 2 1 6 5 4 3 2 1 CW/CCW LD CLOCK START/STOP GND +24V YC5 NC NC NC NC DRM_BK_BRAKE DRM_BK_GAIN DRM_BK_CW/CCW DRM_BK_LD DRM_BK_CLK DRM_BK_S/S PGND +24V1 1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 17 19 21 23 1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 17 19 21 23 DRM-K 6 5 4 3 2 1 6 5 4 3 2 1 CW/CCW LD CLOCK START/STOP GND +24V DES Relay TRPWB +3.3V2 YC6 TM-Y SRS-Y GND SIG 5V 1 2 3 2 1 Relay 2 1 1 2 Relay 3 4 5 5 4 3 2 1 5 6 7 8 9 10 Connector holder 11 12 Connector holder 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 5 6 5 6 +24V1 TMOT_Y_DR +24V1 TMOT_C_DR +24V1 TMOT_M_DR +24V1 TMOT_Bk_DR 3 2 1 8 9 10 11 12 8 9 10 11 12 DLP_Y_GAIN DLP_Y_CW/CCW DLP_Y_LD DLP_Y_CLK DLP_Y_S/S PGND +24V1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 TM-C SRS-C GND SIG 5V 1 2 3 2 1 Relay 2 1 1 2 Relay 3 4 5 5 4 3 2 1 1 2 3 3 2 1 DLP_C_GAIN DLP_C_CW/CCW DLP_C_LD DLP_C_CLK DLP_C_S/S PGND +24V1 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 Relay 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 GND ENCODE_Y +5V GND ENCODE_C +5V YC7 DLP_M_GAIN DLP_M_CW/CCW DLP_M_LD DLP_M_CLK DLP_M_S/S PGND +24V1 1 2 1 2 6 5 1 2 2 1 Relay 1 2 + 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 6 5 4 3 2 1 DEVM-MCY CW/CCW LD CLOCK START/STOP GND +24V TM-M SRS-M GND SIG 5V 1 2 3 2 1 Relay 2 1 1 2 Relay 3 4 5 5 4 3 2 1 4 5 6 7 8 9 3 2 1 YC22 GND ENCODE_M +5V GND ENCODE_K +5V 3 4 5 6 3 4 5 6 4 3 2 1 LVU_FAN +24V1 PSFM DLP_BK_GAIN DLP_BK_CW/CCW DLP_BK_LD DLP_BK_CLK DLP_BK_S/S PGND +24V1 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 6 5 4 3 2 1 6 5 4 3 2 1 TM-K SRS-K GND SIG 5V 1 2 3 2 1 Relay 2 1 1 2 Relay 3 4 5 5 4 3 2 1 10 11 12 Relay 3 4 5 6 DEVM-K CW/CCW LD CLOCK START/STOP GND +24V 3 2 1 2-4-25 .8 (45 ppm model/55 ppm model) YC4 NC NC NC NC DRM_C_BRAKE _ DRM C_GAIN DRM_C_CW/CCW DRM_C_LD DRM_C_CLK DRM_C_S/S PGND +24V1 1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 17 19 21 23 1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 17 19 21 23 YC3 TRCM +24V GND START/STOP CLOCK LD CW/CCW 1 2 3 4 5 6 6 5 4 3 2 1 A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A16 A15 A14 A13 A12 A11 A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 +24V1 GND ICL_MOT _ _REM _ ICL MOT_CLK ICL_MOT_RDY ICL_MOT_DIR DRM-C 6 5 4 3 2 1 6 5 4 3 2 1 CW/CCW LD CLOCK START/STOP GND +24V YC9 YC3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 MOT_CLK MOT_SDO MOT_SEL MOT_SDI MOT_RDY EMERGENCY BLT_SPEED BLT_INDEX DRM_INDEX_BK DRM_INDEX_M DRM_INDEX_C CRM CRS GND SIG 5V 3 2 1 2 1 3 2 1 Relay 1 2 1 2 Relay 3 4 5 5 4 3 2 1 A7 A8 A9 A10 A11 A10 A9 A8 A7 A6 A7 A8 A9 A10 A11 A7 A8 A9 A10 A11 RLS_MOT_DR +24V1 GND RLS_SENS +5V MOT_CLK MOT_SDO MOT_SEL MOT_SDI MOT_RDY EMERGENCY BLT_SPEED BLT_INDEX DRM_INDEX_BK DRM_INDEX_M DRM_INDEX_C Connector holder Connector holder DCM 2 1 Relay 1 2 DCS TRBLS GND SIG 5V GND SIG 5V TH OUT GND 5V 3 2 1 3 2 1 4 3 2 1 3 2 1 3 2 1 4 3 2 1 6 5 4 3 2 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 B9 B10 B11 B12 B13 B14 B15 B16 Relay A12 A13 A14 A15 A16 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 B16 B15 B14 B13 B12 B11 B10 B9 B8 B7 B6 B5 B4 B3 B2 B1 A12 A13 A14 A15 A16 B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 B9 B10 B11 B12 B13 B14 B15 B16 A12 A13 A14 A15 A16 B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 B9 B10 B11 B12 B13 B14 B15 B16 ZIG_MOT_DR_CCW ZIG_MOT_DR_CW GND BLT_INDEX +5V GND ZIG_SENS +5V GND BLT_SPEED +5V TEMP ZIG_REV_SENS GND +5V +3.3V EEP_SCL EEP_SDA GND A0 A1 EPWB MCPWB NC NC NC NC DRM_M_BRAKE DRM_M_GAIN DRM_M_CW/CCW DRM_M_LD DRM_M_CLK DRM_M_S/S PGND +24V1 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 DRM-M 6 5 4 3 2 1 6 5 4 3 2 1 CW/CCW LD CLOCK START/STOP GND +24V RFPWB YC1 SDA GND SCL +3.3V 4 3 2 1 4 3 2 1 1 2 3 4 12 11 10 9 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 YC27 EEP_SDA2 GND EEP_SCL2 3.

9 (30 ppm model/35 ppm model) YC15 +24V1 N.3V3 3.C +24V2 1 2 3 1 2 3 PCUSW To FPWB2 3 2 1 1 2 3 YC17 5V1 GND CURRENT_MONI TB1 LIVE IN 1 #250 1 #250 1 1 From Inlet 2 HVPWB2 YC2 TR +24V2 GND 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 TB2 LIVE OUT 1 YC16 +24V2 GND CRPWB YC5 POWER_OFF DRM_HEAT_REM GND 3 2 1 3 2 1 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 POWER_OFF DRM_HEAT_REM GND FSR_RELAY_REM YC14 YC10 +24V1 +24V1 +24V1 +24V1 +24V1 +24V1 +24V1 +24V1 GND GND GND GND GND GND GND GND 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 1 2 To Paper feeder 1 2 To Document finisher 1 5 YC1 T1_CLR_OFF_REM T1_CNT1 T1_CNT2 T1_CNT3 T1_CNT4 FB_CNT T2_REM SP_REM T2_CNT SP_CNT SGND SGND 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 YC8 T1_CLR_OFF_REM T1_CNT1 T1_CNT2 T1_CNT3 T1_CNT4 FB_CNT T2_REM SP_REM T2_CNT SP_CNT SGND SGND YC1 GND +5V GND +12V GND GND +24V1 +24V1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 YC3 GND +5V GND +12V GND GND +24V1 +24V1 YC4 +24V1 +24V1 +24V1 +12V GND GND GND GND 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 YC9 +24V1 +24V1 +24V1 +12V GND GND GND GND To ISCPWB 3 4 3 4 2 4 YC13 GND GND 3.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC No.3V2 YC3 YC16 YC1 DISCHARGE_Y AC_MAIN_CNT_Y AC_SLV_CNT_Y DC_MAG_CNT_Y DC_SLV_CNT_Y AC_SLV_CLK_Y MAIN_IDC_Y DC_MAIN_CNT_Y DC_MAIN_REM AC_MAIN_CLK SGND 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 DC_REC_CNT AC_MAG_CLK_Y AC_MAG_CNT_Y DISCHARGE_Y AC_MAIN_CNT_Y AC_SLV_CNT_Y DC_MAG_CNT_Y DC_SLV_CNT_Y AC_SLV_CLK_Y MAIN_IDC_Y DC_MAIN_CNT_Y DC_MAIN_REM AC_MAIN_CLK SGND IH_NEUTRAL NC IH_LIVE 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 To IHPWB 2 FPWB1 YC2 SGND DC_MAIN_CNT_C MAIN_IDC_C DC_MAG_REM AC_SLV_CLK_C DC_SLV_CNT_C DC_MAG_CNT_C AC_SLV_CNT_C AC_MAIN_CNT_C DISCHARGE_C 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 SGND DC_MAIN_CNT_C MAIN_IDC_C DC_MAG_REM AC_SLV_CLK_C DC_SLV_CNT_C DC_MAG_CNT_C AC_SLV_CNT_C AC_MAIN_CNT_C DISCHARGE_C AC_MAG_CNT_C AC_MAG_CLK_C DC_REC_REM NC DH_LIVE TB3 1 #110 1 4 2 1 DH_LIVE MSW_IN MSW_OUT MSW YC1 MSW_OUT MSW_IN 1 2 1 1 2 #250 1 #250 1 2 To CRPWB 1 AC_LIVE TB1 LIVE TB2 NEUTRAL 1 Inlet AC_NEUTRAL PSPWB EPWB YC4 DH_LIVE_OUT DH_LIVE_IN 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 1 2 YC17 YC3 DISCHARGE_M AC_MAIN_CNT_M AC_SLV_CNT_M DC_MAG_CNT_M DC_SLV_CNT_M AC_SLV_CLK_M MAIN_IDC_M DC_MAIN_CNT_M SGND 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 AC_MAG_CLK_M AC_MAG_CNT_M DISCHARGE_M AC_MAIN_CNT_M AC_SLV_CNT_M DC_MAG_CNT_M DC_SLV_CNT_M AC_SLV_CLK_M MAIN_IDC_M DC_MAIN_CNT_M SGND YC2 +24V1 +24V1 +24V1 GND GND GND 6 5 4 3 2 1 6 5 4 3 2 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6 YC8 +24V1 +24V1 +24V1 GND GND GND YC5 DH_LIVE DH_LIVE NC NC DH_NEUTRAL DH_NEUTRAL 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 CH CH MCPWB SGND DC_MAIN_CNT_Bk MAIN_IDC_Bk _ AC MAIN_CNT_Bk AC_SLV_CLK_Bk DC_SLV_CNT_Bk DC_MAG_CNT_Bk AC_SLV_CNT_Bk DISCHARGE_Bk 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 SGND DC_MAIN_CNT_Bk MAIN_IDC_Bk _ AC MAIN_CNT_Bk AC_SLV_CLK_Bk DC_SLV_CNT_Bk DC_MAG_CNT_Bk AC_SLV_CNT_Bk DISCHARGE_Bk AC_MAG_CNT_Bk AC_MAG_CLK_Bk YC13 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6 +24V1 +24V1 +24V1 PGND PGND PGND YC6 DH_LIVE DH_NEUTRAL 1 2 1 2 3 1 To Paper feeder 2 YC4 DV +24V1 +24V1 PGND PGND 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 YC5 MC +24V1 PGND 1 2 1 2 HVPWB1 2-4-26 .3V3 3.3V2 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 4 3 2 1 4 3 2 1 YC26 GND GND 3.

3V3 3.3V2 YC3 YC1 DC_REC_CNT AC_MAG_CLK_Y AC_MAG_CNT_Y DISCHARGE_Y AC_MAIN_CNT_Y AC_SLV_CNT_Y DC_MAG_CNT_Y DC_SLV_CNT_Y AC_SLV_CLK_Y MAIN_IDC_Y DC_MAIN_CNT_Y DC_MAIN_REM AC_MAIN_CLK SGND 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 YC16 DC_REC_CNT AC_MAG_CLK_Y AC_MAG_CNT_Y DISCHARGE_Y AC_MAIN_CNT_Y AC_SLV_CNT_Y DC_MAG_CNT_Y DC_SLV_CNT_Y AC_SLV_CLK_Y MAIN_IDC_Y DC_MAIN_CNT_Y DC_MAIN_REM AC_MAIN_CLK SGND IH_NEUTRAL NC IH_LIVE 1 2 3 1 1 1 2 3 1 To IHPWB 2 FPWB1 TB4 NEUTRAL TB3 LIVE YC2 MSW IN IH_LIVE 1 2 1 #110 1 4 2 1 DH_LIVE MSW_IN MSW_OUT YC2 SGND DC_MAIN_CNT_C MAIN_IDC_C DC_MAG_REM AC_SLV_CLK_C DC_SLV_CNT_C DC_MAG_CNT_C AC_SLV_CNT_C AC_MAIN_CNT_C DISCHARGE_C AC_MAG_CNT_C AC_MAG_CLK_C DC_REC_REM 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 SGND DC_MAIN_CNT_C MAIN_IDC_C DC_MAG_REM AC_SLV_CLK_C DC_SLV_CNT_C DC_MAG_CNT_C AC_SLV_CNT_C AC_MAIN_CNT_C DISCHARGE_C AC_MAG_CNT_C AC_MAG_CLK_C DC_REC_REM NC YC5 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 NEUTRAL_OUT NEUTRAL_IN LIVE_OUT LIVE_IN DH_LIVE TB5 MSW YC1 MSW_OUT MSW_IN 1 2 1 1 2 #250 1 #250 1 2 To CRPWB 1 AC_LIVE TB1 LIVE TB2 NEUTRAL 1 Inlet AC_NEUTRAL PSPWB EPWB YC7 DH_LIVE_OUT DH_LIVE_IN 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 1 2 YC3 AC_MAG_CLK_M AC_MAG_CNT_M DISCHARGE_M AC_MAIN_CNT_M AC_SLV_CNT_M DC_MAG_CNT_M DC_SLV_CNT_M AC_SLV_CLK_M MAIN_IDC_M DC_MAIN_CNT_M SGND NC 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 YC17 AC_MAG_CLK_M AC_MAG_CNT_M DISCHARGE_M AC_MAIN_CNT_M AC_SLV_CNT_M DC_MAG_CNT_M DC_SLV_CNT_M AC_SLV_CLK_M MAIN_IDC_M DC_MAIN_CNT_M SGND YC2 +24V1 +24V1 +24V1 GND GND GND 6 5 4 3 2 1 6 5 4 3 2 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6 YC11 +24V1 +24V1 +24V1 GND GND GND YC8 DH_LIVE DH_LIVE NC NC DH_NEUTRAL DH_NEUTRAL 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 CH CH YC4 YC4 SGND DC_MAIN_CNT_Bk MAIN_IDC_Bk _ AC MAIN_CNT_Bk AC_SLV_CLK_Bk DC_SLV_CNT_Bk DC_MAG_CNT_Bk AC_SLV_CNT_Bk DISCHARGE_Bk AC_MAG_CNT_Bk AC_MAG_CLK_Bk 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 SGND DC_MAIN_CNT_Bk MAIN_IDC_Bk _ AC MAIN_CNT_Bk AC_SLV_CLK_Bk DC_SLV_CNT_Bk DC_MAG_CNT_Bk AC_SLV_CNT_Bk DISCHARGE_Bk AC_MAG_CNT_Bk AC_MAG_CLK_Bk MCPWB LIVE NC NEUTRAL 1 2 3 YC16 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6 +24V1 +24V1 +24V1 PGND PGND PGND YC9 DH_LIVE DH_NEUTRAL 1 2 1 2 3 1 To Paper feeder 2 YC5 DV +24V1 +24V1 PGND PGND 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 YC6 MC +24V1 PGND 1 2 1 2 HVPWB1 2-4-27 .3V3 3.C +24V2 1 2 3 1 2 3 PCUSW To FPWB2 3 2 1 1 2 3 YC17 5V1 GND CURRENT_MONI TB1 LIVE IN 1 #250 1 #250 1 1 From Inlet 2 HVPWB2 YC2 TR +24V2 GND 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 TB2 LIVE OUT 1 YC16 +24V2 GND CRPWB YC5 POWER_OFF DRM_HEAT_REM GND 3 2 1 3 2 1 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 POWER_OFF DRM_HEAT_REM GND FSR_RELAY_REM YC17 YC13 +24V1 +24V1 +24V1 +24V1 +24V1 +24V1 +24V1 +24V1 GND GND GND GND GND GND GND GND 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 1 2 To Paper feeder 1 2 To Document finisher 1 5 YC1 T1_CLR_OFF_REM T1_CNT1 T1_CNT2 T1_CNT3 T1_CNT4 FB_CNT T2_REM SP_REM T2_CNT SP_CNT SGND SGND 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 YC8 T1_CLR_OFF_REM T1_CNT1 T1_CNT2 T1_CNT3 T1_CNT4 FB_CNT T2_REM SP_REM T2_CNT SP_CNT SGND SGND YC1 GND +5V GND +12V GND GND +24V1 +24V1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 YC3 GND +5V GND +12V GND GND +24V1 +24V1 YC4 +24V1 +24V1 +24V1 +12V GND GND GND GND 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 YC12 +24V1 +24V1 +24V1 +12V GND GND GND GND To ISCPWB 3 4 3 4 2 4 YC13 GND GND 3.3V2 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 4 3 2 1 4 3 2 1 YC26 GND GND 3.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC No.9 (45 ppm model/55 ppm model) YC15 +24V1 N.

3V 3.3V 3.3V 3.3V 3.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC No.3V GND GND 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 GND TXP TXN GND RXN RXP GND YC3 SC_CLK SC_SO SC_SI SC_BSY SC_HLDN SC_DIR SC_IRN GND(SPARE) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 YC11 SC_CLK SC_SO SC_SI SC_BSY SC_HLDN SC_DIR SC_IRN GND(SPARE) CCDPWB YC32 3 2 1 GND +5V_HDD GND YC1 +5.3V 3.3V VCLKB VSYNCB HSYNCB MREB GND DRB0 DRB1 DRB2 DRB3 DRB4 DRB5 DRB6 DRB7 GND DGB0 DGB1 DGB2 DGB3 DGB4 DGB5 DGB6 DGB7 GND DBB0 DBB1 DBB2 DBB3 DBB4 DBB5 DBB6 DBB7 HHALF SLEEP TWS_DET GND LA2 LA3 LA4 LA5 LA6 LA7 LA8 LA9 LA10 LA11 LA12 LA13 LA14 LA15 LA16 LA17 GND LD0 LD1 LD2 LD3 LD4 LD5 LD6 LD7 GND INT RESETZ GND CEZ WEZ OEZ SCLKIN 3.3V GND HP_SW YC5 SM A B A/ B/ 4 3 2 1 1 2 3 4 SMOT AP SMOT BP SMOT AN SMOT BN YC7 +24V1 GND GND GND +24V1_2 +24V1_2 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 From PSPWB 4 5 PSPWB YC14 12V1 12V1 12V1 12V1 GND GND GND GND 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 YC12 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 24V2 24V2 24V2 Reserve GND GND GND Reserve DP_OPEN DP_SI DP_SO DP_CLK DP_SEL DP_RDY DP_TMG GND(SPARE) YC24 +12V +12V +12V +12V GND GND GND GND DPMPWB (option) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 From DPRPWB 2-4-28 .3V 3.3V GND DPRPWB GND A+ AGND BB+ GND 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 YC1 GND TXP TXN GND RXN RXP GND YC13 OSS GND ORGSW 5V 3 2 1 3 2 1 1 2 3 1 2 3 +5.3V 3.3V GND 6 5 4 3 2 1 6 5 4 3 2 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6 YC11 +5.3V 3.3V VCLKB VSYNCB HSYNCB MREB GND DRB0 DRB1 DRB2 DRB3 DRB4 DRB5 DRB6 DRB7 GND DGB0 DGB1 DGB2 DGB3 DGB4 DGB5 DGB6 DGB7 GND DBB0 DBB1 DBB2 DBB3 DBB4 DBB5 DBB6 DBB7 HHALF SLEEP TWS_DET GND LA2 LA3 LA4 LA5 LA6 LA7 LA8 LA9 LA10 LA11 LA12 LA13 LA14 LA15 LA16 LA17 GND LD0 LD1 LD2 LD3 LD4 LD5 LD6 LD7 GND INT RESETZ GND CEZ WEZ OEZ SCLKIN 3.3V 3.1V GND +10V GND +3.3V GND HPSW 3 2 1 3 2 1 4 5 6 4 5 6 +3.3V GND GND 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 YC4 GND GND 3.3V GND GND GND 5V 5V 5V GND ACT GND 12V 12V 12V 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 YC27 3 2 1 3 2 1 GND +5V_HDD GND ISCPWB HDD1 YC2 GND HTPDN LOCKN GND RX0N RX0P GND 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 YC14 ODSW 3.3V 3.3V GND COSW 3 2 1 3 2 1 1 2 3 1 2 3 +3.3V 3.1V GND +10V GND +3.3V 3.3V GND CO_SW To DPDPWB YC8 HPS 3.3V 3.3V 3.10 (30 ppm model/35 ppm model) YC2 GND(AFE_SHP) CLPIN GND(AFE_SHD) MCLK GND CCDSEL GND TXCLK1P TXCLK1N GND TXOUTC1P TXOUTC1N GND TXOUTB1P TXOUTB1N GND TXOUTC2P TXOUTC2N GND TXOUTB2P TXOUTB2N GND TXOUTA2P TXOUTA2N GND SCLK SDI SENB SDO SH TG GND RS GND CP GND CCDCLK2 GND CCDCLK1 GND 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 YC9 GND(AFE_SHP) CLPIN GND(AFE_SHD) AFE_MCLK GND CCDSEL GND DIS_CISCKN DIS_CISCKP GND DIS_CIS_5N DIS_CIS_5P GND DIS_CIS_4N DIS_CIS_4P GND DIS_CIS_3N DIS_CIS_3P GND DIS_CIS_2N DIS_CIS_2P GND DIS_CIS_1N DIS_CIS_1P GND AFECLK AFE_SO AFE_EN AFE_SI SH TG GND(Mono/Color) RS GND CP GND CCDCLK2 GND CCDCLK1 GND MPWB YC4 GND HTPDN LOCKN GND TX0N TX0P GND 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 YC25 GND HTPDN LOCKN GND TX0N TX0P GND YC2 YC10 GND GND 3.1V ORG_SW GND YC6 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 +24V1 +24V1 POW PWM PGND SGND VSET SCL SDA FAIL +5V LEDPWB 3.

3V 3.3V GND 6 5 4 3 2 1 6 5 4 3 2 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6 YC11 +5.3V GND GND GND A+ AGND BB+ GND 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 GND TXP TXN GND RXN RXP GND YC3 SC_CLK SC_SO SC_SI SC_BSY SC_HLDN SC_DIR SC_IRN GND(SPARE) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 YC11 SC_CLK SC_SO SC_SI SC_BSY SC_HLDN SC_DIR SC_IRN GND(SPARE) CCDPWB 3.3V 3.3V 3.1V ORG_SW GND YC6 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 +24V1 +24V1 POW PWM PGND SGND VSET SCL SDA FAIL +5V LEDPWB 3.3V 3.3V GND DPRPWB GND A+ AGND BB+ GND 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 YC1 GND TXP TXN GND RXN RXP GND YC13 OSS GND ORGSW 5V 3 2 1 3 2 1 1 2 3 1 2 3 +5.3V 3.3V VCLKB VSYNCB HSYNCB MREB GND DRB0 DRB1 DRB2 DRB3 DRB4 DRB5 DRB6 DRB7 GND DGB0 DGB1 DGB2 DGB3 DGB4 DGB5 DGB6 DGB7 GND DBB0 DBB1 DBB2 DBB3 DBB4 DBB5 DBB6 DBB7 HHALF SLEEP TWS_DET GND LA2 LA3 LA4 LA5 LA6 LA7 LA8 LA9 LA10 LA11 LA12 LA13 LA14 LA15 LA16 LA17 GND LD0 LD1 LD2 LD3 LD4 LD5 LD6 LD7 GND INT RESETZ GND CEZ WEZ OEZ SCLKIN 3.3V 3.3V 3.3V 3.3V 3.3V GND GND GND 5V 5V 5V GND ACT GND 12V 12V 12V 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 YC32 3 2 1 3 2 1 GND +5V_HDD GND HDD2 YC1 +5.10 (45 ppm model/55 ppm model) YC2 GND(AFE_SHP) CLPIN GND(AFE_SHD) MCLK GND CCDSEL GND TXCLK1P TXCLK1N GND TXOUTC1P TXOUTC1N GND TXOUTB1P TXOUTB1N GND TXOUTC2P TXOUTC2N GND TXOUTB2P TXOUTB2N GND TXOUTA2P TXOUTA2N GND SCLK SDI SENB SDO SH TG GND RS GND CP GND CCDCLK2 GND CCDCLK1 GND 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 YC9 GND(AFE_SHP) CLPIN GND(AFE_SHD) AFE_MCLK GND CCDSEL GND DIS_CISCKN DIS_CISCKP GND DIS_CIS_5N DIS_CIS_5P GND DIS_CIS_4N DIS_CIS_4P GND DIS_CIS_3N DIS_CIS_3P GND DIS_CIS_2N DIS_CIS_2P GND DIS_CIS_1N DIS_CIS_1P GND AFECLK AFE_SO AFE_EN AFE_SI SH TG GND(Mono/Color) RS GND CP GND CCDCLK2 GND CCDCLK1 GND MPWB YC4 GND HTPDN LOCKN GND TX0N TX0P GND 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 YC25 GND HTPDN LOCKN GND TX0N TX0P GND YC2 YC10 GND GND 3.3V GND COSW 3 2 1 3 2 1 1 2 3 1 2 3 +3.3V 3.3V GND GND 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 YC4 GND GND 3.3V GND GND GND 5V 5V 5V GND ACT GND 12V 12V 12V 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 YC27 3 2 1 3 2 1 GND +5V_HDD GND ISCPWB HDD1 YC2 GND HTPDN LOCKN GND RX0N RX0P GND 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 YC14 ODSW 3.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC No.3V GND CO_SW To DPDPWB YC8 HPS 3.3V 3.1V GND +10V GND +3.3V VCLKB VSYNCB HSYNCB MREB GND DRB0 DRB1 DRB2 DRB3 DRB4 DRB5 DRB6 DRB7 GND DGB0 DGB1 DGB2 DGB3 DGB4 DGB5 DGB6 DGB7 GND DBB0 DBB1 DBB2 DBB3 DBB4 DBB5 DBB6 DBB7 HHALF SLEEP TWS_DET GND LA2 LA3 LA4 LA5 LA6 LA7 LA8 LA9 LA10 LA11 LA12 LA13 LA14 LA15 LA16 LA17 GND LD0 LD1 LD2 LD3 LD4 LD5 LD6 LD7 GND INT RESETZ GND CEZ WEZ OEZ SCLKIN 3.3V 3.3V 3.3V 3.3V GND HP_SW YC5 SM A B A/ B/ 4 3 2 1 1 2 3 4 SMOT AP SMOT BP SMOT AN SMOT BN YC7 +24V1 GND GND GND +24V1_2 +24V1_2 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 From PSPWB 4 5 PSPWB YC14 12V1 12V1 12V1 12V1 GND GND GND GND 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 YC12 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 24V2 24V2 24V2 Reserve GND GND GND Reserve DP_OPEN DP_SI DP_SO DP_CLK DP_SEL DP_RDY DP_TMG GND(SPARE) YC24 +12V +12V +12V +12V GND GND GND GND DPMPWB (option) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 From DPRPWB 2-4-29 .1V GND +10V GND +3.3V 3.3V 3.3V GND HPSW 3 2 1 3 2 1 4 5 6 4 5 6 +3.

3V 3. PHS RXD SGND PHS DSR PHS RI PHS CTS 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 1 3 13 16 18 7 15 5 19 11 14 9 2 4 6 8 10 12 17 20 1 3 13 16 18 7 15 5 19 11 14 9 2 4 6 8 10 12 17 20 FG TXD SGND DTR 5V RTS DCD RXD SGND DSR RI CTS NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC KMAS KMASPWB CN3 GND TXD DTR RTS DCD RXD DSR CTS RI NC 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 YC11 VO2 VO1 1 2 1 2 2 1 Relay 1 2 + - Speaker YC5 TD1+ TD1TD2+ TD2CT1 CT2 TD3+ TD3TD4+ TD4GRLED_A1 GRLED_K1 YWLED_A2 YWLED_K2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 KMAS (option) YC1 +5V +5V +5V GND GND GND 1 2 3 4 5 6 6 5 4 3 2 1 6 5 4 3 2 1 Relay 1 2 3 4 5 6 6 5 4 3 2 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 YC30 +5V +5V +5V GND GND GND Ethernet LCD YC3 SGND PANEL_STATUS INT_POWERKEY_N PANEL RESET AUDIO LIGHTOFF_POWERON SHUT_DOWN LED_PROCESSING_N LED_ATTENTION_N LED_MEMORY_N SUPND_POWER ENERGY_SAVE DEEP_POWERON SECOND_TRAY_SW GND 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 1 13 12 2 3 11 4 10 5 9 6 8 7 Relay 7 8 6 9 5 10 4 11 3 2 12 1 13 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 YC12 SGND PANEL_STATUS INT_POWERKEY_N PANEL RESET AUDIO LIGHTOFF_POWERON SHUT_DOWN LED_PROCESSING_N LED_ATTENTION_N LED_MEMORY_N SUPND_POWER ENERGY_SAVE DEEP_POWERON YC16 GND D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 /CE1 A10 /OE A9 A8 A7 VCC A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A0 D0 D1 D2 WP /CD2 /CD1 D11 D12 D13 D14 D15 /CE2 /VS1 /IORD /IOWD /WE RDY/BSY VCC CSEL VS2 RESET /WAIT INPACK /REG BVD2 BVD1 D8 D9 D10 GND Lock Pin(1) Lock Pin(2) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 YC14 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 LED_A NC LED_C NC YC20 VBUS DATADATA+ GND LockPin1 LockPin2 LockPin3 LockPin4 1 2 3 4 LP1 LP2 LP3 LP4 YC5 Touch panel TOP LEFT BOTTOM RIGHT 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 BOT YLEFT X+ TOP Y+ RIGHT X- Type A+B YC1 SCAN4 KEY5 KEY6 KEY7 SCAN0 SCAN1 SCAN2 SCAN3 LED2 LED3 LED4 GND 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 YC7 SCAN4 KEY5 KEY6 KEY7 SCAN0 SCAN1 SCAN2 SCAN3 LED2 LED3 LED4 GND YC2 VBUS DN DP ID GND LockPin(1) LockPin(2) LockPin(3) LockPin(4) 1 2 3 4 5 LP-1 LP-2 LP-3 LP-4 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 LP_1 LP_2 LP_3 YC17 VBUS DATA DATA + NC GND LockPin(1) LockPin(2) LockPin(3) YC23 +12V GND 1 2 2 1 CF card CONFM YC31 CD/DAT3 CMD VSS VDD CLK VSS DAT0 DAT1 DAT2 CD COMMON WP LockPin(1) LockPin(2) LockPin(3) LockPin(4) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 YC21 YC1 KEY4 SCAN2 INT_POWERKEY_N SCAN1 LED1 SUPND_POWER KEY3 KEY2 KEY1 LED0 KEY0 SCAN4 SCAN3 SCAN0 GND 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 YC6 KEY4 SCAN2 INT_POWERKEY_N SCAN1 LED1 SUPND_POWER KEY3 KEY2 KEY1 LED0 KEY0 SCAN4 SCAN3 SCAN0 GND GND GND GND GND GND USB host VBUS DATA DATA + GND 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 LP1 LP2 LP3 VBUS DATADATA+ NC GND LockPin1 LockPin2 LockPin3 SD card OPWB3 YC8 PROCESSING_LED MEMORY LED ATTENTION_LED GND 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 4 3 2 1 4 3 2 1 YC1 PROCESSING_LED MEMORY LED ATTENTION_LED GND MPWB OPWB2 OPWB1 2-4-30 .3V 3.3V YC7 KMDET NC KMDREQ KMACK KMRXD SGND KMTXD SGND SGND SGND +5V +5V 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 CN1 KMDET NC KMDREQ KMACK KMRXD SGND KMTXD SGND SGND SGND +5V +5V CN2 FG PHS TXD SGND PHS DTR 5V OUT PHS RTS N.11 (30 ppm model/35 ppm model/45 ppm model/55 ppm model) CN1 SGND SGND CK SGND SGND SC R0(LSB) R1 R2 SGND R3 R4 R5(MSB) SGND G0(LSB) G1 G2 SGND G3 G4 G5(MSB) SGND B0(LSB) B1 B2 SGND B3 B4 B5(MSB) SGND H_SYNC SGND V_SYNC SGND ENB CM 3.2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC No.C.3V 3.3V 3.3V 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 YC4 SGND SGND CK SGND SGND SC R0(LSB) R1 R2 SGND R3 R4 R5(MSB) SGND G0(LSB) G1 G2 SGND G3 G4 G5(MSB) SGND B0(LSB) B1 B2 SGND B3 B4 B5(MSB) SGND H_SYNC SGND V_SYNC SGND ENB CM 3.3V 3.C.3V 3. PHS DCD N.

12 (30 ppm model/35 ppm model/45 ppm model/55 ppm model) YC2 YC8 VBUS1 USB_DN1 USB_DP1 GND AUDIO1 WAKEUP1 RESET1 GND VBUS0 USB_DN0 USB_DP0 GND AUDIO0 WAKEUP0 RESET0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 FCPWB 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 VBUS USB_DN USB_DP GND NC NC GND NC NC GND NC NC NC AUDIO WAKEUP GND VDD5_CUT RESETN GND VDD5 YC3 VBUS1 USB_DN1 USB_DP1 GND AUDIO1 WAKEUP1 RESET1 GND VBUS0 USB_DN0 USB_DP0 GND AUDIO0 WAKEUP0 RESET0 YC9 5V_CUT1 GND 5V GND 5V_CUT0 GND 6 5 4 3 2 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 6 5 4 3 2 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 YC4 5V_CUT1 GND 5V GND 5V_CUT0 GND VBUS1 USB_DN1 USB_DP1 GND NC NC GND NC NC GND NC NC NC AUDIO1 WAKEUP GND VDD5_CUT1 RESETN1 GND VDD5 YC1 VBUS0 USB_DN0 USB_DP0 GND NC NC GND NC NC GND NC NC NC AUDIO0 WAKEUP0 GND VDD5_CUT0 RESETN0 GND VDD5 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 FCPWB VBUS USB_DN USB_DP GND NC NC GND NC NC GND NC NC NC AUDIO WAKEUP GND VDD5_CUT RESETN GND VDD5 IFPWB MPWB YC9 12V 12V SGND SGND SDI SDICLK SGND SDO SDOCLK SGND 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 YC2 12V 12V SGND SGND SDI SDICLK SGND SDO SDOCLK SGND FIRPWB YC3 HSYNC_AN HSYNC_AP HSYNC_BN HSYNC_BP HSYNC_CN HSYNC_CP HSYNC_DN HSYNC_DP VSYNC_AN VSYNC_AP VSYNC_BN VSYNC_BP VSYNC_CN VSYNC_CP VSYNC_DN VSYNC_DP SGND TCLKP TCLKN SGND TCP TCN SGND TBP TBN SGND TAP TAN SGND SLEEP HLD_ENG NC SGND EG IRN EG SO EG SBSY EG SDIR EG_SI EG_SCLK SGND 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 YC46 HSYNC_AN HSYNC_AP HSYNC_BN HSYNC_BP HSYNC_CN HSYNC_CP HSYNC_DN HSYNC_DP VSYNC_AN VSYNC_AP VSYNC_BN VSYNC_BP VSYNC_CN VSYNC_CP VSYNC_DN VSYNC_DP SGND TCLKP TCLKN SGND TCP TCN SGND TBP TBN SGND TAP TAN SGND SLEEP HLD_ENG NC SGND EG IRN EG SO EG SBSY EG SDIR EG_SI EG_SCLK SGND YC47 HSYNC_AN HSYNC_AP HSYNC_BN HSYNC_BP HSYNC_CN HSYNC_CP HSYNC_DN HSYNC_DP VSYNC_AN VSYNC_AP VSYNC_BN VSYNC_BP VSYNC_CN VSYNC_CP VSYNC_DN VSYNC_DP SGND VCLK_P VCLK_N SGND CH3_P CH3_N SGND CH2_P CH2_N SGND CH1_P CH1_N NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 YC4 HSYNC_AN HSYNC_AP HSYNC_BN HSYNC_BP HSYNC_CN HSYNC_CP HSYNC_DN HSYNC_DP VSYNC_AN VSYNC_AP VSYNC_BN VSYNC_BP VSYNC_CN VSYNC_CP VSYNC_DN VSYNC_DP SGND VCLK_P VCLK_N SGND CH3_P CH3_N SGND CH2_P CH2_N SGND CH1_P CH1_N NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC YC3 HSYNC_AN HSYNC_AP HSYNC_BN HSYNC_BP HSYNC_CN HSYNC_CP HSYNC_DN HSYNC_DP VSYNC_AN VSYNC_AP VSYNC_BN VSYNC_BP VSYNC_CN VSYNC_CP VSYNC_DN VSYNC_DP SGND TCLKP TCLKN SGND TCP TCN SGND TBP 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 FIERY CONTROLLER EPWB YC5 TRP1+ TRP1TRP2+ TRP2TRP3+ TRP3TRP4+ TRP41 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 2-4-31 .2LK/2LN/2LM/2LC No.

1-1 INSTALLATION GUIDE INSTALLATION GUIDE FOR DOCUMENT PROCESSOR .

...................D B F G C C* M K* K** A L H I J E N English Supplied parts A..... 1 F........................................................................ 1 M.. 1 C*.... DP ........... Tornillo M3 × 8*1 ........................................................... 1 G..................... Accessorio di fissaggio (larghezza: 38..... M3×8 螺丝 BLACK*1 ..1 M............................. Cubierta de la bisagra derecha*1 .............. 1 B..... 1 D............................... 1 C...... Pasador............................ M4 × 14TP screw ......................................5 mm) ..5 mm)... 8 H............ Coperchio del cavo DP ......... Fixation d’angle ........ 1 D................. 2(DP-770) 1(DP-771) J........ M3 × 8 Schraube SCHWARZ*1 ....................... 나사 M3×8BLACK*1 ......... DP 中继板 *1 ........................... ヒンジカバー左 *1 ..1 D................................................ 角度規制金具 ..................... 1 G...............2 (DP-770) 1 (DP-771) C*..........................................................1 E.... 1 F..... DP ............................................................... Étiquette relative à la procédure d’utilisation..............................................................................5mm) ...... 1 M...... 1 J..... 1 G.... DP relay PWB*1 ....... 1 I............ DP 电缆盖板 ............................................................................ ピン ........ DP cable cover...... Accessorio di regolazione angolare . ビス M4×14TP ................ 1 *: para especificaciones en el sistema métrico **: para especificaciones en el sistema de pulgadas L..... 1 G...... Couvercle du câble du DP ............................................... Fixing fitting (width: 38....................... 角度控制附件 ........1 M...................................... 1 C*.... Vite M3 × 8*1 .................. DP .......... 1 B......... Vis M3 × 8 NOIRE*1 ...................... 1 C............ Cubierta de la bisagra izquierda*1 ....... Etiqueta “Procedimiento operativo” ............. M3 × 8 screw*1 ............... 日本語 同梱品 A..................... 8 H... 2 *1: DP-771 uniquement Español Partes suministradas A........ 1 G............... Goupille ....2 *1: nur DP-771 Italiano Parti di fornitura A.1 *: für metrische Angaben **: für Angaben in Zoll L.................................固定金具 (45mm 幅 )*1 ........... 8 H................. M4 × 14TP Schraube .........1 N.......................... Linke Scharnierabdeckung*1...... M3 × 8 screw BLACK*1 ...5 mm)..............1 M... 나사 M4×14TP ............5 mm) ....... 1 N............................................ 나사 M3×8*1 ........................... M4×14TP 螺钉 ............................................................................................................... Carte de circuit imprimé relais du DP*1 .. 左部铰链盖板 *1 ....................................... 1 B............... 1 I.... 2 *1:DP-771 のみ (K)(L) は、 同梱されていない。 1 ...............1 K................ 1 N.......................................................... 1 F...................... Accessorio di fissaggio (larghezza: 45 mm)*1 ............1 D..................*Fixation (largeur: 45 mm)*1 .... 1 B............................ 2 *1: DP-771 only Français Pièces fournies A................... Right hinge cover*1 ............... Cubierta del cable del DP........................... 1 C..... Scheda a circuiti stampati di comunicazione DP*1 ..... 원고매트................................ 1 C..................................... 1 F................................................................................................. Etichetta di avvertimento “Originale rivolto verso l’alto!” .............. 8 H... DP ............ 힌지커버 좌 *1 ..... 固定金具 (38......고정쇠 (45mm 폭 ) *1 ................................... Warnschild “Originalschriftseite nach oben” ......... Label “Operation procedure” ................. Original mat......................... 1 J....................................... Vis M3 × 8*1 .............................................. Angle control fitting.................... ビス M3×8*1 ......... 1 F..... 1 B.... DP ケーブルカバー .. 1 E. 1 E..................................... ビス M3×8BLACK*1 ... Alfombrilla para originales.... Stift ....... 1 E.............. Couvercle de charnière gauche*1 ........ Caution label “Original face up!”.... PWB del relé del DP*1.................2 (DP-770) 1 (DP-771) J... Schild “Funktionsanweisung” ........................... 2 (DP-770) 1 (DP-771) J............. Originalmatte............... 原稿垫.............................. Pin ................... DP... 2(DP-770) 1(DP-771) 한국어 동봉품 A.............................................. 1 I.......... 1 F.............................................................. 1 D..... 1 F.............. Coperchio cerniera destra*1 ............ Herraje de fijación (anchura: 38...................................... Rechte Scharnierabdeckung*1 .... DP 中継基板 *1 ........ DP 본체................... 1 N....... DP 本体 .....1 G......................1 C*........ Befestigungshalterung (Breite: 38..... Winkeleinstellbefestigung............. 1 C..................................Herraje de fijación (anchura: 45 mm)*1 ... 1 G....................1 C*.....................................................5mm 폭 ) ............ 1 B............... M3 × 8*1 .................................................1 *: per specifiche in unità del sistema metrico **: per specifiche in pollici L.................................. 고정쇠 (38.... 1 C... 1 E................................ 固定附件 ( 宽 38............... 1 C........................................................... 右部铰链盖板 *1 ......... Tornillo M3 × 8 NEGRO*1 ...................... 2 (DP-770) 1 (DP-771) K........................... Étiquette d’avertissement relative à l’orientation vers le haut de la face de l’original .................. 1 B.............. 1 * : pour des spécifications métriques ** : pour des spécifications anglo-saxonnes L... 1 I...................................2 *1: Solo DP-771 简体中文 附属品 A............... 2 *1: DP-771 solamente Deutsch Gelieferte Teile A..................1 J.......................................... 1 E.........1 (DP-771) J. 핀 ........ Tappetino originale . 1 C..... 힌지커버 우 *1 .... DP 중계기판 *1 ...................... Couvercle de charnière droite*1 ................ Perno.. *: for metric specification **: for inch specification L................................................................................... 1 C*. 1 M. 1 K......... Fixing fitting (width: 45 mm)*1 ...................5 mm)........... 각도규제쇠 .2(DP-770) 1(DP-771) I............ 1 G................................... ヒンジカバー右 *1 .................................................................. 原稿マット........ 1 I................................... Tornillo TP M4 × 14 ..........Befestigungshalterung (Breite: 45 mm)*1..... Vite M3 × 8 NERA*1 ....2 *1: 仅限 DP-771 (K) 和 (L) 并非附属品。 I.... Vite M4 × 14TP ........ Coperchio cerniera sinistra*1 .........1 I..2 (DP-770) ........................... 1 F......1 N...1 M.............. 8 H....................................... DP-Kabelabdeckung ..... Plaque d’original ............................................ DP 케이블커버 ......... 1 B.. M3×8 螺 *1 ........................ 1 E.... 2 *1: DP-771 만 (K) (L) 는 동봉되어 있지 않습니다 ........ 销 ..... 1 E..... 8 H.................固定附件 ( 宽 45mm) *1 ....1 D.........8 H.................1 J... Left hinge cover*1 ...................... 1 K.............................. Herraje de control de ángulo............................. 1 D.... 1 C. Etichetta “Procedura di funzionamento” ............1 N............................. DP ......... Fixation (largeur: 38....1 N...................................... Etiqueta de precaución “Original cara arriba” .......................................................... 1 D.......... 8 H.... Vis TP M4 × 14........ DP-Relaisleiterplatte *1.......... 1 K.... 1 C*...5mm 幅 ) ............................... 1 N.1 M.....................

(DP-770) 1. 注意事項 同梱品に固定テープ、 緩衝材が付いている場合 は必ず取り外すこと。 設置手順書に記載している DP 本体のイラスト は、 DP-771 です。 取付手順 DP 本体を設置するときは、 必ず MFP 本体の主電 源スイッチを OFF にし、 電源プラグを抜いてか ら作業すること。 2 . Attach the fixing fitting. 固定金具 (C) の突起 (1) と MFP 本体の穴 (2) を合わせ、 MFP 本体に固定金具 (C) を差 し込む。 2.G C G C 2 2 1 1 Precautions Be sure to remove any tape and/or cushioning material from supplied parts. asegúrese de apagar el interruptor principal del MFP y desenchúfelo del tomacorriente de la pared. 将各固定附件 (C) 上的突出部分 (1) 与 MFP 上的孔 (2) 对齐, 然后将固定附件 (C) 插入 MFP 中。 2. (DP-770) 1. 2. Anbringen der Befestigungshalterung. (DP-770) 1. 用两颗 M4×14TP 螺钉 (G) 固定各固定附件 (C) 。 고정쇠의 부착 (DP-770) 1. Allineare le sporgenze (1) di ogni accessorio di fissaggio (C) con i fori (2) sull’MFP. Les schémas du DP dans le Guide d''installation concernent le DP-771. und ziehen Sie den Netzstecker aus der Steckdose. Alinee las salientes (1) de cada herraje de fijación (C) con los orificios (2) del MFP e inserte los herrajes de fijación (C) en el MFP. Mettre en place la fixation. Precauzioni Accertarsi di rimuovere tutti i nastri adesivi e/o il materiale di imbottitura dalle parti fornite. ed inserire gli accessori di fissaggio (C) nell’MFP. Procedura Spegnere l’interruttore principale e sfilare la spina dell’MFP dalla presa prima di installare il DP. Die Abbildungen des DP in der Installationsanleitung gelten für Modell DP-771. Align projections (1) of each fixing fitting (C) with holes (2) on the MFP and insert the fixing fittings (C) into the MFP. veiller à mettre l’interrupteur du MFP hors tension et à débrancher la fiche d’alimentation de la prise murale. 固定金具の取り付け (DP-770) 1. 注意事项 如果附属品上带有固定胶带, 缓冲材料时务必揭 下。 安装手册中关于 DP 的图示以 DP-771 为例。 安装步骤 安装 DP 时, 请务必将 MFP 电源关闭, 关拔下电源 插头再进行安装作业。 주의사항 동봉품에 고정 테이프 . 2. 설치순서에 기재되어 있는 DP 본체 일러스트는 DP-771 입니다 . ビス M4×14TP(G) 各 2 本で 2 つの固定金具 (C) を固定する。 Précautions Veillez à retirer les morceaux de bande adhésive et/ou les matériaux de rembourrage des pièces fournies. Asegure cada uno de los herrajes de fijación (C) con dos tornillos M4 x 14TP (G). 2. 2. 설치순서 DP 본체를 설치할 때에는 반드시 MFP 본체의 주 전원 스위치를 OFF 로 하고 전원 플러그를 뺀 다음 작업을 할 것 . 安装固定附件。 (DP-770) 1. Vorsichtsmaßnahmen Entfernen Sie Klebeband und/oder Dämpfungsmaterial vollständig von den mitgelieferten Teilen. (DP-770) 1. Procedimiento Cuando instale el DP. Precauciones Asegúrese de despegar todas las cintas y/o material amortiguador de las partes suministradas. Monte el herraje de fijación. Aligner les saillies (1) de chacune des pièces de fixation (C) avec les trous (2) sur le MFP et insérer ces pièces (C) dans le MFP. Bloccare ogni accessorio di fissaggio (C) con le due viti M4 x 14TP (G). Die Zapfen (1) jeder Befestigungshalterung (C) mit den Öffnungen (2) am MFP ausrichten und die Befestigungshalterungen (C) in den MFP einsetzen. Procédure Lors de l’installation du DP. Procedure When installing the DP. (DP-770) 1. Le illustrazioni del DP nella Guida all’installazione sono per il modello DP-771. 고정쇠 (C) 의 돌기 (1) 와 MFP 본체의 구멍 (2) 을 맞추고 MFP 본체에 고정쇠 (C) 를 꽂 습니다 . 나사 M4×14TP(G) 각 2 개로 2 개의 고정쇠 (C) 를 고정합니다 . 완충재가 붙어 있는 경 우에는 반드시 제거할 것 . 2. 2. The illustrations of the DP in the Installation Guide are for DP-771. Jede Befestigungshalterung (C) mit zwei M4 x 14TP Schrauben (G) befestigen. Verfahren Schalten Sie vor Installation des DP unbedingt den MFP-Hauptschalter aus. Applicazione dell’accessorio di fissaggio. Fixer chacune des pièces de fixation (C) avec deux vis M4 x 14TP (G). Las ilustraciones del DP en la Guía de instalación corresponden al DP-771. Secure each fixing fitting (C) with two M4 x 14TP screws (G). be sure to turn the MFP power off and disconnect the power plug from the wall outlet.

2. 5. Secure each of the fixing fittings (C) (C*) with 2 M4 × 14TP screws (G). Die Zapfen (1) an der rechten Befestigungshalterung (C) und an der breiteren Befestigungshalterung (C*) mit den entsprechenden Öffnungen (2) am MFP ausrichten und die Befestigungshalterungen in den MFP einsetzen. Far scorrere il DP (A) verso il lato anteriore ed inserire le cerniere nei ganci (5) sugli accessori di fissaggio (C). Deslice el DP (A) hacia el frente y enganche las bisagras en los ganchos (5) de los herrajes de fijación (C). 2. Asegure cada uno de los herrajes de fijación (C) (C*) con 2 tornillos TP M4 × 14 (G). Install DP (A) onto the MFP securely with pin (F) and two M4 × 14TP screws (G). (DP-771) 1. inserte los herrajes de fijación en el MFP. 5. 2. Aligner le trou de la charnière (3) du DP (A) sur la goupille (4) de la fixation (C) et placer le DP (A) sur le MFP. Fixer chaque des fixations (C) (C*) avec 2 vis TP M4 × 14 (G). 2. 좌측에 광폭 고정쇠 (C*) 각각의 돌기 (1) 와 MFP 본체 구멍 (2) 을 맞 추고 MFP 본체에 꽂습니다 . DP 本体 (A) のヒンジ部の穴 (3) と固定金具 (C) のピン (4) を合わせ、 MFP 本体に DP 本体 (A) を乗せる。 4. Den DP (A) nach vorne hin verschieben und die Scharniere in die Haken (5) an den Befestigungshalterungen (C) einsetzen. 安装固定附件。 (DP-771) 1. 安装 DP 3. Installer le DP. Installieren des DP. Alinee el orificio de bisagra (3) del DP (A) con el pasador (4) del herraje de fijación (C) y coloque el DP (A) en el MFP. Applicazione dell’accessorio di fissaggio. 3. 4. Monte el herraje de fijación. (DP-771) 1. Alinee los salientes (1) del herraje de fijación derecho (C) y del herraje de fijación izquierdo más ancho (C*) con los orificios correspondientes (2) del MFP y. place DP (A) on the MFP. 우측에 고정쇠 (C). 5. Die Befestigungshalterungen (C) (C*) mit den 2 M4 × 14TP Schrauben (G) befestigen. DP 본체 (A) 를 미끄러트려 힌지부를 고정쇠 (C) 의 걸쇠 (5) 에 끼웁니다 . 朝前侧滑动 DP (A) , 然后将铰链与固定附件 (C) 上的卡扣 (5) 相啮合。 5. e quindi inserire gli accessori di fissaggio nell'MFP. 将 DP (A) 的铰链孔 (3) 对准固定附件 (C) 的 销 (4) , 并将 DP (A) 放在 MFP 上。 4. ピン (F)1 本とビス M4×14TP(G)2 本で DP 本 体 (A) を MFP 本体に固定する。 3 . Allineare il foro della cerniera (3) del DP (A) con il perno (4) dell’accessorio di fissaggio (C). 用销 (F) 和两颗 M4×14TP 螺钉 (G) 将 DP (A) 安装到 MFP 上。 DP 본체 부착 3. Faire glisser le DP (A) vers l'avant et engager les charnières dans les crochets (5) sur les pièces de fixation (C). 将固定附件 (C) 从右侧、 宽幅固定夹具 (C*) 从左侧将各自的突出部分 (1) 与 MFP 主机的 孔 (2) 对齐并插入到 MFP 主机中。 2. 右側に固定金具 (C)、 左側に幅広の固定金具 (C*) のそれぞれの突起 (1) と MFP 本体の穴 (2) を合わせ、 MFP 本体に差し込む。 2. 4. quindi posizionare il DP (A) sull’MFP. DP 本体の取り付け 3. Installer le DP (A) sur le MFP en le fixant à l’aide de la goupille (F) et des deux vis TP M4 × 14 (G). Montare il DP (A) sull’MFP assicurandolo con il perno (F) e due viti M4 × 14TP (G). Allineare le sporgenze (1) sull'accessorio di fissaggio destro (C) e sull'accessorio di fissaggio sinistro più largo (C*) con i rispettivi fori (2) nell'MFP. 2. Instale el DP. (DP-771) 1. Attach the fixing fitting. 3. 4. Instale el DP (A) firmemente en el MFP con el pasador (F) y dos tornillos TP M4 × 14 (G Anbringen der Befestigungshalterung. Aligner les saillies (1) de la fixation droite (C) et de la fixation gauche plus large (C*) avec les trous correspondants (2) du MFP et insérer les fixations dans le MFP. 2. (DP-771) 1. 3. Montaggio del DP. 4. Scharnierloch (3) des DP (A) mit Stift (4) der Befestigungshalterung (C) ausrichten. DP (A) sicher mit einem Stift (F) und zwei M4 × 14TP Schrauben (G) am MFP befestigen. 固定金具の取り付け (DP-771) 1. Align hinge hole (3) of DP (A) with pin (4) of fixing fitting (C). 使用各 2 颗 M4×14 螺丝 TP(G) 来固定固定附 件 (C) 与固定附件 (C*) 고정쇠의 부착 (DP-771) 1. 4. 5. 4. después. 나사 M4×14TP(G) 각 2 개로 고정쇠 (C) 와 고정쇠 (C*) 를 고정합니다 . 3. 3. und DP (A) auf den MFP stellen. 5. DP 本体 (A) を手前にスライドさせ、 ヒンジ 部を固定金具 (C) の引っ掛け部 (5) にはめ 込む。 5.G C* G C C (C*) A 2 C F G G 4 2 1 1 A C (C*) 3 5 Install the DP. (DP-771) 1. Slide the DP (A) toward the front side and engage hinges into hooks (5) on fixing fittings (C). ビス M4×14TP(G) 各 2 本で固定金具 (C) と 固定金具 (C*) を固定する。 5. Fissare ciascuno degli accessori di fissaggio (C) (C*) con 2 viti M4 × 14TP (G). Align the projections (1) on the right fixing fitting (C) and on the wider left fixing fitting (C*) with the respective holes (2) in the MFP and then insert the fixing fittings into the MFP. Mettre en place la fixation. DP 본체 (A) 의 힌지부 구멍 (3) 과 고정쇠 (C) 핀 (4) 을 맞추고 MFP 본체에 DP 본체 (A) 를 올립니다 . 핀 (F) 1 개와 나사 M4×14TP(G) 2 개로 DP 본체 (A) 를 MFP 본체에 고정합니다 .

A

8

6

12

9
G D

11 D

10
Install the angle control fitting. To adjust DP open-close angle 60 degrees 6. Install angle control fitting (D) at the rear side of the right hinge with two M4 × 14TP screws (G).

7
9. Remove stop ring (11) of angle control fitting (D) that has been installed in step 6 to remove shaft (12).

To adjust DP open-close angle 30 degrees 7. Open the upper cover (6) of the DP (A). 8. Remove the 3 TP screws (7) and the screw (8), and remove the strap (9) from the rear cover (10). Then remove the DP (A) rear cover (10). Pour régler l’angle d’ouverture/de fermeture du DP de 30 degrés 7. Ouvrir le couvercle supérieur (6) du DP (A). 8. Déposer les 3 vis TP (7) et la vis (8), puis déposer la courroie (9) du couvercle arrière (10). Déposer ensuite le couvercle arrière (10) du DP (A). Para ajustar el DP, abra o cierre el ángulo 30 grados 7. Abra la cubierta superior (6) del DP (A). 8. Quite los 3 tornillos TP (7) y el tornillo (8) y quite la correa (9) de la cubierta trasera (10). Después, quite la cubierta trasera (10) del DP (A). Einstellen des Öffnungs-/Schließungswinkels des DP um 30 Grad 7. Die obere Abdeckung (6) des DP (A) öffnen. 8. Die 3 TP-Schrauben (7) und die Schraube (8)
entfernen und dann den Riemen (9) von der hinteren Abdeckung (10) abnehmen. Dann die hintere Abdeckung (10) des DP (A) abnehmen.

Installer la fixation d’angle. Pour régler l’angle d’ouverture/de fermeture du DP de 60 degrés 6. Placer la fixation d’angle (D) à l’arrière de la charnière droite à l’aide des deux vis TP M4 × 14 (G). Instale el herraje de control de ángulo. Para ajustar el DP, abra o cierre el ángulo 60 grados 6. Instale el herraje de control de ángulo (D) en el lado trasero de la bisagra derecha con dos tornillos TP M4 × 14 (G). Installieren der Winkeleinstellbefestigung. Einstellen des Öffnungs-/Schließungswinkels des DP um 60 Grad 6. Winkeleinstellbefestigung (D) an der Rückseite des rechten Scharniers mit zwei M4 × 14TP Schrauben (G) befestigen. Montaggio dell’accessorio di regolazione angolare. Per regolare l’angolo di chiusura / apertura del DP a 60 gradi 6. Montare l’accessorio di regolazione angolare (D) sul lato posteriore della cerniera destra con due viti M4 × 14TP (G). 安装角度控制附件。 若要将 DP 的开关角度调整为 60 度 6. 在右部铰链的后部使用两颗 M4×14TP 螺钉 (G) 安装角度控制附件 (D) 。

9. Retirer l’anneau de butée (11) de la fixation d’angle (D) installée à l’étape 6 pour enlever la tige (12).

9. Retire el anillo de retención (11) del herraje de control de ángulo (D) que se instaló en el paso 6 para retirar el eje (12).

9. Anschlagring (11) von der Winkeleinstellbefestigung (D) abnehmen, die in Schritt 6 montiert wurde, um die Welle (12) zu entfernen.

Per regolare l’angolo di chiusura / apertura del DP a 30 gradi 7. Aprire il pannello superiore (6) del DP (A). 8. Rimuovere le 3 viti TP (7) e la vite (8), e quindi rimuovere la cinghietta (9) dal coperchio posteriore (10). Quindi rimuovere il coperchio posteriore (10) del DP (A). 若要将 DP 的开关角度调整为 30 度 7. 打开 DP (A) 的上盖板 (6) 。 8. 拆除 3 颗 TP 螺丝 (7) 和 1 颗螺丝 (8), 将带 子 (9) 从后盖板 (10) 上拆除, 拆下 DP 主机 (A) 的后盖板 (10)。

9. Rimuovere l’anello di bloccaggio (11) dell’accessorio di regolazione angolare (D) che era stato installato al Punto 6 per rimuovere l’albero (12).

9. 拆下在第 6 步中安装的角度控制配件 (D) 的 止动环 (11) , 以将轴 (12) 拆下。

각도규제쇠의 부착 DP 개폐각도를 60 도로 설정하는 경우 6. 우 힌지 뒷측에 나사 M4×14TP(G) 2 개로 각도규제쇠 (D) 를 부착합니다 .

DP 개폐 각도를 30 도로 설정하는 경우 7. DP 본체 (A) 의 DP 윗커버 (6) 를 엽니다 . 8. TP 나사 (7) 3 개와 나사 (8) 1 개를 빼고 스 트랩 (9) 을 뒷 커버 (10) 에서 제거해 DP 본 체 (A) 의 뒷 커버 (10) 를 제거합니다 .

9. 순서 6 에서 부착한 각도규제쇠 (D) 의 스톱 링 (11) 1 개를 제거하고 시프트 (12) 를 제거 합니다 .

角度規制金具の取り付け DP 開閉角度を 60 度に設定する場合 6. 右ヒンジ後側にビス M4×14TP(G)2 本で角度 規制金具 (D) を取り付ける。

DP 開閉角度を 30 度に設定する場合 7. DP 本体 (A) の DP 上カバー(6) を開く。 8. TP ビス (7)3 本とビス (8)1 本を外し、 スト ラップ (9) を後カバー(10) から外して、 DP 本体 (A) の後カバー(10) を取り外す。

9. 手順 6 で取り付けた角度規制金具 (D) のス トップリング (11)1 個を外し、 シャフト (12) を取り外す。

4

11 12

14

12
15 14

13

10. Insert shaft (12) into the rear side of the right hinge. 11. Attach stop ring (11) to the notch of shaft (12) and secure shaft (12). 12. Use the 3 TP screws (7) and the screw (8) to replace the rear cover (10) removed in step 8. 10. Insérer la tige (12) à l’arrière de la charnière droite. 11. Fixer l’anneau de butée (11) sur l’encoche de la tige (12) et mettre en place la tige (12). 12. Reposer le couvercle arrière (10) déposé à l'étape 8 et le fixer à l'aide des 3 vis TP (7) et de la vis (8). 10. Inserte el eje (12) en el lado trasero de la bisagra derecha. 11. Fije el anillo de retención (11) a la muesca del eje (12) y asegure el eje (12). 12. Use los 3 tornillos TP (7) y el tornillo (8) para volver a colocar la cubierta trasera (10) quitada en el paso 8. 10. Welle (12) in die Rückseite des rechten Scharniers einsetzen. 11. Anschlagring (11) an der Wellenkerbe (12) anbringen und Welle befestigen (12). 12. Die in Schritt 8 ausgebaute hintere Abdeckung (10) mittels der 3 TP-Schrauben (7) und der Schraube (8) wieder anbringen. 10. Inserire l’albero (12) nella parte posteriore della
cerniera destra. 11. Applicare l’anello di bloccaggio (11) nell’incavo dell’albero (12) e assicurare l’albero (12). 12. Utilizzare le 3 viti TP (7) e la vite (8) per ricollocare il coperchio posteriore (10) rimosso nel passo 8.

Connect the DP signal line (DP-770 only) For the DP-771, proceed to step 13 on page 7. 13. Remove the screw (13) and remove the DP cable connection cover (14).

14. Remove the DP cable connection cap (15) from the DP cable connection cover (14).

Raccorder le circuit de transmission (DP-770 uniquement) Pour le DP-771, passer à l'étape 13 en page 7. 13. Déposer la vis (13) et déposer le couvercle de la connexion du câble du DP (14).

14. Déposer le chapeau de la connexion du câble du DP (15) du couvercle de la connexion du câble du DP (14).

Conecte la línea de señales del DP (DP-770 solamente) Para el DP-771, vaya al paso 13 de la página 7. 13. Quite el tornillo (13) y quite la cubierta de conexión del cable del DP (14).

14. Quite la tapa de conexión del cable del DP (15) de la cubierta de conexión del cable del DP (14)

Anschließen der DP-Signalleitungen (nur DP-770) Beim DP-771 weitergehen zu Schritt 13 auf Seite 7. 13. Die Schraube (13) entfernen und die Abdeckung (14) des DP-Kabelanschlusses abnehmen. Collegare la linea del segnale DP (solo DP770) Per il DP-771, procedere al passo 13 a pagina 7. 13. Rimuovere la vite (13) e quindi rimuovere il coperchio di la connessione del cavo DP (14). 连接 DP 信号线 (仅限 DP-770) DP-771 跳至 P7 的步骤 13。 13. 拆除 1 颗螺丝 (13), 拆下 DP 电缆连接盖板 (14)。

14. Die Kappe (15) des DP-Kabelanschlusses von der Abdeckung (14) des DP-Kabelanschlusses abnehmen.

14. Rimuovere il cappuccio (15) per la connessione del cavo DP dal coperchio di connessione del cavo DP (14).

10.将轴 (12) 插入到右部铰链的后部。 11.将止动环 (11) 安装到轴 (12) 的切口并将轴 (12) 固定。 12.使用 3 颗树脂固定螺丝 (7) 和 1 颗螺丝 (8) 按原样安装在步骤 8 中拆下的后盖板 (10)。

14. 从 DP 电缆连接盖板 (14) 上拆下 DP 电缆连接 用盖 (15)。

10. 우 힌지 뒷측에 시프트 (12) 를 삽입합니다 . 11. 스톱링 (11) 을 시프트 (12) 의 구에 부착하고 시프트 (12) 를 고정합니다 . 12. 순서 8 에서 떼어낸 뒷 커버 (10) 를 수지고 정 나사 (7) 3 개와 나사 (8) 1 개로 원래 자리 에 부착합니다 . 10. 右ヒンジ後側にシャフト (12) を挿入する。 11. ストップリング (11) をシャフト (12) の溝 に取り付け、 シャフト (12) を固定する。 12. 手順 8 で外した後カバー(10) を TP ビス (7)3 本とビス (8)1 本で元通り取り付ける。

DP 신호선의 접속 (DP-770 만) DP-771 은 P7 의 순서 13 으로 진행 . 13. 나사 (13) 1 개를 빼고 DP 케이블 접속커버 (14) 를 제거합니다 .

14. DP 케이블 접속용커버 (14) 에서 DP 케이블 접속용 덮개 (15) 를 제거합니다 .

DP 信号線の接続 (DP-770 のみ) DP-771 は P7 の手順 13 へ進む。 13. ビス (13)1 本を外して、 DP ケーブル接続カ バー(14) を外す。

14. DP ケーブル接続用カバー(14) から DP ケー ブル接続用フタ (15) を取り外す。

5

16 18

E

E

17 14 13

14

15. Pass the DP signal line (16) through the right-hand hole in the DP cable cover (E) and then pass the DP signal line (16) through the DP cable connection cover (14).

16. Plug the DP signal line connector (17) into the connector (18) on the ISC PWB.

17. Attach the DP cable cover (E) to the DP cable connection cover (14) and install the DP cable connection cover (14) using the screw (13) removed in step 13. Proceed to step 22 on page 10

15. Faire passer le câble du circuit de transmission du DP (16) dans le trou se trouvant à droite sur le couvercle du câble du DP (E) puis faire passer le câble du circuit de transmission du DP (16) dans le couvercle de la connexion du câble du DP (14). 15. Pase la línea de señales del DP (16) a través del orificio derecho de la cubierta del cable del DP (E) y, después, pase la línea de señales del DP (16) a través de la cubierta de conexión del cable del DP (14).

16. Enficher le connecteur du câble du circuit de transmission du DP (17) dans le connecteur (18) sur l'ISC PWB.

17. Fixer le couvercle du câble du DP (E) sur le couvercle de la connexion du câble du DP (14) et installer le couvercle de la connexion du câble du DP (14) à l'aide de la vis (13) déposée à l'étape 13. Passer à l'étape 22 de la page 10. 17. Fije la cubierta del cable del DP (E) a la cubierta de conexión del cable del DP (14) e instale la cubierta de conexión del cable del DP (14) usando el tornillo (13) quitado en el paso 13. Vaya al paso 22 de la página 10. 17. Die DP-Kabelabdeckung (E) an der Abdeckung (14) des DP-Kabelanschlusses anbringen und die Abdeckung (14) des DPKabelanschlusses mittels der in Schritt 13 entfernten Schraube (13) befestigen. Weitergehen zu Schritt 22 auf Seite 10. 17. .Fissare il coperchio del cavo DP (E) al coperchio di connessione del cavo DP (14), e quindi installare il coperchio di connessione del cavo DP (14) utilizzando la vite (13) rimossa nel passo 13. Procedere al passo 22 a pagina 10. 17. 将 DP 电缆盖板 (E) 安装到 DP 电缆连接盖板 (14) 上, 使用步骤 13 中拆下的 1 颗螺丝 (13) 来安装 DP 电缆连接盖板 (14)。 跳至 P10 的步骤 22。

16. Enchufe el conector de la línea de señales del DP (17) al conector (18) PWB del ISC.

15. Die DP-Signalleitung (16) durch die rechte Öffnung in der DP-Kabelabdeckung (E) führen und dann die DP-Signalleitung (16) durch die Abdeckung (14) des DP-Kabelanschlusses führen.

16. Den Stecker (17) der DP-Signalleitung an den Stecker (18) der ISC-Leiterplatte anschließen.

15. Passare la linea del segnale DP (16) attraverso il foro al lato destro nel coperchio del cavo DP (E), e quindi passare la linea del segnale DP (16) attraverso il coperchio di connessione del cavo DP (14).

16. Inserire il connettore (17) della linea del segnale DP nel connettore (18) sull'ISC PWB.

15. 将 DP 信号线 (16) 穿过 DP 电缆盖板 (E) 的右 侧的孔, 接着将 DP 信号线 (16) 穿过 DP 电缆 连接盖板 (14)。

16. 将 DP 信号线连接器 (17) 与 ISC 电路板的接 插件 (18) 相连接。

15. DP 케이블커버 (E) 의 우측 구멍에 DP 신호 선 (16) 을 통과시키고 또한 , DP 케이블 접 속용 커버 (14) 에 DP 신호선 (16) 을 통과시 킵니다 .

16. DP 신호선 커넥터 (17) 를 ISC 기판의 커넥 터 (18) 에 접속합니다 .

17. DP 케이블 커버 (E) 를 DP 케이블 접속커버 (14) 에 부착하고 순서 13 에서 제거한 나사 (13) 1 개로 DP 케이블 접속커버 (14) 를 부 착합니다 . P10 의 순서 22 로 진행 .

15. DP ケーブルカバー(E) の右側の穴に DP 信号 線 (16) を通し、 さらに DP ケーブル接続用カ バー(14) に DP 信号線 (16) を通す。

16. DP 信号線コネクター(17) を ISC 基板のコネ クター(18) に接続する。

17. DP ケーブルカバー(E) を DP ケーブル接続カ バー(14) に取り付け、 手順 13 で外したビス (13)1 本で DP ケーブル接続カバー(14) を取 り付ける。 P10 の手順 22 へ進む。

6

20 22

19

21

Connect the DP signal line (DP-771 only) 13. Remove the 8 screws (19) and remove the upper rear cover (20) of the MFP.

14. Remove the DP cable connection cap (22) from the DP cable connection cover (21).

Raccorder le circuit de transmission (DP-771 uniquement) 13. Déposer les 8 vis (19) et déposer le couvercle arrière supérieur (20) du MFP.

14. Déposer le chapeau de la connexion du câble du DP (22) du couvercle de la connexion du câble du DP (21).

Conecte la línea de señales del DP (DP-771 solamente) 13. Quite los 8 tornillos (19) y quite la cubierta trasera superior (20) del MFP.

14. Quite la tapa de conexión del cable del DP (22) de la cubierta de conexión del cable del DP (21)

Anschließen der DP-Signalleitungen (nur DP-771) 13. Die 8 Schrauben (19) entfernen und die obere hintere Abdeckung (20) des MFP abnehmen.

14. Die Kappe (22) des DP-Kabelanschlusses von der Abdeckung (21) des DP-Kabelanschlusses abnehmen.

Collegare la linea del segnale DP (solo DP771) 13. Rimuovere le 8 viti (19) e quindi rimuovere il coperchio superiore posteriore (20) dell'MFP.

14. Rimuovere il cappuccio (22) per la connessione del cavo DP dal coperchio di connessione del cavo DP (21).

连接 DP 信号线 (仅限 DP-771) 13. 拆除 8 颗螺丝 (19), 拆下 MFP 主机的后上方 盖板 (20)。

14. 从 DP 电缆连接盖板 (21) 上拆下 DP 电缆连接 用盖 (22)。

DP 신호선의 접속 (DP-771 만) 13. 나사 (19) 8개를 제거하고 MFP 본체의 뒷면 상커버 (20) 를 떼어 냅니다 .

14. DP 케이블 접속용커버 (21) 에서 DP 케이블 접속용 덮개 (22) 를 제거합니다 .

DP 信号線の接続 (DP-771 のみ) 13. ビス (19)8 本を外し、 MFP 本体の後上カバー (20) を取り外す。

14. DP ケーブル接続用カバー(21) から DP ケー ブル接続用フタ (22) を取り外す。

7

E 23

24

21

E

15. Pass the DP signal line (23) through the right-hand hole in the DP cable cover (E). Then pass the red CIS data line (24) through the left-hand hole. NOTICE Pass the DP signal line (23) and CIS data line (24) through the same hole could result in abnormal images. Be sure that they pass through separate holes as shown in the figure.

16. Install the DP cable cover (E) and DP cable connection cover (21).

15. Faire passer le câble du circuit de transmission du DP (23) dans le trou se trouvant à droite sur le couvercle du câble du DP (E). Faire ensuite passer le câble rouge de la ligne des données du CIS (24) par le trou se trouvant côté gauche.
AVIS Faire passer le câble du circuit de transmission du DP (23) et le câble de la ligne des données du CIS (24) dans le même passage de câble risque de résulter en production d'images anormales. S'assurer que ces deux câbles sont tirés dans des passages de câble diff'érents comme illustré ici.

16. Installer le couvercle du câble du DP (E) et le couvercle de la connexion du câble du DP (21).

15. Pase la línea de señales del DP (23) a través del orificio derecho de la cubierta del cable del DP (E). Después, pase la línea de datos CIS roja (24) a través del orificio izquierdo. AVISO Si pasa la línea de señales del DP (23) y la línea de datos CIS (24) a través del mismo orificio podría provocar imágenes anormales. Asegúrese de que pasen a través de orificios distintos como aparece en la ilustración. 15. Die DP-Signalleitung (23) durch die rechte Öffnung in der DP-Kabelabdeckung (E) führen. Dann die rote CIS-Signalleitung (24) durch die linke Öffnung führen. HINWEIS Wenn Sie die DP-Signalleitung (23) und die CIS-Datenleitung (24) durch dieselbe Öffnung führen, könnte es zu Bildfehlern kommen. Achten Sie darauf, dass die Leitungen wie abgebildet durch verschiedene Öffnungen geführt werden. 15. Passare la linea del segnale DP (23) attraverso il foro al lato destro nel coperchio del cavo DP (E). Quindi passare la linea dati rossa CIS (24) attraverso il foro al lato sinistro. NOTIFICA Facendo passare la linea del segnale DP (23) e la linea dati CIS (24) attraverso lo stesso foro, potrebbe causare immagini anormali. Assicurarsi che tali linee passino attraverso fori separati, come viene mostrato nella figura. 15. 将 DP 信号线 (23) 穿过 DP 电缆盖板 (E) 的右侧的孔, 接着将红色的 CIS 数据线 (24) 穿过左侧的 孔。 注意 DP 信号线 (23) 与 CIS 数据线 (24) 如果穿过同一个孔, 可能会发生图像异常, 因此必须如图所示 分别穿过左右两侧的孔。

16. Instale la cubierta del cable del DP (E) y la cubierta de conexión del cable del DP (21).

16. Die DP-Kabelabdeckung (E) und die Abdeckung (21) des DP-Kabelanschlusses anbringen.

16. Installare il coperchio del cavo DP (E) e il coperchio di connessione del cavo DP (21).

16. 将DP电缆盖板(E)安装到DP电缆连接盖板(21) 上。

15. DP 케이블커버 (E) 의 우측 구멍에 DP 신호선 (23) 을 통과시킵니다 . 거기에 좌측 구멍에 적색 CIS 데이터선 (24) 을 통과시킵니다 . 주의 DP 신호선 (23) 과 CIS 데이터선 (24) 을 같은 구멍에 통과시키면 이상화상이 발생할 가능성이 있기 때문에 그림과 같이 좌우의 구멍에 각각 넣을 것 .

16. DP 케이블 커버 (E) 를 DP 케이블 접속용커 버 (21) 에 부착합니다 .

15. DP ケーブルカバー(E) の右側の穴に DP 信号線 (23) を通す。 さらに左側の穴に赤色の CIS データ 線 (24) を通す。 注意 DP 信号線 (23) と CIS データ線 (24) を同じ穴に通すと異常画像が発生する可能性があるため、 図 の様に左右の穴に別々に入れること。

16. DP ケーブルカバー(E) を DP ケーブル接続用 カバー(21) に取り付ける。

8

27 25 23

M M

N

26
17. Plug the DP signal line connector (23) into the connector (25) on the ISC PWB. Installing the DP relay PWB 18. Connect connector (26) on the DP relay PWB (M) to connector (27) on the MFP. 19. Secure the DP relay PWB (M) with two M3 x 8 screws (N).

17. Enficher le connecteur du câble du circuit de transmission du DP (23) dans le connecteur (25) sur l'ISC PWB.

Installation de la carte de circuit imprimé relais du DP 18. Raccorder le connecteur (26) sur la carte de circuit imprimé relais du DP (M) au connecteur (27) sur le MFP.

19. Fixer la carte de circuit imprimé relais du DP (M) avec deux vis M3 x 8 (N).

17. Enchufe el conector de la línea de señales del DP (23) al conector (25) PWB del ISC.

Instalación del PWB del relé del DP 18. Conecte el conector (26) del PWB del relé del DP (M) al conector (27) del MFP.

19. Asegure el PWB del relé del DP (M) con dos tornillos M3 x 8 (N)

17. Den Stecker (23) der DP-Signalleitung an den Stecker (25) der ISC-Leiterplatte anschließen.

nstallieren der DP-Relaisleiterplatte 18. Den Stecker (26) an der DPRelaisleiterplatte (M) mit dem Stecker (27) am MFP verbinden

19. Die DP-Relaisleiterplatte (M) mit zwei M3 x 8 Schrauben (N) befestigen.

17. Inserire il connettore (23) della linea del segnale DP nel connettore (25) sull'ISC PWB.

Installazione della scheda a circuiti stampati di comunicazione DP 18. Collegare il connettore (26) sulla scheda a circuiti stampati di comunicazione DP (M) al connettore (27) sull’MFP.

19. Fissare la scheda a circuiti stampati di comunicazione DP (M) con due viti M3 x 8 (N).

17. 将DP信号线连接器(23)与ISC电路板的接插件 (25) 相连接。

安装 DP 中继板 18. 将 DP 中继板 (M) 上的接插件 (26) 连接至 MFP 上的接插件 (27) 。

19.用两颗 M3×8 螺钉 (N) 固定 DP 中继板 (M) 。

17. DP 신호선 커넥터 (23) 를 ISC 기판의 커넥 터 (25) 에 접속합니다 .

DP 중계기판의 부착 18. DP 중계기판 (M) 의 커넥터 (26) 를 MFP 본 체의 커넥터 (27) 에 접속합니다 .

19. DP 중계기판 (M) 을 나사 M3×8(N) 2 개로 고정합니다 .

17. DP 信号線コネクター(23) を ISC 基板のコネ クター(25) に接続する。

DP 中継基板の取り付け 18. DP 中継基板 (M) のコネクター(26) を、 MFP 本体のコネクター(27) に接続する。

19. DP 中継基板 (M) をビス M3×8(N)2 本で固定 する。

9

A

24

B
29

28

M

B

20. Plug the CIS data line (24) into the connector (28) on the DP relay PWB (M). 21. Replace the upper rear cover (20) of the MFP using the 8 screws (19).

Fasten the original mat. 22. Place original mat (B) with its Velcro (29) upward over the contact glass. Align original mat (B) corner that has 90 degrees of angle with the inner left corner of the original instruction panel. 23. Close DP (A) and attach original mat (B) onto it with Velcro.

20. Enficher le câble de la ligne des données du CIS (24) dans le connecteur (28) de la carte de circuit imprimé relais du DP (M). 21. Reposer le couvercle arrière supérieur (20) sur le MFP à l'aide des 8 vis (19).

Fixer la plaque d’original. 22. Placer la plaque d’original (B) sur la vitre d’exposition, en orientant les bandes Velcro (29) vers le haut. Aligner le coin du plateau d'original (B) faisant un angle de 90 degrés avec le coin gauche interne du panneau d'instructions d'original. 23. Abaisser le DP (A) et y fixer la plaque d’original (B) à l’aide des bandes Velcro. Fije la alfombrilla para originales. 22. Coloque la alfombrilla para originales (B) con el velcro (29) hacia arriba sobre el cristal de contacto. Alinee la esquina que tiene un ángulo de 90 grados de la alfombrilla para originales (B) con la esquina interior izquierda del panel de instrucciones para el original. 23. Cierre el DP (A) y fije la alfombrilla para originales (B) con el velcro. Befestigen der Originalmatte. 22. Die Originalmatte (B) mit dem Klettband (29) nach oben über das Kontaktglas legen. Die Ecke der Originalmatte (B), die einen 90-Grad-Winkel aufweist, mit der linken, inneren Kante des Originalbedienfeldes ausrichten. 23. Den DP (A) schließen und die Originalmatte (B) mit dem Klettband auf ihm befestigen.

20. Enchufe la línea de datos CIS (24) al conector (28) PWB del relé del DP (M). 21. Vuelva a colocar la cubierta trasera superior (20) del MFP usando los 8 tornillos (19).

20. Die CIS-Datenleitung (24) an den Stecker (28) auf der DP-Relaisleiterplatte (M) anschließen. 21. Die obere hintere Abdeckung (20) des MFP wieder mit den 8 Schrauben (19) anbringen.

20. Inserire la linea dati CIS (24) nel connettore (28) sulla scheda a circuiti stampati di comunicazione DP (M). 21. Ricollocare il coperchio superiore posteriore (20) dell'MFP utilizzando le 8 viti (19).

Fissaggio del tappetino originale. 22. Posizionare il tappetino originale (B) con il velcro (29) rivolto verso l’alto sul vetro di appoggio. Allineare l’angolo di 90 gradi del coprioriginale (B) con l’angolo interno sinistro del pannello di controllo originale. 23. Chiudere il DP (A) e applicarvi il tappetino originale (B) con il velcro.

20. 将 CIS 数据线 (24) 连接到 DP 中继电路板 (M) 上的接插件 (28) 上。 21. 使用 8 颗螺丝 (19) 按原样安装 MFP 主机的后 上方盖板 (20)。

粘贴原稿垫。 22. 将原稿垫 (B) 放置在稿台玻璃上, 并使魔术贴 (29) 向上。 将原稿垫 (B) 的 90 度角对准原稿指示板的内部左角。 23. 关闭 DP (A) , 使原稿垫 (B) 粘贴到 DP 上。

20. DP 중계기판 (M) 상의 커넥터 (28) 에 CIS 데 이터선 (24) 을 접속합니다 . 21. 나사 (19) 8 개로 MFP 본체 뒷면 상커버 (20) 를 원래대로 부착합니다 .

원고매트 부착 22. 매직테이프 (29) 를 위로 향하게 하고 원고매트 (B) 를 원고대 유리판에 놓습니다 . 원고매트 (B) 는 90° 가 되어 있는 각을 원고 지시판의 좌측 안에 맞출 것 . 23. DP 본체 (A) 를 내리고 원고매트 (B) 를 DP 본체 (A) 에 부착합니다 .

20. DP 中継基板 (M) 上のコネクター(28) に CIS データ線 (24) を接続する。 21. ビス (19)8 本で、 MFP 本体の後上カバー(20) を元通り取り付ける。

原稿マットの貼り付け 22. マジックテープ (29) を上に向けて、 原稿マット (B) をコンタクトガラス上に置く。 原稿マット (B) は 90° になっている角を原稿指示板の左奥に合わせること。 23. DP 本体 (A) を下ろし、 原稿マット (B) を DP 本体 (A) に貼り付ける。

10

I

H

J

Installing the hinge cover (DP-771 only) For the DP-770, proceed to step 26 on page 12. 24. Install the left hinge cover (H).

25. Install the right hinge cover (I) using the M3 × 8 screw BLACK (J).

Installation des couvercles de charnière (DP-771 uniquement) Pour le DP-770, passer à l'étape 26 de la page 12. 24. Installer le couvercle de la charnière gauche (H). Instalación de la cubierta de las bisagras (DP-771 solamente) Para el DP-770, vaya al paso 26 de la página 12. 24. Instale la cubierta de la bisagra izquierda (H). Installieren der Scharnierabdeckung (nur DP-771) Beim DP-770 gehen Sie zum Schritt 26 auf Seite 12 weiter. 24. Die linke Scharnierabdeckung (H) anbringen. Installazione del coperchio cerniera (solo DP-771) Per DP-770, procedere con il punto 26 a pagina 12. 24. Installare il coperchio cerniera sinistra (H).

25. Installer le couvercle de la charnière droite (l) à l'aide de la vis M3 × 8 NOIRE (J).

25. Instale la cubierta de la bisagra derecha (I) usando el tornillo M3 × 8 NEGRO (J).

25. Die rechte Scharnierabdeckung (I) mit der M3 × 8 Schraube SCHWARZ (J) anbringen.

25. Installare il coperchio cerniera destra (I) utilizzando la vite M3 × 8 NERA (J).

安装铰链盖板 (仅限 DP-771) DP-770 跳至 P12 的步骤 26。 24. 安装左部铰链盖板 (H)。

25. 使用 1 颗 M3×8 螺丝 BLACK(J) 来安装右部铰 链盖板 (I)。

힌지커버 부착 (DP-771 만) DP-770 은 P12 의 순서 26 으로 진행 . 24. 좌측 힌지커버 (H) 를 부착합니다 .

25. 나사 M3×8BLACK(J) 1 개로 우측 힌지커버 (I) 를 부착합니다 .

ヒンジカバーの取り付け (DP-771 のみ) DP-770 は、 P12 の手順 26 に進む。 24. 左ヒンジカバー(H) を取り付ける。

25. ビス M3×8BLACK(J)1 本で右ヒンジカバー (I) を取り付ける。

11

(a) (b) L K

Adhere the label 26. Clean the label on the original table with alcohol.

27. Adhere Label “Operation procedure” (K) of which the language corresponding to the destination of the MFP onto the existing label on the original table. Figure (a)

28. Adhere Caution label “Original face up!” (L) of which the language corresponding to the destination of the MFP onto the label on the original table. Figure (b)

Coller l’étiquette relative 26. Avec de l'alcool, nettoyer létiquette se trouvant sur le plateau d'original.

27. Coller l'étiquette “Processus opératoire” (K) dans la langue correspondant au destinataire du MFP sur l'étiquette existante sur le plateau d'original du DP. Figure (a)

28. Coller l'étiquette de mise en garde “Original en haut!” (L) dans la langue correspondant au destinataire du MFP sur l'étiquette du plateau d'original. Figure (b)

Pegue la etiqueta 26. Limpie con alcohol la etiqueta de la cubierta de originales.

27. Adhiera la etiqueta “Procedimiento operativo” (K) del idioma correspondiente al destino del MFP sobre la etiqueta que se encuentra sobre la cubierta de originales. Figura (a)

28. Pegue la etiqueta de precaución “¡La cara del original hacia arriba!” (L), del idioma que corresponde al destino del MFP, sobre la etiqueta en la cubierta de originales. Figura (b)

Anbringen des Schildes 26. Das Schild auf dem Originalbedienfeld mit Alkohol reinigen.

27. Das Schild „Funktionsanweisung“ (K) in der Sprache des jeweiligen Einsatzlandes des MFP auf das vorhandene Schild auf dem Originalbedienfeld aufkleben. Abbildung (a)

28. Das Warnschild „Originalschriftseite nach oben!“ (L) in der Sprache des jeweiligen Einsatzlandes des MFP auf das vorhandene Schild auf dem Originalbedienfeld aufkleben. Abbildung (b)

Applicazione dell’etichetta 26. Pulire con alcool l’etichetta sul piano originale.

27. Far aderire l’etichetta “Procedure di funzionamento” (K) corrispondente alla lingua di destinazione dell’MFP, sull’etichetta esistente sul piano originale. Figura (a)

28. Far aderire l’etichetta di avvertenza “Originale rivolto verso l’alto!” (L) corrispondente alla lingua di destinazione dell’MFP, sull’etichetta del piano originale. Figura (b)

粘贴标签 (220V 规格以外) 26. 使用酒精清洁原稿台上的标签。

27. 将 “ 动作步骤 ” 标签 (K) (其语言与对应 的 MFP 销往目的地语言一致) 粘贴至原稿台 的现有标签上。 图 (a)

28. 将小心标签原稿正面朝上! (L) (其语言与 对应的 MFP 销往目的地语言一致) 粘贴至原 稿台的标签上。 图 (b)

라벨 부착 (220V 사양이외 ) 26. 원고 테이블의 라벨 위를 알코올청소 합니다 .

27. MFP 본체에 사용하는 국가의 언어에 맞는 조작라벨 (K) 을 원고 테이블 라벨위에 붙입 니다 . 그림 (a)

28. MFP 본체에 사용하는 국가의 언어에 맞는 원고표용 라벨 (L) 을 원고 테이블 위에 붙입 니다 . 그림 (b)

ラベルの貼り付け (100V 仕様以外 ) 26. 原稿テーブルのラベル上をアルコール清掃 する。

27. MFP 本体を使用する国の言語に合った操作 ラベル (K) を原稿テーブルのラベル上に貼 り付ける。 図 (a)

28. MFP 本体を使用する国の言語に合った原稿 表向きラベル (L) を原稿テーブルのラベル 上に貼り付ける。 図 (b)

12

20mm 20mm b

20mm c

b

20mm a

[Operation check] 1. To check the machine operation, prepare original (a) where 4 lines (b) are drawn 20 mm from the edges of the A3 sheet and 1 line (c) is drawn at its center. 2. Connect the power plug of the MFP into the wall outlet and turn the main power switch on. 3. Set the original (a) on the DP and perform a test copy to check the operation and the copy example.

[Vérification du fonctionnement] 1. Pour vérifier le bon fonctionnement de l’appareil, préparer un original (a) sur lequel sont tracées 4 lignes (b) à 20 mm des bords de la feuille A3 et 1 ligne (c) en son axe. 2. Brancher la fiche d’alimentation du MFP sur la prise murale et mettre l’appareil sous tension. 3. Placer l’original (a) sur le DP et effectuer une copie de test pour vérifier le fonctionnement et l’exemple de copie.

[Verifique el funcionamiento] 1. Para comprobar el funcionamiento del aparato, prepare un original (a) que contenga 4 líneas (b) dibujadas a 20 mm de los bordes de la hoja A3 y 1 línea (c) dibujada en el centro. 2. Conecte el enchufe eléctrico del MFP en el tomacorriente de la pared y encienda el interruptor principal. 3. Coloque el original (a) en el DP y haga una copia de prueba para verificar el funcionamiento y el ejemplo de copia.

[Funktionsprüfung] 1. Zum Prüfen der Gerätefunktion das Original (a) vorbereiten, auf das 4 Linien (b) 20 mm von den Kanten des A3-Blattes und 1 Linie (c) in der Mitte gezeichnet sind. 2. Den Netzstecker am MFP in die Steckdose stecken und den Strom einschalten. 3. Das Original (a) auf den DP legen und eine Testkopie erstellen, um die Funktion und das Kopierbeispiel zu prüfen.

[Verifica del funzionamento] 1. Per verificare il funzionamento della macchina, preparare l’originale (a) tirando 4 linee (b) a 20 mm dai bordi del foglio A3 e una linea (c) al centro. 2. Inserire la spina dell’alimentazione dell’MFP nella presa a muro, quindi posizionare l’interruttore principale su On. 3. Posizionare l’originale(a) sul DP ed eseguire una copia di prova per verificare il funzionamento e l’esempio di copia.

[ 动作确认 ] 1. 若要检查机器动作, 准备一张 A3 原稿 (a) , 距纸张边缘 20mm 画出 4 条线 (b) 并且在原稿中心画出 1 条线 (c) 。 2. 将 MFP 的电源插头插入墙壁插座并打开主电源。 3. 在 DP 上设定原稿 (a) 并进行测试复印, 确认机器动作和复印样本。

[ 동작확인 ] 1. A3 크기용지의 끝에서 20mm 의 위치에 선 (b) 4 개와 용지 중심에 선 (c) 1 개를 긋고 동작확인용 원고 (a) 를 준비합니다 . 2. MFP 본체의 전원 플러그를 콘센트에 꽂고 주 전원 스위치를 ON 으로 합니다 . 3. 원고 (a) 를 DP 본체에 장착하고 시험복사를 합니다 . 동작 및 복사샘플을 확인합니다 .

[ 動作確認 ] 1. A3 サイズ用紙の端から 20mm の位置に線 (b)4 本と、 用紙の中心に線 (c)1 本を引いた、 動作確認用の原稿 (a) を用意する。 2. MFP 本体の電源プラグをコンセントに差し込み、 主電源スイッチを ON にする。 3. 原稿 (a) を DP 本体にセットし、 テストコピーを行い、 動作およびコピーサンプルを確認する。

13

20mm 20mm b

20mm c

b

20mm a

4. Compare original (a) with the copy example. If the gap exceeds the reference value, perform the following adjustments according to the type of the gap. Check images of the DP after checking and adjusting images of the MFP. For details, see the service manual. NOTICE: If there is any image fogging, adjust the U068 DP scanning position. If you change the scanning position with U068, adjust the U071 DP leading edge timing.

4. Comparer l’original (a) avec l’exemple de copie. Si l’écart excède la valeur de référence, effectuer les réglages suivants en fonction du type d’écart. Vérifier les images du DP après avoir contrôlé et réglé les images du MFP. Pour plus de détails, se reporter au manuel d’entretien. AVIS: Si l’image est floue, régler la position de balayage de U068 du DP. Si la position de balayage de U068 est modifiée, régler la synchronisation du bord d’attaque de U071.

4. Compare el original (a) con el ejemplo de copia. Si la separación supera el valor de referencia, realice los siguientes ajustes según el tipo de separación. Compruebe las imágenes del DP después de comprobar y ajustar las imágenes del MFP. Para más detalles, lea el manual de servicio. AVISO: Si la imagen estuviera borrosa, ajuste la posición de escaneo U068 del DP. Si cambia la posición de escaneo con U068, ajuste la sincronización de borde superior U071 del DP

4. Das Original (a) mit dem Kopierbeispiel vergleichen. Wenn der Abstand größer als der Bezugswert ist, die folgenden Einstellungen gemäß dem Abstandstyp durchführen. Die Bilder des DP nach dem Prüfen und Einstellen der Bilder des MFP prüfen. Weitere Einzelheiten siehe Wartungsanleitung. HINWEIS: Falls das Bild verschwommen wirkt, ist die U068 DP Scan-Position zu verstellen. Wenn Sie die Scan-Position mit U068 verstellen, müssen Sie das U071 DP-Vorderkanten-Timing entsprechend verstellen.

4. Confrontare l’originale (a) con l’esempio di copia. Se lo scostamento supera il valore di riferimento, eseguire le seguenti regolazioni in funzione del tipo di scostamento. Controllare le immagini del DP dopo avere effettuato i controlli e le regolazioni delle immagini sull’MFP. Per ulteriori dettagli leggere il manuale d’istruzioni. NOTIFICA: Se è presente una qualsiasi sfocatura dell’immagine, regolare la posizione di scansione DP U068. Se si cambia la posizione di scansione con U068, regolare la sincronizzazione del bordo principale DP U071.

4. 对比复印样本和原稿 (a) , 如果偏移值在标准值以上时, 对偏移原稿进行调整。 对 MFP 本体的图像确认和调整后再对 DP 的图像进行确认。 详细内容请参见维修手册。 (注意) 如果图像出现底灰, 用 U068 来调整 DP 的扫描位置。 如果用 U068 更改了扫描位置, 则再用 U071 对 DP 的前端定时进行调

4. 원고 (a) 와 복사샘플을 비교해 기준치 이상의 차이가 있는 경우 차이에 대해 조정을 합니다 . MFP 본체의 화상확인 및 조정을 하고나서 DP 본체의 화상확인을 할 것 . 상세는 서비스 매뉴얼을 참조할 것 . (주의) 화상 카브리가 발생하는 경우 , U068DP 스캔위치 조정을 합니다 . U068 에서 스캔위치를 변경한 경우 U071DP 선단 타이밍 조정을 합니다 .

4. 原稿 (a) とコピーサンプルを比較し、 基準値以上のずれがある場合、 ずれ方に応じて調整を行う。 MFP 本体の画像確認及び調整を行ってから DP 本体の画像確認を行うこと。 詳細はサービスマニュアルを参照のこと。 (注意) 画像カブリが発生する場合、 U068DP 読み取り位置の調整を行う。 U068 で読み取り位置を変更した場合、 U071DP 先端タイミング調整を行う。

14

Be sure to adjust in the following order. If not, the adjustment cannot be performed correctly. For checking the angle of leading edge, see page 17. <Reference value> Simplex copying: within ±3.0 mm; Duplex copying: within ±4.0 mm For checking the angle of trailing edge, see page 20. <Reference value> Simplex copying: within ±3.0 mm; Duplex copying: within ±4.0 mm When using the original for adjustment, automatic adjustment of magnification, leading edge timing and center line can be performed at a time. For the automatic adjustment using the original for adjustment, see page 23. Veillez à effectuer le réglage en procédant dans l’ordre suivant. Sinon, il sera impossible d’obtenir un réglage correct. Pour vérifier l’angle du bord avant, reportez-vous à la page 17. <Valeur de référence>Copie recto seul: ±3,0 mm max.; copie recto verso: ±4,0 mm max. Pour vérifier l’angle du bord arrière, reportez-vous à la page 20. <Valeur de référence>Copie recto seul: ±3,0 mm max.; copie recto verso: ±4,0 mm max. Lorsque vous utilisez l’original pour effectuer le réglage, vous pouvez effectuer automatiquement le réglage de l’agrandissement, de la synchronisation du bord avant et de la ligne médiane en une seule fois. Pour le réglage automatique en utilisant l’original pour effectuer le réglage, reportez-vous à la page 23. Asegúrese de ajustar en el siguiente orden. De lo contrario, el ajuste no puede hacerse correctamente. Para verificar el ángulo del borde superior, vea la página 17. <Valor de referencia>Copia simple: dentro de ±3,0 mm; Copia duplex: dentro de ±4,0 mm Para verificar el ángulo del borde inferior, vea la página 20. <Valor de referencia>Copia simple: dentro de ±3,0 mm; Copia duplex: dentro de ±4,0 mm Cuando utilice el original para el ajuste, puede hacerse un ajuste automático del cambio de tamaño, sincronización del borde superior y línea central al mismo tiempo. Para el ajuste automático utilizando el original para el ajuste, vea la página 23. Die Einstellung in der folgenden Reihenfolge durchführen. Anderenfalls kann die Einstellung nicht korrekt durchgeführt werden. Angaben zur Prüfung des Winkels der Vorderkante auf Seite 17. <Bezugswert>Simplexkopie: innerhalb ±3,0 mm; Duplexkopie: innerhalb ±4,0 mm Angaben zur Prüfung des Winkels der Hinterkante auf Seite 20. <Bezugswert>Simplexkopie: innerhalb ±3,0 mm; Duplexkopie: innerhalb ±4,0 mm Bei Verwendung des Originals für die Einstellung können die automatischen Einstellungen für Vergrößerung, Vorderkanten-Timing und Mittellinie gleichzeitig durchgeführt werden. Angaben zur automatischen Einstellung mithilfe des Originals auf Seite 23. Accertarsi di eseguire le regolazioni in questa sequenza: in caso contrario, la regolazione non può essere effettuata correttamente. Per controllare l’angolo del bordo principale, vedere pagina 17. <Valore di riferimento>Copia simplex: entro ±3,0 mm; Copia duplex: entro ±4,0 mm Per controllare l’angolo del bordo di uscita, vedere pagina 20. <Valore di riferimento>Copia simplex: entro ±3,0 mm; Copia duplex: entro ±4,0 mm Quando si utilizza l’originale per la regolazione, la regolazione automatica dell’ingrandimento, della sincronizzazione del bordo principale e della linea centrale possono essere eseguiti contemporaneamente. Per la regolazione automatica eseguita con l’originale, vedere pagina 23. 必须按照以下步骤进行调整, 否则不能达到准确调整的要求。 ・ 确认前端倾斜度 第 17 页 < 标准值 > 单面 : ±3.0mm 以内, 双面 : ±4.0mm 以内 ・ 确认后端倾斜度 第 20 页 < 标准值 > 单面 : ±3.0mm 以内, 双面 : ±4.0mm 以内 使用调整用的原稿时, 可以同时自动进行等倍值, 前端定时以及中心线的调整。 ・ 通过调整用原稿进行自动调整 第 23 页

반드시 하기의 순서로 조정을 할 것 . 순서대로 조정을 하지 않는 경우 바른 조정을 할 수 없습니다 . ・ 선단경사확인 17 페이지 <기준치>단면 : ±3.0mm 이내 , 양면 : ±4.0mm 이내 ・ 후단경사확인 20 페이지 <기준치>단면 : ±3.0mm 이내 , 양면 : ±4.0mm 이내 조정용 원고를 사용하면 등배도 조정 , 선단타이밍 조정 , 센터 라인조정의 자동조정이 한번에 수행됩니다 . ・ 조정용원고에 의한 자동조정 23 페이지

必ず下記の順序で調整を行うこと。 順序通りに調整を行わない場合、 正しい調整ができない。 ・ 先端斜め確認 17 ページ <基準値>片面 : ±3.0mm 以内、 両面 : ±4.0mm 以内 ・ 後端斜め確認 20 ページ <基準値>片面 : ±3.0mm 以内、 両面 : ±4.0mm 以内 調整用原稿を使用すると、 等倍度調整、 先端タイミング調整、 センターライン調整の自動調整が一度におこなえる。 ・ 調整用原稿による自動調整 23 ページ

15

For checking the magnification, see page26. For checking the leading edge timing, see page 28. For checking the center line, see page 30.

<Reference value> Within ±1.5% <Reference value> Within ±2.5 mm <Reference value> Simplex copying: within ±2.0 mm; Duplex copying: within ±3.0 mm

Pour vérifier l’agrandissement, reportez-vous à la page 26. <Valeur de référence> ±1,5% max. Pour vérifier la synchronisation du bord avant, reportez-vous à la page 28. <Valeur de référence> ±2,5 mm max. Pour vérifier la ligne médiane, reportez-vous à la page 30. <Valeur de référence> Copie recto seul: ±2,0 mm max.; copie recto verso: ±3,0 mm max.

Para verificar el cambio de tamaño, vea la página 26. <Valor de referencia> Dentro de ±1,5 % Para verificar la sincronización del borde inferior, vea la página 28. <Valor de referencia> Dentro de ±2,5 mm Para verificar la línea central, vea la página 30. <Valor de referencia> Copia simple: dentro de ±2,0 mm; Copia duplex: dentro de ±3,0 mm

Angaben zur Prüfung der Vergrößerung auf Seite 26. Angaben zur Prüfung des Vorderkanten-Timings auf Seite 28. Angaben zur Prüfung der Mittellinie auf Seite 30.

<Bezugswert> Innerhalb ±1,5 % <Bezugswert> Innerhalb ±2,5 mm <Bezugswert> Simplexkopie: innerhalb ±2,0 mm; Duplexkopie: innerhalb ±3,0 mm

Per controllare l’ingrandimento, vedere pagina 26. <Valore di riferimento> Entro ±1,5% Per controllare la sincronizzazione del bordo principale, vedere pagina 28. <Valore di riferimento> Entro ±2,5 mm Per controllare la linea centrale, vedere pagina 30. <Valore di riferimento> Copia simplex: entro ±2,0 mm; Copia duplex: entro ±3,0 mm

・ 确认等倍值 ・ 确认前端定时调整 ・ 确认中心线

第 26 页 第 28 页 第 30 页

< 标准值 > ±1.5% 以内 < 标准值 > ±2.5mm 以内 < 标准值 > 单面 : ±2.0mm 以内, 双面 : ±3.0mm 以内

・ 등배도 확인 26 페이지 <기준치> ±1.5% 이내 ・ 선단 타이밍 확인 28 페이지 <기준치> ±2.5mm 이내 ・ 센터 라인확인 30 페이지 <기준치> 단면 : ±2.0mm 이내 , 양면 : ±3.0mm 이내

・ 等倍度確認 26 ページ ・ 先端タイミング確認 28 ページ ・ センターライン確認 30 ページ

<基準値> ±1.5% 以内 <基準値> ±2.5mm 以内 <基準値>片面 : ±2.0mm 以内、 両面 : ±3.0mm 以内

16

[Checking the angle of leading edge] 1. Check the horizontal gap between line (1) of original (a) and line (2) of copy example positions. If the gap exceeds the reference value, adjust the gap according to the following procedure. <Reference value> For single copying: The horizontal gap of line (2) should be within ±3.0 mm. For duplex copying: The horizontal gap of line (2) should be within ±4.0 mm.

[Vérification de l’angle du bord avant] 1. Vérifier l’écart horizontal entre la position de la ligne (1) de l’original (a) et celle de la ligne (2) de l’exemple de copie. Si l’écart excède la valeur de référence, le régler selon la procédure suivante. <Valeur de référence> Pour la copie recto : l’écart horizontal de la ligne (2) doit être de ±3.0 mm. Pour la copie recto-verso : l’écart horizontal de la ligne (2) doit être de ±4.0 mm.

[Verificación del ángulo del borde superior] 1. Compruebe la separación horizontal entre la línea (1) del original (a) y la línea (2) de las posiciones del ejemplo de copia. Si la separación supera el valor de referencia, ajústela siguiendo este procedimiento. <Valor de referencia> Para el copiado por una cara: la separación horizontal de la línea (2) debe estar dentro de ±3.0 mm. Para el copiado dúplex: la separación horizontal de la línea (2) debe estar dentro de ±4.0 mm.

[Überprüfen des Winkels der Vorderkante] 1. Den horizontalen Abstand zwischen der Linie (1) des Originals (a) und der Linie (2) der Kopierbeispielspositionen prüfen. Wenn der Abstand größer als der Bezugswert ist, den Abstand mit dem folgenden Verfahren einstellen. <Bezugswert> Einzelkopie: Der horizontale Abstand der Linie (2) sollte innerhalb von ±3.0 mm liegen. Duplexkopie: Der horizontale Abstand der Linie (2) sollte innerhalb von ±4.0 mm liegen.

[Controllo dell’angolo del bordo principale] 1. Verificare lo scostamento orizzontale fra la linea (1) dell’originale (a) e la linea (2) delle posizioni dell’esempio di copia. Se lo scostamento supera il valore di riferimento, regolare lo scostamento stesso seguendo questa procedura. <Valore di riferimento>Per la copia singola: lo scostamento orizzontale della linea (2) deve limitarsi a ± 3.0 mm. Per la copia duplex: lo scostamento orizzontale della linea (2) deve limitarsi a ±4.0 mm.

[ 确认前端倾斜度 ] 1. 确认原稿 (a) 上的线 (1) 和复印样本上的线 (2) 的左右偏移值。 如果偏移值超过标准值, 则按照下列步骤进行调整 < 标准值 > 单面复印时, 线 (2) 的左右偏移值 : ±3.0mm 以内。      双面复印时, 线 (2) 的左右偏移值 : ±4.0mm 以内。

[ 선단 경사확인 ] 1. 원고 (a) 의 선 (1) 과 복사샘플의 선 (2) 의 좌우 차이를 확인합니다 . 차이가 기준치 외의 경우 다음의 순서대로 조정을 합니다 . <기준체>단면의 경우 선 (2) 의 좌우차이 : ±3.0mm 이내 양면의 경우 선 (2) 의 좌우차이 : ±4.0mm 이내

[ 先端斜め確認 ] 1. 原稿 (a) の線 (1) とコピーサンプルの線 (2) の左右のずれを確認する。 ずれが基準値外の場合、 次の手順で調整を行う。 <基準値>片面の場合、 線 (2) の左右ずれ : ±3.0mm 以内      両面の場合、 線 (2) の左右ずれ : ±4.0mm 以内

17

C (C*) G G

G

C (C*) C

3

2. DP-770: Remove the angle control fitting (D). Loosen the 2 M4 × 14TP screws (G) on the left and right fixing fittings (C).
DP-771: Remove the left hinge cover (H) and the angle control fitting (D). Loosen the 2 M4 × 14TP screws (G) on the left